Inventors list

Assignees list

Classification tree browser

Top 100 Inventors

Top 100 Assignees


Location monitoring

Subclass of:

455 - Telecommunications

455403000 - RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM

455422100 - Zoned or cellular telephone system

Patent class list (only not empty are listed)

Deeper subclasses:

Class / Patent application numberDescriptionNumber of patent applications / Date published
455456300 Position based personal service 486
455456200 Based on request signal 251
455456600 At remote station (i.e., mobile station) 135
455457000 Location display 124
455456500 At system equipment (i.e., base station) 108
455456400 Quiet or transmission prevention mode 33
Entries
DocumentTitleDate
20130072219HYBRID TIME OF ARRIVAL BASED POSITIONING SYSTEM - A hybrid TOA positioning system can be implemented to improve location estimation of a wireless network device. An initial location of the wireless network device can be calculated based on locations of a plurality of reference network devices. A first intermediate location of the wireless network device and an intermediate distance calibration constant can be determined based, at least in part, on the initial location of the wireless network device and distance between the wireless network device and each of the reference network devices. A second intermediate location of the wireless network device and a target distance calibration constant can be calculated based on the locations of the reference network devices, the first intermediate location, and/or the intermediate distance calibration constant. The location of the wireless network device can be iteratively estimated based, at least in part, on the second intermediate location and the target distance calibration constant.03-21-2013
20130072220HYBRID TDOA AND TOA BASED POSITIONING SYSTEM - A hybrid TDOA-TOA positioning system can be implemented to improve location estimation of a wireless network device. An initial location of the wireless network device can be calculated based on locations of a plurality of reference network devices. An intermediate location of the wireless network device can be determined based, at least in part, on the initial location of the wireless network device and distance differences between the wireless network device and each pair of the reference network devices. A second intermediate location of the wireless network device and a distance calibration constant can be calculated based on the locations of the reference network devices, the intermediate location, and/or round trip transit times between the wireless network device and each reference network device. The location of the wireless network device can be iteratively estimated based, at least in part, on the second intermediate location and the distance calibration constant.03-21-2013
20080268870Method and System for Obtaining Location of a Mobile Device - Method and platform for providing the location of a first mobile device to a second device in which the second device generates a query for the location of the first device which is in the form of an SMS or push e-mail message and which is directed to the first device. Upon receipt of the query, the first device initiates a determination of its location, either by itself or by providing information to a central server, and the determined location of the first device is then directed to the second device, either directly from the central server or via the first device. The central server may direct a transmission of the location of the first device to the second device in an SMS message.10-30-2008
20110201348METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR OPTIMIZING UPLOADING OF LOCATION DATA FOR LOCATION BASED SERVICES - A mobile device may be operable to collect location data for a RF node and cache the collected location data in the mobile device. Resources that may be utilized for improving the uploading of the cached location data to a location server may be determined by the mobile device. The cached location data may be communicated, to the location server for updating a location database, by the mobile device utilizing the determined resources. The mobile device may determine and utilize an opportunistic transport based on a data usage and/or an access. The mobile device may store a subset of the location database locally for comparing with the cached location data for redundancy. The compared location data may be transmitted by the mobile device to the location server for updating the location database if the compared location data are not redundant data.08-18-2011
20120202514METHOD FOR SPATIALLY-ACCURATE LOCATION OF A DEVICE USING AUDIO-VISUAL INFORMATION - A system to determine positions of mobile computing devices and provide direction information includes a first mobile computing device configured to broadcast a first chirp signal, a second mobile computing device configured to broadcast a second chirp signal indicating receipt of the first chirp signal and a first time information about when the first chirp signal is received, and a third mobile computing device configured broadcast a third chirp signal indicating (a) receipt of the first and second chirp signals and (b) a second time information about when the first and second chirp signals are received. The first mobile computing device is configured to use the first and second time information to determine a position of the second mobile computing device. The first mobile computing device is also configured to transmit text messages to the second mobile computing device to direct a user of the second mobile computing device to a position of a user of the first mobile computing device.08-09-2012
20130029690SYSTEMS AND METHODS TO DYNAMICALLY PROVISION SUBSCRIBERS IN A NETWORK - Systems and methods to dynamically provision subscribers in a network are disclosed herein. An example method to provision a subscriber in a communication network includes detecting that a location of a subscriber has changed from a first region to a second region, determining that the communication network would benefit from permanently provisioning a customer profile associated with the subscriber to the second region instead of keeping the customer profile provisioned in the first region, instructing a first customer profile repository to transfer the customer profile to a second customer profile repository corresponding to the second region in response to detecting the location change and that the communication network would benefit, and provisioning the customer profile at the second customer profile repository.01-31-2013
20130029681DEVICES, METHODS, AND APPARATUSES FOR INFERRING A POSITION OF A MOBILE DEVICE - Components, methods, and apparatuses are provided that may be used to characterize a spectral envelope of at least one signal received from one or more inertial sensors of a mobile device co-located with a user engaged in an activity and to infer a position of the mobile device with respect to the user engaged in an activity based, at least in part, on the characterization of the spectral envelope.01-31-2013
20120172057ROADSIDE PORTION TRAFFIC AMOUNT CALCULATION DEVICE AND ROADSIDE PORTION TRAFFIC AMOUNT CALCULATION METHOD - A roadside portion traffic amount calculation device includes an acquisition unit that acquires positional information, a distribution determination unit that refers to road information stored in a road information storage unit and, based on a positional relationship between locations of users indicated by the positional information and a road, determines a passage roadside portion that is a roadside portion in which the locations of the users are distributed for each piece of the positional information, a summarizing unit that counts the number of pieces of the positional information for which the passage roadside portion has been determined by the distribution determination unit for each of the roadside portions and summarizes a roadside portion traffic amount that is an amount of user traffic on each of the roadside portions, and a processing result output unit that outputs the roadside portion traffic amount summarized by the summarizing unit.07-05-2012
20080261620Location Notification Method, Location Notifcation System, Information Processing Apparatus, Wireless Communication Apparatus and Program - There is provided a wireless communication apparatus including a base station information input portion to input base station information of a base station transmitting a radio wave having a wave reaching range including a particular location, the base station information acquired from a first memory storing a plurality of pieces of base station information containing a base station ID, a recording portion to record the base station information input to the base station information input portion into a second memory placed in the wireless communication apparatus, a reception portion to receive the radio wave transmitted from a surrounding base station, and a notification processing portion to perform prescribed notification processing based on a determination result whether the wireless communication apparatus exists in the particular location.10-23-2008
20080261619Injection of location object into routing SIP message - The function of determination of location is separated from the function of gathering information based on determined location by use of a Location Object (LO) proxy between an initiating VoIP capable device and a positioning center. The LOProxy queries an appropriate location database using a location key, and injects a PIDF-LO into a routing SIP message otherwise without location. A SIP request without location is received from a VoIP capable device. The SIP request contains messages indicating the type of location generator or service needed. A location key (like a telephone number or SIP URI), in addition to the type of location generator or service needed, is included in a SIP request. A location object (LO) broker may be used between a routing SIP message and a positioning center to direct a routing SIP message to an appropriate one of a plurality of location object (LO) proxies.10-23-2008
20100015994System and method for providing location-based data on a wireless portable device - There is provided a wireless portable device for providing location-based data to a user in a defined geographical area including a plurality of points of interest, the wireless portable device comprising a wireless transmitter, a wireless receiver, and an expansion bay with an attached expansion cartridge. The wireless transmitter can transmit location information to a wireless server over a wireless network. The wireless receiver can receive location-based data relating to a point of interest from the wireless server periodically and automatically, based on the location of the wireless portable device. The expansion cartridge can receive location-based data while the wireless portable device is in a low power sleep state. There is also provided a method for a wireless server to provide location-based data to a wireless portable device after a pre-determined period of time, including an interactive game relating to a point of interest.01-21-2010
20090082034WIRELESS CLIENT POSITION ESTIMATING SYSTEM AND METHOD - The present invention comprises a system and method for determining an estimated position of a wireless mobile client device operating in a communications environment covered by a wireless local area network. The received signal strength of the wireless mobile client device is measured by one or more access points serving devices in the communications environment. In a preferred embodiment, the error between the received signal strength measured by the access points and the expected received signal strength at a plurality of locations in the communications environment is calculated. The location of the device is determined from the error.03-26-2009
20090247186Dynamic Localization Using Geographical Information Systems - In accordance with certain embodiments of the present disclosure, a system to determine the geographic location of a mobile device is described. The system comprises a mobile device. The mobile device comprises a measurement module, the measurement module being capable of detecting information including the direction and acceleration of the mobile device, the mobile device further being capable of determining the received signal strength from at least one access point. The system further comprises at least one access point being in communication with the mobile device. The at least one access point comprises a database module and a location determination module, the database module including data from a geographic information system, the data relating to the potential geographic locations adjacent to the at least one access point, the location determination module being capable of determining the geographic location of the mobile device based on information from the measurement module, received signal strength by the mobile device, and data from the database module.10-01-2009
20110190005METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING LOCATION OF USER EQUIPMENT IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for determining a location of a User Equipment (UE) in a communication system. A Base Station (BS) connected to a plurality of antennas by cable receives from each of the antennas reception signal information related to an uplink signal transmitted from the UE, identifies an antenna having a partial service area in which the UE is located, using the reception signal information, and determines the partial service area of the identified antenna to be the location of the UE.08-04-2011
20120184296METHOD AND RADIO DEVICE FOR DETECTING A MOVEMENT - The invention relates to a method and a radio device for detecting a movement of at least one receiver, wherein the radio signals are sent from at least one stationary transmitter to the at least one receiver and the received signals are evaluated for determining a movement. The radio signals are designed as a specified bit sequence modulated onto a high-frequency carrier and are demodulated by the receiver to form a receiving sequence that is correlated to determine correspondence with the specified bit sequences stored as a reference sequence. Dependent on the correspondence or errors that can be determined by the correlation, quality indicators for the receiving field strength of the received radio signals are determined, wherein the radio signals having the specified bit sequence are sent from the transmitter having at least two different transmission powers in a series. The series is repeated at temporal intervals and the quality indicators of the received sequences of the series are evaluated to determine a movement of the receiver in relation to the transmitter.07-19-2012
20120184287METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR MOBILE DEVICE BASED LOCATION DETERMINATION IN A COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Methods and apparatus related to determining location of mobile devices based on signals and/or location history information received from other mobile devices are described. In various embodiments mobile devices monitor signals from other devices. Mobile devices store signal measurement information along with time stamp information and information identifying the device from which a measured signal was received. In various embodiments a mobile communications device which determines its location with reasonable accuracy, e.g., to within a predetermined distance or some other accuracy metric, transmits location history information indicating one or more past locations, and optionally the device's current location, and the times it was at the indicated locations. Reliability information is communicated with the time and location information in some embodiments. A device receiving the location history log can determine and/or refine its understanding of its own location and the location of other devices at different points in time.07-19-2012
20120184295POSITION ESTIMATION APPARATUS, POSITION ESTIMATION METHOD, PROGRAM, AND POSITION ESTIMATION SYSTEM - Provided is a position estimation apparatus including a storage unit in which at least one piece of section information indicating a section in a structure and at least one piece of registered measurement information are stored in association with each other, and an estimation unit for determining, among the at least one piece of registered measurement information, registered measurement information whose degree of similarity to measurement information acquired by wireless measurement for a wireless signal transmitted from a base station exceeds a threshold value, and estimating section information that is associated with the registered measurement information as an acquisition position of the measurement information. The estimation unit performs, using different threshold values, determination of the degree of similarity for registered measurement information that is associated with latest section information which is a latest estimation result and determination of the degree of similarity for another piece of registered measurement information.07-19-2012
20120184297WIRELESS LOCATION MEASUREMENT METHOD - A method for a receiving node to find a distance from a transmitting node and measure a location includes: measuring a delay tab by receiving a location measurement signal from the transmitting node, temporarily determining a distance between the receiving node and the transmitting node by using the delay tab to compare it with a reference distance, selecting one of a distance estimation method using propagation delay and a distance estimation method using delay spread, and estimating a final distance.07-19-2012
20120184294OPTIMIZING A SERVING GATEWAY LOCATION IN A HOME EVOLVED NODE B WITH LOCAL IP ACCESS - A system and method are provided for enabling a mobile device to establish a local IP access on a packet data network connection on a femto cellular access network. A local server gateway and a macro server gateway are coupled to the femto cellular access network. A mobility management entity is coupled to the femto cellular access network, the local server gateway and the macro server gateway. The mobility management entity obtains a status mode of the mobile device and a location of the mobile device transmitted on the femto cellular access network. The mobility management entity selects one of the local server gateway and the macro server gateway based on the status mode of the mobile device and the location of the mobile device.07-19-2012
20120184293Location system, method, server and terminal - The present disclosure discloses a location system, method, server and terminal. In the scheme of the present disclosure, a location information server provides a Secure User Plane for Location (SUPL) Enabled Terminal (SET) with location information regarding the SET in a form of reference; the SET provides a Secure User Plane for Location (SUPL) server with location information corresponding to the location information reference regarding the SET; the SUPL server obtains the location information regarding the SET for the location information server according to the location information reference transmitted by the SET, to enable the convergence of the mainstream location architecture based on the SUPL of Open Mobile Architecture (OMA) Location (LOC) group and another mainstream location architecture based on the Location Configuration Protocol (LCP) of the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF). Meanwhile, by converging the IETF locating standard, the SUPL server may also obtain the auxiliary data of Global Positioning System (GPS) and the like according to the is obtained location information regarding the SET, and transmit it to the SET.07-19-2012
20120184286METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR MOBILE DEVICE LOCATION DETERMINATION - Methods and apparatus for resolving an ambiguity with regard to a mobile device's location are described. In various embodiments, when a level of ambiguity with regard to the location of a mobile device is detected, and the level of ambiguity is above a threshold, an ambiguity resolution request signal is generated and transmitted. In this manner, a wireless terminal needing help in determining its location reliably may request such help but at other times may determine its own location without assistance. In some embodiments the ambiguity resolution request signal includes information, e.g., location probabilities, on one or more locations which are under consideration as possible locations of the mobile device. A device responding to the ambiguity resolution request provides information allowing the mobile device confronted with a location ambiguity to eliminate at least on location under consideration or to generate a new probability for one or more locations under consideration.07-19-2012
20120184285METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR USE IN PROVIDING POSITIONING ASSISTANCE DATA TO MOBILE STATIONS VIA A SELF-ORGANIZING NETWORK - Techniques are provided which may be implemented using various methods and/or apparatuses to allow a mobile station to receive positioning assistance data that may be used in a signal-based position estimation process. For example, a device at a node of a self organizing network (SON) portion of a communication network may be self-provisioned by establishing and providing selected positioning assistance data to a mobile station.07-19-2012
20120184292FILTERING AND CLUSTERING CROWD-SOURCED DATA FOR DETERMINING BEACON POSITIONS - Embodiments analyze crowd-sourced data to identify a moved or moving beacon. The crowd-sourced data involving a particular beacon is filtered based on a cluster start time associated with the beacon. A clustering analysis groups the filtered crowd-sourced data for the beacon into a plurality of clusters based on spatial distance. Timestamps associated with the crowd-sourced data in the clusters are compared to select one of the clusters. The crowd-sourced data associated with the selected cluster is used to determine position information for the moved beacon. The cluster start time for the beacon is adjusted based on the earliest timestamp associated with the positioned observations corresponding to the selected cluster. Adjusting the cluster start time removes from a subsequent analysis the positioned observations associated with one or more prior positions of the beacon.07-19-2012
20120184291METHOD FOR A SUBSCRIBER UNIT'S COMMUNICATION WITH A SERVICE AND A COMPONENT IN A NETWORK - Using a method for a subscriber unit's communication with a service that requires information about the subscriber unit's location, the subscriber unit sends the service a message containing information about the subscriber unit's location and at least one piece of information about the subscriber unit's location is stored in at least one network component and is made available by a network component.07-19-2012
20120184290Enhanced Measurement Gap Configuration Support for Positioning Related Applications - A base station is configured to serve a wireless device in a serving cell on a serving frequency. The base station obtains information that indicates one or more non-serving frequencies on which the device is to perform one or more positioning measurements. These positioning measurements are to be used for determining the device's geographic position. For at least one non-serving frequency indicated by the information, the base station configures a measurement gap during which the device is to perform a corresponding positioning measurement. Specifically, the base station configures such measurement gap to occur during a period of time in which a neighboring cell transmits a positioning reference signal over that non-serving frequency. A positioning reference signal is specifically designed to be a signal on which a device performs positioning measurements. Thus, by aligning the measurement gap with a positioning reference signal, the positioning measurements will prove more reliable and accurate.07-19-2012
20120184289POSITIONING SYSTEM AND POSITIONING METHOD THEREOF - A positioning system includes a first mobile device and a second mobile device. The first mobile device includes a first wireless communication unit and an imaging unit. The second mobile device includes a second wireless communication unit and a location information obtaining unit. When an image is captured by the first mobile device, the first mobile device can communicate with the second mobile device to obtain position information, which is then included in EXIF of the just captured image.07-19-2012
20120184288METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR INTELLIGENT SWITCH BETWEEN CLIENT BASED LOCATION AND SERVER BASED LOCATION FOR HYBRID LOCATION CLIENT DEVICES - A client device dynamically selects one of client based location computation and server based location computation, based on propagation environment around the client device, to determine its own location. The client device may switch between client based location computation and server based location computation based on the local propagation environment for a desired quality of location and low data load from a remote location server. The client device measures power of received radio transmissions from radio transmission sources such as WLAN access points and/or cellular base stations. For a client based location solution, the client device performs location computation utilizing the local power measurement and assistance data downloaded from the remote location server. For a server based location solution, the remote location server may perform location computation for the client device. The client device determines the corresponding server based location solution by decoding information received from the remote location server.07-19-2012
20090325596CONTROLLING VEHICLE TELEMATICS UNIT DATA TRANSMISSION BASED ON CALL CENTER LOCATION - A method and system that inhibits transmission of location information by a telematics unit outside of a geographic region in which such transmission is prohibited. The method includes identifying the relative location of the vehicle and a call center to which the information is to be sent. If the vehicle is in a country or other geographic region that prohibits transmission of vehicle location data outside of the region and, if the call center is determined by the vehicle to be outside of that region, then the telematics unit inhibits the location data from being sent in any communication between the vehicle and call center.12-31-2009
20100056178Method and Locating Device for Locating at Least One Mobile Radio Subscriber - The present invention relates to a method for locating at least one mobile radio subscriber in a mobile radio network. The mobile radio subscriber transmits a measurement report that includes an itemization identifying at least two transmitting stations. A value correlated with the receive field strength of a signal from the transmitting stations is allocated to each transmitting station. A table is organized according to geographic units of a presettable area. A pre-calculated value correlated with the receive field strength of a signal from a transmitting station is allocated to each transmitting station. The transmitting stations are organized according to the values correlated with the receive field strength of the signal from the respective transmitting station. The location of the mobile radio subscriber is determined based on the geographic unit meeting at least one presettable criterion.03-04-2010
20090191895Apparatus And Method For Providing A Task Reminder Based On Travel History - An apparatus for providing a task reminder to be performed at a task location includes a monitoring module that monitors a location of a user via a mobile communication device associated with the user at predetermined time intervals for tracking historical travel information of the user, and a data store for storing the historical travel information and for storing user specified task information that includes a task and a task location. In an exemplary embodiment, the apparatus includes a reminder module that is configured to determine a reminder position as a position where an estimated probability of the user traveling from the reminder position at a particular time in a trajectory leading away from the task location exceeds an estimated probability of the user traveling from the reminder position at that same time in a trajectory leading toward the task location by a threshold value. The reminder module generates a reminder of the task when the reminder position is identified.07-30-2009
20090191893Strong media-computer satellite smart telephone with integrated global directory - A new compact digital satellite communication Media Smartphone capable of making and receiving calls globally and with a global direct directory assistance button, that will display a map and translation page, and is combined with a new Laptop Notebook Computer connected together as one embodiment. The Satellite Media Smartphone has an interface, as does the Laptop Notebook and they are controlled with an Interface Connection Platform Coordinator to coordinate all functions between each operation, and each can operate independently to simultaneously transfer data within each device as one embodiment. Using the Global Position System (GPS) and with latest preferred 2 Quad/2 Duo processors the speed of retrieving and transferring data for directory assistance and to display other internet third party application data to the Media Smartphone through an interface loop, with the option to save a subscriber's requested listings to a personal phone book within the Satellite Smartphone, and to send a backup to a file on the Laptop Notebook securely. Security layers within interfaces are must. There are various services for the Satellite Media Smartphone operation, extended videoing because of being able to store in the virtual memory files of the Laptop, including a facsimile mode that the Laptop Notebook can ask for when an external facsimile machine is attached through the telephone port.07-30-2009
20090191891Method to support user location in in-structure coverage systems - In an example embodiment of the present invention, the method includes creating a plurality of data packets. Each data packet in the plurality of data packets includes a plurality of coded cellular signals. The plurality of data packets are sent over a data network associated with at least one sector served by a plurality of transceivers, and at least one of the plurality of transceivers broadcasts the data packets. A location of a mobile station is determined based on received multi-paths associated with response from the mobile station to broadcast of at least one of the plurality of data packets.07-30-2009
20110195724METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE INFORMATION IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method is provided for transmitting inter-cell interference information by a serving Evolved Node B (ENB) in a communication system. The method includes, if a specific resource is allocated to a User Equipment (UE) located in a service region of the serving ENB, checking a location of the UE in the service region; setting a High Interference Sensitivity (HIS) of the UE depending on the result of the checking; determining a location of the UE in an adjacent cell of the service region; setting a High Interference Transmission (HIT) of the UE depending on the determination result; and transmitting a High Interference Indicator (HII) for the specific resource, which includes the HIS and the HIT, to the adjacent cell.08-11-2011
20110195723MOBILE DEVICE AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING ECO-FRIENDLY USER INTERFACE - Methods and mobile devices for providing various eco-friendly User Interfaces (UIs) are provided. In one method for providing the eco-friendly UI, the mobile device measures a recharging amount or time, displays the recharging amount or time, and determines whether the recharging amount or time is more than a predefined critical amount or time. If the recharging amount or time is more than the critical amount or time, the mobile device is transitioned into an executable state of a specific application. This may give a user motivation to use a solar charge system and thereby reduce battery consumption of the mobile device.08-11-2011
20110195722METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRACKING, MONITORING AND/OR CHARGING TRACKING DEVICES INCLUDING WIRELESS ENERGY TRANSFER FEATURES - A method and system for monitoring individuals or objects including tracking devices having wireless powering/charging features. In one embodiment, an exemplary tracking device may comprise a power receiving device that generates power from wireless energy received from a power transmitter configured to transmit the wireless energy, circuitry configured for processing tracking device location information, and communication circuitry configured to process data related to the wireless tracking device for transmission to an administrative hub that is configured to monitor locations of the individuals or objects based upon the data. Output power from the power receiving device may be used to operate the tracking device. Alternately or in addition, the tracking device may include a battery that provides power to the tracking device and is recharged by the power receiving device.08-11-2011
20110195721SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING LOCATION BASED REMINDERS - A system and method for providing location based reminder is provided. The method comprises the steps of instructing mobile switching center to remind user on reaching a predetermined location via transaction input; forwarding the transaction input to external short messaging entity via mobile switching center; processing and sending the transaction input to Location Services (LCS) Client to set up change of area event; determining if the change of area event is invoked and user equipment has entered the predetermined location; providing a report to external short messaging entity via LCS Client, if the change of area event is invoked; and directing external short messaging entity to invoke a reminder on user equipment via application server.08-11-2011
20100081452WIRELESS SENSOR BASED CAMERA LOCATION AND ORIENTATION - An apparatus a receiver for a camera for signal communication with transmitters in known locations for determining location of the camera, a compass for the camera for determining orientation of the camera, and a device for determining time associated with the determined camera location and orientation.04-01-2010
20100159943Method and system for providing location-based information to a group of mobile user agents - A method and system for providing location-based information to a group of mobile user agents. A group of mobile user agents may be identified based at least in part on agent information for each of the mobile user agents in the group. The location information may indicate a location for the mobile user agents, which may be determined using GPS information or GPS assistance information. Location-based information may be determined for the group and provided to the group by broadcasting or multicasting. The mobile user agents may be configured to receive and process the location-based information. The location-based information may comprise GPS assistance information.06-24-2010
20100159941METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING WHETHER A DEVICE IS SUITABLE FOR OPERATING AT AN INCIDENCE LOCATION - A method and apparatus for determining whether a device is suitable for operating at an incidence location enables effective deployment of devices in a wireless communication network. The method includes identifying a location of the device in the wireless communication network. Next, a state of charge of a battery of the device is identified based on data received from the device. A preference value of the device is then determined relative to an incidence location in the wireless communication network. The preference value is a function of the state of charge of the device and a distance between the location of the device and the incidence location. Finally, using the preference value, it is determined whether the device is suitable for operating at the incidence location.06-24-2010
20080318594Pre-Location Method and System For Assisting Satellite Radio Navigation Systems - The invention relates to a satellite radio navigation terminal using services of a cellular communication network, wherein the pre-location consists in locating the terminal in at least one network cell and the inventive method consists in forming a database (12-25-2008
20100113063METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING LOCATION MEASUREMENT OF NETWORK BASED TO MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL BY USING G-PCELL DATABASE ACCORDING TO LOCATION - Disclosed is a system and method for providing a mobile communication terminal with network-based location measurement according to locations by using a G-pCell database. The system includes an NPS for storing a neighboring base station database and a G-pCell database; and an SPC for detecting the location of a base station by parsing a base station signal received from the mobile communication terminal when a location measurement request signal is received from the mobile communication terminal, and determining a location of the mobile communication terminal by using a G-pCell pattern matching algorithm when the number of base stations neighboring the mobile communication terminal, detected by parsing the base station signal, is less than the stored number of neighboring base stations corresponding to the location of the base station, discovered using the neighboring base station database. Considering that the accuracy of location measurement may be lowered when the G-pCell pattern matching algorithm is applied to the upper stories of a high-rise building in an area where high-rise buildings stand closely together, such as a downtown area, the system and method selectively uses the G-pCell pattern matching algorithm or a location measurement algorithm based on triangulation to position a mobile communication terminal according to a rough location of the mobile communication terminal, thereby further improving the accuracy of location measurement.05-06-2010
20100113061METHOD AND APPARATUS TO CONFIRM MOBILE EQUIPMENT HAS REMAINED RELATIVELY STATIONARY USING ONE OR MORE PILOT SIGNAL - A tracking unit operably coupled to mobile equipment is provided. The tracking unit is capable of using a pilot channel for CDMA networks, a broadcast channel for GSM networks or the like, to determine that the tracking unit has remained relatively stationary. The tracking unit determines it has remained relatively stationary by determining that it is receiving the same radio frequency signals at approximately the same strength as it previously received.05-06-2010
20100075695SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND DEVICES FOR RETRIEVING LOCAL BROADCAST SOURCE PRESETS - A media device including a broadcast receiver that receives broadcast media and a location sensor that determines the location of the media device and generates media device location data. The media device includes a data store that stores at least one data network address for a media data server where the media data server includes a list of broadcast source settings. The data store also stores a preset list of broadcast source settings. The media device also includes a transceiver for: i) sending the media device location data to the media data server and ii) retrieving a location-based list of broadcast source settings associated with the location of the media device. The media device further includes a processor that compares the preset list with the location-based list and determines a local preset list from the retrieved location-based settings that match the preset settings.03-25-2010
20120244879ACTIVE WIRELESS TAG AND AUXILIARY DEVICE FOR USE WITH MONITORING CENTER FOR TRACKING INDIVIDUALS OR OBJECTS - A location tracking device is provided. Wireless communications circuitry is configured to transmit position data representative of the location of the tracking device to a remote location, and communicate locally within an auxiliary device. The tracking device has a first operational mode in response to the absence of communication with the auxiliary device, where the tracking device is maintained in a normal operational mode. The tracking device is configured to enter a second operational mode in response to communication being established between the tracking device and the auxiliary device, where in the second operational mode at least a portion of the tracking device is placed in a reduced operational mode.09-27-2012
20120244878APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR IDENTIFYING TERMINAL LOCATED IN SPACE INCLUDING SMALL BASE STATION - The present invention provides a method including two operations of a first operation and a second operation. The first operation may determine between a terminal located in a space including the small base station and a terminal located in a space excluding the small base station based on a value reported by a terminal. The second operation may be performed using information received from a neighboring macro base station in response to the determination failing to be performed in the first operation, thereby ultimately discriminating between an area including the small base station and an area excluding the small base station corresponding to a location of a terminal.09-27-2012
20120244877APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR WIRELESS DEVICE DETECTION - In at least one embodiment, an apparatus for determining a locating a wireless device with respect to a vehicle is provided. The apparatus comprises a controller for being operably coupled to a plurality of antennas in a vehicle and each antenna transmitting a first wireless signal to a wireless device to locate a primary antenna. The primary antenna being one of the plurality of antennas that transmitted the first wireless signal at a strongest signal strength. The controller being configured to store a first signal strength for a first control point that is positioned about the vehicle and away from the primary antenna. The controller being configured to determine the location of the wireless device based on a comparison of the first signal strength to the strongest signal strength.09-27-2012
20120244875SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING LOCATION OF A WI-FI DEVICE WITH THE ASSISTANCE OF FIXED RECEIVERS - A method and apparatus is disclosed herein for determining the location of a device with the assistance of fixed receivers. In one embodiment, the method comprises receiving a first request from the mobile device in the wireless network; wirelessly transmitting one or more positioning requests in response to the first request; receiving signal strength information from one or more receivers in the wireless network sent in response to the one or more positioning requests; determining a location of the mobile device based on received signal strength information by comparing the received signal strength information with signal strength information of reference locations; and sending location information to the mobile device, where the location information is indicative of the location of the mobile device.09-27-2012
20120244874CONTROLLED MOBILE COMMUNICATION IN A SOCIALLY SENSITIVE ENVIRONMENT - A method includes identifying, through a base station controller, a mobile device when the mobile device is within a coverage area of an antenna of a base station associated with the base station controller based on an identification data of the mobile device. The method also includes determining that the mobile device is within the coverage area based on a sequence of detection of the mobile device through the antenna and another antenna when the mobile device passes an access control point to enter the coverage area, and gaining, through the base station controller, control of an access of wireless communication associated with the mobile device based on the identification data when the mobile device is within the coverage area. The control is gained through the antenna generating a signal that is stronger than a wireless signal of a cell site associated with a wireless service to the mobile device.09-27-2012
20080274751DELAY AND BACKHAUL-EFFICIENT PAGING METHOD AND APPARATUS - Described herein is methodologies for efficient utilization of backhaul resources of a network for delivering paging data to an access terminal (AT) without sacrificing delay performance. A location that buffers data for an AT can be adaptively changed based on factors such as the location of the AT, applications utilized by the AT, and a recent activity level of the AT. To facilitate this determination, an AT can be configured with one or more registration boundaries. An AT can be configured with a small registration radius such that it the AT does not move outside of the small registration radius, data can be delivered directly to a data attachment point for the AT. If the AT moves outside of the small registration radius, the registration radius can be switched to a large registration radius and the access gateway can instead locally buffer data for the AT.11-06-2008
20130079028APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR UTILIZING LOCATION CAPABLE TWO-WAY RADIO TRANSCEIVERS AS GEO-FENCE POSTS - An infield radio communication device (03-28-2013
20100015997POSITION DETERMINATION AND MOVEMENT DETERMINATION BY MOBILE TERMINAL - A method for detecting motion of a mobile device, the method comprising: from a central micro-processor of the mobile device detecting data of the polling (01-21-2010
20100035632System and method for detecting use of a wireless device while driving - A system for detecting the use of wireless devices such as a mobile phone, personal digital assistant (PDA), or pagers in a moving vehicle receives wireless signals inside a vehicle using a radio frequency (RF) sensor(s) and converts the RF signals into voltage signals. The voltage signals are then compared with known waveforms to determine if the wireless signals indicate a received call, if the received call is answered, a transmitted call, an SMS text message, data associated with internet browsing on a wireless device, or Bluetooth activity.02-11-2010
20130084887USING WIRED ENDPOINTS TO DETERMINE POSITION INFORMATION FOR WIRELESS ENDPOINTS IN A NETWORK - Provided are a computer readable recording media, system, and method for using wired endpoints to determine position information for wireless endpoints in a network. Identification information from a detected wired endpoint connected to the network is received and a command is issued to the detected wired endpoint to cause the detected wired endpoint to transmit signals identifying the wired endpoint. Information is received from a communicating wireless endpoint, comprising one of the wireless endpoints, using wireless communication, including wireless endpoint identification information and information identifying at least one of the wired endpoints transmitting signals received at the wireless endpoint. Position information is determined for the wired endpoint indicated in the information received from the communicating wireless endpoint. Information on the communicating wireless endpoint is updated to associate with the determined position information.04-04-2013
20130084888Location for Minimization of Drive Test in LTE Systems - A method and apparatus for active location acquisition. An active location acquisition controller is included in a device. The active location acquisition controller can be a circuit or code running on a processor included in the device. A measurement collection request is communicated to the device. The device then determines if and how a location information is to be acquired. If the device determines that the location information is to be acquired, the device enables a location acquisition system to acquire the location information and the device then acquires the requested measurement and stores the requested measurement and the location information in the measurement log. If the device determines that the location information is not to be acquired, the device disables a location acquisition system and does not acquire the location information and the device then acquires the requested measurement and stores the requested measurement in the measurement log.04-04-2013
20130084889Spatial Arrangement of a Plurality of Communication Devices and Method for Determining the Spatial Position of a Device - In order to determine the spatial position of a device (D), the device receives position data relating to a plurality of transmitters (T04-04-2013
20130084884Cell Selection Mechanism in Mobile Relay Operation - The present invention relates to a method in a radio network node of a cellular network, for controlling admission of a UE in a cell covering a region. The method comprises obtaining (04-04-2013
20130079031UTILIZING RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN PLACES OF RELEVANCE - Methods, systems, computer-readable media, and apparatuses for utilizing relationships between places of relevance are presented. In some embodiments, a mobile computing device may obtain information indicative of a micro-place of relevance visited by the mobile device at a first time. The information may be based on measurements taken by the mobile device at the first time. Further, the mobile device may derive an attribute of the visit to the micro-place of relevance based on the obtained information and a place model that associates micro-places of relevance with macro-places of relevance.03-28-2013
20130079030SPACE RECOGNITION METHOD AND SYSTEM BASED ON ENVIRONMENT INFORMATION - A space recognition system obtains available RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator) information for a plurality of fixing devices in the vicinity of a user device in the wireless sensor network environment, collects environment information in a space where the user device is located, and collects environment information in a plurality of spaces in which the fixing devices are respectively located. The system combines the RSSI information and the environment information and performs a recognition function on the combined environment information to recognize the space in which a user having the user device is located.03-28-2013
20130084883Location Aware Pre-Caching And Service Delivery - A mobile communication network includes a media controller (MC) for tracking popularity statistics of cells of the network, a location database (LDB) connected to the MC for storing the statistics, a position monitor (PM) connected to the MC for detecting a position of subscribers within the network and at least one local cache (LC) connected to the MC and for pre-storing content to be delivered to the subscribers wherein the MC further includes a communication means for receiving content and subscriber information and for communicating portions of the received information to the PM, to the LDB and to the LC.04-04-2013
20130084882BECOMING MORE "AWARE" THROUGH USE OF CROWDSOURCING AND DEVICE INTERACTION - Techniques disclosed herein provide for assisted context determination through the use of one or more servers remote to a mobile device. The one or more servers can receive location and/or other information from the mobile device and select, from a list of possible activities, a smaller list of activities a mobile device user is likely engaged in. The one or more servers can return the smaller list to the mobile device, which can use the smaller list to make a faster context determination. In creating the smaller list, the one or more servers can utilize information regarding a region in which the mobile device is located, which can be updated and modified using information received from mobile devices. Furthermore, the one or more servers can gather and share information from nearby mobile devices, enabling a mobile device to use information from nearby mobile devices to facilitate a context determination.04-04-2013
20130084890Method and Devices for Determining the Distance Between a Radio Beacon and an Onboard Unit - System and method for determining the distance between a radio beacon and a vehicle device passing in the radio beacon, in a road toll system. A signal having a known temporal profile is emitted by one of the radio beacon and vehicle device. The signal is captured in the other component during the passing of the device and the temporal profile of the frequency is recorded in relation to the known temporal profile; a modification in the recoded frequency profile exceeding a first threshold value is detected; two distant wave zones in the frequency profile, lying temporally in front of and behind the detected modification are determined, the zones displaying a frequency modification below a second threshold value are searched for; the recorded frequency profile is scaled in such a way that the distant wave zones take the predetermined values; and the distance is determined from the scaled frequency profile.04-04-2013
20130210454User Path Determining System and Method Therefor - A system for determining a user's path is described. The system comprises a location server arranged to receive location data of a communication device associated with the user, the location data defining the detected position of the communication device at a number of different points in time, the location server further arranged to receive sequence data associated with the location data indicative of the order in which the location data was determined; path determining means for determining the user's path passing through points defined by the received location data and the associated sequence data; and a comparator for comparing the determined path of the user with one or more predetermined user paths; wherein the location server processes the received location data depending upon the result of the comparison and corrects the determined user path with the processed location data.08-15-2013
20130029689INFORMATION COMMUNICATION TERMINAL PROVIDED WITH SECURITY CONTROL FUNCTION, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD PERFORMED BY THE TERMINAL - A position information obtaining section 01-31-2013
20130029688PROCEDURE TO INCREASE POSITION LOCATION AVAILABILITY - A device, method and system are provide which permits the methodology used to make the position determination to change dynamically in connection with achieving a position fix of a desired accuracy.01-31-2013
20130029687SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING LOCATION INFORMATION FOR COMMUNICATIONS THROUGH AN ACCESS NETWORK - A system and method for providing location information for communications through an access network in accordance with embodiments of the invention are disclosed. The system and method involve receiving a communication including a message from an origination device. The communication includes access point information and the message includes an identifier of the communication. The access point information from the communication is extracted and the access point information or geographic data based on the access point information is stored in a database. The message including the identifier is sent to a destination device of the message. The storing of the access point information or the geographic data in the database enables the destination device to obtain the access point information or the geographic data using the identifier included in the message by querying the database.01-31-2013
20130029685DISTRIBUTED METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING THE POSITION OF A MOBILE DEVICE USING LONG-RANGE SIGNALS AND CALIBRATING THE POSITION USING SHORT-RANGE SIGNALS - A method and system is described where a plurality of position reference devices use short-range wireless communication protocols to transmit positioning assistance data to nearby mobile devices, and the mobile devices use the assistance data to model errors and re-calibrate their positioning systems. The short-range communication methods include NFC, RFID, Bluetooth®, short-range 802.11, Wi-Fi Direct, and high frequency focused beams such as 60 GHz. The position reference devices are passive or active NFC tags, passive or active RFID tags, other devices that include such tags as their components, Bluetooth®-enabled devices, 60 GHz-enabled devices, and 802.11 access points that can lower their transmit power. The reference devices are located at various indoor and outdoor locations such as smart posters, kiosks, ATM machines, malls, store checkout counters, store security gates, wireless access points, cellular base-stations, tollbooths, traffic lights, and street lamp posts.01-31-2013
20130029686DISTRIBUTED METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CALIBRATING THE POSITION OF A MOBILE DEVICE - A method and system is described where a plurality of position reference devices use short-range wireless communication protocols to transmit positioning assistance data to nearby mobile devices, and the mobile devices use the assistance data to re-calibrate their positioning systems. In some embodiments, mobile device includes an accelerometer and the accelerometer measurements are used to calculate an updated velocity of the mobile device and an updated position of the mobile device based on the accelerometer measurements and previous velocity and position of the mobile device. The short-range communication methods include NFC, RFID, Bluetooth®, short-range 802.11, Wi-Fi Direct, and high frequency focused beams such as 60 GHz. The position reference devices are passive or active NFC tags, passive or active RFID tags, other devices that include such tags as their components, Bluetooth®-enabled devices, 60 GHz-enabled devices, and 802.11 access points that can lower their transmit power.01-31-2013
20130029682METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRACKING AND ANALYZING DATA OBTAINED USING A LIGHT BASED POSITIONING SYSTEM - In one aspect, the present disclosure relates to a method for tracking and analyzing information in a location using a light based positioning system. In some embodiments, the method includes determining a position of a device in a location using a light based positioning system, electronically receiving data from the device, and updating a database with said data. In some embodiments, determining the position of the device includes receiving a position determination from the device. In some embodiments, determining the position of the device includes electronically receiving from the device one or more identification codes of one or more light sources that the device has detected using an image sensor on the device and calculating the position of the device using the one or more identification codes.01-31-2013
20130029684SENSOR NETWORK SYSTEM FOR ACUIRING HIGH QUALITY SPEECH SIGNALS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD THEREFOR - A sensor network system including node devices connected in a network via predetermined propagation paths collects data measured at each node device to be aggregated into one base station via a time-synchronized sensor network system. The base station calculates a position of the signal source based on the angle estimation value of the signal from each node device and position information thereof, designates a node device located nearest to the signal source as a cluster head node device, and transmits information of the position of the signal source and the designated cluster head node device to each node device, to cluster each node device located within the number of hops from the cluster head node device as a node device belonging to each cluster. Each node device performs an emphasizing process on the received signal from the signal source, and transmits an emphasized signal to the base station.01-31-2013
20130029683WATER-QUALITY MEASUREMENT SYSTEM USING A SMARTPHONE - This invention relates to a system for measuring water quality using a smartphone, and more particularly to a system for measuring water quality using a smartphone, in which, to solve problems of hand-operated and manual water quality measurement methods and in order to increase reliability and accuracy, a water quality meter and a smartphone, which mutually communicate with each other, are utilized, and also, the smartphone is provided with a memory unit, a calculation unit, a GPS unit, etc., thus enabling water quality to be measured in real time and water quality data to be stored and transferred to the outside, so that reliability and accuracy of the measured water quality data may be improved.01-31-2013
20130035112MOBILE TERMINAL DEVICE AND POSITIONING METHOD - There are provided a mobile terminal device and a positioning method, in which power saving is enabled. When an environment estimating unit determines that the mobile terminal device is currently located in an indoor environment, an autonomous GPS positioning regulating unit thereof regulates implementation of an autonomous positioning operation by an autonomous GPS positioning unit to enable the suppression of wasteful power consumption caused by the implementation of the autonomous GPS positioning operation that has no possibility of being successful at a current time. In the meanwhile, an assist information acquiring processing unit of an A-GPS positioning unit is made to perform an assist information acquiring process that is a former process of the A-GPS positioning operation. When the location accuracy of outline location information acquired has a good result of a level 3 or higher, the outline location information is provided as a positioning result.02-07-2013
20130035111PROVIDING WIRELESS TRANSMITTER ALMANAC INFORMATION TO MOBILE DEVICE BASED ON EXPECTED ROUTE - Examples disclosed herein may relate to determining an expected route of a mobile device based, at least in part, on information generated by a navigation application hosted by the mobile device. Examples disclosed herein may further relate to determining a subset of wireless transmitters from a plurality of wireless transmitters based at least in part on the expected route of the mobile device.02-07-2013
20130035110LIKELIHOOD OF MOBILE DEVICE PORTAL TRANSITION - The subject matter disclosed herein may relate to methods, apparatuses, systems, devices, articles, or means for conditionally performing a scan responsive to a likelihood of a portal transition, etc. For certain example implementations, a method for a mobile device may comprise determining an indication of a likelihood that a position of the mobile device is transitioning from a first area identifiable by a first location context identifier to a second area identifiable by a second location context identifier via a portal linking the first area and the second area; and conditionally performing a scan for signals transmitted by one or more transmitter devices corresponding to the second area responsive to the indication of the likelihood that the position of the mobile device is transitioning to the second area via the portal. Other example implementations are described herein.02-07-2013
20130035109Devices, Methods, and Systems for Radio Map Generation - Systems, devices, methods, and computer-readable mediums for generating a radio map of an area are disclosed. In one aspect, the device, method, and computer-readable medium perform processes that may include receiving in at least one processor first information associated with at least one wireless device at a first location in the area. The processes may include receiving in the at least one processor second information associated with at least one wireless device at a second location in the area and different from the first location. The first location within said area and the second location within the area are unknown to the at least one processor. The processes may also include generating a radio map of the area using the first information and the second information.02-07-2013
20130079029Multi-modality communication network auto-activation - Disclosed herein are example embodiments for multi-modality communication with network auto-activation. By way of example but not limitation, a network communication device may determine that user interaction with a communication device is to correspond to a second communication modality based, at least partly, on one or more parameters relating to utilization of the communication device. The network communication device may cause activation of at least one feature that causes a communication corresponding to a first communication modality to comprise a multi-modality communication corresponding to the first communication modality and to a second communication modality responsive at least partly to a determination that user interaction with a communication device is to correspond to the second communication modality.03-28-2013
20130079027SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING THE LOCATION OF A STATION IN A WIRELESS ENVIRONMENT - A system for quantifying the shadow fading observed in a wireless environment having multiple wireless access points is also provided. A distance determination module is in signal communication with the wireless access points. The distance determination module determines a distance between a pair of the wireless access points based on location information that relates to the locations of the wireless access points at the wireless environment. A shadow fading determination module is also in signal communication with the wireless access points. The shadow fading determination module determines a shadow fading factor based on the distance between a pair of the wireless access points and based on RSS information received from one of the wireless access points in the pair of wireless access points.03-28-2013
20130079026MOBILE WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE FOR NEAR FIELD COMMUNICATION (NFC)OPERATIONS AND RELATED METHODS - A mobile wireless communications device may include a satellite position determining device, and a near-field communication (NFC) device being switchable between a first NFC mode and a second NFC mode, wherein the second NFC mode provides a lower power consumption by the NFC device compared to the first NFC mode. A controller may also be coupled with the satellite position determining device and the NFC device. The controller may be configured to switch the NFC device from the first NFC mode to the second NFC mode based upon a determination of movement of the mobile wireless communications device at the rate faster than a threshold rate03-28-2013
20130040660SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ANALYTIC DATA GATHERING FROM IMAGE PROVIDERS AT AN EVENT OR GEOGRAPHIC LOCATION - The invention relates to a system and method of gathering and analyzing data from device operators aiming their image capture devices and thereby creating a line of sight to an object of interest, for example through the process of obtaining photographs, videos or other digital images of an event or geographical location, where the real-time or embedded location, compass heading, and time data from each of a plurality of image providers are communicated from the plurality of image-capture devices to one or more servers for statistical analysis of the proportionate amount of providers focusing on each image target or sub-target at the event or location.02-14-2013
20130040659MANAGEMENT OF STORAGE OF MEASUREMENT DATA - A management of storage of measurement Data is provided. A method of managing storage of a set of measurement data comprises the steps of determining whether a value of at least one of said plurality of parameters has changed by more than a threshold amount from a value of the parameter in a previously stored set of measurement data and storing the set of measurement data, dependent upon the determination being affirmative.02-14-2013
20130040658MOBILE TERMINATED CONTROL METHOD AND RELATED NETWORK DEVICES - The invention provides for a method of controlling a mobile terminated procedure between a mobile terminal device and a network node device of a mobile radio communications network, and to a related terminal device, and particularly concerning a change in network node connection as part of a Circuit Switched Fallback procedure, and including the step of transmitting a connection-maintaining request such as a follow-on-request from the terminal device to the network node device during the mobile terminated procedure and seeking to maintain connectivity with the network node device so as to allow for a post location update procedure arriving from the network.02-14-2013
20130040656METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING RELATIVE DISPLACEMENT AND HEADING FOR NAVIGATION - A system and method for determining a location of a mobile object is provided. The system determines the location of the mobile object by determining distances between a plurality of sensors provided on a first and second movable parts of the mobile object. A stride length, heading, and separation distance between the first and second movable parts are computed based on the determined distances and the location of the mobile object is determined based on the computed stride length, heading, and separation distance.02-14-2013
20130040655MAINTENANCE OF MOBILE DEVICE RF BEAM - A mobile wireless communication device includes: a communication device housing; an antenna module configured to provide an antenna pattern having a directional beam to transmit electromagnetic energy of outgoing signals and to receive electromagnetic energy of incoming signals; a beam-altering module communicatively coupled to the antenna module and configured to alter a three-dimensional direction that the directional beam is pointing; and a three-dimensional orientation sensor module communicatively coupled to the beam-altering module and configured to provide at least one indication of three-dimensional orientation information associated with the communication device; where the beam-altering module is configured to receive the at least one indication of three-dimensional orientation information associated with the communication device and to use the at least one indication of three-dimensional orientation information associated with the communication device to alter the three-dimensional direction that the directional beam is pointing.02-14-2013
20130040657ELECTRONIC DOCUMENT READING DEVICES - We describe an electronic document reading device comprising: a wireless remote content connection; a physical user interface for receiving device control commands from a user; non-volatile data storage; a non-volatile electrophoretic display screen; and a device controller. The controller has program code to: read an item of electronic document content from said non-volatile data store; wherein the item of electronic document content includes: i) electronic document content display data, ii) a location based permission control object configured to define allowed location-based display of the content display data on the electrophoretic display; determine a physical location of the reading device; and operate with the permission control object to determine whether display of the content display data is permitted at the physical location, wherein operating with the permission control object enables the item of electronic document content to control whether its own content is displayed on the non-volatile electrophoretic display screen.02-14-2013
20130040654LOCATION-BASED AUTOMATED CHECK-IN TO A SOCIAL NETWORK RECOGNIZED LOCATION USING A TOKEN - A user with a user account on a social network uses an interface to communicate user identification information and the user's intent to participate in a social network application. The user also communicates an identifier associated with an entitlement token to the social network application. When a server receives, from a device at a fixed location, a message indicative of the user's presence at the fixed location as determined by the receipt of the identifier and a site specific identifier, the server generates and sends a communication sufficient to cause the social network to implement a behavior as if the user had generated a message to the social network from their mobile device.02-14-2013
20130040653Numerically Stable Computation of Heading Without a Reference Axis - Systems and methods are described for computing device motion direction and orientation. A system as described herein includes an orientation sensor configured to collect data relating to orientation of the mobile device; an orientation analysis module communicatively coupled to the orientation sensor and configured to determine a three-dimensional orientation of the mobile device relative to an Earth-based coordinate system based on the data collected by the orientation sensor; and a motion direction tracker module communicatively coupled to the orientation analysis module, configured to compute a first direction, that is a three-dimensional direction of motion of the mobile device relative to a coordinate system of the mobile device, and configured to compute a second direction, that is a direction of motion of the mobile device relative to the Earth-based coordinate system, based on the first direction using the three-dimensional orientation of the mobile device relative to the Earth-based coordinate system.02-14-2013
20120208558CHANNEL AVAILABILITY FOR WHITE-SPACE DEVICES, ASSOCIATED APPARATUS AND METHODS - An apparatus configured to determine one or more channels available for use by respective one or more white-space devices in a particular determined geographical location. The apparatus is configured to: receive geographic location signalling associated with the particular determined geographical location of one or more white-space devices; receive uncertainty indication signalling for the uncertainty associated with the particular determined geographic location of the one or more white-space devices; and determine the one or more channels available for use by the respective one or more white-space devices in the particular determined geographical location by using the geographic location signalling and uncertainty indication signalling.08-16-2012
20120208554TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS OF MOBILE TERMINAL HAVING ANTENNA - A transmission method and apparatus of a mobile terminal including an antenna are provided. The transmission method includes determining a posture of the mobile terminal in an active state, updating a preset reference power by adding a power gain determined according to the posture of the mobile terminal, and transmitting a transmit signal amplified according to the updated reference power. Accordingly, the reference power is adjusted according to the posture of the mobile terminal, whereby it is possible to control the radiation pattern of antenna of the mobile terminal.08-16-2012
20100099432Wireless device provisioning tool - Systems and methods are disclosed that include provisioning a target device coupled to a wireless network. These systems and methods include a provisioning server coupled to the wireless network and a target update coupled to the provisioning server. The provisioning server includes instructions relating to the configuration of the target device. In addition, these systems and methods include a server coupled to the target update and a provisioning user interface coupled to the server that is operable to create parameters for a software update and transmit the parameters to the server. The server is operable to communicate the parameters to create the target update, and the target update is transmitted through the provisioning server and the wireless network to the target device.04-22-2010
20090069029METHOD FOR AN IMPROVED LINEAR LEAST SQUARES ESTIMATION OF A MOBILE TERMINAL'S LOCATION UNDER LOS AND NLOS CONDITIONS AND USING MAP INFORMATION - A linear least squares (LLS) estimator provides a low complexity estimation of the location of a mobile terminal (MT), using one of the fixed terminals (FTs) as a reference FT to derive a linear model. A method for selecting a reference FT is disclosed, which improves the location accuracy relative to an arbitrary approach to selecting the reference FT. In addition, a covariance-matrix based LLS estimator is proposed in line-of-sight (LOS) and non-LOS (NLOS) environments to further provide accuracy, taking advantage of the correlation of the observations. Different techniques for selecting the reference FT under non-LOS (NLOS) conditions are disclosed. A map-based two-stage LLS estimator assists in selecting the reference FT under NLOS conditions.03-12-2009
20120264452System and Method for Using Location Information to Execute an Action - Provided are methods for executing an action in response to a request for a service using location information in conjunction with service-specific parameters. A user may request a provider of a specified service (e.g., taxi, plumber, pharmacist, etc.). In evaluating the request, providers may be evaluated based on the location information in addition to service-specific parameters. An action in response may include merely displaying selected service provider(s) in response to the request, or acting on behalf of the user by communicating with a selected service provider.10-18-2012
20100323720Method of Handling Positioning Measurement and Related Communication Device - A method of handling positioning measurement for a relay in a wireless communications system is disclosed. The method comprises communicating with a mobile device and a base station to serve the mobile device for conveying signaling between the mobile device and the base station, and transmitting a first reference signal associated with a positioning measurement to the mobile device.12-23-2010
20100041417System for determining network structure and positions of mobile devices in a wireless communication network - The present invention relates to a solution for determining the location of a mobile communication device in a wireless communication network and for determining a network structure of the wireless communication network using a system of plurality of receivers acquiring radio signals from units in the communication network within a geographical area and triangulating the location of the units. The device may be arranged to trigger a re-establishment of connections between units in order to force communication control signal traffic which can be monitored.02-18-2010
20100041415MOBILE APPARATUS, AND LOCATION NOTIFICATION SYSTEM AND LOCATION NOTIFICATION METHOD FOR MOBILE APPARATUS - A mobile apparatus, that has a calling function, includes: a location-information acquisition unit to acquire location information indicative of a location of the mobile apparatus, and a location-information notification unit to send the location information to a receiving-side apparatus when a call is made to the receiving-side apparatus, the location-information notification unit being further operable to provide, when the call is being made to a receiving-side apparatus, the location information in a manner such that, before a communication connection is established therewith, the receiving-side apparatus can recognize a physical location where the call is being originated based upon the location data02-18-2010
20130084886PILOT BEACON SYSTEM FOR INDOOR POSITIONING - The system and method uses a one or more pilot beacons to more accurately locate the position of an indoor mobile device. Modulation and level control of the co-pilot beacons provides a third dimension, z-axis, of positioning. An augmented Position Determining Entity (“aPDE”) can be used which does not modify the existing PDE in the network, and facilitates and ensures high-integrity information during a 2D to 3D positioning upgrade.04-04-2013
20090156228Mid-Call Synchronization for U-TDOA and AOA Location in UMTS - In a wireless location system, a method for determining frame and slot timing information for use in receiving an uplink signal from a user equipment (UE) device assigned to an uplink Dedicated Physical Control Channel (DPCCH) includes receiving signals in the uplink DPCCH at a location measurement unit (LMU) of the WLS. The method also includes detecting a predefined bit pattern known to be present in a plurality of predefined slots of the uplink DPCCH. Next, the frame and slot timing information are determined for the uplink DPCCH based on the detected bit pattern. Finally, the frame and slot timing information is used for collecting uplink signals from the UE for use in location processing.06-18-2009
20100105410PERIODIC POSITIONING METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A positioning method in a SUPL based position information system, and more particularly, a method for performing periodic positioning capable of processing a periodic positioning request by a location server or a periodic positioning request by a mobile communications terminal when the location server and the terminal respectively manage a trigger generating the periodic positioning, are discussed.04-29-2010
20100105411PERIODIC POSITIONING METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A positioning method in a SUPL based position information system, and more particularly, a method for performing periodic positioning capable of processing a periodic positioning request by a location server or a periodic positioning request by a mobile communications terminal when the location server and the terminal respectively manage a trigger generating the periodic positioning, are discussed.04-29-2010
20100105412Apparatus and method for providing position information in a mobile communication system - A method and an apparatus for providing position information in a mobile communication system includes setting, at a mobile communication terminal which requests to provide the position information, a position condition to provide the position information. The mobile communication terminal generates a message including the position condition, and sends the generated message to a correspondent terminal of which the position information is to be acquired. The mobile communications terminal also receives a position information request message including the position condition from a correspondent terminal, determines whether the position condition is violated or not by periodically acquiring its position information, and sends a message informing of the position information violation to the correspondent terminal when the position condition is violated.04-29-2010
20100105413Location-Based Networking Methods and Systems for Performing the Same - Methods and systems for assisting individuals (04-29-2010
20100105409PEER AND COMPOSITE LOCALIZATION FOR MOBILE APPLICATIONS - A system and method for peer based localization system using radio technology, such as Bluetooth or Wi-Fi ad-hoc technology that enables mobile devices such as cell phones, smart phones, laptops, handheld communication devices, handheld computing devices, satellite radios, global positioning systems, PDAs, etc. to discover their physical location relative to one another. In addition, the peer based localization can use a plurality of radio technologies to increase the accuracy of the physical location estimates. Additionally or alternatively, the peer based localization technique can be combined with infrastructure based location techniques, such as triangulation, GPS, or infrastructure based Wi-Fi localization in order to transpose virtual coordinates into physical coordinates.04-29-2010
20090131075SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCATING AN UNKNOWN BASE STATION - A system and method for estimating a location of an unknown Node B in a wireless communication system having a plurality of other nodes and a plurality of location measurement units. A first value may be determined based on a network timing characteristic for one of the nodes, and a second value may be determined based on a network measurement report characteristic from a user equipment (“UE”). An observed time difference of arrival (“OTDOA”) hyperbola may then be calculated based on the first and second values, and a location of the unknown Node B as a function of the OTDOA hyperbola. Therefore, through the combination of a UE network measurement report characteristic and a downlink timing measurement from a location measurement unit, the location of an unknown Node B may be determined.05-21-2009
20100151880MOBILE TERMINAL AND METHOD OF TRANSFERRING OR RECEIVING DATA USING THE SAME - The present invention relates to a mobile terminal which transfers or receives data, including location information, in various ways, and a method of transferring or receiving data using the same.06-17-2010
20100093370METHOD FOR CONFIRMING A READING POSITION USING A SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE MESSAGE AND SYSTEM FOR PERFORMING THE SAME - A method for confirming an SMS message reading position and a system for performing the method are disclosed. A reading-position confirmation terminal device includes a display part, a wireless circuit part and a control part. The wireless circuit part sets a communication channel with a mobile communication network system. The control part transmits an SMS message and information requesting a reading time and a reading position in accordance with a reading the SMS message through the wireless circuit part, and displays the reading time and the reading position to the display part when a time and a position in accordance with a reading of the SMS message by a user of a receiving mobile phone. Therefore, a transmitting mobile phone may confirm a reading position of the corresponding SMS message, so that the position of the SMS message receiving side may be easily checked by the transmitting mobile phone.04-15-2010
20100093366Incorporating Non-Presence Information in the Calculation of Presence Aspects by a Presence Access Layer - A method for providing information to a watcher is provided. The method includes a presence access layer receiving non-presence information, using the non-presence information to derive at least one element of presence information, and delivering the at least one element of presence information to the watcher.04-15-2010
20120165039ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - According to one embodiment, an electronic apparatus includes a wireless communication module, a select information generation module, a position detection module, and a select module. The wireless communication module executes wireless communication by wireless communication systems. The select information generation module generates a plurality of pieces of communication system select information indicating a pair of a position and a wireless communication system. The position detection module detects a present position. The select module selects a first system indicated by first information corresponding to the present position if the plurality of pieces of communication system select information comprises the first information, and selects a second system of the wireless communication systems selected by a user if the plurality of pieces of communication system select information do not comprise the first information. The select information generation module adds new communication system select information indicating the present position and the second system.06-28-2012
20130184007METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR CONTEXT DETERMINATION - Methods and apparatuses are provided for context determination. A method may include determining a location identifier. The location identifier may be indicative of a location of an apparatus. The method may further include determining a location cluster based at least in part on the location identifier. The method may additionally include determining a first probability for each of one or more contexts based at least in part on the determined location cluster. The method may also include determining a context of the apparatus based at least in part on the determined first probability. Corresponding apparatuses are also provided.07-18-2013
20090124265ENHANCED PILOT SIGNAL - Briefly, in accordance with one embodiment, a method of transmitting signals is provided. Signal waveforms are transmitted from at least two respective sectors. The at least two respective sectors are from at least two different sets of a superset of sectors. The transmitted signal waveforms include signal waveforms at least nearly mutually orthogonal at least along a particular signal dimension. An advantage of such an embodiment, for example, is reduced signal interference.05-14-2009
20130084885INTELLIGENT LOCATION TAGGING FOR DETERMINSTIC DEVICE BEHAVIOR - Briefly, in accordance with one or more embodiments, a deterministic device behavior system detects if a device is entering a sensitive location. The sensitive location may be a movie theater, hospital, law enforcement agency, public restroom or locker room, meeting room, factory, or similar location. If the device enters the sensitive location, the device is triggered to query a location database to obtain one or more policies related to deterministic behavior. The policies are transmitted to the device to execute the deterministic behavior while the device is in the sensitive location. The deterministic behavior may include disabling one or more modules of the device such as the camera, microphone, speaker, annunciator, vibrator, and so on, where the use of such modules may be inappropriate or prohibited in the sensitive location. The policies may be implemented manually by the user or automatically by the device.04-04-2013
20130184002WIRELESS POSITIONING APPROACH USING TIME-DELAY OF SIGNALS WITH A KNOWN TRANSMISSION PATTERN - A method of determining the location of a mobile device is provided. The method receives a signal with a known radio transmission pattern at the mobile device from each of several transmitting devices. The method correlates each received signal with a corresponding signal that has a same known radio transmission pattern to determine the time the signal traveled between the corresponding transmitting device and the mobile device. The method determines the location of the mobile device based on the time the signal travelled between the corresponding transmitting device and the mobile device. In some embodiments, determining the location of the mobile device does not require calculating a distance between the mobile device and any of the transmitting devices. In some embodiments determining the location of the mobile device includes solving a function that is dependent on the time the signals traveled between each corresponding transmitting device and the mobile device.07-18-2013
20100069085Method and System for Sharing a Clock Reference Signal within an Integrated Mobile Device - A method and system of a GPS system controlling a voltage of an input signal to an oscillator, the oscillator producing a clock reference signal to the GPS system and a modem system, such that a frequency of the clock reference signal is altered to synchronize the modem system with a corresponding network while the GPS system remains in a locked state.03-18-2010
20130183999METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MULTI-RESOLUTION ADAPTIVE POSITIONING - Various embodiments are directed to methods and apparatus for mobile device position determination and the efficient communication of mobile device position related information. In different areas different types of reference signals may be available to be used by a mobile device for position determination. Some types of references signal may be well suited for short range in an indoor environment, e.g., audio signals, Bluetooth signals and Wi-Fi signals, while other types of signals may be well suited for an outdoor environment, e.g., GPS signals and cellular base station signals. Different types of signals may facilitate different possible resolution accuracies for a position determination. In various embodiments, in different areas within a geographic coverage region, different sets of reference signals are available to be used by a mobile wireless device to determine its position. In some embodiments, different position determination resolutions are used in different area as a function of the reference signal type which is available.07-18-2013
20130045750WIRELESS LOCALIZATION METHOD BASED ON AN EFFICIENT MULTILATERATION ALGORITHM OVER A WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK AND A RECORDING MEDIUM IN WHICH A PROGRAM FOR THE METHOD IS RECORDED - A wireless localization technology using efficient multilateration in a wireless sensor network is disclosed. After calculating estimated distances from each of at least three reference nodes to a blind node using received signal strength of wireless signals that the at least three reference nodes received from the blind node, the estimated location of the blind node is obtained through multilateration using the calculated estimated distances. To correct error in the estimated location, the estimated distances are used, and the error correction direction and error correction distance for the estimated location are calculated by applying a largest weight to the reference node closest to the estimated location. The error of the estimated location is corrected by move the estimated location of the blind node by the calculated error correction direction and error correction distance. Calculation for the error correction is very simple and fast.02-21-2013
20130045755COMPENSATION OF PROPAGATION DELAYS OF WIRELESS SIGNALS - Propagation delay offsets of wireless signals are compensated. Compensation is accomplished through determination of an effective wireless signal propagation delay that accounts for signal path delay and propagation delay over the air. Such determination is based at least in part on statistical analysis of accurate location estimates of reference positions throughout a coverage sector or cell, and location estimates of the reference positions generated through time-of-flight (TOF) measurements of wireless signals. Determination of propagation or signal path delay offset also is attained iteratively based at least in part on reference location estimates and TOF location estimates. High-accuracy location estimates such as those obtained through global navigation satellite systems are employed as reference location estimates. Position of probes or wireless beacons, deployed throughout a sector or cell, also are employed as reference locations. Compensation of propagation delay offset improves accuracy of conventional TOF location estimates and radio network performance.02-21-2013
20130045753Geo-Fence Entry and Exit Notification System - A method is provided for determining when a mobile communications device has crossed a geo-fence. The method comprises (a) providing a mobile communications device (02-21-2013
20130045751LOGO DETECTION FOR INDOOR POSITIONING - Example methods, apparatuses, or articles of manufacture are disclosed herein that may be utilized, in whole or in part, to facilitate or support one or more operations or techniques for logo detection for indoor positioning for use in or with a mobile device. Briefly, in accordance with one implementation, a method may include extracting, at a mobile device, visual features from one or more images captured via a camera sensor of the mobile device; and estimating a location of the mobile device based, at least in part, on a match between extracted visual features and one or more brand-specific visual signatures associated with one or more points of interest of one or more known locations. In some instances, an estimated location of a mobile device may be refined based, at least in part, on at least one additional POI of one or more POIs of one or more known locations.02-21-2013
20130045752INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - Provided is an information processing apparatus including a position sensor for detecting position information, and a detection times control unit for acquiring detection accuracy information regarding detection accuracy of the position sensor based on a detection result of the position sensor, and controlling the number of detection times of the position sensor based on the acquired detection accuracy information.02-21-2013
20130045754Multi-Path Mitigation in Rangefinding and Tracking Objects Using Reduced Attenuation RF Technology - A method and system for identification, tracking and locating in wireless communications and wireless networks. The method and system use reference and/or pilot signals that are present in wireless communications and wireless networks. The method and system can also use RTT, TOA and time-stamping measurements/techniques to determine one or more reference signals traveling time between the Base Station (eN B) or its functional equivalent and mobile device (UE) and or network device. The method and system includes multi-path mitigations processor and multi-path mitigations techniques and algorithms which improve the track-locate accuracy. The method and system allow achieving increased accuracy by using multi-path mitigations processor and multi-path mitigations techniques and algorithms. The techniques of Digital Signal Processing and Software-Defined Radio are used.02-21-2013
20130053063EMERGENCY RESOURCE LOCATION AND STATUS - Augmented reality techniques are employed to improve emergency response and related tasks based upon data gathered from wireless monitoring of emergency equipment.02-28-2013
20130053059Radio Localization Database Generation by Capturing Cognitive Radio Spectrum Sensing Data - Technologies are generally described herein for determining a location of a computing device using radio frequency (“RF”) information. Some example technologies may receive a local RF fingerprint for radio signals detected by the computing device. The technologies may determine a location of the computing device by identifying a subset of RF information matching the local RF fingerprint. The technologies may provide the location to the computing device.02-28-2013
20130053058METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR TRANSITIONING BETWEEN INTERNET AND BROADCAST RADIO SIGNALS - Techniques are provided which may be implemented using various methods and/or apparatuses in a mobile device to allow the mobile device to smoothly transition audio input between a current radio signal and a target radio signal received at a mobile device. In one embodiment, the mobile device determines the current radio signal; selects the target radio signal; determines an earlier radio signal comprising the current radio signal or the target radio signal; creates a buffered radio signal by storing the earlier radio signal; transitions from the current radio signal to the buffered radio signal; determines the time offset between the buffered radio signal and the target radio signal; compares the determined time offset to an acceptable time offset; and transitions from the buffered radio signal to the target radio signal.02-28-2013
20130053057METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING A LOCATION OF A MOBILE DEVICE AND UTILIZING THE LOCATION IN CONTENT SERVICES - A system and method for controlling a mobile device at a headend includes the mobile device communicating a request for content to the headend. The headend requests geographic coordinate location data from the mobile device and, when geographic coordinate data is available, determines a first geographic region associated with the mobile device in response to the geographic coordinate location data. When geographic coordinate data is not available from the mobile device, the headend extracts an IP address from the request and determines a second geographic region based on the IP address and a confidence level. When the confidence level is below a threshold, the headend determines a third geographic region based on subscriber data for the mobile device. The headend controls the mobile device in response to one of the first geographic region, the second geographic region and the third geographic region.02-28-2013
20130053054USING PREDICTIVE TECHNOLOGY TO INTELLIGENTLY CHOOSE COMMUNICATION - Selecting communication settings. A method includes observing at least one of present, prior, or anticipated future movement of a user. Based on the observed user movement, embodiments may predict one or more future locations of the user. Based on the one or more future locations of the user, a communication setting of a device is selected to be used by the user.02-28-2013
20130053060SYSTEM AND METHOD OF COMMUNICATION - The invention provides a system and method of communication comprising a USSD interface that is independent of the supporting stack the USSD is operating in. By decoupling the supporting stack from the USSD interface, similar services can be deployed across various service providers or network operators thereby enhancing the usability and efficiency of the USSD interface. The system includes client equipment configured to initiate a session by sending a session identification code, a gateway server coupled to the client equipment, and a USSD platform communicatively coupled to the gateway server via a configurable protocol. The gateway server initiates the session upon receiving the session identification code. The USSD platform communicates in real-time with the client equipment through the gateway server.02-28-2013
20130053053LOCALIZATION OF MOBILE COMPUTING DEVICES IN INDOOR ENVIRONMENTS - Various technologies pertaining to localizing multiple mobile computing devices in an indoor environment are described. Pairs of microphone arrays are selectively positioned in an indoor environment. A localization service assigns a frequency and schedule to a mobile telephone, and the mobile telephone begins outputting vibrations at the assigned frequency and in conformance with the assigned schedule. The microphone arrays sense the vibrations, and angles between the microphone arrays, respectively, and the mobile computing device are computed based upon the sensed vibrations. Such angles are subsequently employed to compute the location of the mobile computing device in the indoor environment.02-28-2013
20130053065METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMING MOBILITY STATE OF TERMINAL - A method and apparatus for determining a mobility state of a terminal is disclosed in embodiments of this invention, which relates to the technical field of wireless communication and is capable of accurately estimating a mobility state of a terminal in a complex network structure, configuring more appropriate network parameters for the terminal, optimizing mobility performance of the terminal and improving overall network performance. A method for determining a mobility state of a terminal is provided in an embodiment of this invention, including: calculating a total moving distance of a terminal in a predetermined period by using a distance estimation strategy; and determining a mobility state of the terminal according to the total moving distance. This invention is applicable to estimation of the terminal's mobility state in a homogeneous network and a heterogeneous network.02-28-2013
20130053064METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING HEADING ANGLE IN WIRELESS LAN - A method determines a heading angle of a user terminal in a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) system. The method includes examining whether a rotation of a user is detected, upon detecting the rotation, attaining a movement direction vector at a time when the rotation is detected, and attaining the heading angle by using the movement direction vector at the time when the rotation is detected.02-28-2013
20130090131NFC TAG LOCATION - A computer implemented method includes receiving a tag identifier from a user device, concluding that a location storage does not comprise a valid location for the received tag identifier, obtaining location of the user device, and updating the location of the user device as a location associated with the received tag identifier in the location storage.04-11-2013
20100137002METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR PROVIDING GEO-LOCATION PROXIMITY UPDATES TO A PRESENCE SYSTEM - The subject matter described herein relates to methods, systems, and computer readable media for providing geo-location proximity updates to a presence system. One method includes intercepting a mobility management message associated with a mobile subscriber, wherein the mobility management message includes one or more network specific identifiers (NSIDs). A geo-location proximity descriptor is determined based on the one or more NSIDs. The geo-location proximity descriptor is communicated to a presence system.06-03-2010
20090325600SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COLLECTING COMMUNICATION SIGNALS - A method and system for collecting communication signals include detecting one or more signals emitted by one or more base stations surrounding a communication device and acquiring one or more signal intensities of the detected one ore more signals. The method and system further include locating a position of the communication device, acquiring the position of the communication device, and transmitting the acquired one or more signal intensities and the position of the communication device to a signal collection server.12-31-2009
20090325595PREMISES AREA MAP SYSTEMS AND METHODS - In an exemplary method, a geographic location of a mobile device is determined, a premises area map associated with the geographic location is identified, and data representative of the premises area map is provided to the mobile device over a network. In certain embodiments, data representative of a plurality of premises area maps is received from a plurality of premises area map providers, the data representative of the plurality of premises area maps is stored, and the geographic location is used to select the premises area map from the plurality of premises area maps. In certain embodiments, the premises area map is displayed and graphically represents at least a portion of a premises area. In certain embodiments, the premises area map is configured to illustrate a position of the mobile device within the premises area.12-31-2009
20100130230BEACON SECTORING FOR POSITION DETERMINATION - Apparatuses and methods for sector-based position determination of a mobile station are presented. One method includes determining an estimate of a distance between the mobile station and at least one wireless access point (WAP), receiving sector information which describes sectors associated with the at least one WAP, and combining the distance estimate and sector information to determine a position of the mobile station. One apparatus includes a wireless transceiver, a processor coupled to the wireless transceiver, and a memory coupled to the processor which stores executable instructions and data. The instructions cause the processor to determine an estimate of a distance between the mobile station and at least one wireless access point (WAP), receive sector information which describes sectors associated with the at least one WAP, and combine the distance estimate and sector information to determine a position of the mobile station.05-27-2010
20100130226Determination of event of interest - A method includes receiving first media data from a plurality of persons; identifying first media data generated within a window of time at a certain location and associating the identified first media data with an occurrence of a first event; determining which persons of the plurality of persons were present at the occurrence of the first event; and storing information related to the first event in association with information identifying those persons determined to be present at the occurrence of the first event. The method further includes, in response to receiving further media data from a plurality of persons, determining if the further media data was generated within a window of time at a certain location; determining based at least in part of the stored information if the certain location associated with the further media data is the same as the certain location associated with the first media data, and if at least some of the persons from which the further media data is received are the same as the persons from which the first media data was received and, if so, declaring that a second event is occurring that is related to the first event; and sending a notification of the occurrence of the second event to those persons who were determined to be present at the occurrence of the first event and who are determined to not currently be present at the occurrence of the second event.05-27-2010
20130090130System And Method For Matching Using Location Information - In one embodiment, a method executed by at least one processor includes receiving first historical location information identifying a first location area at which a first user was present at a first time and receiving second location information identifying a second location area at which a second user was present at a second time. The method includes determining that the first historical location information and the second location information each correspond to a particular location area and determining that a characteristic related to the first user corresponds to a preference related to the second user. In response to these determinations, the method includes causing information related to the first user to be presented to the second user. The information related to the first user includes the first location area of the first user relative to the second location area of the second user.04-11-2013
20130090129APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING MEDIA SERVICES SUBJECT TO VIEWING RESTRICTIONS - A system that incorporates teachings of the present disclosure may include, for example, determining that a communication device is outside of a restricted viewing area associated with media content and transmitting the media content for presentation at the communication device responsive to that determination. Other embodiments are disclosed.04-11-2013
20130090132NUMBER OF TERMINAL ESTIMATION DEVICE AND NUMBER OF TERMINAL ESTIMATION METHOD - A number-of-terminals estimation device has a unit to acquire location data; a unit to acquire location acquisition time information of second location data immediately preceding the first location data and third location data immediately following the first location data, from location data including the same identification information; a unit to calculate a feature amount of the first location data, based on at least two of the location acquisition time information of the first to third location data; a unit to acquire observation target location data including location acquisition time information after an observation start time and before an observation end time and including location information corresponding to observation area information; and a unit to estimate the number of terminals located in the observation area during the observation period, based on feature amounts of the observation target location data and the length of the observation period.04-11-2013
20090305726Position Determination System That Uses A Cellular Communication System - A position determination system and apparatus for utilizing a network of cellular base stations to determine position of a mobile station includes taking a plurality of statistically independent data measurements of the pilot signals from the base stations. Each of the data measurements includes an earliest time of arrival, providing multiple independent measurements for each of the pilot signals. For each cellular base station, a representative measurement is calculated responsive to the independent measurements, which is used to determine position of the mobile station using an AFLT algorithm and/or in conjunction with a GPS algorithm. In some embodiments, the data measurements for each pilot signal further include an RMSE estimate and time of measurement for each time of arrival, and an energy measurement for all resolvable paths. If the mobile station comprises a cell phone, a cell search list and a GPS search list may be provided by a cell base station.12-10-2009
20090305725METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING SERVICE INFORMATION USING LOCATION INFORMATION - The present invention relates to a method and system to provide service information to a portable terminal based on the location information associated with the portable terminal. The service information providing method is performed in such a way that a server acquires location information associated with the portable terminal and service information corresponding to the location information. The portable terminal may acquire and store the service information from the server. The portable terminal user can also identify new service information regarding a place where the user is located.12-10-2009
20090305724METHOD, DEVICE ARRANGEMENT, TERMINAL AND COMPUTER SOFTWARE PRODUCT FOR DISTRIBUTING TELEMATIC DATA OF MOVING OBJECT - A positioning method, a tracker's terminal (12-10-2009
20090305723DETERMINATION OF LOCATION DEPENDENT INFORMATION - A method of determining position dependent information from one or more terminals in a cell involves transmitting at least two messages; wherein one message covers a first area in the cell; and one or more further messages cover other areas in the cell; and receiving responses from terminals dependent upon the messages received by each terminal; wherein the areas of coverage of the at least two messages at least partially overlap.12-10-2009
20090305721METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONVEYING LOCATION OF LOST OR MOTIONLESS MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICES - Movement of a mobile communication device is monitored during any of its powered modes. Upon sensing lack of movement, the location of the device is identified. If no movement has been sensed during a predetermined time period, determination is made as to whether the location of the device has changed. If not, a call is initiated to a remote address to convey the location of the device.12-10-2009
20090305720METHOD FOR CHARACTERISING EMITTERS BY THE ASSOCIATION OF PARAMETERS RELATED TO THE SAME RADIO EMITTER - Method of using one or more transmitters and/or one or more parameters associated with a transmitter by using a reception station comprising a device suitable for measuring over time a set of K parameters dependent on the transmitters associated with vectors {circumflex over (η)}12-10-2009
20090305719Provision of location information into iri - The present invention relates to methods and arrangements in a mobile telecommunication system to generate interception related information IRI, including geographical location of a monitored mobile subscriber/equipment. The system is configured to provide to an Intercept configuration unit ICU, information collected from an Intercept Access Point IAP; MSC. The system is also configured to proceed with a Network Induced Location Request NI-LR procedure, which method comprises the following steps: —Receiving to the Intercept Access Point from the Intercept configuration unit, a request to monitor the mobile subscriber/equipment, —Detecting in the Intercept Access Point of a specified Interception Related Information activity IRI involving the monitored subscriber/equipment, —The Intercept Access Point IAP; MSC initiates start of the Network Induced Location Request NI-LR procedure.12-10-2009
20090305718Portable telephone, image converter, control method and program - Simple pseudo gradation conversion technique suitable for implementation in portable devices such as mobile phones employing a relatively low-speed processor. Target image is represented with 212-10-2009
20090104918SELF-LEARNING TRANSCEIVER - The invention pertains to a transceiver (04-23-2009
20090098882COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD OF PROVIDING LOCATION INFORMATION THEREIN - A communication device, computer program product and method of providing location information therein are disclosed. The communication device includes a wireless communication unit for receiving location information on another communication device and a controller for setting location based information on another communication device using the received location information, and controlling the set location based information to be displayed.04-16-2009
20130072229SYSTEM AND METHOD OF WIRELESS PROXIMITY AWARENESS - The present application provides a system for proximity awareness for mobile data communication on an electronic communication device comprising a client application on an electronic communication device communicating across a wireless network, and an awareness server that includes a plurality of server objects that monitor multiple devices on a wireless communication network. In addition, the client application on the electronic communication device comprises a plurality of software objects. The client application periodically broadcasts the current wireless tower that the device is communicating on to the awareness server. The awareness server tracks the location of other Tower IDs of other users in the individual's contact list. If there is a match in Tower IDs, an alert is sent to both users that they are in proximity to each other.03-21-2013
20130072228POST-DEPLOYMENT CALIBRATION FOR WIRELESS POSITION DETERMINATION - Methods and apparatuses are directed to calibrating a misconfigured wireless access point. One method may include receiving a position of mobile station(s) and wireless signal model measurements derived from packets exchanged between the mobile station(s) and a plurality of wireless access points, receiving positions and/or identities of the plurality of wireless access points used in determining the position of the mobile station(s), comparing a position of the mobile station(s) with wireless signal model measurements, and identifying a misconfigured wireless access point based upon the comparing. Another method may include receiving positions associated with a plurality of wireless access points, determining a position of a mobile station based upon a wireless signal model, comparing the position of the mobile station and the wireless signal model with the positions associated with the plurality of wireless access points, and determining whether at least one wireless access point is misconfigured.03-21-2013
20130072226Systems and Methods for Tracking Mobile Devices - The present application provides for mobile, wireless devices to be tracked passively using triangulation (via cellular towers or solar canopies as explained in some of the related applications identified above and expressly incorporated herein by reference) to provide information to a service regarding when a client device accesses the area. When the client device enters an identified location, which may be designated by a geo-fence, an activation signal is transmitted to the mobile, wireless device to activate a global positioning location module, which provides more accurate position information. The mobile, wireless device may be registered as being located at the identified location.03-21-2013
20130072227Continuous Data Optimization of Moved Access Points in Positioning Systems - Methods and systems of continuously optimizing data in WiFi positioning systems. A location-based services system uses WiFi-enabled devices to monitor WiFi access points in a target area to indicate whether a WiFi access point has moved relative to its previously recorded location. A WiFi-enabled device communicates with WiFi access points within range of the WiFi-enabled device so that observed WiFi access points identify themselves; A reference database is accessed to obtain information specifying a recorded location for each observed WiFi access point in the target area. The recorded location information is used for each of the observed WiFi access points in conjunction with predefined rules to infer whether an observed WiFi access point has moved relative to its recorded location. The reference database is informed of the identity of any observed WiFi access point that is inferred to have moved.03-21-2013
20130072222METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM FOR GATHERING USER EQUIPMENT LOCATION INFORMATION - A non-transitory computer readable medium and a method for gathering user equipment (UE) location information from a radio access network (RAN), the method may include: intercepting a UE location message sent from the RAN towards a core network element configured to process UE location messages, wherein the intercepting is executed by an intermediate entity positioned between the RAN and the core network element; extracting UE location information from the UE location message; and preventing the core network element from receiving the location information embedded in the UE location message.03-21-2013
20130072225METHODS CIRCUITS SYSTEMS AND ASSOCIATED COMPUTER EXECUTABLE CODE FOR LOCALIZING AND MESSAGING A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Disclosed are methods, circuits, systems and associated computer executable code for detecting the presence of a mobile computing device in a specific area. Included are means for receiving a message from the mobile device including a coarse location indicator, determining that the received coarse location indicator is in proximity with one or more local (e.g. retailer) stations, and causing at least one of the one or more local stations to transmit a mobile device specific poling signal to the device.03-21-2013
20130072224INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - An information processing apparatus, method and computer program product estimate position information of the information processing apparatus. A positioning unit determines a position. A storage unit stores positional information obtained by the positioning unit. An estimating unit estimates, when it is determined that the positioning unit does not receive information to perform positioning, an estimated distance of a movement in a first period T03-21-2013
20130072223LOCATION-BASED DECISION MAKING FOR ASSET TRACKING DEVICES - A method of creating geographic zones may include receiving a selection of a first geographic zone located at least partially within a geographic region, storing a tree data structure that represents the first geographic zone, and sending the tree data structure to be stored on one or more asset tracking devices. The tree data structure may include a plurality of nodes organized into parent-child relationships where each of the nodes represents geographic areas. A root node may represent the geographic region, each child node may represent a sub-area of a geographic area represented by the respective parent node, each node may represent a geographic area that at least partially overlaps with the first geographic zone, and each node representing a geographic area that is entirely within the first geographic zone may include an identifier associated with the first geographic zone.03-21-2013
20130072217TIME OF ARRIVAL BASED POSITIONING SYSTEM - A TOA positioning system can be implemented that employs a calculated initial location of a wireless network device. For each of a plurality of reference wireless network devices, a distance between the wireless network device and the reference wireless network device is determined based, at least in part, on a round trip transit time between the wireless network device and the reference wireless network device. An initial location of the wireless network device can be calculated based, at least in part, on a location of each of the plurality of reference wireless network devices. A location of the wireless network device can be estimated based, at least in part, on the calculated initial location, the distance to each of the reference wireless network devices, and an initial distance calibration constant.03-21-2013
20130072221System and Method For Electronic Communications Between Users In A Similar Geographic Location - A method and system are provided providing electronic communications between users in a similar geographic location. Mobile devices determine geographic location information based on signals received from external devices, such as GPS satellites or cell sites, and web browsers determine geographic location using external devices or third party software, such as Google Loader, or based on the IP address of the computer running the web browser. The system receives geographic location information from a mobile device or web browser in addition to a user-input message. The system distributes the message to users of the system with geographic locations within a predetermined distance from the geographic location that the message was input.03-21-2013
20130072218TIME DIFFERENCE OF ARRIVAL BASED POSITIONING SYSTEM - A TDOA positioning system that employs a calculated initial location of a wireless network device can be implemented to minimize sensitivity to the initial location of the wireless network device. For each pair of a plurality of reference network devices, the wireless network device can determine a distance difference between itself and the pair of the plurality of reference network devices based, at least in part, on round trip transit times between the wireless network device and the plurality of reference network devices. The initial location of the wireless network device can be calculated based on a location of each of the plurality of reference network devices. A location of the wireless network device can be estimated based on the calculated initial location of the wireless network device, the distance differences, and the location of each of the plurality of reference network devices.03-21-2013
20130072216METHODS, APPARATUSES AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCTS FOR PROVIDING AUTOMATIC MAINTENANCE OF A GEOPOSITION SYSTEM - An apparatus for augmenting associations between places and fingerprints may include a processor and memory storing executable computer code causing the apparatus to at least perform operations including detecting items of fingerprint data from one or more beacon devices, as the apparatus traverses one or more physical places. The fingerprint data may correspond to generated summaries of radio information corresponding to the physical places. The computer program code may further cause the apparatus to detect that the apparatus is stationary in at least one of the physical places for a predetermined time period and determine a location of the apparatus in the physical place based in part on determining fingerprint data, detected from a subset of the beacon devices which are in the physical place, that most accurately resembles canonical fingerprint data corresponding to one of a plurality of physical places. Corresponding methods and computer program products are also provided.03-21-2013
20130072215METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LOCATION PREDICTION - A location prediction device (03-21-2013
20110059751METHOD AND LOCATION SERVER FOR DETERMINING A POSTION OF A TARGET DEVICE - A method and location server (03-10-2011
20110059746Method And Apparatus For Managing Versions Of Various Application Information Messages And Using The Application Information Messages - The present invention manages components carrying application information thru their individual versions. An application information encoding method according to the present invention comprises creating at least one component including application information and version information of the at least one component; writing, in a message management container where management information on the at least one component is written, information indicating that the version information is accompanied; and organizing the at least one component, the version information and the message management container to a transfer message03-10-2011
20130059600SHORT RANGE RF MONITORING SYSTEM - A wireless short range radio-frequency master device adapted to create and maintain a portable private network of wireless short range radio-frequency slave devices wherein the master device is configured to detect and register suitable slave devices for a network, and is capable of determining the proximity of any registered slave device with respect to the master device in use, the master device further being adapted to enable a user to define two or more groups of registered slave devices selected from the total number of registered slave devices and to enable a user to select a defined group of such registered slave devices as an active group, thereby forming an active portable private network of wireless short range radio frequency devices comprising the master device and selected registered slave devices within the selected group.03-07-2013
20130059601METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING MEDIA ON MOBILE DEVICES - Techniques and mechanisms are provided for sending targeted content and data to mobile devices. Location information associated with a device is determined. In some instances, the location information is manually entered. In other instances, the location information is determined automatically from characteristics associated with the device. Location information can be obtained from global positioning system (GPS) data, cell-site triangulation, Internet Protocol (IP) address detection, etc. Content and advertising can be provided in a location relevant manner to the mobile device.03-07-2013
20130059597MOBILE DEVICE INCLUDING ZIGBEE MODULE AND METHOD OF OPERATION THEREOF - There are provided a mobile device including a Zigbee module and an method of operation thereof. The mobile device includes: a power supply unit; a Zigbee module operated by receiving power supplied from the power supply unit and connected to external electronic devices so that the Zigbee module communicates with the external electronic devices, to thereby provide a remote control function; and a switching unit controlling a connection between the power supply unit and the Zigbee module, wherein the power supply unit includes a main power supply unit and an auxiliary power supply unit supplying power to the Zigbee module when residual power in the main power supply unit falls to a predetermined reference value or less, whereby the remote control function and the position tracking function using the mobile device can be provided even when there is no sufficient residual power therein.03-07-2013
20130059599METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING AN INTERCONNECTION IN A BORDER CELL - A system operable to manage an interconnection when a mobile equipment of a subscriber is located in a border cell, or a border location area. The system includes a control device connected to a Home Location Register/Visitor Location Register, and to a Mobile Switching Center. The control device is operable to, prior an interconnection is established, check in the Home Location Register/Visitor Location Register, or the Mobile Switching Center if the current cell, or the current location area of the mobile equipment for the interconnection is a border cell, or a border location area. If it is determined that it is a border cell, or a border location area, the control device is operable to set up a connection between a message system, included in the system, and the mobile equipment. The message system is operable to send a message to the mobile equipment informing the subscriber about the situation with the border cell, or the border location area prior the interconnection is established or disabled.03-07-2013
20130059598INTERACTIVE COMPUTER SOFTWARE PROCESSES AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING, TRACKING, REPORTING, PROVIDING FEEDBACK AND TASKING - A process is provided for carrying out a task, such as enabling a customer to submit a report, feedback or other comments electronically to an online computer program, then providing a prompt on-site response to those comments. The process may be enabled by a system that includes the online computer program, which is accessible from a mobile electronic device, as well as a detectable code unique to a location from which comments are to be provided, and to which the comments may pertain. The detectable code may be scanned or otherwise sensed with the mobile electronic device, which may then communicate with the program (e.g., by way of application software on the mobile electronic device) to provide data regarding the location to the program. The program may then initiate an appropriate response to the data, or task, which may be promptly, or even immediately, carried out at the location.03-07-2013
20120309415MULTIPATH COMPENSATION WITHIN GEOLOCATION OF MOBILE DEVICES - A location of a mobile device within a network is determined. The network includes a plurality of fixed nodes. A method includes receiving, at the plurality of fixed nodes, receive messages transmitted from the mobile communication device. Each of the plurality of fixed nodes generates a receive count stamp for each receive message corresponding to a local counter value at the receipt of the receive message. At each of the plurality of fixed nodes, the method includes processing the receive count stamps to calculate a set of pseudo-ranges between the respective fixed node and the mobile device, and measuring multipath delay included within the set of pseudo-ranges. Based on the measurement, the multipath delay is removed from the set of pseudo-ranges to determine a range estimate between the mobile device and each of the fixed nodes. Based on the range estimates, a location of the mobile device is calculated.12-06-2012
20130059602LOCATION POSITIONING METHOD AND DEVICE USING WIRELESS LAN SIGNALS - A location positioning methoded device using a wireless LAN signal, comprising: a database that includes a first DB, which matches grid cells distinguished by pCell ID with partial wireless LAN-related information related to a wireless LAN signal and stores the matched information, and a second DB, which stores overall wireless LAN-related information related to the wireless LAN signal; an information reception unit that receives terminal wireless LAN-related information from a terminal, which performs communication by using the WLAN signal; a record determination unit; and a location positioning unit.03-07-2013
20110065451CONTEXT-TRIGGERED SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR INFORMATION AND SERVICES - A computer implemented method for providing location-based services using a mobile device is provided. A location of a mobile device is automatically determined. A user context is generated based at least on a user preference and the automatically determined location of the mobile device, wherein the user preference represents at least a content interest of a user. A request is made to a computer remote from the location of the mobile device for an available service relevant to the user context and compatible with a capability of the mobile device. The available service is executed using the mobile device.03-17-2011
20090286548APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ESTIMATING LOCATION USING MULTI-ANTENNA RADIO RECEIVER - Packets are periodically transmitted by a plurality of radio beacons deployed at known positions over a location estimation area. Monitoring is conducted for incoming packets. Upon receipt of a packet from a k11-19-2009
20090270113Video Mobile Communication System - System for reception, demodulation and processing of location finder modulated signals to demodulated processed location finder baseband signals and processing a voice or data signal with demodulated location finder signal. System for non-quadrature and quadrature modulation of voice and data signals and system for processing, modulating and transmitting of voice, data and video signals. Processors for providing cross-correlated in-phase and quadrature-phase filtered signal and processing CDMA and TDMA signals into cross-correlated voice, data or video signals. System for processing video signal into OFDM signal and transmitting OFDM video signal. Touch screen provided signal for selection of OFDM, cross-correlated CDMA or TDMA signals for transmission by non-linearly amplified or linearly amplified transmitters.10-29-2009
20090270111WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND BASE STATION ACCOMMODATION SERVER - To appropriately set the location registration area according to the installation location of the femto base station. Provided is a base station accommodation server that is coupled to a location management server accommodating at least one of first base station coupled to a first communication network, and accommodates at least one of second base station connected to a second communication network. The base station is configured to determine a location management group identifier of the second base station based on a location management group identifier of the first base station that is present at a location from which the second base station can receive the location management group identifier broadcast by the first base station.10-29-2009
20090270110Portable wireless communication systems - The present invention relates to portable wireless communication systems, in particular for sending and receiving data including position information using radio frequencies. The invention comprises: (i) a hand held digital computer; (ii) a position-locating device providing position information to the digital computer; (iii) a VHF and/or UHF radio frequency transmitter; and (iv) a radio modem having an input for digital data from the hand held digital computer, a modulator for converting digital data from the computer into a modulated analogue RF signal, and an output connected to the transmitter for transmission of said modulated signal.10-29-2009
20120225669Processor, Apparatus and Associated Methods - A processor for a user-portable device, the user-portable device comprising FM transmission circuitry, wherein the processor is configured to obtain a first set of valid geo-specific FM transmission parameters for the current geographical location of the user-portable device based on received global positioning satellite (GPS) data for the current geographical location of the user-portable device; and provide signalling to configure the FM transmission circuitry to use the valid first set of geo-specific FM transmission parameters.09-06-2012
20120225668MOBILE DEVICE, SERVER, AND CONTENT MANAGEMENT METHOD FOR A SYSTEM COMPRISING SAME - A content managing method of a mobile device, a server, and a system is provided. According to the content managing method, when the mobile device enters into a specific region, the mobile device transmits location information of the location of the mobile device and device information of the mobile device to the server, and the server searches for and transmits content information corresponding to the location information to the mobile device. Accordingly, a user can receive the content information simply by entering into a specific location with the mobile device.09-06-2012
20120225667METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR COORDINATING NECESSARY RADIO TRANSMISSION EVENTS WITH UNRELATED OPPORTUNISTIC EVENTS TO OPTIMIZE BATTERY LIFE AND NETWORK RESOURCES - A method and apparatus for sending an event from user equipment operating in a mobile network, the method comprising the steps of: monitoring whether an unrelated opportunistic event has occurred; and sending said event with said unrelated opportunistic event.09-06-2012
20120225666Method and System for Use of a Trusted Server to Facilitate Location Determination - Disclosed is a method and system for use of a trusted server such as an over-the-air provisioning server to facilitate mobile location determination. If a mobile location server (MLS) sends a location-determination message to a mobile station and does not receive a response back from the mobile station, there is a chance that the mobile station is not provisioned with a correct address of the MLS and that the mobile station therefore did not respond. To help jump start the location-determination process, the MLS may respond to that situation by instead causing a trusted server such as an over-the-air-service-provisioning (OTASP) server to send a location-determination message to the mobile station, triggering a response from the mobile station.09-06-2012
20120225665CHARACTERISATION OF A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS LINK - A system and method are described for characterising a wireless communications link as line-of-sight (LOS) or non line-of-sight (NLOS). The method comprises receiving data (T) representing a position of a transmitter, receiving data (R) representing a position of a receiver, receiving a measure of transmitted power at an output of the transmitter (PT) and receiving a measure of received power at an input to the receiver (PR). An NLOS detector (09-06-2012
20120225664APPARATUS, AND ASSOCIATED METHOD, FOR ESTIMATING A TIME ZONE AT WHICH A DEVICE IS POSITIONED - An apparatus, and an associated method, estimates a time zone at which an electronic device, such as a wireless device, is positioned. Parameters, such as a mobile country code, a GMT offset, a daylight savings time parameter, and geo location parameters are all candidate parameters from which to make an estimate. Received parameters are identified, and selectably used to obtain an estimate that is matched or verified to ensure likely accuracy.09-06-2012
20120225663RSSI-BASED INDOOR POSITIONING IN THE PRESENCE OF DYNAMIC TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL ACCESS POINTS - A position fix for a mobile platform is determined using RSSI values for wireless signals received from access points (APs), at least one of which has dynamic transmission power control. The transmission power data for the APs is received from an entity separate from the APs, e.g., a central entity or a positioning assistance server. The RSSI values for wireless signals received from the APs are acquired, as is an RSSI heatmap. Using the transmission power data, the RSSI values and the RSSI heatmap, the position fix for the mobile platform is determined. The position fix may be determined by the mobile platform or a positioning assistance server. Additionally, a server may receive transmission power data for APs and may provide to a mobile platform RSSI heatmap information based on the transmission power data. The RSSI heatmap information may be, e.g., the transmission power data or a RSSI heatmap.09-06-2012
20130065609Geographic Location Notification Based on Identity Linking - A user maintains notification setting information having temporal periods capable of controlling, at least in part, the dissemination of information describing the on-line presence of the user within an instant messaging system or the geographic location of one or more mobile communications devices used by the user. The user may use multiple identities to communicate within the instant messaging system and/or with the mobile communications device or devices. The user can maintain sets of temporal periods for each of the multiple identities. Only one identity may be used at a specific time to communicate to a specific other identity, but the multiple identities of the user may be linked such that on-line presence and/or geographic location associated with one of the identities is disseminated based on the temporal periods set for one or more of the multiple identities.03-14-2013
20130065608SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR IDENTIFYING UNAUTHORIZED USERS OF AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE - This is generally directed to identifying unauthorized users of an electronic device. In some embodiments, an unauthorized user of the electronic device can be detected by identifying particular activities that may indicate suspicious behavior. In some embodiments, an unauthorized user can be detected by comparing the identity of the current user to the identity of the owner of the electronic device. When an unauthorized user is detected, various safety measures can be taken. For example, information related to the identity of the unauthorized user, the unauthorized user's operation of the electronic device, or the current location of the electronic device can be gathered. As another example, functions of the electronic device can be restricted. In some embodiments, the owner of the electronic device can be notified of the unauthorized user by sending an alert notification through any suitable medium, such as, for example, a voice mail, e-mail, or text message.03-14-2013
20130065610Position Location for Wireless Communication Systems - The subject matter disclosed herein relates to position location in a wireless communication system, and may more particularly relate to position location for a mobile station.03-14-2013
20130065605KL-Divergence Kernel Regression For Non-Gaussian Fingerprint Based Localization - Embodiments are directed to mobile localization, and more specifically, but not exclusively, to tracking mobile devices. Embodiments include methods that consider probability kernels with distance-like metrics between distributions. Also described are probabilistic kernels that can be used for a regression of location, which can achieve up to about inn accuracy in an office environment.03-14-2013
20130065607Method for Monitoring Entities - The inventive method for monitoring entities (03-14-2013
20130065604METHOD FOR SEAMLESS TRANSITION FROM URBAN OUTDOOR ENVIRONMENTS TO INDOOR NAVIGATION - Techniques are disclosed for managing operation of multiple estimators in a wireless device. In at least one implementation, techniques for providing relatively seamless transition between dissimilar regions of a state space may be provided.03-14-2013
20130065606BROADCAST DISTRIBUTION CONTROL DEVICE, CALL STATUS CONTROL DEVICE, FEMTO CELL BASE STATION, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, METHOD AND PROGRAMME - Provided is a broadcast control apparatus that realizes broadcasting to a predetermined distribution area, as in an existing public mobile communication network in a communication system using a femto cell base station. The broadcast control apparatus includes a database, in which location information of the femto cell base station existing in a predetermined distribution area section is associated with the distribution area section. The broadcast control apparatus also includes update means for updating the association in the database based on the location information of the femto cell base station received by reception means.03-14-2013
20130065603SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR EMPLOYING GEOGRAPHICALLY OVERLAPPING AUTONOMOUS STATIC AND MOBILE WIRELESS NETWORKS FOR ASSET TRACKING - A supply and distribution chain and various systems, methods and elements associated with autonomous static and mobile wireless networks for asset tracking. In one embodiment, the chain includes: (1) masters associated with static sites and configured to establish autonomous static networks for the static sites, (2) mobile units associated with carriers and configured to join the autonomous static networks when in range thereof and create autonomous mobile networks when out of range of the autonomous static networks and (3) sensors associated with assets and configured to join the autonomous static networks when in range thereof and join the autonomous mobile networks when out of range of the autonomous static networks.03-14-2013
20110021209Positioning systems utilizing mobile telephone system for correction signals - A positioning system where receiving stations such as multipurpose mobile communications devices (01-27-2011
20110021208WATERMARKING ANTENNA BEAMS FOR POSITION DETERMINATION - An antenna array may stagger the signal of one or more beams within a single base station sector. The time-delayed beams may have a watermark within the signal they are carrying. The receiving unit then may identify the beam as a time-delayed beam and compensate for the delay using stored data. The receiving unit may transmit the beam identification information to the base station and receive the time delay data.01-27-2011
20110021207System and Method for Estimating Positioning Error Within a WLAN-Based Positioning System - The invention features a method of estimating an expected error of a position estimate for use in a WLAN positioning system that estimates the position of a WLAN-enabled device. The WLAN-enabled device receives signals transmitted by at least one WLAN access point in range of the WLAN-enabled device, and a position of the WLAN-enabled device is estimated based on the received signals from the at least one WLAN access point in range. A signal strength value is measured for the signals transmitted by the at least one WLAN access point, and a maximum signal strength value is determined. The method also estimates an expected error of the position estimate based on the maximum signal strength value of the signals transmitted by the at least one WLAN access point in range of the WLAN enabled device. The expected error predicts a relative accuracy of the position estimate.01-27-2011
20090233621SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR LOCATING A MOBILE DEVICE WITHIN A CELLULAR SYSTEM - A system for determining location and timing information in a cellular network includes a space-time calibration unit (SCU) and a plurality of nodes in communication with the SCU. Each node includes a node ping driver that receives frame synchronization information from a respective subset of cell sites, and associates the frame synchronization information with respective receive count stamps generated using a local node clock. The system also includes a user handset that includes a handset ping driver that receives the frame synchronization information from a serving cell site and one or more neighbor cell sites, and associates the frame synchronization information with respective receive count stamps generated using a local handset clock. The SCU uses the information from the node and handset ping drivers to determine a handset location.09-17-2009
20090233620Methods and Apparatuses Supporting Multiple Positioning Protocol Versions in Wireless Communication Networks - Methods and apparatuses are provided for supporting multiple positioning protocol versions within wireless communication networks.09-17-2009
20090233619Method of Tracking a State of a Mobile Electronic Device - The invention relates to a method of tracking a state of a mobile electronic device and to a mobile electronic device including processing apparatus arranged to perform the method.09-17-2009
20130165138Computational Systems and Methods for Locating a Mobile Device - Systems and methods are described relating to detecting an indication of a person within a specified proximity to at least one mobile device; and presenting an indication of location of the at least one mobile device at least partially based on the indication of the person within the specified proximity. Additionally, systems and methods are described relating to means for detecting an indication of a person within a specified proximity to at least one mobile device; and means for presenting an indication of location of the at least one mobile device at least partially based on the indication of the person within the specified proximity.06-27-2013
20120115511METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LOCATION REGISTRATION UPDATE ON FAILURE TO INSERT SUBSCRIBER DATA IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for location registration update on failure to insert subscriber data caused by a location registration error in a mobile communication system, comprising (a) in the case of a change in subscriber data, a home location register transmitting the subscriber data to a first switching center in which location of a corresponding subscriber is registered, to request the first switching center to insert the subscriber data; (b) in the case of the first switching center's failure to insert the subscriber data, the home location register being notified of the failure; and (c) the home location register extracting a switching center group, to which the first switching center belongs, from a switching center group database for storing switching center data that is grouped according to geographical closeness, and transmitting a location registration update request signal to switching centers in the extracted group.05-10-2012
20120115509METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING RADIO LOCATION ACCURACY WITH MEASUREMENTS - A method and apparatus to utilize a set of measurements (either partial or compete) to improve the accuracy of an initial position estimate for a wireless terminal. The initial position estimate for the terminal is first obtained (e.g., based on a cell-ID or an enhanced cell-ID solution). Measurements are obtained for the terminal. The initial position estimate is then updated with the measurements to obtain a revised position estimate for the terminal. The updating may be performed by (1) deriving a measurement vector based on the initial position estimate and the measurements, (2) forming an observation matrix for the measurements, (3) determining a matrix of weights, (4) deriving a correction vector based on the measurement vector, the observation matrix, and the weight matrix, and (5) updating the initial position estimate with the correction vector.05-10-2012
20120115506Tracking and Communications Device - A portable tracking and communications device (05-10-2012
20130115971CORRELATING WIRELESS SIGNALS TO A LOCATION ON AN IMAGE USING MOBILE SENSOR TECHNOLOGIES - Using ground truth events and sensors available on a first mobile device, an algorithm executed at the first mobile device determines the mobile device's position; the first mobile device also obtains wireless signal information; the wireless signal information is associated with the position determined via the sensor data and ground truth events; the associated data is stored and may be sent to or used by a second device; the second device may then, for example, detect then-current wireless signal information and may locate the second device by looking up the then-current wireless signal information in the associated data.05-09-2013
20090029719INTELLIGENT PAGING IN MULTIPLE NETWORKS - A method and system are provided for paging a mobile device in the intersection of logical areas of two or more different subsystems using information indicative of the logical areas of each subsystem in which the mobile device is likely located. In some embodiments, only those cells which belong to at least two of the different logical areas in which the mobile device is likely located are used to page the mobile device. In some embodiments, the intersection area is used to provide paging access to a first network on which a mobile is not active, by sending a first network page or a request to listen for the page over the second network.01-29-2009
20090029716MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS DEVICES INCLUDING ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARD MONITORING - Mobile communications devices include sensors for monitoring for environmental hazards that an individual carrying the mobile communications device may encounter when moving from place to place. Examples of such environmental hazards are smoke, poisonous gases including carbon monoxide, and the like. Upon detecting an environmental hazard, the mobile communications device of the individual may take some action. The mobile communications device may generate a local alert to call the attention of the individual to the environmental hazard. The mobile communications device may originate an outbound emergency communication to inform other parties such as emergency personnel that the environmental hazard exists.01-29-2009
20090023456Method And System For Providing Route Alternatives While Using A Cell Phone - A method and system in accordance with the present invention integrates information from cell phone coverage maps with a user's GPS system, thereby making possible the suggestion of alternative routes based on coverage strength and chances of dropping calls in different geographical areas. The method and system in accordance with the present invention can also generate warnings if a user is approaching an area of low or nonexistent coverage, so that the user can take action, such as utilizing a different route or telling the party on the line that the connection may be dropped or disconnected.01-22-2009
20090017839WIRELESS NETWORK WITH ENHANCED SECURITY BY REAL-TIME IDENTIFICATION OF A LOCATION OF A RECEIVED PACKET SOURCE - Methods, systems, and apparatuses for tracking client devices in a wireless communications network are provided. A bit sequence is received at three or more access points of the wireless communications network from a client device communicatively coupled to the wireless communications network. A physical location of the client device is determined based on a timing of receiving the bit sequence at the three or more access points. The determined physical location may be used to improve security with regard to the client device. If the determined physical location is outside of an acceptable area for the client device, the client device may be decoupled from the communications network and/or other security measures may be taken. In a further aspect, the client device may itself determine its physical location, and transmit an indication of its determined physical location in communication packets used to communicate with the network, for enhanced security.01-15-2009
20120231808Providing wireless transmitter almanac information to mobile station based on expected contribution to future navigation operation - Examples disclosed herein may relate to transmitting almanac information associated with a subset of wireless transmitters to a mobile station. The subset of wireless transmitters may be determined, at least in part, by determining expected contributions of one or more wireless transmitters to a future navigation operation for the mobile station.09-13-2012
20090011775Supporting a Positioning of a Mobile Terminal - A positioning of a mobile terminal is of a type, which comprises evaluating measurements on received signals by a plurality of mobile terminals 01-08-2009
20090011774Method and apparatus for estimating geo-location of terminal wireless communication system - A method and apparatus for estimating a geo-location of a terminal in a wireless communication system are provided. In a method of operating a terminal for providing geo-location information in a cognitive ratio (CR) system, the method includes obtaining first ranging information and transmitting a first ranging code to a base station (BS) in a network entry process; receiving an allocated second ranging resource from the BS; and transmitting a second ranging code.01-08-2009
20090011773SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCATING A WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - A system and method for finding a wireless local area network, WLAN, when a mobile terminal is connected to a cellular network. A position associated with each WLAN operating within the coverage area of the cellular network is stored in a database. At predefined intervals or conditions, the system determines a current position of the mobile terminal, and determines whether the current position of the mobile terminal is close enough to a stored WLAN position for the mobile terminal to connect to the WLAN corresponding to the stored WLAN position. If so, a notification is sent to the mobile terminal indicating that the mobile terminal is within range of the identified WLAN. The mobile terminal then scans for the identified WLAN.01-08-2009
20090011772MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS, METHOD, AND SERVER FOR SHARING CONTENTS - A mobile terminal apparatus and method for sharing contents are provided. The mobile terminal apparatus includes a storage unit storing location information on an area; a location determination unit for determining a location of the mobile terminal apparatus; a network unit forming a network with one or more other mobile terminal apparatuses in the area; a control unit checking whether the mobile terminal apparatus has entered the area, based on the location information on the area and the determined location; and a screen configuration unit configuring a screen for providing information indicating locations of the one or more other mobile terminal apparatuses; wherein the control unit controls the network unit whereby the network unit obtains contents contained in one of the one or more other mobile terminal apparatuses, wherein the one mobile terminal apparatus is selected based on the information displayed on the screen and indicating the locations of the one or more other mobile terminal apparatuses. According to the apparatus and method, it is possible for users to share and watch user-created private media in real-time using bidirectional networking. Therefore, efficiency of media usage is increased.01-08-2009
20100075696EXTENDED POSITIONING REPORTING - A method of transferring positioning information using a set of data having a standardized set of formats for a single position entity comprises inclusion (03-25-2010
20080305809Control of Communication Signal Transmission Based on Transceiver Proximity Estimation - Radio transceivers 12-11-2008
20080305806CONTEXT ASSOCIATING ASPECTS - One aspect relates to associating an at least one identifiable person and/or identifiable communication device with an at least one context at least partially by specifying an at least one context designated destination that designates the at least one identifiable person and/or identifiable communication device based at least partially on the at least one context.12-11-2008
20130165137METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR COLLECTING AUTOMOBILE-RELATED TRAVEL DATA WITH A SMARTPHONE - A technique for collecting automobile-related travel data is disclosed. The technique involves initiating a travel data collection function of a smartphone in response to a stimulus that emanates from an automobile. Once the travel data collection function has been initiated, automobile-related travel data is collected using a location detection function of the smartphone and then the travel data is communicated from the smartphone to a recipient according to a travel distribution function of the smartphone.06-27-2013
20130165139Computational Systems and Methods for Locating a Mobile Device - Systems and methods are described relating to accepting a query from a radio-frequency identification object associated with at least one mobile device; and presenting an indication of location of the at least one mobile device at least partially based on the query response from the radio-frequency identification object associated with the at least one mobile device. Additionally, systems and methods are described relating to means for accepting a query from a radio-frequency identification object associated with at least one mobile device; and means for presenting an indication of location of the at least one mobile device at least partially based on the query response from the radio-frequency identification object associated with the at least one mobile device.06-27-2013
20130165140Computational Systems and Methods for Locating a Mobile Device - Systems and methods are described relating to accepting an indication of an inertial impact associated with at least one mobile device; and presenting an indication of location of the at least one mobile device at least partially based on accepting the indication of the inertial impact associated with the at least one mobile device. Additionally, systems and methods are described relating to means for accepting an indication of an inertial impact associated with at least one mobile device; and means for presenting an indication of location of the at least one mobile device at least partially based on accepting the indication of the inertial impact associated with the at least one mobile device.06-27-2013
20130165141Computational Systems and Methods for Locating a Mobile Device - Systems and methods are described relating to accepting a query from a radio-frequency identification object associated with at least one mobile device; and presenting an indication of location of the at least one mobile device at least partially based on the query response from the radio-frequency identification object associated with the at least one mobile device. Additionally, systems and methods are described relating to means for accepting a query from a radio-frequency identification object associated with at least one mobile device; and means for presenting an indication of location of the at least one mobile device at least partially based on the query response from the radio-frequency identification object associated with the at least one mobile device.06-27-2013
20130165142DETERMINING A LOCATION OF A MOBILE DEVICE USING A LOCATION DATABASE - Methods, program products, and systems for determining a location of a mobile device using a location database are described. The mobile device can host the location database, which can store locations associated with access points. The locations can be distributed in a group of cells of a geographic grid. When the mobile device moves and connects to an access point associated with a location that is outside the group of cells, the mobile device can request an update of the location database. The mobile device can calculate a current location of the mobile device using current access points that are within a communication range of the mobile device by performing a lookup in the location database using identifiers of the current access points. The mobile device can calculate the current location using the locations corresponding to the current access points in the location database.06-27-2013
20130165143TRAINING PATTERN RECOGNITION SYSTEMS FOR DETERMINING USER DEVICE LOCATIONS - A query device scans radio frequencies for visible transmitting devices. The querying device receives at least a signal strength and identifier information associated with each of the transmitting devices. The list of visible devices is used to query a database containing location information for a plurality of visible devices. The list may be sent to a locationing system that may perform a location analysis on the resulting data to return a location to the query device. The weighted average of the locations returned in the database query may be computed to determine the location of the querying device, with the weight for each of the locations being the current signal strength detected by the querying device. Neural network analysis may also be used to determine the location of the querying device. Learning and seeding operations many also be used to populate the database with location information for transmitting devices.06-27-2013
20130165144DATABASE SEEDING WITH LOCATION INFORMATION FOR WIRELESS ACCESS POINTS - A query device scans radio frequencies for visible transmitting devices. The querying device receives at least a signal strength and identifier information associated with each of the transmitting devices. The list of visible devices is used to query a database containing location information for a plurality of visible devices. The list may be sent to a locationing system that may perform a location analysis on the resulting data to return a location to the query device. The weighted average of the locations returned in the database query may be computed to determine the location of the querying device, with the weight for each of the locations being the current signal strength detected by the querying device. Neural network analysis may also be used to determine the location of the querying device. Learning and seeding operations many also be used to populate the database with location information for transmitting devices.06-27-2013
20130165145Method to Modify Calibration Data Used to Locate a Mobile Unit - A method of modifying calibration data used to geo-locate a mobile station located in an indoor environment is disclosed. When a mobile station is located indoors, the signal strength of signals received and/or transmitted by the mobile station have the tendency to be lower than the strength of the signals received by a mobile station located outdoors. As a result of these lower signal strengths, geo-location efforts which rely on signal strengths may result in unsatisfactory location accuracy. Modifying pre-existing calibration data obtained outdoors may provide a way to simulate indoor calibration data characteristics.06-27-2013
20130165146Method and System for Validating a Vehicle-To-X-Message and Use of the Method - A method for validating a vehicle-to-X message, in which the message is received by an antenna arrangement having a least two antenna elements connected with a communication device. An electromagnetic field strength of the message is recorded based on different reception characteristics with different power densities, wherein the message includes an absolute position of a transmitter, and an absolute position of a receiver determined on the basis of global satellite navigation or on a map comparison. A first relative position of the transmitter is calculated from the absolute positions of the receiver and the transmitter. A second relative position is calculated from the ratio of the power densities or read out from a reference diagram. If a comparison of the first and second relative positions reveals a large degree of correspondence, the message is validated, and if a large degree of deviation is detected, the message is rejected.06-27-2013
20120238291DEVICES AND SYSTEMS FOR INDUCTIVE TRANSFER OF ELECTRICAL ENERGY - Devices and systems are described for inductively charging a portable electronic device, such as a tracking device, and for communicatively coupling the portable electronic device to a computer monitoring station or other computing device.09-20-2012
20120238290Dynamic Reporting Scheme for Location Based Services - A dynamic position reporting and/or logging scheme is described herein. Position reporting and/or logging for a mobile device may be dynamically determined based on one or more reporting and/or logging constraints. The constraints may be based on time, distance, events, operating parameters, operating conditions, or some combination thereof. The constraints that dynamically trigger position reporting may be the same as, overlap, or be distinct from the constraints used to trigger position logging. The reporting and logging constraints can be selected to provide a more accurate indication of a track or route travelled by the mobile device.09-20-2012
20120238289Location-Based Pattern for Scanning for Wireless Local Area Networks - A mobile device having a wireless local area network interface and one or more other wireless interfaces identifies a location of the mobile device via one or more of the other wireless interfaces, estimates a likelihood of finding a wireless local area network at the location, and scans for wireless local area networks while at the location during scan sessions that are separated by intervals, where the intervals are determined by the estimated likelihood.09-20-2012
20120238288APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING RELATIVE DIRECTION OF A WIRELESS PEER DEVICE FROM ANOTHER DEVICE - Systems, apparatuses, devices, and methods for wireless communications. An antenna in which nulls or directions of reduced performance can be selectively introduced is provided, and the performance of a communication link to a wireless communication device is monitored. By correlating the selectively reduced sensitivity of the antenna with reductions in the communication link performance, the direction of the wireless communication device may be estimated. Embodiments of the present invention may be used in numerous applications, such as cell phones, PDA's, and laptops.09-20-2012
20120238287Method and System for Selecting A Wireless Network - A method and system for selecting alternative wireless networks to establish a connection to, based on pattern information concerning determined relationships between the wireless user and the wireless network location. By monitoring location information and available wireless networks within range of a wireless user terminal, patterns of frequent and recurring locations and available wireless access points can be used to identify the wireless access points for alternative wireless networks that provide the best opportunity for offloading. People tend to frequent certain locations during their daily lives, such as their home and their place of employ, as well as the homes of relatives and friends and other favorite places like restaurants, coffee shops, shopping and sporting venues. Assumptions can be derived by monitoring available wireless networks to identify those wireless networks that provide a beneficial opportunity to offload primary (e.g., cellular) network services onto other local networks.09-20-2012
20120238286Alerts for drivers of wireless communication restrictions - An exemplary method provides for a wireless mobile unit an alert representing a warning that legally imposed restrictions on the use of wireless mobile units by drivers of moving vehicles in predetermined zones. The method includes determining by a communication system if a first mobile unit is being used for wireless communications, and acquiring by the communication system the location of the first mobile unit. The communication system compares the location of the first mobile unit to locations of the predetermined zones having restrictions on the use of wireless mobile units by drivers of moving vehicles. Upon the first mobile unit entering a warning zone that is adjacent the predetermined zone and the first mobile unit being used for wireless communications, the transmission of an alert is initiated to the first mobile unit. The alert causes the first mobile unit to output an audible or visual communication available to the user of the first mobile unit, where the audible or visual communication provides a warning that a legally imposed restriction on the use of the first wireless mobile unit by a driver of moving vehicle is imposed in the predetermined zone.09-20-2012
20120238285Wireless Identifiers for Proximity Applications - A proximity matching system may use broadcast wireless identifiers transmitted by users' devices to match users with other nearby users. The identifiers may be collected by a plurality of agents, then the identifiers may be matched with pre-defined profiles to generate physically proximate users by a remote service. The group of proximate users may be provided to various applications and consumed with summarized properties or individual properties, depending on the approved privacy settings as selected by the users. In some embodiments, the broadcast wireless identifiers may be personal area network identifiers, local area network identifiers, cellular network identifiers, or other broadcast identifier. In some embodiments, the agents may not establish a peer to peer or other connection with the broadcasting device. The agents may be fixed or mobile agents, and the proximity of users may be generated through links between nearby agents in a meshed fashion.09-20-2012
20100323716CONTROLLING AD DELIVERY TO MOBILE CLIENTS - Systems and methods for controlling ad delivery to mobile clients while maintaining user privacy are herein provided. One exemplary method involves a location broker service. The method includes receiving, at an ad delivery service, a location use token from a mobile client, which may be a single use token. The method includes sending, from the ad delivery service, the location use token to the location broker service for verification at the location broker service. The method includes receiving, at the ad delivery service, the mobile client location from the location broker service based on the verification. The method includes delivering, from the ad delivery service, a location-targeted ad to the mobile client at the mobile client location, where the delivering is further based on a geographic density of a plurality of mobile clients. An advertiser using the ad delivery service may be billed based on location use token history.12-23-2010
20110034180POSITION DETERMINATION USING RECEIVED BROADCAST SIGNALS - A radio device that is capable of positioning itself within a broadcast radio system includes a receiver operable to receive a plurality of broadcast radio signals, each broadcast from a respective one of a plurality of broadcast radio signal sources. The radio device further includes processing circuitry operable to determine respective call station identification information for each of the broadcast radio signal sources from the broadcast radio signals, measure respective signal quality characteristics for each of the received broadcast radio signals, identify station position data associated with each of the broadcast radio signal sources from the respective call station identification information, and calculate a location of the radio device using the signal quality characteristics and station position data associated with at least three broadcast radio signal sources.02-10-2011
20080311927System, An Arrangement And A Method For Providing Core Network Nodes With Mobile Station Related Information - The present invention relates to a system for providing a core network node with location related information about one or more mobile user stations accessing the core network over an access network. It comprises a number of radio access network nodes (RNC; BSC) a number of first network nodes or core network nodes serving communication of data (SGSN12-18-2008
20130023285Multi-Path Mitigation in Rangefinding and Tracking Objects Using Reduced Attenuation RF Technology - An autonomous system with no Customer Network Investment is described, wherein the system is configurable to operate on a band other than the LTE band. Such system allows the definition of hybrid operations to accommodate the positioning reference signals (PRS) of LTE and already existing reference signals. The system can operate with PRS, with other reference signals such as cell-specific reference signals (CRS), or with both signal types. As such, the system provides the advantage of allowing network operator(s) to dynamically choose between modes of operation depending on circumstances, such as network throughput and compatibility.01-24-2013
20130023284PRIVATE NETWORKS AND SPECTRUM CONTROL WITH RF FINGERPRINTING - Private or closed networks configured to provide location or venue specific content or other localization information to mobile computing devices are based on periodic or other reassignments of network access point identifiers. Authorized network subscribers and applications can determine accurate mobile device location based on updated access point identifiers and RF signatures provided by mobile devices. Appropriate venue-based content or services can then be provided to mobile devices, while non-authorized subscribers and applications are hindered in their ability to determine mobile device location.01-24-2013
20090170527SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCATION AREA PLANNING IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORKS UNDER DELAY BOUND - In one of many possible embodiments, a method of locating a mobile terminal within a location area of a mobile communication network is provided. In the method, a threshold is set by calculating a sum of all location probabilities in the location area and dividing the sum by a maximum number of polling cycles allowed before the mobile terminal is located. Cells in the location area are arranged in non-ascending order according to their location probabilities. Multiple paging areas are formed one at a time by starting with a first cell not used in a previous paging area, grouping cells in order, and stopping when the total of location probabilities reaches the threshold or when no more ungrouped cells exist within the location area.07-02-2009
20100267397METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING A MOBILITY OF A MOBILE STATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An infrastructure-based mobililty determination module (MDM) receives multiple measurement reports from the MS and, for each received measurement report, stores values corresponding to values included in the report that are associated with measurements of parameters associated with received signals, wherein each stored value is stored in association with a wireless access node sourcing the corresponding signal. For each of one or more pairings of received measurement reports, the MDM then determines a signal parameter measurement change value corresponding to a change from the signal parameter measurement values associated with a first measurement report of the pairing to the signal parameter measurement values associated with a second measurement report of the pairing. Based on the one or more signal parameter measurement change values, the MDM determines an average signal parameter measurement change value and, based on the average signal parameter measurement change value, determines a mobility of the MS.10-21-2010
20090325598METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING POSITION OF A WIRELESS ELECTRONIC DEVICE WITHIN A VOLUME - A method for determining a position of a wireless electronic device within a volume includes detecting a signal transmitted by the wireless device during two-way communication to and from a first known position within the volume. The method further includes detecting the signal from at least three additional known positions within the volume, where the at least three additional known positions are spatially independent of each other. The method further includes determining a phase difference between the signal detected at the first position and the signal detected at each of the at least three additional positions, determining the position of the wireless electronic device using the phase differences, and at least one of displaying and storing the position of the wireless electronic device.12-31-2009
20110003602DUAL MODE TERMINAL SUPPORTING LOCATION-BASED SERVICES AND CONTROL METHOD FOR THE SAME - A dual mode terminal for providing location-based services is provided. The dual mode terminal includes a first area including a first wireless communication unit for communication with a first communication network and a first processor for processing signals transmitted and received to and from the first communication network, and a second area including a second wireless communication unit for communication with a second communication network and a second processor for processing signals transmitted and received to and from the second communication network. The first wireless communication unit includes a GPS receiver for receiving satellite GPS signals. The first processor includes a GPS engine for processing network location information received from the first communication network and the second communication network, and the second processor transfers network location information received from the second communication network to the first processor.01-06-2011
20110130153Computerized Traveler Tracking - In one aspect, a method may be provided. The method may comprise creating a trip file in a database, the trip file corresponding to the trip and including traveler data corresponding to the plurality of travelers. The method may further comprise accessing the trip file from a mobile handheld device, the mobile handheld device to physically travel with the plurality of travelers on the trip. The method may further comprise checking-in the plurality of travelers by marking a traveler-present-indicator as present for each of the plurality of travelers that is physically present. The method may further comprise determining if any of the plurality of travelers is missing by comparing the traveler data and the checked-in plurality of travelers. The method may further comprise checking-out the plurality of travelers by unmarking the traveler-present-indicator for each of the plurality of travelers that is no longer physically present.06-02-2011
20110130154COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - Time information and positional information indicating the position at which a communication terminal is present are acquired from a GPS satellite, and, based on the acquired positional information and correspondence information which provides the association correspondence between the positional information indicating a position identified by latitude and longitude and the timing of a synchronizing signal for establishing synchronization at the position, the timing of the synchronizing signal for establishing synchronization between the communication terminal and the radio base station is identified.06-02-2011
20110136504LOCATION INFORMATION MANAGEMENT METHOD AND NETWORK DEVICE - Provided is a location information management method including: step in which a mobile station acquires information on a second radio base station transmitted via a common control channel from the second radio base station while communication is performed with a first radio base station; step for transmitting the information to a radio control device; step in which the radio control device transmits a measurement instruction to the mobile station and the first radio base station if the information on the second radio base station is received; and step for deciding and managing the location information on the mobile station in accordance with the measurement result.06-09-2011
20110136505Automatically Populating a Database of Wireless Access Point Locations - Systems, methods, apparatus and software have been discovered for use by individual users to monitor the geographic location of other people or assets with some relationship to the user. Once some manner of location information is determined, users have the ability to describe that location in various ways and control how that information is shared with other users.06-09-2011
20110136506Determining and Providing Locations of Communication Devices in Proximity to Wireless Access Points - Systems, methods, apparatus and software have been discovered for use by individual users to monitor the geographic location of other people or assets with some relationship to the user. Once some manner of location information is determined, users have the ability to describe that location in various ways and control how that information is shared with other users.06-09-2011
20110136501LOCATION SERVICE FOR WIRELESS DEVICES - A location service for wireless devices is described. In embodiments, a connection identifier is received that indicates a wireless device is linked to a communication node for wireless communication. Additional wireless devices are also linked to the communication node for wireless communication, and the additional wireless devices can each identify its geographic location. Location data is received from the additional wireless devices, where the location data indicates the respective geographic locations of the additional wireless devices. A location of the communication node can be determined from the location data that is received from the additional wireless devices, and a current location can then be assigned to the wireless device based on the determined location of the communication node.06-09-2011
20110136502NETWORK PROVIDING GEO-TAGGED DATA - A method includes receiving geo-tagged data by a user device, wherein the geo-tagged data includes information tagged with geographic data; determining a geographic location of the user device; comparing the geographic data with the geographic location; determining whether the information is to be provided to a user associated with the user device based on the comparing; and providing the information to the user when the geographic location is within a geographic region indicated by the geographic data.06-09-2011
20110136503HIERARCHICAL INFORMATION DISSEMINATION FOR LOCATION BASED SYSTEMS - Techniques are provided which may be implemented in various methods and/or apparatuses that support information dissemination for and/or within location based systems to control information dissemination.06-09-2011
20110136500METHOD FOR LOCATING MOBILE TERMINALS - A method for locating mobile terminals is provided. First, information of a home Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN) of a target mobile terminal, the location of which is to be determined, is checked in response to a location service request from a client. Then, information of a visited PLMN, where the target mobile terminal is currently located, is checked based on the checked information of the home PLMN. The home PLMN calculates location assistance information of the visited PLMN using specific location information of the visited PLMN. The location assistance information is transferred to the target mobile terminal. This allows location information of a mobile terminal to be obtained irrespective of the area or communication network where the mobile terminal is located. It is thus possible to locate a mobile terminal in an area where no location assistance information is provided.06-09-2011
20110300880SENSORS FOR AN AIRCRAFT FOR LOCATING DEVICES - The invention relates to a sensor network for determining the position of devices and gear in an aircraft. The sensor network exhibits several sensor nodes, which have an autonomous power supply. The sensor nodes can communicate wirelessly with each other and with a central processing unit. The position of each individual sensor node can be determined by evaluating high-frequency signal parameters.12-08-2011
20110300879UNIVERSAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WITH SPECIAL APPLICATIONS - The application provides a universal communication system. The communication system comprises 12-08-2011
20110300877MOBILE TERMINAL AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF - A mobile terminal including a wireless communication unit configured to wirelessly communicate with at least one other counterpart terminal; a camera module configured to capture images; a touchscreen display configured to receive touch inputs and to display information; a position location module configured to provide a location of the terminal; and a controller configured to control the camera module to capture a preview image, to display the captured preview image on the touchscreen, to receive a designation input command indicating a destination object included in the camera preview image displayed on the touchscreen, to calculate position information of the designated destination object based on the location of the terminal provided by the position location module, and to transmit the calculated position information to the counterpart terminal.12-08-2011
20110300876METHOD FOR GUIDING ROUTE USING AUGMENTED REALITY AND MOBILE TERMINAL USING THE SAME - Disclosed are a method for guiding a route by using augmented reality and a mobile terminal using the same. The method for guiding a route by a mobile terminal includes: receiving route source information from a first terminal; displaying a surrounding image of the first terminal including augmented reality (AR) information by a second terminal based on the received route source information; and providing, by the second terminal, a real time route guidance to the first terminal according to a user input with respect to the displayed surrounding image.12-08-2011
20110300875APPARATUS, METHOD, AND SYSTEM FOR SENSING SUPPRESSION FOR LOCATION-BASED APPLICATIONS - A method is provided for managing a location sensing operation for location-based applications, including activating a first sensor disposed in the portable device so as to provide a location sensing operation requested by at least one location-based application. The method further includes periodically monitoring movement of the portable device by a second sensor disposed in the portable device, and suppressing the location sensing operation of the first sensor in accordance with the movement of the portable device detected by the second sensor.12-08-2011
20110143771TRANSPORT OF LCS-RELATED MESSAGES FOR LTE ACCESS - Techniques for transporting messages for location services (LCS) are described. A Mobility Management Entity (MME) may have a location session with an Evolved Serving Mobile Location Center (E-SMLC) to provide location services for a User Equipment (UE). The UE may exchange LCS-related messages with the E-SMLC to obtain location services. In an aspect, LCS-related messages exchanged between the UE and the E-SMLC may be encapsulated in Non-Access Stratum (NAS) messages and transported via the MME and a base station. In another aspect, a routing identifier (ID) may be used to associate messages exchanged between the UE and the MME with the location session between the MME and the E-SMLC for the UE. Each NAS message exchanged between the MME and the UE may include the routing ID, which may enable the MME to associate each NAS message from the UE with the location session between the MME and the E-SMLC.06-16-2011
20110143770METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTIMATING A POSITION OF A NODE IN A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A method and apparatus are provided for timed estimation-based positioning of a user equipment in LTE systems. The method includes estimating, by a mobile node, a plurality of reference signal time differences (RSTD) between the mobile node and a network node. The plurality of RSTD estimates define a first correlator. The method further includes determining a second correlator of RSTD estimates, and defining the second correlator with the first correlator based on a mean of the plurality of RSTD estimates. Further, the method includes determining a distribution of the plurality of RSTD estimates, and grouping clusters of RSTD estimates in the distribution. Additionally, the method includes selecting a cluster from the clusters of RSTD estimates. The cluster includes RSTD estimates closest to a center of the second correlator. The cluster is transmitted, by the mobile node, to the network node for positioning the mobile node in a communications network.06-16-2011
20120289245METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TIME-AWARE AND LOCATION-AWARE MARKETING - Methods and systems for communicating inferred information to a wireless device user are disclosed. A method comprises determining a location of the wireless device and a time of day at the location of the wireless device inferring an interest of the wireless device user and transmitting data to said device; wherein said data is related to the inferred interest of the wireless device user. A method also comprises inferring the interest of the wireless device user based upon the devices vicinity to at least one business entity. Another method comprises transmitting information to the wireless device user that is related to the business in which the wireless device user is in the vicinity.11-15-2012
20110039580RADIO FINGERPRINT METHOD IN A POSITIONING NODE FOR PROVIDING GEOGRAPHIC REGION DATA - A method for providing geographic region data includes receiving geographic position data associated with a location point of a first user equipment and receiving a first radio fingerprint. The method also includes associating the received first radio fingerprint with the received geographic position data and clustering the received geographic position data to create cluster boundaries defining geographical region data. The method further includes receiving a second radio fingerprint and comparing the second radio fingerprint received from the second user equipment with previously received radio fingerprints being associated with geographic region data, and if the second radio fingerprint corresponds to a previously received radio fingerprint, associating the geographic region data of the previously received radio fingerprint with the location point of the second user equipment, and providing the geographic region data, associated with the location point of the second user equipment.02-17-2011
20110039575METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR POSITIONING NEIGHBOR CELLS IN A CELLULAR NETWORK USING LEARNED CELL DATA - A mobile device learns cell information for a serving cell and for neighbor cells. The learned cell information is communicated to a remote location server for locating base stations within the serving and/or neighbor cells. The learned cell information comprises cell signal strength information and/or other cell information such as cell identifiers (Cell-IDs) and Country Code (MCC). Received signal strength (RSS) on the serving cell and the neighbor cells are measured. Locations pertaining to the RSS measurements are determined. The mobile device location stamps the RSS measurements utilizing the determined locations to generate a neighbor cell report, which is utilized by a cellular communication network to prepare a handover operation whenever needed, and/or to build a local cell-learning database. A portion of the local cell-learning database is transmitted as cell data to the remote location server that collects cell data from a plurality of mobile devices.02-17-2011
20090258656Method for Exchanging Location-Relevant Information Using a Mobile Device with an Interactive Map Display - A method is disclosed for wirelessly providing easily accessed and comprehended location-relevant information to a mobile device or web browser by displaying a map showing locations of interest. Simply by touching the map, a user can specify locations and regions used for queries and for uploading peer-to-peer information such as blogs, reviews, items for sale, etc. The device can request information, receive synchronously or asynchronously pushed responses, and display them with symbols that indicate category, age, etc. Location-aware devices can automatically specify their locations and provide location histories. Regions of interest can be adjusted according to visitation frequency, or region boundaries can simply be traced on the map. Limits can be placed on requested information and on distribution of uploaded information. Queries can use fuzzy logic, transactions can be completed using the devices, and requested information can be delivered when battery charge level and wireless link quality are appropriate.10-15-2009
20110287781Lawful Identification of Unknown Terminals - The present invention relates to methods and arrangements to establish an identity of a target T. The method comprises the following steps:—Collecting geographical location points A, B, C, D indicating presence of the target.—Interrogating at least one mobile network to fetch lists of identities of users located in defined areas C1-C3, each area covering a collected geographical location point.—Crosschecking between the fetched lists.—Identifying a single identity that is common to the fetched lists.11-24-2011
20110287783SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ESTIMATING POSITIONING ERROR WITHIN A WLAN-BASED POITIONING SYSTEM - The invention features a method of estimating an expected error of a position estimate for use in a WLAN positioning system that estimates the position of a WLAN-enabled device. The WLAN-enabled device receives signals transmitted by a WLAN access point in range of the WLAN-enabled device. The method estimates the position of the WLAN-enabled device based on the received signals from the WLAN access point in range of the WLAN enabled device. The method also estimates an expected error of the position estimate based on characteristics of the WLAN access point in range of the WLAN enabled device, wherein the expected error predicts a relative accuracy of the position estimate.11-24-2011
20110287782METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR OBTAINING EMERGENCY CALLER LOCATION - A method and system for determining if a phone has changed locations includes a subscriber phone equipment coupled to a phone system through a subscriber access line. The subscriber phone equipment includes a location test module and a datastore. The location test module includes a first subscriber access line identity for the subscriber access line. The datastore includes a first subscriber location for the first subscriber access line identity. The location test module obtains a second subscriber access line identity for the subscriber access line, obtains a second subscriber location for the second subscriber access line identity, and compares the first subscriber location and the second subscriber location. If the first subscriber location does not match the second subscriber location, then the subscriber phone equipment has changed locations. If the first subscriber location matches the second subscriber location, then the subscriber phone equipment has not changed locations.11-24-2011
20090170526DETERMINING POSITION OF A NODE AND REPRESENTING THE POSITION AS A POSITION PROBABILITY SPACE - Methods and apparatus are provided for determining and representing a location or position of a node in a network. When the node receives position measurement information from a reference node, the node generates, based on the position measurement information, a position probability space (PPS) which defines a space that encompasses possible positions where the node is possibly positioned in the network. The PPS includes a centroid (i.e., a set of coordinates), and a set of vectors which originate from the centroid and define the space around the centroid. The magnitude of each vector reflects the accuracy of the position in the direction of the vector.07-02-2009
20110287780COLLAR TRACKING SYSTEM - The present invention is a collar tracking system that includes a RFID system with a modem, an electric fence with a plurality of boundaries that is in communication with the RFID system and a plurality of power modes, a plurality of electronic circuitry that includes a battery, an open charging electrode, a smart protection circuitry to prevent a short to the battery and an antenna. The collar tracking system also includes a GSM system that is in communication with the electric fence and the RFID system, a collar with a RFID receiver and a GMS receiver that is in communication with the RFID system and the GMS system and overall system software that controls the RFID system, the electric fence, the electric circuitry, the GMS system, the RFID receiver and the GMS receiver. The collar tracking system can also utilize a GPS system to replace the RFID system.11-24-2011
20120009942WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS AND METHODS WITH SOURCE LOCALIZATION AND SELF-CALIBRATION - Computer-implemented systems and methods are provided for source-localization and self-calibration for an array of antenna elements. In one implementation, a method is provided that includes estimating directions of arrival of a plurality of signals received by a plurality of antenna elements of the array of antenna elements and identifying a target signal from among the plurality of received signals. The method may also include estimating complex gain of each of the plurality of antenna elements in a direction of arrival of the identified target signal, wherein the estimation of the complex gain of each the plurality of antenna elements is performed after estimating the directions of arrival of signals received by the plurality of antenna elements.01-12-2012
20120009941Method and apparatus for providing a location based service - An application method of a Location Based Service-zone (LBS-zone) is capable of implementing instruction and measurement for the LBS-zone. The method includes sending, by a serving Base Station (BS) located by a Mobile Station (MS), an instruction message indicating an LBS-zone exists, to the MS. The method also includes, when the LBS-zone exists, and the MS measures a reference signal sent by a neighbor BS in the LBS-zone, receiving, by the MS, the reference signal in the LBS-zone, which is sent by the neighbor BS and used for locating the MS, according to the instruction message. The method also includes measuring, by the MS, the reference signal, and sending a measurement result to the serving BS. Using embodiments of the invention, the MS may be enabled to obtain information of the LBS-zone accurately, so as to implement normal measurement for the LBS-zone and measurement result feedback.01-12-2012
20090215467SUPL INITIALIZATION MESSAGE IN A LOCATION INFORMATION SYSTEM AND METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROCESSING SUPL BY USING THE SAME - A terminal and method and system for processing SUPL are discussed. According to one embodiment, the invention provides a method of processing a SUPL request for a terminal that has performed roaming, the method comprising: receiving a SUPL INIT message from a home SLP entity, the SUPL INIT message including an indicator that indicates whether a home SLP entity uses a proxy mode or a non-proxy mode; checking the indicator to determine whether the home SLP operates in the proxy mode or the non-proxy mode; and selectively performing authentication with the home SLP entity based on the checking result indicating whether the home SLP entity operates in the proxy mode or the non-proxy mode.08-27-2009
20110294515HYBRID MOBILE PHONE GEOPOSITIONING - A hybrid positioning system for continuously and accurately determining a location of a mobile device is provided. Samples of GPS locations from a pool of mobile devices and accompanying cell tower data, WLAN data, or other comparable network signals are used to construct a dynamic map of particular regions. The dynamic map(s) may be sent to and stored on individual mobile devices such that the mobile device can compare its less accurate, but more readily available, data like cell tower signals to recorded ones and estimate its position more accurately and continuously. The position data may be sent to a server for user in location based services.12-01-2011
20120015669METHOD AND DEVICE FOR POSITIONING TERMINAL IN LONG TERM EVOLUTION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for terminal locating in long term evolution system are provided by the present invention, wherein, the method includes: calculating the propagation delay from the terminal to the base station to which the terminal belongs, according to the synchronization time advance of the terminal and the signal reception delay of the base station to which the terminal belongs (01-19-2012
20110294521WIRELESS TAG AND AUXILIARY DEVICE FOR USE WITH HOME MONITORING UNIT FOR TRACKING INDIVIDUALS OR OBJECTS - The invention is directed to a wireless location tracking device or tag and auxiliary device for use with a home monitoring unit for tracking individuals or objects. The location tracking device has position determining circuitry and first short range wireless circuitry that communicates position data representative of the location of the tracking device to an auxiliary device (or HMU). The auxiliary device has second short range wireless circuitry that communicates with the tracking device and long range communications circuitry that communicates the position data to a remote location. The tracking device can have a first operational mode, when communication is not established with the auxiliary device, wherein the position determining circuitry is maintained in a normal power state. The tracking device can also have a second operational mode, when communication is established between the tracking device and the auxiliary device, wherein the position determining circuitry is placed in a reduced power state. The remote location can include a monitoring station that communicates with the tracking device via the auxiliary device. The monitoring station can direct the tracking device to switch operational modes. In the alternative (e.g., in cases where the tag is unable to contact the CMS) the tag can maintain list of approved auxiliary devices and the tag can make the determination on whether or not switch operational modes.12-01-2011
20110294520System and Method for Preventing Cell Phone Use While Driving - A system for monitoring and controlling the use of a mobile computing device is disclosed. The system includes a data server (12-01-2011
20110294519UPLOAD AND DOWNLOAD OF POSITION REFERENCE DATA - An apparatus, method and computer program, the apparatus, comprising: receiver circuitry configured to receive first position reference data from a remote location, the first position reference data relating to a first geographical area and being for assisting the apparatus to determine a position of the apparatus within the first geographical area, using wireless signals received at the apparatus; collection circuitry configured to collect second position reference data, the second position reference data being for modification of the first position reference data, at a remote location; positioning circuitry configured to determine a position of the apparatus, the position being within the first geographical area; transmitter circuitry configured to transmit collected second position reference data; and processing circuitry configured, in dependence upon the determined position of the apparatus and the first position reference data, to selectively control transmission of collected second position reference data by the transmitter circuitry.12-01-2011
20110294518Enhancement of Positioning Quality of Service - Teachings herein improve selection of the positioning method(s) used to obtain positioning information responsive to a positioning request, by approaching positioning QoS holistically. Approached holistically, a joint QoS metric as taught herein takes into account the joint effect of individual QoS parameters of a positioning method, or the joint effect of multiple methods in a sequence. Processing in one or more embodiments thus includes determining a joint QoS metric for each of a plurality of candidate positioning methods or sequences, and selecting a positioning method or sequence based on those joint QoS metrics. By selecting a positioning method or sequence in this way, holistically based on joint QoS metrics rather than a piecemeal approach based on a one-by-one check of individual QoS parameters, selection proceeds flexibly according to actual QoS requirements of position-based services and/or systematically according to the joint effect of multiple positioning methods.12-01-2011
20110294517APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR RECOGNIZING ZONE IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - An apparatus and method for recognizing an indoor zone in which a user is located by using an Earth's magnetic field that is generated naturally instead of the conventional method of combining a magnetic field generator and a magnetic field sensor. The apparatus includes a zone evaluator configured to primarily recognize a location of the portable terminal by using first and second components of an Earth's magnetic field and to finally recognize the location of the portable terminal by using first and second images.12-01-2011
20110294516METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING LOCATION - A method of determining the location of a portable device comprises obtaining identities of wireless communication devices detectable by the portable device at a particular location which is to be determined, thereby to obtain a set of identities. The set of identities is compared with the content of a database, which database stores a plurality of findings, to select one or more findings; each finding comprising a reference location and a set of identities of wireless communication devices sighted at that location. The location of the portable device is found based on processing the selected findings.12-01-2011
20090149192Device Locate Service - A device locate service is described. In embodiment(s), a device locate request can be received to locate a device that is configured for mobile communication. A control command can then be communicated via a mobile communication network that activates the device to override configuration settings of the device and initiate one or more locate service functions, such as emit an audible tone, display a message, lock the device to disable device features, wipe data from a memory of the device, and/or transmit a GPS location signal. The device locate service can also receive the GPS location signal from the device, determine a location of the device from the GPS location signal, and communicate the location of the device for display at a computing device.06-11-2009
20090298513Mobile-Server Protocol for Location-Based Services - Location-based services are provided in a communication system comprising a wireless network. In one aspect, a mobile user device sends a trigger message to a server over a wireless link of the network. The server in response to the trigger message sends an update message to the mobile user device over the wireless link. The update message is sent within a period of time after the trigger message that is less than a dormancy time of the wireless link. The update message may specify, for example, a defined area around a location identified in the trigger message, one or more stationary fences associated with the mobile user device that overlap with the defined area and that are active or become active within a designated time frame, and a projected time frame within which a proximity-crossing event is likely to occur for at least one user device pair that includes the mobile user device.12-03-2009
20090163226Device, system, and method of power saving using location sensing modules - A method, apparatus and system for, in a computing apparatus, periodically activating a location operating system detecting a substantial change in the location of the apparatus, selecting a computing environment from a predetermined set of computing environments based on the change in the location of the apparatus, where the selected computing environment may be the most appropriate computing environment for the changed location, and altering the power mode of one or more components of the apparatus, specified by the selected computing environment.06-25-2009
20110190004Mobile Station Positioning Assistance With Local Mapping Data - Techniques are provided which may be implemented using various methods and/or apparatuses for use in providing positioning assistance data with local mapping data to mobile stations. For example, positioning assistance data may comprise and/or otherwise be based, at least in part, on local mapping data which may relate to a current location of the mobile station. Such positioning assistance data may, for example, be provided to a mobile station by a first server within a cellular network.08-04-2011
20100081455TRACKING AREA SIGNALLING IN CELLULAR MOBILE RADIO COMMUNICATIONS NETWORKS - The present invention provides for a method of controlling tracking area signaling within a cellular mobile radio communications network and comprising the steps of, determining if the mobile radio communications devices is stationary, providing an indication to the network that the mobile radio communications device is stationary, and in the network, assigning at least one tracking area and/or an equivalent tracking area list to the mobile radio communications device responsive to the indication that the mobile radio communications device is stationary.04-01-2010
20100015998LOCATION SERVICE BASED SECURE USER PLANE LOCATION - An IP connection is released when a SUPL-based periodic triggered service starts, so as to prevent consumption of network resources. After releasing the IP connection, if a location is measured thereby to generate location information, only the fact that the location has been measured is notified to a requester, and the requester is allowed to receive the location information only when a secure transmission is ensured after the notification, thereby avoiding the location information from being exposed externally.01-21-2010
20100035633METHOD FOR PERFORMING LOCATION UPDATE OF MOBILE STATION IN IDLE MODE - A method for performing location update in various manners when a mobile station (MS) travels between paging groups in a wireless access system. A method for performing location update of an MS includes steps of transmitting a ranging request message (REG-REQ) including mobility information to a base station, wherein the mobility information represent a mobility of the mobile station; and receiving a ranging response message (RNG-RSP) including paging group information related with new paging group from the base station, wherein the new paging group is assigned based on the mobility information.02-11-2010
20100035631Systems and Methods to Record and Present a Trip - A method, machine-readable medium and apparatus for determining a sequence of locations; generating one or more objects, each of the one or more objects being at least partially generated at one or more corresponding locations in the sequence of locations; and associating each of the objects with at least one of the one or more corresponding locations in the sequence of locations.02-11-2010
20100035634PERIODIC POSITIONING METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A positioning method in a SUPL based position information system, and more particularly, a method for performing periodic positioning capable of processing a periodic positioning request by a location server or a periodic positioning request by a mobile communications terminal when the location server and the terminal respectively manage a trigger generating the periodic positioning, are discussed.02-11-2010
20100029298TRACE REPORTING METHOD, TRACKING AREA ASSIGNING METHOD, USER TERMINAL, BASE STATION, AND TRACKING AREA MANAGEMENT APPARATUS - A trace reporting method, in which a user terminal reports to a tracking area management apparatus a trace along which the user terminal has moved in a mobile communication system, includes the steps of storing, by the user terminal, identifiers of base stations where the user terminal has performed cell selection in an identifier storage unit; and reporting, by the user terminal, to the tracking area management apparatus the identifiers stored in the identifier storage unit upon communicating with a base station. The tracking area management apparatus may compare the reported identifiers with a prestored pattern and assign a tracking area to the user terminal based on the comparison.02-04-2010
20090098885SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR STORING INFORMATION TO LOCATE A FEMTO CELL - A system, method and computer product for augmenting a user's equipment (UE) database with information measured by a femto cell, the method comprising: (a) performing RF measurements by a femto cell; (b) connecting the UE to the femto cell; (c) downloading the RF measurements taken by the femto cell into the UE custom database; (d) maintaining a central database of femto cell measurements, to be used for updating custom UE databases; (e) comparing current RF measurements taken by the UE with the femto cell own RF measurements to estimate proximity to the femto cell.04-16-2009
20090098884Method of providing location update messages and paging messages in a wireless communication system - The present invention provides a method of operating an idle mobile unit that is capable of communicating with first and second wireless communication systems. One embodiment of the method includes providing a location update message in response to the idle mobile unit transitioning from a first tracking area associated with the second wireless communication system to a second tracking area associated with the second wireless communication system. The first and second wireless communication systems are capable of paging the idle mobile unit following the location update message.04-16-2009
20090098887Mobile terminal and location information acquisition method thereof - A mobile terminal and location information acquisition method thereof is provided for facilitating registration of a mobile terminal for a location service and locating the mobile terminal using a SIM Application Toolkit (SAT). A location information acquisition method of the present invention includes registering, when a terminal registration menu item provided by the SIM is selected, an intended terminal indicated by a name and a phone number entered by a user with the SIM; selecting, when a location request menu item provided by the SIM is selected, one of terminals registered with the SIM according to the user's intention; and acquiring location information of the selected terminal, the location information being received in response to a location information request transmitted by the mobile terminal. The location information acquisition method for a mobile terminal according to the present invention enables acquires location information of a specific mobile terminal in a cost-effective manner through a simplified manipulation of menu items provided by SAT of SIM card.04-16-2009
20090098886SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING PRESENCE NOTIFICATIONS BASED UPON WATCHER STATUS - A system and method for providing Presence notifications based upon a user's status. According to various embodiments, a Watcher can provide an indication of filtering criteria for incoming Presence information. A network agent can be used to filter 5 unnecessary notifications before they reach the Watcher. Presence notifications can be sent or not sent to a Watcher at certain times based upon the Watcher's availability and/or willingness to receive such notifications. These arrangements optimize Presence traffic by not sending Presence information over a costly radio interface at times when the information would not be useful to the intended recipient of the information.04-16-2009
20090098883COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD OF PROVIDING LOCATION INFORMATION THEREIN - A communication device, computer program product and method of providing location information therein are disclosed. The communication device includes a wireless communication unit, a display, a memory and a controller operatively connected to the memory, the display, and the wireless communication device, the controller configured to transmit virtual movement information of the communication device to a different communication device, the different communication device registered with a location information providing service.04-16-2009
20090098881Wireless terminal and user interface method - Communications is executed between users through wireless terminals thereof without fear of being located by each other. On terminal 04-16-2009
20090098880MOBILE TERMINALS AND METHODS FOR REGULATING POWER-ON/OFF OF A GPS POSITIONING CIRCUIT - A method for determining location of a mobile terminal includes repetitively switching power-on and power-off to a GPS receiver circuit which determines location of the mobile terminal using GPS signals. The power-on to power-off duty cycle of the GPS receiver circuit is regulated in response to distance that the mobile terminal has moved from a previously determined location. The power-on to power-off duty cycle can be regulated in response to identifying GPS isolation, in response to an acceleration-determined distance from previous GPS-determine location, an acceleration-determined velocity of the mobile terminal, availability of position assistance information from a cellular system, presence/absence of signals from a WLAN/Bluetooth device, and/or detection of a new cellular base station ID.04-16-2009
20110263269Time, Frequency, And Location Determination For Femtocells - Apparatus having corresponding methods and tangible computer-readable media comprise: a measurement module adapted to generate measurements of a wireless television signal received by the apparatus and measurements of a wireless satellite positioning signal received by the apparatus; a location module adapted to determine a location of the apparatus based on the measurements of the wireless television signal and the measurements of the wireless satellite positioning signal; and a time module adapted to provide a clock control signal for the apparatus based on at least one of the measurements of the wireless television signal, and the measurements of the wireless satellite positioning signal.10-27-2011
20100081456System And Method For Providing A Task Reminder Based On Historical Travel Information - An apparatus for providing a task reminder includes a monitoring module configured to monitor a location of a user via a mobile communication device associated with the user at predetermined time intervals for tracking historical travel information of the user and a data store for storing the historical travel information and for storing user specified task information that includes a task and a task location. The apparatus also includes a message module configured to generate a reminder of the task based on the user's historical travel information and a distance between the task location and a current position of the user.04-01-2010
20100113064METHOD FOR CONSERVING ENERGY IN A MULTIMODE COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A system and methods (05-06-2010
20090312033MASHUP APPLICATION AND SERVICE FOR WIRELESS DEVICES - Described is a technology, such as implemented as social networking groupware application designed for mobile device users, that provides a data mashup service for various data types, including location dependent and mobility-aware data such as GPS location and surrounding maps. A mobile user may track the location and maps of roaming friends at runtime. To this end, a client device joins a squad of client devices that are each capable of communicating with one another over a wireless local area network (WLAN) connection. When in a squad, the client can obtain data for use as mashup information from other client devices in the squad over the WLAN connection (inter-squad). This may include intra-squad data that was obtained from a service based on information that the service received from another squad, e.g., over a WWAN connection.12-17-2009
20110171969AREA EVENT SUPPORT INDICATION - Systems and methods are provided enabling a terminal to send an area shape capability indication to a location server. Depending on the use case scenario, the location server can perform at least one of the following operations, before sending the area event request to the terminal. The location server can select a shape that is both allowed by the requesting entity and supported by the terminal. Alternatively, the location server can convert the requested shape into a supported one by some approximation function if the requested shape(s) is/are not supported by the terminal. Furthermore, the location server can choose to terminate the session if the terminal does not support any of the requested (allowed) shapes. It should be noted that different priorities can be assigned to or associated with various area shapes as well.07-14-2011
20110171968METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LOCATING A MOBILE TERMINAL USING RECEIVED MESSAGES - A method and apparatus for locating a mobile terminal by use of messages received to the mobile terminal are provided. The mobile terminal locating method may include creating at least one location related candidate for the mobile terminal by use of a message that is received to the mobile terminal, and determining a location of the mobile terminal by matching the created location related candidate to stored place information. The current location of the mobile terminal may be recognized by simply analyzing the received messages without the need for installation of additional device on the mobile terminal.07-14-2011
20090149191Method and arrangement for locating a mobile terminal in a multicell radio arrangement - A method and system for locating a mobile terminal in a multicell radio system are provided. A plurality of radio base stations detect the field strength of a data transmission of the mobile terminal and the location of the mobile terminal is determined the values are provided. The mobile terminal is switched into an active state, then a plurality of the radio base stations are set to the radio channel used by the mobile terminal to be located, and the mobile terminal is prompted to emit a response message as a result of the communication of a test data transmission. The received field strength of the received response message is measured by the radio base stations and communicated to a central device, after which the location of the mobile terminal is determined by the central device on the basis of the measured values.06-11-2009
20090054075SATELLITE (GPS) ASSISTED CLOCK APPARATUS, CIRCUITS, SYSTEMS AND PROCESSES FOR CELLULAR TERMINALS ON ASYNCHRONOUS NETWORKS - A wireless circuit (02-26-2009
20110263267METHOD FOR TERMINAL-BASED RECOGNITION OF HOME BASE STATIONS IN A CELLULAR TELEPHONE SYSTEM BY MEANS OF SUPPORT BY THE CELLULAR NETWORK - A method for the geographical location of a mobile radio terminal within a cellular mobile radio network, in which each cell in the mobile radio network can be identified using an identifier containing a cell identification and an area identification and wherein an identifier is emitted and wherein the mobile radio terminal is suitable for receiving and processing such identifiers and for storing one or more identifiers, wherein geographical location of the mobile radio terminal within the cellular mobile radio network is effected by comparing the currently received identifier with one or more stored identifiers, with modification of the cell identification and/or of the area identification in the identifier of a cell involving transmission of a supplementary information item to the mobile radio terminal and the new identifier being stored instead of the old identifier.10-27-2011
20100234044Method and Apparatus for Position Sensing - Embodiments of the present invention include one or more wireless transmitting devices and an array of receiver units for receiving wireless communications from the transmitting devices. The transmitter devices and receiver units can be arranged in one, two or three dimensional configurations. Signals are transmitted from the devices for identification and accurate location determination. Spread spectrum techniques can be used, such as DSSS, FHSS, THSS, and pseudo-noise (PN) coding schemes, or combinations thereof. The transmitting devices can generate one or a plurality of data signals that are orthogonal-code modulated, to be decoded by the receiver units and a processor associated therewith. A plurality of transmitter signals can be received, identified, located, and data demodulated substantially simultaneously using embodiments of the invention. The combined use of array processing methods and diversity schemes can be used to reduce the effects of signal multi-path and occlusion.09-16-2010
20100234043Collective Positioning in Mobile Communication Systems - Methods and devices for managing a cellular communication system (09-16-2010
20100056173SYSTEM FOR CONTEXT-DEPENDENT ALERTS, INCLUDING DISTANCE PROXIMITY ALERTS, AND ANONYMOUS COMMUNICATION BY USERS OF WIRELESS MOBILE DEVICES - A system for issuing a notification alert on user's mobile device whenever another user is within a short distance or in the same general area, as further detailed below. Users may or may not have any previous knowledge of each other in order for both to receive the proximity alert. Users who don't have any previous knowledge of each other (“non-friends”) are able to specify a number of characteristics (age, gender, etc.) and be both alerted only when they are in proximity and mutually satisfy their respective preferences. Following the alert, the system also enables users to exchange any number of anonymous messages that do not contain users' contact information.03-04-2010
20090149197CONTINUOUS DATA OPTIMIZATION OF NEW ACCESS POINTS IN POSITIONING SYSTEMS - Methods and systems of continuously optimizing data in WiFi positioning systems. A location-based services system uses WiFi-enabled devices to monitor WiFi access points in a target area to indicate whether a WiFi access point is newly-observed. A WiFi-enabled device communicates with WiFi access points within range of the WiFi-enabled device so that observed WiFi access points identify themselves. A reference database is accessed to obtain information specifying a recorded location for each observed WiFi access point in the target area. Observed WiFi access points for which the reference database has no information specifying a corresponding recorded location are identified. The recorded location information for each of the observed WiFi access points is used to calculate the position of the WiFi-enabled device. The reference database is informed of the WiFi access points (for which there was no information in the database) and is provided the calculated position in conjunction therewith.06-11-2009
20090149193Creating optimum temporal location trigger for multiple requests - A technique evaluates overlapping request intervals, and from them determines a temporal reporting interval that satisfies requirements for all that overlap. The temporal reporting interval represents a temporal trigger used to best support multiple triggers on the same target, without modification or support by the target mobile. Disclosed embodiments relate to an example of location requests wherein multiple users, by chance, request location triggered services on the same target mobile during the same time period. To minimize the usage of mobile and network resources, the present invention reduces the number of active triggers on a target mobile subjected to multiple requests (e.g., location requests from multiple tracking applications).06-11-2009
20090149195METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING ACCESS POINT WITH AREA IDENTITIES - The present invention provides a method for providing an access point in a UMTS with adequate area identities. The mobile communication system includes at least an AG and a plurality of APs connected to the AG. The method includes the following steps. A plurality of first area identities and at least one second area identity are configured on the AG. The APs communicate with a UE by using the first area identities. The first area identities are converted into the second area identity. Finally, the AG communicates with a core network by using the second area identity. A corresponding system is also provided. Thus, unnecessary operations that an unauthorized user attempts to access an AP repeatedly is prevented, and a situation that an authorized user is unable to access an own access point after being rejected by other APs is completely prevented. The configured area identities are used by only the UE and APs, have no influence on the performance of the core network, and may reduce configuration requirements for the core network.06-11-2009
20090149194Femtocell location - In a telecommunications network a technique of identifying unauthorised movement of an Access Point, also often described as a micro base station or a femto-cell, uses a velocity check to determine if the Access Point has been moved from its intended location to a remote, unauthorised location. In an embodiment, the system described herein determines the cell ID of the cell used before the access point was used and/or after the access point is used. The differences in location between the cell IDs and the expected location of the Access Point is then determined to see if the Access Point is in its correct position.06-11-2009
20100015996COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, METHOD FOR ALLOWING COMMUNICATION TERMINAL TO OBTAIN POSITION INFORMATION, AND PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR CONTROLLING COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - A communication terminal capable of obtaining assist data without making a configuration of an information providing device for transmitting the assist data complicated is provided. Processing performed by a communication terminal includes the steps of: storing an obtained identifier in a buffer area for a base station for which assist data should be obtained and a buffer area for a standby base station; obtaining an identifier of a wireless base station from a received signal and storing the identifier in a RAM; storing an identifier of a wireless base station after change in the buffer area for a standby base station; and storing the identifier stored in the buffer area for a standby base station in the buffer area for a base station for which assist data should be obtained when the identifier stored in the buffer area for a standby base station is not stored in the buffer area for a base station for which assist data should be obtained.01-21-2010
20080268868METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MERCHANT SEARCH AND OFFER PRESENTATION - Systems, methods, apparatus, computer program code, and means for receiving a search request from a user operating a wireless device, determining at least one of a location and a desired search location of the user, determining a search response based on a user profile and the at least one of a location and a desired search location, and transmitting a response to the wireless device. In some embodiments, the response includes at least one of an offer and a display sequence selected based at least in part on the user profile.10-30-2008
20080268867Notification Apparatus and Method for Cellular Communication System - A notification apparatus for a cellular communication system may transmit a notification message to nearby remote terminals if a first remote terminal (10-30-2008
20080268865BEAMFORMING WITH GLOBAL POSITIONING AND ORIENTATION SYSTEMS - A wireless communication system for transmitting signals having a wireless positioning system being responsive to incoming signals for processing the same to generate coordinate information for determining the position of said wireless communication system, in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. The wireless communication system further includes a phase controller module being responsive to said coordinate information for controlling the phase of the output signals for transmission in a specified direction by performing beamforming, said wireless communication system for performing beamforming to increase the range of transmission of said output signals.10-30-2008
20110263271Techniques for Uplink Cooperation of Access Nodes - For uplink cooperation of a serving access node (10-27-2011
20090312036METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR IMPROVING THE ACCURACY OF EXPECTED ERROR ESTIMATION IN LOCATION DETERMINATIONS USING A HYBRID CELLULAR AND WLAN POSITIONING SYSTEM - The present disclosure relates to systems and methods for improving the accuracy of expected error estimations in hybrid cellular and WLAN location determination. In some embodiments, the method can include providing a WLAN based location estimate and an expected error estimate for the WLAN based location estimate, providing a cellular based location estimate and an expected error estimate for the cellular based location estimate, and determining the expected error of the location determination by evaluating the consistency of the cellular based location estimate to the WLAN based location estimate. In some embodiments, the location estimate with the lower expected error can be selected as the location determination of the WLAN and cellular enabled device. In some embodiments, the consistency of the estimates can include the distance between the cellular based location estimate and the WLAN based location estimate.12-17-2009
20100056177MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND POSITION DETECTION METHOD - A mobile communication system includes a first base station and one or more base stations whose information is included in adjacent-base-station information notified by the first base station. The mobile communication system includes a transmitting unit that transmits information on one or more base stations whose information is not included in the adjacent-base-station information to a mobile station, and a position detecting unit that, by using the one or more base stations whose information is not included in the adjacent-base-station information, detects a position of the mobile station.03-04-2010
20100056175MOBILITY MANAGEMENT IN COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - The invention relates to a method for tracking locations of mobile terminals in a communication network. Further, the invention relates to a communication network and apparatuses therein capable of performing individual steps of the method according to different embodiments of the invention. To decrease the signaling load imposed by mobility related signaling the invention suggests to group mobile terminals in so called mobility groups and to reduce the signaling overhead by performing a location update on a per-mobility group basis. In one exemplary embodiment of the invention this is realized by only one of the mobile terminals in a mobility group sending a group location update on behalf of the group to trigger the location update for the mobility group. Alternatively, in another embodiment of the invention, a network operator trusted or controlled entity sends a group location update on behalf of the group to trigger the location update for the mobility group.03-04-2010
20100120449METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REFINING ACCURACY OF LOCATION POSITIONING - A method and system for accurately determining the location of the mobile device (05-13-2010
20080207217HANDLING LOCATION DETERMINATIONS IN A TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK TO REDUCE SUBSCRIBER-EXPERIENCED LATENCY WHILE CONSERVING NETWORK RESOURCES - The present solution can include a method for handling requests to determine the locations of mobile devices in a subscriber network, such as an IMS based network. The last known location and last time of location update can be stored for each mobile device. A request for a specific mobile device can be received from a location services application. The last time of location update for the specific mobile device can be checked against a current time. If the last update time is current enough, the last known location for the device can be conveyed to the location services application. Information can then be presented on the device that is specific to its last known location.08-28-2008
20120034932Method and Check Node for Locking Location of User Network Device - A method for locking a location of a Home NodeB (HNB) is provided, which includes: a Connectivity Session Location and Repository Function (CLF) and/or a verification node storing various location identifiers corresponding to location information; the user network device which includes a HNB or a Home evolved Home NodeB (HeNB) sending location information to the verification node after obtaining said location information; said verification node comparing received location information with the various location identifiers stored in the verification node and/or corresponding location identifiers inquired from the CLF, and determining whether to register the location information of said user network device according to a comparison and/or inquiry result. A verification node for giving support to locking a location of a user network device is further provided.02-09-2012
20090305722METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR AUTOMATED COLLECTION OF CALL ROUTING PERFORMANCE DATA IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method and system for collecting location-sensitive call routing data in a wireless telecommunications network under test, the wireless network routing a test call to an appropriate destination based on a geographic area from which the test call was placed. The method and system include receiving the test call placed from a test call device to one or more destination devices, via said network under test; generating originator call records by the test call device; generating destination call records by the devices; electronically collecting originator call records from the test call device, destination call records from the one or more destination devices and network call records from said network under test; and storing said collected originator, destination call records, and network call records in a data collecting device; and organizing said call records such that the originator call records, the destination call records, and the network call records pertaining to the placed test call are associated together.12-10-2009
20090298512REAL-TIME LOCATION INFORMATION FROM MOBILE DEVICES INCLUDING EMBEDDING LOCATION INFORMATION IN MEDIA PACKET PAYLOAD - One embodiment includes a method in a mobile device, including accepting real-time location information on the location of the mobile device, and ascertaining whether real-time information is to be included. In the case it is ascertained that real-time location information is to be embedded, the method includes embedding the accepted location in a payload portion of a media packet; and sending the packets to one or more recipients. At least some of the sent packets include location information embedded in the payload portion.12-03-2009
20110201352METHOD AND SYSTEM OF DETERMINING POSITION INFORMATION OF USER EQUIPMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION ENVIRONMENT - A method and system for obtaining position information of a User Equipment (UE) in a wireless communication environment is provided. The system includes a UE, a radio network wirelessly coupled to the UE, and a core network wirelessly coupled to the radio network and having a positioning server and a core network element. The UE generates a request to initiate a positioning session including a temporary session identifier from the UE. The core network element allocates a permanent session identifier for the positioning session upon receiving the request with the temporary session identifier and communicates the permanent session identifier and the temporary session identifier to the UE. Moreover, the positioning server receives transaction data from the UE during the positioning session associated with the permanent session identifier and estimates a geographic location and velocity information associated with the UE based on the received transaction data.08-18-2011
20110201347METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR LOCATION-BASED DYNAMIC RADIO SELECTION - A multi-radio mobile device comprises a plurality of different radios. When a location update occurs, the multi-radio mobile device, at a specific location, acquires location-based radio information from a remote location server. The multi-radio mobile device selects a radio for use in the specific location based on the acquired location-based radio information comprising available radios in the specific location and radio weights. The radio is selected from the available radios based on the radio weights in the specific location. Transmissions of a desired service are received in the specific location utilizing the selected radio. Location-based radio measurements reports to the remote location server are generated utilizing signal strength measurements for the received signals. Radio quality information of the available radios is calculated by the location server utilizing location-based radio measurement reports from associated users. The radio weights of the available radios are determined based on the calculated radio quality information.08-18-2011
20100120447Femto-Cell Location by Direct Methods - Illustrative embodiments of the inventive subject matter described herein include, but are not limited to, the following: a femto-cell device, methods for use by a wireless location system (WLS) in locating a femto-cell device, and a wireless location system having certain features relating to the location of femto-cell devices. A femto-cell device used in a wireless communications system (WCS) includes a location subsystem configured to acquire information identifying the geographic location of the femto-cell device. The device also includes an antenna subsystem, a radio frequency (RF) block coupled to the antenna subsystem, a baseband block coupled to the RF block, and a communications block coupled to the baseband block. In addition, the device is configured to communicate with the WCS, including communicating at least some of the location information to the WCS.05-13-2010
20090088181Apparatus and a Method for Locating User Equipment - The invention is related to a subscriber identity module (04-02-2009
20110183689APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING POSITION - Provided is a wireless position determining method and apparatus. The wireless position determining includes: a measuring unit that measures a propagation delay tap of a signal received from a transmitting end through a channel; and extractor that extracts delay spread information having various forms based on the propagation delay tap; and an obtaining and calculating unit that obtains a distance between transmission and reception ends based on the delay spread information and calculates a position of a receiving end based on the obtained distance between the transmission and reception ends.07-28-2011
20100087206GPS SYNCHRONIZATION METHOD FOR MOBILE WIRELESS NETWORKS - A method and system for GPS (Geographical Positioning System) synchronization of a femtocell, as defined in the application, in a wireless telecommunications network, the system including a Base Transceiver Station (a “sync-BTS”) for transmitting synchronization signals, a module for GPS synchronization coupled to the sync-BTS, at least one femtocell, and a processor in each femtocell for performing time and frequency synchronization on the sync-BTS over an air interface.04-08-2010
20120142375System and Method for Multiple Range Estimation Location - A system and method of determining the location of a mobile station by determining the time of transmission of a signal by a mobile station and determining range rings at a plurality of reference stations receiving the transmitted signal, where the range rings represent the distance of the mobile station from the plurality of reference stations.06-07-2012
20100081453MOBILE TERMINAL LOCATION BASED SERVICE SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR USING THE SAME - A mobile terminal location based service (LBS) system includes at least one mobile unit installed in a mobile terminal and at least one service unit installed in a cell base station of a wireless communicating network and wirelessly communicating with the mobile unit. The service unit stores data of mobile terminals communicating with the base station. When the mobile unit sends inquiry signals to the service unit to inquiry data of mobile terminals communicating with the base station, the service unit locates the inquired mobile terminals and sends data of the inquired mobile terminals to the mobile unit as LBS information.04-01-2010
20090061890Portable Electronic Devices and Methods for Downloading Applications Based on Presence of the Portable Electronic Device in a Defined Geographical Region - Methods, portable electronic devices and servers are provided for downloading applications to the portable electronic device from the server based on a geographical location of the portable electronic device. One or more applications are stored at the server. The one or more applications have an associated region and duration. A current position of the portable electronic device is determined. Ones of the stored applications are downloaded from the server to the portable electronic device if the current position of the portable electronic device is within the associated region.03-05-2009
20120108263Method and Arrangement for Determining Terminal Position - A method and apparatus for determining the position of mobile terminals in a cell of a mobile communication network where timing-based alignment is employed for terminal transmissions in timeslots to a serving base station. First, the distance to the base station is determined for at least one mobile terminal in the cell. A current timing value used by the at least one mobile terminal for timing adjustment of signal transmissions is also obtained. A relation between the determined timing independent distance and the obtained current timing value for each terminal is then estimated, and a timing bias of the cell or the at least one mobile terminal is determined based on the estimated relation. The position of subsequent terminals can then be determined using a timing based positioning method and the timing bias, such that the current timing value used by the subsequent terminal is adjusted by the timing bias.05-03-2012
20120108261DYNAMIC TRAVEL BEHAVIOR ESTIMATION IN MOBILE NETWORK - A method and apparatus is disclosed herein for estimating travel behavior in a mobile network. In one embodiment, the method comprises receiving event data indicative of user equipment location, pre-processing received event data to produce pre-processed data, performing straight line interpolation on pre-processed data of one or more individuals in the population to estimate intermediate positions of a trajectory of each of the one or more individuals from a first position to a second position, and counting a number of individuals in population at a given time and at a given area.05-03-2012
20120108260Method of and System for Estimating Temporal Demographics of Mobile Users - A method of and system for estimating temporal demographics of mobile users is disclosed. A method of estimating demographic information associated with a selected geographical area includes, for at least one individual, determining a selected geographical area along a portion of a track of travel of the individual and determining demographic information associated with the at least one individual. The method also includes estimating a ratio of individuals transiting into the area versus individuals that are residents of the area and estimating demographic information associated with the area based on the estimated ratio and based on demographic information associated with the at least one individual.05-03-2012
20120108259SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR AGGREGATING AND ASSOCIATING MOBILE DEVICE LOCATION DATA - A computer-implemented method for processing mobile device location data is provided. Location data is filtered based on age and accuracy or precision of location coordinates. Location data is partitioned based on the location coordinates into a plurality of clusters including a plurality of location data instances. The plurality of clusters are filtered based on a number of data instances in a particular cluster and a period of time over which data instances of the particular data cluster are generated. A distance is determined from a location coordinate corresponding to the data instances of one or more of the plurality of clusters to a particular predetermined location, and the one or more of the plurality of clusters are correlated with the particular predetermined location in response to the distance being less than a predetermined distance. The invention further provides a location data processing system.05-03-2012
20120108258Method, Device, and System for Obtaining a Mobile Computing Device Location - One embodiment of the present invention comprises a method of determining a mobile computing device location. The method may comprise emitting at least one audio signal from at least one audio signal emitter and determining a sending time of the at least one audio signal. The method further comprises receiving the at least one audio signal at the mobile computing device and determining a receiving time of the at least one audio signal. A difference between the receiving time and the sending time is calculated and this difference is used to determine a distance from the at least one audio signal emitter to the mobile computing device. The distance is then used to obtain a location of the mobile computing device.05-03-2012
20090264137SYSTEM AND METHOD OF POSITION LOCATION TRANSFER - A position location system, apparatus and method are disclosed. A coordinating device identifies a group of wireless devices for position location processing. The number of wireless devices in the group may vary according to the number of coordinates used to define a position within the system. The coordinating device obtains range measurements from which a distance between each pair of wireless devices in the group can be determined. In addition, the coordinating device acquires the known position of one wireless device in the group. Using this information, a position is determined for one or more devices in the group for which position data is not available. Optionally, the position data is validated by the coordinating device or another wireless device in the system and a final position is returned to the one or more wireless devices.10-22-2009
20090264136SYSTEM AND/OR METHOD FOR REDUCING INITIAL POSITION UNCERTAINTY IN SPS OPERATION - The subject matter disclosed herein relates to a system and method for reducing an initial position uncertainty of a mobile station. In one example, although claimed subject matter is not so limited, a process to improve an initial position estimate comprises identifying the locations of a serving cell and at least one other landmark proximate to a receiver and determining an initial estimate of the location of the receiver based, at least in part, on the identified locations of the serving cell and the at least one other landmark.10-22-2009
20100081454NEIGHBORHOOD PAGING GROUP DESIGN FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - Various example embodiments are disclosed. According to an example embodiment, a technique may include storing, by a mobile station while in an active state, a neighborhood paging list, transitioning from active state to idle state, receiving a paging group ID from a local base station, determining that the paging group ID received from the local base station does not match any of the paging group IDs on the mobile station's neighborhood paging list, performing location update, updating the neighborhood paging list based on information received from the local base station, the updated neighborhood paging list including a paging group ID (PGID) identifying a local paging area corresponding to the local base station and a list of neighbor paging group IDs identifying one or more paging areas that are neighbors to the local paging area.04-01-2010
20090275345APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING LOCATION INFORMATION AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING LOCATION BASED SERVICE AND METHOD FOR USING LOCATION BASED SERVICE - A location information providing apparatus to provide a location thereof, the location information providing apparatus including: a storage unit to store location information regarding the location of the location information providing apparatus; and a transmitter to transmit the location information. Therefore, precise location information can be provided. In addition, a location-based service can be performed in a simple way because there is no need to consider a handoff depending on a movement of a location-based service supporting apparatus, and a service area can be expanded abroad because a wired network is not required. Also, various opportunities using the location-based service can be realized.11-05-2009
20090258655System and method for integrating location information into an internet phone system - A system and a method for integrating the receipt and transmission of location information into VoIP phone systems. The system may include a location device that includes a SATPS receiver and an antenna together with one or more connectors that allow connection of the location device to other devices, such as a VoIP telephone and a router, that are connected to and made a part of a VoIP phone system. A method of operating such a system is also disclosed.10-15-2009
20090291693METHOD FOR ESTIMATING POSITION OF MOBILE TERMINAL IN WIRELESS NETWORK - Provided is a method for estimating a position of a mobile terminal in a wireless network. In the method according to the present invention, difference values between squared signal arrival times of base stations are used to estimate the position of the mobile terminal.11-26-2009
20090286549Location Determination - Systems, methods, and computer program products obtain power information indicating a detected power of respective signals received in a mobile device from multiple transmitters. Using at least the obtained power information, respective probability values for a plurality of positions are determined, each probability value indicating a probability that the mobile device is in a corresponding position. An estimated position of the mobile device is identified based at least in part on the determined probability values.11-19-2009
20100124935MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CAPTURING INFORMATION OF OTHER MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINALS - A mobile communication system and a method for capturing information of other mobile communication terminals located within a distance from the user's mobile communication terminal may include a first mobile communication terminal for transmitting capture signal, location information and identification information; the second mobile communication terminals for transmitting location information and identification information of the second mobile communication terminals; and a base station for transmitting the GPS driving signal to the second mobile communication terminals and capturing information of the second mobile communication terminals.05-20-2010
20090143076Method and Apparatus for Using Supported Network Information for Positioning - Techniques to support positioning for terminals in Secure User Plane Location (SUPL) are described. A SUPL Enabled Terminal (SET) may receive supported network information from a SUPL Location Platform (SLP), which is a location server in SUPL. The supported network information may indicate one or more radio access networks supported by the SLP, one or more types of measurement supported by the SLP, and/or information that the SET is allowed to send to the SLP. The SET may send network measurement information for a supported radio access network to the SLP. The network measurement information may include cell and/or access point (AP) information for one or more access points or base stations in the supported radio access network. The SLP may determine a location estimate for the SET based on the network measurement information from the SET.06-04-2009
20100099434SIGNAL CAPTURING APPARATUS AND SIGNAL CAPTURING METHOD - A signal capturing apparatus and a signal capturing method wherein the timing at which to implement the clock frequency correction of a GPS reception part during position determination can be optimized to prevent any search omissions, while shortening the time period required for the position determination. A cellular clock precision estimating function part (04-22-2010
20110195725Estimating a Location of a Mobile Device - The approximate location of a directed cell of a cellular network is calculated based on locations in the vicinity of which mobile devices were able to detect the directed cell. A mobile device is able to estimate its own location from the approximate locations of one or more directed cells that it can identify. This estimated location of the mobile device may be used to seed its GPS receiver.08-11-2011
20090061893Communication system for selecting communication method - There is provided a communication system including a base station and a terminal which communicates with the base station through a plurality of communication methods. The base station is configured to predict a position of the terminal; select a communication method optimal for the terminal based on the predicted position; and notify the terminal of the selected communication method. The terminal is configured to measure the position of the terminal by prediction which is similar to the position prediction by the base station; and select the communication method notified from the base station in the case of which a difference between a result of the position prediction and a result of the measurement is smaller than a predetermined threshold.03-05-2009
20120295638COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE, AND SERVER FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - According to an aspect, communication system includes a server and a first mobile communication device. The server is configured to transmit, when acquiring a search request of a mobile communication device, search information related to the search request to the first mobile communication device. The first mobile communication device includes: a first communication unit for communicating with the server, a second communication unit for communicating with a mobile communication device by short-range wireless communication to acquire device information related to the mobile communication device including at least identification information thereof, and a storage unit for storing the device information, and configured to transmit, when receiving the search information, the device information related to a target of the search request to the server.11-22-2012
20120295633USING USER'S SOCIAL CONNECTION AND INFORMATION IN WEB SEARCHING - The present disclosure relates to web searching, and more particularly to using a user's information, such as the user's geographic location, and social connections, such as geographic location of one or more friends of the user, in web searching, e.g., such as in filtering and/or ranking search results, identifying relevant queries, and/or identifying content, such as news items, for presentation on a web page presented to the user.11-22-2012
20120295634MOBILE TERMINAL AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF - A mobile terminal and controlling method thereof are disclosed, by which a preset function is executed at a location of the mobile terminal in case that the mobile terminal initiates a battery charging using a wireless charging power generated from an external wireless charging medium. The present invention includes initiating a charging of a battery of a terminal by receiving a wireless charging power generated from an external wireless charging medium, if the charging of the battery is initiated, obtaining a current location of the terminal, searching a memory of the terminal for a function preset to the obtained location of the terminal, and controlling an operation of the found function.11-22-2012
20120295635INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, MANAGEMENT METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM THEREOF - There is provided an information processing apparatus including an information acquirer configured to acquire information transmitted from an access point, a movement determiner configured to determine whether or not the information processing apparatus is moving, and a registration deletion determiner configured to determine, based on the acquired information and a result determined by the movement determiner, whether to register or delete information of an location of the access point.11-22-2012
20120295637Collaborative Location/Orientation Estimation - It is inter alia disclosed to estimate at least one of a location and an orientation of a first-type device (11-22-2012
20090258657DEMODULATION APPARATUS AND RECEIVING APPARATUS - A portable phone device comprises a telephone unit for base band processing of a receiving signal and audio conversion processing, as well as a global positioning system (GPS) receiving unit for receiving signals from at least one GPS satellite, each signal including a spread code. A crystal oscillator generates a first oscillation signal having a predetermined frequency, and a temperature controlled oscillator generates a second oscillation signal having a predetermined frequency different from that of the first oscillation signal. A synchronization capture portion performs synchronization capture of the spread code, and a synchronization hold portion performs synchronization holding and demodulation of the signals received from the at least one GPS satellite. A central processing unit calculates position and speed of the portable phone device.10-15-2009
20100093369SET INITIATED AREA EVENT TRIGGERED POSITIONING METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A SET-initiated area event triggered positioning method in a session-based service system is disclosed. The method is variously performed according to a proxy mode or a non-proxy mode, and further according to which SLP (SUPL location platform) has a positioning procedure.04-15-2010
20100124934Wireless System Improvements Based On Location Positioning System Data - An apparatus is disclosed that includes using a first wireless network to determine a position of portable user equipment, and the portable user equipment setting one or more operational conditions of the portable user equipment for one or both of operating in or accessing a second wireless network using the determined position. An apparatus is disclosed that includes a radio frequency transceiver, one or more processors able to communicate with the radio frequency transceiver, and one or more memories including computer program code. The one or more memories and the computer program code are configured to, with the one or more processors, cause the apparatus to perform at least the following: using a first wireless network to determine a position of the apparatus; and setting one or more operational conditions of the apparatus for one or both of operating in or accessing a second wireless network using the determined position.05-20-2010
20090280830LOCATION INFORMATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING NOTIFICATION BASED UPON LOCATION - According to an embodiment, a location based notification method in a H-SLP (Home-SUPL Location Platform) includes receiving, by the H-SLC, a request for positioning of the terminal; transmitting, a session initialization message including a notification mode parameter to the terminal if one or more of location-based notification and verification are required as a result of checking the privacy of the terminal; and receiving a report message including the positioned location of the terminal from the terminal, wherein the positioned location of the terminal is acquired by a positioning process between the H-SPC and the terminal.11-12-2009
20080207222Estimating Whether Or Not A Wireless Terminal Is In A Geographic Zone Using Pattern Classification - A method and apparatus are disclosed for estimating whether or not a wireless terminal is in a geographic zone. The illustrative embodiment employs a pattern classifier that is trained on traits of electromagnetic signals at various locations. A computer-executable program is then generated based on the trained pattern classifier, and the program is installed and executed on a subscribed identity module of the terminal.08-28-2008
20080207223Providing location information of a user equipment - In a communication system, a method for providing a location service with geographical location information associated with a user equipment capable of communicating with the communication system is disclosed. The method includes the steps of: storing connection information identifying a connection of the user equipment in the communication system; and determining whether the user equipment is currently connected in the network. Wherein, responsive to the user equipment not currently being connected in the network, the location of the user equipment is determined in dependence on the last stored connection information for the user equipment. The method also includes the step of translating the connection information into geographical coordinates.08-28-2008
20080207220Methods, systems, and products for identity verification - Methods, systems, and products are disclosed for identification verification. Location information is acquired. The location information is compared to historical location information. When the location information favorably compares to the historical location information, then an identity associated with the location information is verified.08-28-2008
20080207218METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR LOCATION-BASED MANAGEMENT OF WIRELESS DEVICES - Method and apparatus are for monitoring the location of a wireless device and taking supervisory action in response to that location. Location information obtained from a user's wireless device, or otherwise concerning the present location of the user, is monitored and compared with one or more locations previously approved for that user. An exception is noted if the user reaches a non-approved location, or fails to timely arrive at an approved destination. In response to an exception, supervisory action is taken which may include contacting the wireless device, partially or completely disabling further service of that device, or contacting another person.08-28-2008
20110171970MOBILE STATION POSITION LOCATING SYSTEM - A mobile station position locating system, having a mobile station and a plurality of base stations is disclosed. The mobile station is configured to transmit a position location signal. The plurality of base stations is configured to receive the position location signal and includes: a reference base station for transmitting predetermined spread codes several times as time adjustment signals; and an ordinary base station for receiving the time adjustment signals. The mobile station position locating system includes a reception time correcting section for correcting a reception time of the position location signal and a position locating section for determining a position of the mobile station. The mobile station and the reference base station being responsive to one of transmission of the position location signal from the mobile station and transmission of the time adjustment signal from the reference base station for executing the other one of the transmissions.07-14-2011
20090104919SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR ESTABLISHING A REAL-TIME LOCATION-BASED SERVICE NETWORK - A network and method to establish a real-time location based service for client mobile device users. Asynchronous data connections are established between client mobile devices and a data server over wireless networks. Synchronous data connections are established between the client devices and a map server over wireless networks. The data server receives geographic location information from the client devices, indicating a geographic location of each client device, and relays the geographic location information to the client devices in real time via the asynchronous data connections. The map server provides map data to the client devices as requested from the client devices via the synchronous data connections. The geographic location information may be overlaid onto the map data and displayed on any of the client mobile devices to indicate the various locations of the various client devices in real time.04-23-2009
20090280828ACCESS PROBE ENHANCEMENTS - A method of providing a location based service to an access terminal in a mobile communication system is provided. The method includes transmitting one or more access probes, each of the one or more access probes including a preamble having a first specific length and transmitted at a first power level, where the preamble is utilized to determine a position of the access terminal.11-12-2009
20090280825Device and Method for Sensing and Locating Cellular Phones - Described are device and method for sensing and locating cellular phones. The device may include (a) a sensor receiving broadcasts from activated cellular phones disposed in a predetermined area, the cellular phones being unassociated with the device; and (b) a processor coupled to the sensor to receive the broadcasts. The processor processes the broadcasts to determine a presence of each of the cellular phones.11-12-2009
20090280824GEO-TAGGING OBJECTS WITH WIRELESS POSITIONING INFORMATION - A method, apparatus, system, and computer program product are disclosed for identifying the geographic location where an object is created in a mobile wireless device, based on the known locations of a plurality of wireless access points. When the object is stored by the mobile device in a media object file format, the mobile wireless device determines the current location with respect to a plurality of wireless access points having known geographic locations. This enables identifying the geographic location of the wireless device at the time the object is created and then associating the location information with the object as a geo-tag, which can be attached to the object at the time it is created or later.11-12-2009
20090280826Integrated Active Tags in Mobile Devices - Described are integrated active tags in a mobile device. The mobile device may include (a) a transceiver broadcasting a first location beacon when a capacity of a battery of the mobile device is above a predetermined threshold; and (b) a tag broadcasting a second location beacon when the capacity of the battery of the mobile device is below the predetermined threshold.11-12-2009
20090280827Method, system and apparatus for locating a mobile communications device - A system, method and apparatus for locating a mobile communication device are provided. A data set is received, the data set comprising strengths of signals received at the mobile communication device from a plurality of wireless access points. The data set further comprises identifiers of wireless access points from which each signal was received. Scaled signal strengths are determined from the strengths of signals. The scaled signal strengths are compared with a record of signal strengths of wireless access points at given locations. Based on the comparing, a location of the mobile communication device is determined.11-12-2009
20090286550Tempo Spatial Data Extraction From Network Connected Devices - A computer implemented data processing system for extracting user related tempo-spatial data from a cellular network comprising a plurality of cells, each cell comprising at least one cell sector, wherein each cell sector is in communication with a plurality of network-connected devices, and wherein each device is associated with a user profile. The system comprising: a computer component aggregation module, wherein the cellular network comprises: a network-connected raw database, a network-connected device profiles database, a unique identifier and a location module. The aggregation module receives from the cellular network combined data exhibiting identified network-connected devices with their corresponding profiles, and aggregates in response, profile each identified network-connected device with the corresponding location code thereby creating an anonymous aggregated user related data. The system may create, using geo-statistical methods a geographic information system (GIS) layer presenting the anonymous aggregated profiles classes associated with geographical locations.11-19-2009
20090286551E-OTD AUGMENTATION TO U-TDOA LOCATION SYSTEM - A method for use in a wireless communication system with a network overlay geolocation system having a sparse deployment network in which base stations of the wireless communication system may or may not have a co-located wireless location sensor (WLS). The method uses U-TDOA measurements on the uplink (reverse) signal and E-OTD measurements on the downlink (forward) signals to estimate a location for a mobile appliance.11-19-2009
20090088183GEOGRAPHICALLY SELF-LABELING ACCESS POINTS - The present invention provides systems and methods for self-labeling access points with their geographic location from received beacon frames. In particular, the present invention transmits beacon frames including temporary location information from mobile devices. The beacon frames are received by an access point, filtered by the access point and then used to determine a location. Once the location has been determined, the access point uses the determined location to self-label itself by converting the location information to a geographic code and inserting it as part of the SSID of the access point's beacon signal. The present invention also includes a number of methods using geographic codes including a method for generating and transmitting geographic codes for mobile devices, a method for determining a location of an access point, a method for self-labeling an access point, and a method for filtering beacon frames.04-02-2009
20120295632INDOOR MAP DISTRIBUTION - A device may send registration information for a location dependent application that is associated with an area to a location dependent application information server device. The device may receive, from a user device that is within the area, a request for the location dependent application. In addition, the device may determine whether the location dependent application or an update for the location dependent application is to be uploaded to the user device, and upload the location dependent application or the update for the location dependent application to the user device when it is determined that the location dependent application or the update for the location dependent application is to be uploaded to the user device.11-22-2012
20110269481Model Based Channel State Information Feedback - The proposed methods and devices provide a new technique for feeding back CSI information of a channel between a network element and a user equipment to the network element by feeding back a location of the user equipment. The new technique opens completely new options for multi user scheduling and channel prediction. According to embodiments, a proposed user equipment configuration is indicated to the user by the user equipment.11-03-2011
20110269477LOCATION CONTINUITY SERVICE FOR LOCATING MOBILE DEVICES USING MULTIPLE ACCESS NETWORKS INCLUDING WIRELESS TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A location continuity service having a location continuity application server (“LCAS”) that utilizes location data generated by multiple networks to determine the location of a mobile device is disclosed. The LCAS specifies a suitable reconciliation process that identifies two or more location estimation techniques that are implemented by different access networks and indicates how to utilize the location data produced by the identified estimation techniques. The LCAS interacts with various access networks identified by the reconciliation process in order to receive location data (e.g., positioning measurements and/or estimated locations) generated by the access networks and analyzes the received data to determine the location of a mobile device and provide the determined location to a location-based service. In some examples, an LCAS also provides location continuity when a mobile device moves between a home communications system and a visited communications system.11-03-2011
20110269476SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DYNAMICALLY MANAGING CONNECTIONS USING A COVERAGE DATABASE - Techniques to dynamically manage wireless connections using a coverage database are described. For example, a mobile computing device may comprise a connection management module operative to dynamically select a wireless connection technology based on a location of the mobile computing device and information from a coverage database, and to initiate a wireless connection using the selected wireless connection technology. Other embodiments are described and claimed.11-03-2011
20100137000MOBILE TERMINALS SEARCHING SYSTEM AND METHOD EMPLOYING THE SAME - An exemplary mobile terminal searching system includes a base station, a locating terminal, and target terminal. The base station includes a controlling unit, a signal communicating unit, a storage unit, and a positioning unit. The locating terminal is configured for setting searched phone numbers and sending the searched phone numbers to the base station via the signal communicating unit. The signal storage unit is configured for storing the searched phone numbers controlled by the controlling unit. The positioning unit is configured for determining the position information of the target terminal, and the position information is sent to the locating terminal via the signal communicating unit.06-03-2010
20110207469METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR EXTENDED GENERIC MESSAGING IN A NETWORKED GEOLOCATION SYSTEM - Generic messaging and protocols are provided for handset-to-handset communications in accordance with, for example, the Secure User Plane Location (SUPL) protocol. A mobile device initiates a geolocation-related session with a second mobile device by sending a message, including a payload, to a server (e.g., an H-SLP server) over a network. A data connection is the established between the second mobile device and the server in response to the message. A message, including the payload, is then sent to the second mobile device. The payload may include geolocation (e.g., GPS) information, such that two mobile devices may collaboratively share information regarding the other's geographical location.08-25-2011
20110207475LOCATION OF COOPERATIVE TAGS WITH PERSONAL ELECTRONIC DEVICE - The present disclosure relates to location and communication systems that can be utilized for locating people, pets and other objects with a software defined radio set. A personal electronic device (PED) such as a cellular telephone, personal data assistant (PDA) or other device that include a software defined radio set can be configured for operation as a locator device. The PED transmits a signal A transponder or micro-transponder (MT) that is tagged to an object is arranged to reply to a transmission received from the PED. The PED based locator is arranged to calculate a distance between the PED and the MT using the time-of-flight (TOF) between the transmission and the receipt of a reply. The absolute geographic position of the PED can be determined using satellite navigation information, while the position of the MT relative to the PED can be determined from the TOF information.08-25-2011
20080274752Method and System for Location-Based Monitoring of a Mobile Device - Method and system for monitoring location of a mobile device relative to a region of interest includes defining a geographic region of interest, receiving a request to obtain notification when the mobile device leaves from, is present in or enters into the region of interest, determining when the mobile device leaves, is present in or enters into the region of interest, and automatically generating a notification signal upon departure of the mobile device from, presence of the mobile device in or entry of the mobile device into the region of interest without manual intervention by a user of the mobile device. It is therefore possible to monitor the departure of a mobile device, and thus presumably the user thereof, from one or more defined regions, the presence of the person in one or more defined regions, and also the entry of the person into one or more defined regions.11-06-2008
20080274750SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ESTIMATING THE LOCATION OF A MOBILE DEVICE - A system and method for estimating the location of a mobile station that receives signals from a plurality of base stations. The base station timing offsets may be estimated utilizing an observed time difference of arrival value at the mobile between a first signal received from a first base station and a second signal received from a second base station. An initial location for the mobile is randomly selected and an estimated location is determined using the selected initial location, the observed time difference of arrival value, and an iterative search algorithm. The estimated location may be stored if the estimated location is within a predetermined area. In addition, for each such estimated location, the applicable base station time offsets that relate to this location may be updated to generate a current best estimate. A calculated location for the mobile may be determined from stored estimated locations and the current base station time offset estimates.11-06-2008
20100144367METHOD FOR LOCATION DETERMINATION AND A MOBILE DEVICE - A method and mobile device for location determination using sequential pattern recognition are disclosed. The method comprises determining a specific sequence of identifiers of a plurality of base transceiver stations that control cells through which a mobile device has passed when travelling along a path. The specific sequence of identifiers of a plurality of base transceiver stations are compared with a look-up table stored in a database. The look-up table comprises all possible sequence of identifiers of base transceiver stations and a location for each of the sequence of identifiers of base transceiver stations. The location of the path is determined from the comparison.06-10-2010
20100144366Methods and systems for determining the location of a femtocell - A femtocell acquires its geographic location using location samples reported by mobile devices that are communicatively coupled with the femtocell. The estimated location may be calculated as an arithmetic mean of reported location samples, a weighted mean of reported location samples, or by using reported location samples in conjunction with estimated distances and trilateration. The estimated location may be applied in geographic license checks, network interference checks and/or emergency call registration, for example.06-10-2010
20100248742REGULATING THE SCOPE OF SERVICE GEOGRAPHICALLY IN WIRELESS NETWORKS BASED ON PRIORITY - A network communication entity (e.g., an access terminal, access network and/or application server) obtains a location associated with a given access terminal that is attempting to participate in a given communication service, obtains a priority level of the given access terminal, determines a given level of service restriction for the given access terminal's participation in the given communication service based on the obtained location and the obtained priority level and restricts the given access terminal's participation in the given communication service based on the given level of service restriction. In an example, the priority levels can be established such that low-priority access terminals obtain a first level of service restriction within a defined location region, and a second level of service restriction outside of the defined location region, whereas high-priority access terminals obtain the first level of service restriction both inside and outside of the defined location region.09-30-2010
20100248741METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ILLUSTRATIVE REPRESENTATION OF A TEXT COMMUNICATION - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, a method comprises receiving a text communication using a mobile electronic device, receiving location information and generating an illustrative representation of said text communication utilizing the text communication and the location information and displaying the illustrative representation. In accordance with an another example embodiment of the present invention, an apparatus comprises a network interface for receiving a text communication, a location determining unit, at least one sensor, and a processor communicatively coupled with the network interface, the location determining unit and the at least one sensor; the processor configured to generate an illustrative representation of the text communication, and a display configured to display the illustrative representation.09-30-2010
20100248740SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING CREATED LOCATION CONTEXTS IN A LOCATION SERVER - A system and method for handling a location request for a target device using a location uniform resource identifier (“URI”). A location request may be received for a target device from a requesting entity, the target device having a location context information represented by a location URI and including starting information, initial validating information and policy information. The form of the location URI may be verified by a location information server (“LIS”), the form including at least an encrypted context string. This string may be extracted and decrypted by the LIS and it may be determined whether the request can continue as a function of the policy information. If the request can continue, then an estimated location of the target device may be determined as a function of the starting information. Additional validating information may be collected and correlated the initial validating information. If these validating information correlate, then the estimated location of the target device may be provided to the requesting entity.09-30-2010
20090170525Attaching Location Data to a SMS Message - Methods and apparatus, including computer program products, for attaching location data to a SMS message. A system includes a first wireless device configured with a wireless interface operable to communicate with a wireless interface in a first personal navigation device using a Bluetooth wireless protocol, the first personal navigation device configured to attach location data to a SMS message, a second wireless device configured with a wireless interface operable to communicate with a wireless interface in a second personal navigation device using the Bluetooth wireless protocol, the second personal navigation device configured to identify location data attached to the SMS message, and a wireless network enabling communication between the first wireless device and the second wireless device.07-02-2009
20120040685METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR A BUFFERING SCHEME FOR OTDOA BASED LOCATION POSITIONING - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, a method comprises receiving a plurality of reference signals (RS) from a plurality of nearby cells over a positioning time window comprising a plurality of positioning occasions; grouping the received reference signals into a set of RS groups based on a time difference between a minimum expected RS time difference (RSTD) and a maximum expected RS time difference of the received signals; buffering a subset of the set of RS groups of the received reference signals in a RS buffer whose size is based at least in part on a buffering margin and is smaller than a maximum possible time difference; measuring the buffered reference signals; and generating an observed time difference of arrival (OTDOA) report based on the buffered subset of the set of RS groups of the received reference signals.02-16-2012
20080280625Position Determination of Mobile Stations in a Wireless Network - A network, and a method of operating a network. The network includes a plurality of stations each able to transmit and receive data so that the network can transmit data between stations via at least one selected intermediate station. Each station transmits probe signals in broadcast fashion to other stations to gather a list of neighbour stations. The stations transmit position data and/or position determining data in at least some of the probe signals. Each station maintains position data and/or position determining data received from selected probing stations, and utilizes the data to determine the absolute or relative position of itself and/or other stations. The stations can determine the relative or absolute position of other stations in direct communication with themselves, and also of other stations not in direct communication with themselves.11-13-2008
20080280627DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR SELECTIVE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION WITH CONTACT LIST MEMORY - Methods, devices and systems for wireless communication. A device user defines a list of contacts and receives a collective indication of which contacts are located within a neighborhood of the device. The neighborhood is defined at the device, for example by the device itself or by the user. A plurality of device users define respective user profiles including user attributes. One of the users defines a target attribute, and receives an indication of which other users that have that attribute have devices in the first user's neighborhood. The devices communicate among themselves either indirectly, for example via cellular base stations, or directly.11-13-2008
20080280626Method for Providing Location-Based Service Using Location Token - Provided is a method for providing a location-based service using a location token. The method includes the steps of: a) receiving an encrypted token message including constraints for location information access from a terminal; b) decoding and storing the transmitted token message in a token database; c) creating a location token accessible to the transmitted token message and transmitting the location token to the terminal; d) extracting a token message number in the location token transmitted from a location-based service server, checking constraints of a user and updating an exception list; and e) acquiring location information of the terminal and transmitting the location information to the location-based service server.11-13-2008
20080280624Methods and Apparatuses for Beacon Assisted Position Determination Systems - Methods and apparatuses for microcell beacon assisted position determination. In one embodiment, microcell beacons that are based on low cost, mass market electronics for wireless local area data communication (e.g., Bluetooth or WiFi) are used to broadcast to mobile stations location information and/or identification information, which can be used to look up for the location information, to improve the precision of position solutions in a wide area position determination system (e.g., a GPS system, an AFLT system, or a hybrid system). In one embodiment, the location information and/or the identification information are site specific; and, the distribution and the transmission strength of the microcell beacons are adjusted to prevent misidentification. In one embodiment, the microcell beacons have the transmission capability but not the receiving capability for wireless local area data communication; and, the mobile station has the receiving capability but not the transmission capability for wireless local area data communication.11-13-2008
20100062791METHOD OF LOCATION POSITIONING AND VERIFICATION OF AN AP, SYSTEM, AND HOME REGISTER - A method of location positioning of a Radio Access Point (AP) is provided in an embodiment of the present invention. The method includes: querying the Connectivity Session Location and Repository Function (CLF) according to the IP address of the AP to obtain the Access Line Location Identifier (ALLI) of the AP to access a network. The ALLI is configured to identify the line location of the AP. The location of the AP is determined on the basis of the ALLI. A method of location verification of an AP is provided herein in an embodiment of the present invention. The method includes: the CLF is queried according to the IP address of the AP to obtain the ALLI of the AP; the location of the AP is not changed if the obtained ALLI of the AP is the same as the stored ALLI of the AP. A home register and a system are also provided herein to accurately locate and verify the location of the AP, thus checking the validity of the AP location.03-11-2010
20080293432Location information to identify known location for internet phone - A mobile phone includes the ability to place calls using a voice over Internet protocol. Location information is provided from the phone itself which can be used to identify the location of the mobile phone.11-27-2008
20080293431Systems, devices and methods for location determination - In part, the invention relates to a method for generating location data using a wireless mobile device, the wireless mobile device adapted to communicate with a plurality of location services, each service associated with one of a plurality of networks. In one embodiment, the method comprises the steps of: selecting a first location service from the plurality of location services; transmitting a first request for location data to the first location service; if the first request fails, selecting a second location service from the plurality of location services; and receiving location data from one of the first and the second location services.11-27-2008
20080293430Method, Apparatus and Computer Program Product for a Social Route Planner - An apparatus for a social route planner may include a processing element. The processing element may be configured to generate social information classifications with respect to other devices, request routing information from a server, receive routing information including at least one candidate route associated with social information provided at least in part based on the social information classifications, and generate a display based on the candidate route and the social information.11-27-2008
20120142374Ranging in UMTS Networks - A method and system for determining an approximate range from a location measurement unit to a mobile device. An uplink signal from the mobile device is received by the location measurement unit, and an uplink frame marker is determined from the uplink signal. A downlink signal is received at the location measurement unit from a base station serving the mobile device, and a downlink slot marker is determined from the downlink signal. A round trip propagation delay is determined based upon the uplink frame marker and the downlink slot marker, and an approximate range from the location measurement unit to the mobile device is determined as a function of the round trip propagation delay.06-07-2012
20080268869LOCATION BASED TRACKING - The subject matter disclosed herein relates to obtaining position fixes using a position determination method in response to a change in an RF environment.10-30-2008
20080233972Wireless communication system - According to an aspect of an embodiment, a communication system comprisies: a) a mobile communication terminal; b) a first apparatus comprising: and a controller for controlling communication with the mobile communication terminal and for receiving a local information from the mobile communication terminal, c) a second apparatus comprising: a controller for transmitting a request for starting the direct communication with the mobile communication terminal when selected by the first apparatus, and d) an exchange comprising: a communication unit capable of communicating with the mobile communication terminal via the second apparatus, and a controller for starting communication with the mobile communication terminal via the selected second apparatus upon receiving the request from the selected second apparatus, wherein the storage unit stores information relating to the second apparatus, and the controller of the first apparatus selects the second apparatus to start the direct communication with the mobile communication terminal.09-25-2008
20090061891Method for requesting rescue by receiving disaster alarm signal and apparatus thereof - A method of requesting a rescue by receiving a disaster alarm signal and a method thereof are disclosed. The method of requesting a rescue by a user terminal, which is connected to a disaster informing server and a rescue center through a communication network, can include receiving a disaster alarm signal from the disaster informing server, generating a corresponding RF signal by receiving the disaster alarm signal, and outputting the generated RF signal. The rescue center can position the user terminal by analyzing an RF response signal sent from a movable rescue apparatus including an RF module for receiving the RF signal.03-05-2009
20080248810GPS publication application server - A GPS publicaton application server. A mobile location knowledgeable device is in communication with a server. The server provides indications of the device's location to a home page associated with the device. The home page includes information about a user of the device and methods of contacting the user at any particular time. The server is also in communication with a variety of application servers. The application servers push information to the device depending on the device location and preferences listed in the home page of the device.10-09-2008
20110028164MOVEMENT HISTORY REFERENCE SYSTEM, MOVEMENT INFORMATION REGISTRATION SERVER, INFORMATION COLLECTION SERVER, MOVEMENT HISTORY REFERENCE METHOD AND PROGRAM - A movement history reference system includes: a base station communicating with a first terminal; and a movement information registration server and an information collection server connected mutually to the base station. The movement information registration server includes: a first storage unit that stores the movement history; and a movement history recording unit that acquires positional information of the first terminal from the base station, and requests the information collection server to retrieve an address corresponding to the positional information and additional information related to the address. The information collection server includes: a second storage unit that stores address data that is a list of addresses corresponding to the positional information; and a data retrieval unit that retrieves an address corresponding to the positional information from the address data, retrieves additional information related to the address, and returns the acquired address and additional information to the movement information registration server.02-03-2011
20110028163ONBOARD RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Individual radio sets 02-03-2011
20110028162SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR LOCATING COMMUNICATION TERMINALS IN CELLULAR NETWORKS - Methods and systems in a wireless communication network for determining respective distances between a given base transceiver station and one or more other base transceiver stations. An effective location of the given base transceiver station may be calculated that is different from its physical location. The effective location may be use to report an estimated location of a communication terminal communicating with the given base transceiver station. The estimated location may be provided in networks that support both a hard handover or soft handover of the communication terminal between the given base transceiver station and the one or more other base transceiver stations.02-03-2011
20110028161Real-Time Location Determination For In-Building Distributed Antenna Systems - A system for determining the location of a wireless mobile device with respect to an interconnected network of wireless transmission waveguides is disclosed. The interconnected network could be interconnected ducts of an HVAC system in a building. Multiple wireless probes are placed at multiple locations within the HVAC duct system (or similar interconnected network of waveguides). Each probe may detect a common signal from a wireless mobile device and independently preserve arrival time information of the detected signal, wherein the signal propagates to probes by way of a free-space path to an opening in one or another duct, and thereafter to the probes via one or another path through the interconnected ducts, which act as wireless transmission waveguides. By correlating timing information of a signal received at three or more probes, a location of the mobile wireless device may be determined by one or another form of triangulation.02-03-2011
20110028158SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING LOCATION INFORMATION TO A MOBILE CALLING UNIT - A system for providing location information to a mobile calling unit operating within or among a plurality of communication networks includes at least one communication access unit for each respective network of the plurality of communication networks. The calling unit effects communications with a respective communication network of the plurality of communicate networks via a respective communication access unit of the at least one communication access unit. The respective communication network and the respective communication access unit cooperate to automatically effect providing at least one almanac entry to the calling unit substantially on occurrence of a predetermined event. The at least one almanac entry relates to geographic location of the calling unit while the calling unit effects the communications.02-03-2011
20110028160METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR LOCATION-TRIGGERED REWARDS - In some embodiments, techniques for rewarding presence include detecting a presence of a mobile phone within an enclosed space, transmitting information relating to the presence of the mobile phone within the enclosed space to a server computer, wherein the server computer processes an award for the presence of the mobile phone within the enclosed space, wherein the award is associated with a user account associated with the mobile phone; and receiving from the server computer information relating to the award.02-03-2011
20110028159SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR HANDLING SPECIAL NUMBER CALLS USING TEXT MESSAGE FORMAT - A system for reducing location-related messages in a mobile a network includes: (a) a mobile communicator; (b) a location server coupled with the mobile communicator and the mobile a network; and (c) a location determiner coupled with the mobile communicator or the location server. The location determiner occasionally collects location information relating to an extant location of the mobile communicator. The mobile communicator or the location determiner effects location-related messages to convey location information to the location server. The mobile communicator or the location server employs the location-related messages to compile a locations schedule for the mobile communicator in a time-location almanac coupled with the mobile communicator. The mobile communicator occasionally compares the extant location with the locations schedule. Neither of the mobile communicator and the location determiner effects the location-related messages when the extant location is within a predetermined variance from the locations schedule.02-03-2011
20110028157Real-Time Location Determination For In-Building Distributed Antenna Systems - A system for determining the location of a wireless mobile device with respect to an interconnected network of wireless transmission waveguides is disclosed. The interconnected network could be interconnected ducts of an HVAC system in a building. Multiple wireless probes are placed at multiple locations within the HVAC duct system (or similar interconnected network of waveguides). Each probe may detect a common signal from a wireless mobile device and independently preserve arrival time information of the detected signal, wherein the signal propagates to probes by way of a free-space path to an opening in one or another duct, and thereafter to the probes via one or another path through the interconnected ducts, which act as wireless transmission waveguides. By correlating timing information of a signal received at three or more probes, a location of the mobile wireless device may be determined by one or another form of triangulation.02-03-2011
20080293433DISCOVERING CELLULAR NETWORK ELEMENTS - The present disclosure includes a system and method for discovering network elements. In some implementations, a method includes identifying information indicating a location of a femtocell device. A communication node associated with the femtocell device is identified. A Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) message including the location information is transmitted to the identified communication node. A response is received requesting that the femtocell device register with a different communication node associated with a cellular core network at least proximate the location.11-27-2008
20090156230SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCATING A MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL IN A GEOGRAPHICAL AREA - A computer system determines and stores antenna probabilities for defined sub-areas (06-18-2009
20110190006MINIMIZING THE SIGNALING TRAFFIC FOR HOME BASE STATIONS - The invention relates to a method for operating a mobile telephone network with public base stations (BTS) in which the public base stations transmit mobile telephone signals with a first identifier code (A), wherein the mobile telephone network has assigned to it a home location register in which mobile telephone subscriber numbers are stored, and the mobile telephone network has at least one private base station (HBS) to which is assigned at least one mobile telephone terminal (UE), the private base station (HBS) transmits mobile telephone signals with a second identifier code (B) which is different from the first identifier code (A), an assignment of the mobile telephone terminal (UE) to the private base station (HBS) can be stored in the home location register (HLR), and wherein in the event of an access request by the mobile telephone terminal (UE) to a switching center (MSC, SGSN) of the mobile telephone network, the home location register (HLR) is interrogated and the mobile telephone network sends to the mobile telephone terminal (UE) an identifier code (eB) equivalent to the second identifier code (B) if an assignment of the mobile telephone terminal (UE) to the private base station (HBS) has been stored in the home location register (HLR).08-04-2011
20110190007METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR AUTOMATIC ASSIGNING OF DEVICES - In order to solve problems of low accuracy, high computation complexity and low assigning success rate of a topological graph existing on a large scale for device assigning, the present invention proposes methods and apparatuses for automatic assigning of devices. According to an aspect of the present invention, by comparing measured distance-related information between each target device and reference devices, and assumed distance-related information between reference devices and target devices corresponding to assigning nodes, and then selecting the target device with smallest difference to correspond to the assigning nodes, the assigning accuracy of devices is largely improved; according to another aspect of the present invention, based on multiple reference devices, by determining multiple target devices at multiple assigning nodes simultaneously with a large safety margin, assigning complexity is decreased; according to yet another aspect of the present invention, by dividing a large topological graph into blocks and assigning and verifying sub-topology blocks, the assigning accuracy of sub-topology blocks is improved, and error dispersion is avoided, so that the whole assigning success rate of the topological graph is increased.08-04-2011
20100137001TERMINAL AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING TERMINAL POSITION - The present invention relates to a terminal and a terminal location providing method. The terminal for selectively accessing a plurality of base stations supporting different communication systems includes a first network interface card that is turned on when the terminal is turned on, a second network interface card that is turned on or activated when receiving the terminal's location information request, a power controller for controlling power of the first and second network interface cards, and a processor for receiving the terminal's location information request and controlling the power of the first and second network interface cards through the power controller.06-03-2010
20100136999APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING POSITION OF TERMINAL - An apparatus for determining a position of a terminal calculates distances between a terminal and a plurality of base stations by using time information acquired by a reference station among the plurality of base stations through unidirectional communication between the terminal and the base stations and between the base stations, and determines a position of the terminal by using the calculated distances.06-03-2010
20110269478DEVICE FOR ROUND TRIP TIME MEASUREMENTS - An appliance facilitates localization of a station (STA) in a network, for example, a short-range wireless network. An automatic response to a request for a measurement related communication is provided. The appliance can include a radio frequency (RF) interface and a media access control (MAC) section. The MAC section can receive the request and generate the automatic response immediately after a uniform period that is uniform among any such appliance within the network. The appliance performs only the generation of the automatic response, though the response can include additional information such as (x, y) coordinates of the appliance.11-03-2011
20090054080METHOD FOR VERIFYING PLOTTING RESULTS - A method is provided for verifying plotting results when multiple signals of the same frequency have been detected from different directions. Signal characteristics of the signals detected from different directions are compared so that, on the basis of the signal comparison, a decision may be made as to whether a reflection from the same transmitter is occurring, or different transmitters are involved.02-26-2009
20090054076Method and Device for Locating a Terminal in a Wireless Local Area Network - A method for locating a terminal in an environment equipped with a set of telecommunication terminal devices of a local wireless network, using a reference database previously stored with a plurality of vectors respectively associated with a plurality of different points of said environment, wherein each vector has, as components, values of powers received from the various terminal devices by a terminal positioned at the point associated with this vector, wherein the terminal includes inertial measurement means, comprising measuring, from the terminal, the powers received from at least some of the telecommunication terminal devices; delivering, as a position result, an identification of the point at which the terminal is located, which point is defined as that where the associated reference vector is closest to the vector formed by the powers measured from the terminal; filtering the position result delivered, and taking into account inertial navigation data provided by the inertial measurement means; and correcting an inertial drift of the inertial measurement means, taking into account a global trajectory of the terminal given by said means for filtering the position result delivered.02-26-2009
20080214202Method and Apparatus for Bluetooth Discoverability Using Region Estimation - Embodiments of the invention generally provide a method and apparatus for Bluetooth discoverability using region estimation. One embodiment of a method for controlling Bluetooth discoverability of a wireless device includes monitoring the physical location of the wireless device and enabling Bluetooth discoverability if the current physical location of the wireless device is within a trusted region or disabling Bluetooth discoverability if the current physical location of the wireless device is outside of the trusted region.09-04-2008
20120142370LOCALIZATION OF A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method, computer program product and system for improving the localization of a wireless communication device within an area covered by a transceiver infrastructure includes triggering the wireless communication device to emit a positioning signal. A positioning signal is received from the wireless communication device by a further wireless communication device at a known position within the area covered by the transceiver infrastructure. The transceiver infrastructure includes at least three transceivers. A forwarding positioning signal is transmitted from the further wireless communication device to at least one of the transceivers. The wireless communication device is located based on the forwarding positioning signal.06-07-2012
20120142367METHOD OF COMMUNICATION BETWEEN A VEHICLE TELEMATICS UNIT AND A CALL CENTER - A method and system of communication between a vehicle telematics unit and a call center via a personal mobile device identifier. The method involves detecting the presence of a personal mobile device at a vehicle, receiving a mobile device identifier from the mobile device, assigning the mobile device identifier to a telematics unit in the vehicle, establishing a data session between the telematics unit and a call center, and sending the mobile device identifier to the call center via the data session.06-07-2012
20110269480METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR LOCATING AND COMMUNICATING WITH A USER OF A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Users are located to determine if the user is within, or has departed from, at least one bounded area established about a geographic location. The bounded area may be defined by setting one or more distance boundaries from the geographic location. A base station may monitor the location of a wireless device in proximity of the user. If the wireless device departs from a bounded area, a message containing information configured to be understandable and convey meaning to the user and/or a third-party is sent to the wireless device and/or the third-party. For example, the message may be configured to communicate to the user and/or third-party information pertaining to the departure from the bounded area, location information, navigation directions, instructions, etc. The message sent may include text and/or other symbols.11-03-2011
20110269479Method and Apparatus for On-Device Positioning Using Compressed Fingerprint Archives - A method and apparatus are provided for on-device positioning using compressed fingerprint archives. The method and apparatus may be configured to provide compression of localization fingerprints, to facilitate efficient on-device positioning based on the RF fingerprint model, and to estimate the physical distance between two or more devices. Embodiments of the method may receive a space-to-access point histogram that corresponds to an access point as observed in a space. The histogram may be normalized and a mean and standard deviation may be calculated from the histogram. A weight may be assigned to the access point corresponding to the frequency with which the access point is observed within the space. A mean, standard deviation, and weight may be calculated and assigned for each of a plurality of access points as observed within a space. The mean, standard deviation, and weight of each access point may be combined to form a data triple. The data triples may be combined to form a fingerprint of access points observed from that space. The data triple or plurality of data triples with the lowest assigned weight(s) may be removed from the fingerprint.11-03-2011
20090117917METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR POSITION LOCATION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Methods and apparatus for position location in a wireless network. In an aspect, a method is provided that includes determining whether a symbol to be transmitted is an active symbol, wherein the symbol comprises a plurality of subcarriers, and encoding identification information on a first portion of subcarriers if it is determined that the symbol is the active symbol. The method also includes encoding idle information on a second portion of subcarriers if it is determined that the symbol in not the active symbol. In an aspect, an apparatus includes detector logic configured to decode a plurality of symbols to determine identification information that identifies a plurality of transmitters, and to determine a plurality of channel estimate associated with the plurality of transmitters. The apparatus also includes position determination logic configured to calculate a device position based on the plurality of transmitters and the plurality of channel estimates.05-07-2009
20090117916Position detection - Techniques and apparatus are described for detecting a position of a target. A position detection device associated with a wireless communication system includes an accumulator to sample and accumulate a pulse signal included in an input signal. A double-sliding window is connected to the accumulator to detect a starting point of the input signal. Also, a synchronization controller is connected to the accumulator to generate a synchronization signal to enable the accumulator to sample and accumulate the pulse signal. In addition, a time shift calculator is connected to the accumulator to correct the detected starting point of the input signal based on the accumulated pulse signal. Further, a position calculator is connected to the time shift calculator to calculate a position of a target based on the corrected starting point.05-07-2009
20090117915MOBILE DEVICE AND METHOD OF OBTAINING POSITION DATA OF THE SAME - A mobile device providing position data of its own, the mobile device including: a Zigbee communication module executing Zigbee communication according to IEEE 802.15.4 standards; a global positioning system (GPS) module receiving a GPS signal and obtaining the position data of the mobile device; and a mobile communication module checking whether the mobile device departs a Zigbee communication network while executing the Zigbee communication via the Zigbee communication module, obtaining the position data of the mobile device via the GPS module when the mobile device departs the Zigbee communication network, and transmitting a position signal including the position data to a predetermined destination address.05-07-2009
20120064918RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION DEVICE, AND DEVICE FOR DETERMINING PARAMETERS - A radio communication system according to the present invention includes a radio base station device and a parameter determination device. The radio base station device includes: an antenna device which performs radio communication with a mobile station device; a positional information acquisition unit which acquires positional information representing a position of the antenna device; and a control unit which notifies the parameter determination device of the positional information acquired by the positional information acquisition unit, and controls the antenna device according to a parameter transmitted from the parameter determination device. The parameter determination device includes: a storage unit which stores information of a periphery where the radio base station device is installed; and a parameter determination unit which determines a parameter of the radio base station device based on the periphery information and the positional information of the radio base station device, and transmits the determined parameter to the radio base station device.03-15-2012
20090163225SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR AUTOMATICALLY SEARCHING A DATABASE TO TUNE A FREQUENCY MODULATOR IN A MOBILE DEVICE - A method for automatically tuning a frequency modulator in a mobile device is described. The geographical location of the mobile device is obtained. A database of one or more frequencies associated with the geographical location of the mobile device is searched. Quality associated with channels of the one or more frequencies is analyzed to identify at least one available channel at a first frequency. The first frequency is assigned to an FM modulator. The FM modulator is integrated as a part of the mobile device. A determination is made as to whether a command to search for a second frequency is received. If the command to search for the second frequency is not received, a signal is transmitted on the first frequency by the FM modulator.06-25-2009
20110207474SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MASS CALIBRATION OF RADIO FREQUENCY FINGERPRINT (RF-FP) LOCATION MEASUREMENTS - Systems and methods for location tracking in a communication network. Base stations transmit downlink signals to a plurality of subscriber terminals to define a mapping between geographical locations and respective sets of signal strengths of the downlink signals received from the base stations at the geographical locations. A subset of the subscriber terminals may be selected, and for each subscriber terminal in the subset, first measurements of a geographical location of the subscriber terminal irrespective of the downlink signals is made. Second measurements of the downlink signals received at the subscriber terminal at the geographical location is made and the mapping of the subscribers terminals is updated responsively to the first and second measurements. The geographical locations of the subscriber terminals is updated using the updated mapping.08-25-2011
20110207473METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MULTI-MODE SYSTEM SELECTION - Devices and methods are provided for optimizing the timing of multi-mode system scans in a wireless communication environment. In one embodiment, the method may involve determining at least one of location and movement of a mobile entity (ME). The method may involve adjusting a timer between preferred system scans based on the at least one of the location and the movement of the ME. For example, determining may involve utilizing a movement sensor (e.g., an accelerometer and/or a voltage-controlled oscillator accumulator) to detect the movement of the ME, and/or receiving signals from a Global Positioning System or the like.08-25-2011
20110207471METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING LOCATION WITHIN A BUILDING BASED ON HISTORICAL LOCATION INFORMATION - A mobile device may be operable to receive historical location trail information of a building. A location of the mobile device within the building may be determined by placing, moving or snapping a reference location of the mobile device onto a trail according to the received historical location trail information. The historical location trail information may be acquired from a location server. The historical location trail information stored in the location server may be generated using a plurality of location samples that are provided by one or more other mobile devices that have been within the building. The historical location trail information may also be acquired from an indoor map of the building that is used by the mobile device for navigation within the building. The determined location of the mobile device may then be utilized by the mobile device to navigate within the building for location-based services.08-25-2011
20110207470TIMED FINGERPRINT LOCATING IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Systems and techniques for determining the location of user equipment (UE) in a wireless network are disclosed. These techniques leverage geometric calculations for an overlaid bin grid framework mapping the wireless network area to store differential values for each frame of the bin grid framework for each pair of relevant NodeBs. A timing offset can be determined, such that when a time value from a target UE is accessed, the location can be quickly determined with minimal real time computation. In an aspect, the target UE time value can be search for in the pre-computed differential value data set indexed by a relevant NodeB site pair to return a set of frames (forming a hyperbola between the site pair) that can be intersected with a second set of frames for a second NodeB site pair for the same UE. The intersecting frames can represent the location of the UE in the wireless network. Further, the data can be leveraged to correct timing in the network.08-25-2011
20090298511Notification Adjustment for Computing Devices - A system and a method are disclosed for adjusting a notification mechanism within a computing device. In one embodiment, the method includes receiving a global positioning system signal corresponding to latitude and longitude positional values, calculating a current location of the computing device in response to the received global positioning system signal, determining whether the calculated current location is associated with a configuration identifying adjustment, and adjusting a notification setting on the device accordingly. In another embodiment, the system includes identifying a particular time, determining whether a notification setting to the device is needed, and if so, adjusting the notification setting for the device accordingly.12-03-2009
20090163224SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR LOCATING A MOBILE DEVICE - Systems and methods disclosed herein generate pseudo pilot signals including PN phase offsets corresponding to a plurality of pseudo base stations. The pseudo base stations are (1) a plurality of non-physical base stations, and/or (2) physical base stations outside the reception range of the mobile device. The pseudo pilot signals are combined with communication signals from a physical base station to form a series of composite signals. The composite signals are transmitted for reception by a wireless mobile device and are used to determine the location of the mobile device.06-25-2009
20090137255MAPPING IN A MULTI-DIMENSIONAL SPACE - A multi-dimensional, such as a three-dimensional, map is created using nodes in communication with each other. The nodes communicate with each other wirelessly via radio frequency (RF) using Bluetooth™ protocol. Detailed location information from the location nodes is downloaded. A mesh network of nodes is in communication with at least one base station and, in turn, is in communication with at least one control center. A mobile device associated with a user located in a specific area of a geographical location is in communication with a control center to create a multi-dimensional map.05-28-2009
20090005072Integration of User Applications in a Mobile Device - User-applications provided by mobile devices are integrated. In one aspect, an email message is received at a mobile device from an email address and a representation of the email message is displayed on a graphical user interface. An input is received from a user indicating a selection of the email address. Contact information corresponding to a set of contacts is searched for a contact having a contact email address matching the email address. Contact information for the contact includes a geographic location for the contact. A display of a map is provided to the user. The display includes a graphical representation indicating the geographic location for the contact having a contact email address matching the email address.01-01-2009
20090005070SYNCHRONIZING MOBILE AND VEHICLE DEVICES - Location information is received at a mobile device from the memory of a vehicle device. The mobile device is updated based on the location information. Sensor data is received from at least one sensor measuring movement of the mobile device, and an estimated location of the mobile device is calculated based at least in part on the location information and the sensor data.01-01-2009
20090005069System and method for tracking the location of multiple mobile radio transceiver units - An object locating system (01-01-2009
20090005066METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OBTAINING A ZIP CODE - An apparatus for obtaining a zip code of where a user is at the moment is provided. The apparatus comprises: a core network; an access server operatively connected to the core network providing network access for the communication device; and a zip code location database server operatively connected to the core network, wherein the zip code location database server is adapted to store zip code location information for one or more IDs in the core network.01-01-2009
20090005065SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SETTING STATUS FLAGS FOR MOBILE DATA DISTRIBUTION BASED ON DISTRIBUTION RULES - Embodiments of the invention are generally directed to systems and methods for setting status flags for mobile data distribution based on the subscription rules. A mobile middleware manages several objects between the mobile device and the backend system. The mobile data distribution happen based on subscription rules set up on the object. A status flag is assigned to each such subscription rule and any change in the subscription rule triggers updating of that corresponding status flag. The mobile middleware distributes data to the backend system and to the mobile devices based on the subscription rule evaluation. For updating the subscription rule, it is sufficient to evaluate only the status flags that have changed.01-01-2009
20090005063METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVED LOCATIONING IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Methods and systems are provided for determining the location of a first wireless device (e.g., a mobile unit) within a wireless network comprising a second wireless device (e.g., an access point). The method includes determining a signal strength contour associated with RF communication between the access point and the mobile unit, and adding a correction factor to the signal strength contour to produce a corrected signal strength contour, wherein the correction factor includes the sums of the differences between the transmit power and the antenna gain associated with the mobile unit and the access point. In an alternate scheme involving stored fingerprint data, a correction factor is introduced based on the differences between antenna gains and transmit power associated with the mobile unit under consideration and the mobile unit used for generating the fingerprint data. The systems and methods disclosed herein are applicable, for example, to networks operating in accordance with 802.11, RFID, WiMax, WAN, Bluetooth, Zigbee, UWB, and the like.01-01-2009
20100004000Method for Automatically Changing Incoming Call Alert Profile Upon the Current Location - A method for automatically changing incoming call alert profile upon the current location, implements on a GPS-functioned portable communication device. The method continually obtains a location coordinate, compares the location coordinate with a comparison list to match an incoming call alert profile for the portable communication device's current incoming call alert profile. Thus, wherever the portable communication device moves to, a reaction will be presented automatically according to the current incoming call alert profile when an incoming call comes.01-07-2010
20090186628DEVICE AND METHOD FOR LINKING COMMUNICATIONS WITH LOCATION DATA - An electronic device includes a communication component; a location-determining component; a display; and a computing device all housed within a portable, handheld housing or other enclosure. The communications component transmits and receives mobile communications over a wireless communication network or path and provides identification information to the computing device. The location determining component determines locations of the electronic device as it is carried or driven from place to place and provides corresponding location data to the computing device. The computing device links the identification information with the location data to indicate the location of the device when a communication was made or received. The identification information and location data may be linked by adding a geocode or geotag to the identification information or by cross-referencing the information and data in a database. The computing device may also display a representation of the location data alongside a representation of the communication on a cartographic map and then display some of the identification information for the communication when a user scrolls over or otherwise selects either of the representations.07-23-2009
20090186629Caller Identification with Caller Geographical Location - Caller identification with caller geographical location is provided. The caller's geographical location represents the actual or approximate geographical location of the caller at the time the call is placed rather than the billing or exchange location. Additional information can be requested based on the caller's geographical location, such as directions, nearby sites of interest, and traffic reports. A call recipient can request that this additional information be sent to the caller. For privacy purposes and security, a caller can limit the amount of information that is transmitted to call recipients.07-23-2009
20110230208Methods and Arrangements in a Telecommunication System - There is provided a method in a cellular telecommunications network, the cellular telecommunications network comprising at least a first cell and a second cell. The method comprises the steps of transmitting (09-22-2011
20090005061LOCATION QUALITY OF SERVICE INDICATOR - A mobile wireless device is configured to provide a location quality of service indicator (QoSI) indicative of the quality of a calculated location estimation for use by a location-based service. The QoSI may be calculated by the device itself or by a server, such as a location enabling server (LES). The QoSI may be used to represent the predicted location accuracy, availability, latency, precision, and/or yield.01-01-2009
20080318593SHARING AND TRACKING REAL-TIME LOCATION FOR MOBILE USERS - In one embodiment, an apparatus can include: a receiver configured to receive location-related data, and to provide real-time location information therefrom; and a processor configured to receive the real-time location information, and to provide an extension in a packet header of a media stream, wherein the header extension comprises the real-time location information.12-25-2008
20080318595POSITION LOCATION SYSTEM USING MULTIPLE POSITION LOCATION TECHNIQUES - A position location system includes a first position location sub-system, a second position location sub-system, and processing circuitry. The first position location sub-system determines first position location information regarding an object using a first position location technique. The second position location sub-system determines second position location information regarding the object, the second position location sub-system using a second position location technique that differs from the first position location technique. The processing circuitry processes the first position location information and the second position location information to determine position of the object within a coordinate system.12-25-2008
20080318592DELIVERING TELEPHONY COMMUNICATIONS TO DEVICES PROXIMATE TO A RECIPIENT AFTER AUTOMATICALLY DETERMINING THE RECIPIENT'S LOCATION - The present invention discloses a communication method and system, which can include a step of repetitively conveying presence information to a service provider to continuously update a current location of a person identified within the presence information. A communication attempt directed towards the person can be detected. A communication device proximate to the person can be determined based upon the presence information. The communication device can be accessible by any proximate individual. The communication device can be one not specifically designated by an originator of the communication attempt. A notification of the communication attempt can be presented in an environment proximate to the determined communication device. The communication can be established responsive to the person answering the notification by activating the communication device.12-25-2008
20080318591Monitoring the Movement of Mobile Communication Devices - A system records the movement of people carrying mobile devices within a specific area. A plurality of receivers distributed throughout the specified area monitor the area for wireless communication from a mobile device. Mobile devices are identified by way of a unique identifier, e.g. IMSI, IMEI, MAC address, or similar transmitted on a control channel or the like. Whenever such wireless communication is detected, the direction from which the signal is received is detected. The position of the mobile device (and hence the person carrying it) may be calculated by triangulating results from two or more receiving devices, and the results stored.12-25-2008
20090325593Marking Locations With A Portable Communications Device - Marking locations with a portable communications device, where the portable communications device has a location-sensing capability, including recording, by the portable communications device for each wireless device with which the portable communications device is capable of wireless communications, a location of the portable communications device upon receiving from the wireless device a signal having a most recent strongest signal strength and an identifier of the wireless device, and, responsive to a user request, communicating to the user the location of the portable communications device upon receiving from the wireless device a signal having a most recent strongest signal strength.12-31-2009
20090325599METHOD AND DEVICES FOR FACILITATING THE LOCATION OF A MOBILE ELECTRONIC DEVICE - The invention relates to a user-portable electronic device and in particular one which is capable of establishing transmission connection with one or more mobile electronic devices. A user-portable electronic device comprising transmission connection circuitry arranged to establish transmission connection between the user-portable electronic device and one or more mobile electronic devices; geographic-location determining circuitry arranged to determine a geographic location of the or each mobile electronic device associated with transmission connection of the user-portable electronic device and the or each mobile electronic device; and log circuitry arranged to allow storage of a geographic-location log including at least a last-known geographic location of the or each mobile electronic device.12-31-2009
20090325594Using Base-Station Location to Assist Mobile-Device system Acquisition - Methods and systems are provided for using base-station location to assist mobile-device system acquisition. A mobile station, which stores a network identifier, selects a carrier frequency. The mobile station receives, from a base station on a first carrier frequency, geographic coordinates of the base station and a base-station network identifier, and determines whether the base-station network identifier matches the mobile-station network identifier. If the base-station network identifier matches the mobile-station network identifier, the mobile station will scan the indicated home frequency bands and will connect to one of the home frequencies, and if the base-station network identifier does not match the mobile-station network identifier, the geographic coordinates of the base station are used to identify a market area and a most-preferred carrier frequency is selected from the identified market area.12-31-2009
20090325592APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING A POSITION OF A COMPACT BASE STATION BY USING USER SUPPLIED LOCATION INFORMATION IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for determining a position of a compact Base Station (BS) by using user supplied location information in a broadband wireless communication system are provided. The method includes receiving a Global Positioning System (GPS) signal using a GPS receiver, receiving location information supplied by a user, comparing a strength of the GPS signal with a threshold, if the strength of the GPS signal is greater than the threshold, obtaining position information of the BS using the GPS signal, and if the strength to the GPS signal is less than or equal to the threshold, obtaining the position information of the BS using the location information.12-31-2009
20090209266Investigations - A kit and method of investigating the location of a portable telecommunications device used in making a call, includes obtaining information on the position of the receiver involved in the call. A location is surveyed by visiting the location and establishing the receiver a portable telecommunications device would use from that location. The method also compares the receiver involved in the call with the receiver that would be used from the surveyed location.08-20-2009
20110223931METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CHARACTERIZING LOCATION AND/OR RANGE BASED ON TRANSMIT POWER - A transmitting communication device may iteratively adjust its transmit power, and may estimate, based on iterative transmit power adjustment, relative location of a receiving communication device. The transmit power may be initialized to a maximum value, and the transmit power may be iteratively reduced until connectivity with the receiving communication device is lost. The loss of connectivity may be determined based on reception of responses to ping messages transmitted by the transmitting communication device. The transmitting communication device may authenticate the receiving communication device and/or a user of the receiving communication device. The authentication may comprises utilizing transmit power adjustment and/or relative location estimation therefrom to ensure that a separation between the devices does not exceed a maximum value. The transmitting communication device may generate location info associated with the receiving communication device based on the relative location estimation, and may communicate the location info to a location server.09-15-2011
20110223930SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MONITORING SIGNAL QUALITY - Position data indicative of a geographic location of a mobile device is repetitively received. Additionally, signal quality data indicative of a wireless signal quality at the mobile device is also repetitively received. Mobile device data is generated based upon, at least in part, at least a portion of the position data and at least a portion of the signal quality data.09-15-2011
20090023458Method and System for Controlling the Operation of Movable Wireless Networks - A method of controlling the operating parameters of a non-stationary wireless network to conform to jurisdictional regulatory requirements is disclosed. A mobile base system determines its location and checks the operating parameters of the transceiver in the mobile base station against a database to determine whether the regulatory requirements have changed because of its location and to effect such a change. The mobile base station may alter the operating parameters of the transceiver in order to comply with regulatory requirements.01-22-2009
20090023457METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR UTILIZING POSITIONAL INFORMATION OF TAGGED DATA WHEN PROCESSING INFORMATION IN WIRELESS DEVICES - A Wireless mobile communication (WMC) device may be utilized to tag data generated and/or maintained in the WMC device with positional information. Positional information may comprise location and/or directional attributes. Positional attributes may be derived from operations, application, and/or accessory devices. Positional information of tagged data may be utilized to subsequently control the WMC device wherein operations may be performed and/or predicted in said WMC device based on match between current positional information of the WMC device and positional information of tagged data. User preference information and/or biometric data may be utilizing in tagging data with positional information and/or in utilizing positional data for controlling the WMC device. A remote device may be utilized for performing tagging operations, and/or storage of user preference information.01-22-2009
20090082033DATA TRANSFER APPARATUS, DATA TRANSFER METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM HAVING DATA TRANSFER PROGRAM RECORDED - A data transfer apparatus includes a data transmitting portion, a destination point recording portion, an arrival time calculating portion, a required transfer rate calculating portion, and an occupied transfer rate calculating portion. The data transmitting portion transmits the pieces of untransmitted data to the respective mobile terminals through the communication line in accordance with the respective occupied data transfer rates calculated by the occupied transfer rate calculating portion.03-26-2009
20090312034TRANSMISSION OF LOCATION INFORMATION BY A TRANSMITTER AS AN AID TO LOCATION SERVICES - Techniques for transmitting location information as an aid to location services are described. In one design, a transmitter may generate a message including coordinate information and uncertainty information for the location of the transmitter. The coordinate information may include latitude and longitude for horizontal location and possibly the height of the transmitter. The uncertainty information may include uncertainty of the horizontal location and possibly uncertainty of the height of the transmitter. The horizontal location uncertainty may be given by a radius of a circle centered at the latitude and longitude of the transmitter. The height uncertainty may be given by a deviation from the height of the transmitter. The transmitter may send the message to at least one receiver in a wireless network. The transmitter may be a base station that may broadcast the message to terminals within its coverage.12-17-2009
20120071172INTEGRITY MONITORING IN A POSITION LOCATION SYSTEM UTILIZING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL TOPOGRAPHY - A system for and method of deriving a position estimate of a receiver from a plurality of parameter measurements is provided. Each measurement is derived from a correlation function, which in turn is derived by correlating a signal received at the receiver with an identification code uniquely identifying a transmitter visible to the receiver. A plurality of position estimates are derived, each from a different subset of the plurality of measurements. Based on local topography, one of the position estimates is selected as the best estimate of the position of the receiver.03-22-2012
20100004001PAGING MECHANISM IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication system is disclosed which includes a communication network having a paging controller and a plurality of base stations to communicate with at least one mobile client device within the system. Also included in the communication system is a base station, between the plurality of base stations, receiving location updates from the at least one mobile client device; and a processor within the paging controller to accumulate the number of location updates relayed by the base station for each mobile client device, wherein the processor determines whether the accumulated number of location updates received exceeds a predetermined threshold number of location updates. The plurality of base stations each broadcast paging messages to the at least one mobile client device when the predetermined threshold number of location updates is not exceeded. The base station, among the plurality of base stations, solely broadcasts paging messages to the at least one mobile client device when the predetermined threshold number of location updates is exceeded.01-07-2010
20110143773DEFINING ADAPTIVE DETECTION THRESHOLDS - A wireless device (06-16-2011
20110143767POSITION A USER IN WIRELESS NETWORK - The present invention provides a locating apparatus (06-16-2011
20130217409ELECTRIC VEHICLE POWER MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS - A system that enables power flow management for electrical devices, such as electric vehicles. Power flow managers can coordinate charging activities. Power flow decisions may be based on site-level information. Power flow management strategies may be optimized. Power spikes may be avoided by using safe failure modes. Generation stacks may be used for reducing cost. AGC commands are used to control power resources. Power regulation are apportioned to power resources, and power regulation ranges may be determined. Power flow strategies are implemented in response to changes in intermittent power flow. Locations of devices may be determined using network fingerprints. Power flow measurements are determined, and AC power flows are inferred from DC power flows. Network traffic consumption are minimized. Communication protocols are translated. Enhanced vehicle communications are provided that communicate to vehicle subsystems, that arbitrate smart charge points, and that use existing hardware, non-specific hardware, or control extensibility systems.08-22-2013
20130217410METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POSITIONING LOCATION OF WIRELESS ACCESS POINT - A wireless access point location positioning method and terminal operation method for floor information update. A method includes a terminal acquiring absolute location information, and transmitting surrounding Access Point (AP) signal information of an absolute location, together with the absolute location information, to a location server. The location server includes receiving surrounding AP signal information of the absolute location and associated atmospheric pressure information thereof, together with the absolute location information, from a terminal, determining locations of APs based on the received absolute location information and the surrounding AP signal information of the absolute location, and updating a related AP location using the determined locations of the APs.08-22-2013
20130217411BATTERY-SAVING IN GEO-FENCE CONTEXT METHOD AND SYSTEM - While traveling to a destination, potentially traversing geo-fences along the way, a routine on a mobile device estimates arrival at the next geo-fence and performs a location check at the estimated arrival time. Between iterations of this process, the routine may correct the “time of next check” based on correction factors. When the mobile device arrives at the destination, it switches to terrestrial location determining services. In addition, the mobile device monitors its sensors to determine whether motion is gross motion which may warrant performing a location probe or whether motion is not gross motion, in which case location probes may be disabled.08-22-2013
20090047975Method for Tracking Location of a Mobile Unit - Location of a mobile unit is determined by a combined probability, derived from a first probability for possible locations based on a current sample of radio signal characteristics and a second probability that a unit has moved from a prior location or probable location to each possible location.02-19-2009
20090054078INTELLIGENT GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM (GPS) INFORMATION DETECTION - Intelligently caching global positioning system (GPS) location information from GPS satellites based on cellular radio signal strength received at a portable device. The GPS satellites broadcasts signals to the portable device and the cellular radio signal strength is at a first level indicative of a low GPS reception strength. A second level, at the portable device, of the cellular radio signal strength is detected, and the second level is indicative of an increase in GPS reception strength. GPS location information is speculatively read from the GPS satellites associated with the portable device in response to the detected second level and the increase of the GPS reception strength. The GPS location information is cached on the portable device such that the GPS location information is available to the portable device when the first level of the cellular radio signal strength is less than the second level.02-26-2009
20090082036DATA BOUNDARY AWARE BASE STATION ASSISTED POSITION LOCATION - The present invention is a novel and improved method and apparatus for performing position location in wireless communications system. One embodiment of the invention comprises a method for performing position location on a subscriber unit in a terrestrial wireless telephone system using a set of satellites each transmitting a signal, the terrestrial wireless telephone system having base stations, including the steps of transmitting an aiding message from the base station to the subscriber unit, said aiding message containing information regarding a data boundary for each signal from the set of satellites, applying correlation codes to each signal yielding corresponding correlation data and accumulating said correlation data over an first interval preceding a corresponding data boundary yielding a first accumulation result, and a second interval following said corresponding data boundary yielding a second accumulation result.03-26-2009
20090082035POSITIONING SYSTEM AND POSITIONING METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK - There is provided a positioning system which generates an appropriate response according to a positioning accuracy request class from a client device. A client device 03-26-2009
20090082032Method and Device for Providing the Location of a Mobile Station - The present invention provides a solution for providing the location of a mobile device connected to a cellular network to another network. A mobile device receives information about the location of the base stations in its neighborhood. Based on the identity of the base station the device is connected to the device can determine its location and provide that to the other network.03-26-2009
20100197318ANONYMOUS CROWD TRACKING - A system and method for tracking crowds of users are provided. In one embodiment, a central system, which includes one or more servers, operates to obtain current locations for users of mobile devices. Based on the current locations of the users, the central system forms crowds of users. As a result of movement of the users and corresponding location updates, the crowds move and change over time. In order to track at least some of the crowds, crowd snapshots for those crowds are created over time and stored. The crowd snapshots preferably maintain anonymity of the users in the crowd at the time the crowd snapshots are created. Thereafter, the crowd snapshots may be used to generate crowd tracking data for select crowds.08-05-2010
20110230205COMPUTERIZED MINE PRODUCTION SYSTEM - The system contains a central computer unit having a first database controlled by a first logic unit. At least one mobile computer unit is joined with the mobile equipment. Each of the mobile computer units has a second database controlled by a second logic unit. At least one wireless communication device enables communication between said first logic unit and said second logic unit, wherein said mobile computer unit is operable independent of the first logic unit.09-22-2011
20090054079Electronic control apparatus and method for controlling alarm systems of cellular structure - Electronic control apparatus (02-26-2009
20090054077METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SENDING DATA RELATING TO A TARGET TO A MOBILE DEVICE - The invention relates to a method for sending data relating to a target to a mobile device. Upon moving the mobile device to indicate the target, a vector having an origin at the mobile device and a direction pointing toward the target is computed. The vector is sent to a server for identifying the target. Data relating to the target is sent to the mobile device. The mobile device preferably has a location detecting device, a movements measuring system measuring its movements, a logic module computing the vector and first and second communication modules for exchanging data with the server. The server has first and second communications modules for exchanging data with the mobile device and a logic module for identifying the target using the vector and the location of the target.02-26-2009
20110223932TIMING ADVANCE ENHANCEMENTS FOR CELLULAR COMMUNICATIONS - Example methods and apparatus to implement timing advance enhancements for cellular communications are disclosed. A disclosed example method to communicate over a cellular network by a device involves retrieving a stored timing advance value and determining if the stored timing advance value is valid based at least on whether the device is operating in a stationary mode. When the stored timing advance is valid, a contention-based transmission is transmitted to a network using the stored timing advance value in order to compensate for propagation delay.09-15-2011
20110230207MOBILE UNIT'S POSITION MEASUREMENT APPARATUS AND MOBILE UNIT'S POSITION MEASUREMENT METHOD - A mobile unit's position measurement apparatus is provided. The apparatus includes an observation data selection portion that calculates a plurality of estimated error values that correspond respectively to the plurality of pieces of observation data obtained by observing the signals received by the reception portion, that generates groups each of which includes estimated error values corresponding to at least a predetermined number of satellites, and then extracts, from the estimated error value groups generated, in which a difference between a maximum value and a minimum value of the estimated error values included is less than a predetermined value, and that consequently selects pieces of observation data provided by the signals from the satellites that correspond to the estimated error values that are included in an estimated error value group whose standard deviation of the estimated error values is smallest among the estimated error value groups extracted.09-22-2011
20110230206SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SINGLE SENSOR GEOLOCATION - A system and method for determining a position of a wireless mobile device. The method comprising the steps of providing one base station in communication with the mobile device, providing a sensor spaced apart a known distance from the base station, and determining the range between the mobile device and the base station. The time of arrival of a signal transmitted from the mobile device is measured at the sensor and a set of coordinates is calculated for the mobile device relative to the sensor as a function of the known distance from the sensor to the base station, the range between the mobile device and the base station, an estimate of base station transmission timing relative to a time source, and the time of arrival. One of the set of coordinates may then be chosen to thereby determine a position of the mobile device relative to the sensor.09-22-2011
20110230202COMMERCIAL MOBILE ALERTING SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR BROADCASTING MESSAGES TO GEO-FENCED TARGET AREAS - A commercial mobile alert system and method for processing a broadcast message from a broadcast message originator for delivery to a broadcast target area served by a wireless mobile network using point to multipoint cell broadcasting capability of the wireless mobile telephone network. The system including a broadcast message interface for receiving a broadcast message record. The broadcast message record including the broadcast target area defined as geographical information, the broadcast message as created by the broadcast message originator, a message type as defined by the broadcast message originator, and broadcast message originator identifier uniquely identifying the broadcast message originator of the broadcast message. A broadcast control module having an processor, memory, computer executable instructions, an input interface, an output interface, a validating subsystem and a broadcast message routing subsystem. The validating subsystem is for validating the broadcast message record as a function of the broadcast message originator identifier and the broadcast target and for creating a validated broadcast message record. The broadcast message routing subsystem is for receiving the validated broadcast message record, identifying two or more message broadcasting network systems, and transmitting the validated broadcast message record over the output interface to one or more of the identified public service message broadcasting network systems.09-22-2011
20110230203INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, PROGRAM, SERVER APPARATUS, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM - An information processing apparatus includes a first obtaining unit, a setting unit, and a judgment unit. The first obtaining unit is capable of obtaining current position information. The setting unit is configured to set a first judgment condition to judge whether the current position information obtained by the first obtaining unit is transmitted to a site on a network that requests the current position information. The judgment unit is configured to judge whether the current position information is transmitted to the site on the basis of the first judgment condition set by the setting unit.09-22-2011
20110230201SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING MOBILE DEVICE LOCATION - A computer-implemented mobile device locating method is provided. The method includes determining a current cell sector of a mobile device and comparing the current cell sector with a cell sector list of previously determined cell sectors. A current location of the mobile device is determined if the current cell sector is not listed in the cell sector list. The current location is compared with a last determined location. The current cell sector is added to the cell sector list if the current location is substantially the same as the last determined location. The cell sector list is cleared if the current location is not substantially the same as the last determined location.09-22-2011
20090088182Geographic tagging of network access points - A system for geographic tagging of network access points comprises a plurality of access points that have been configured to provide location information as part of their beacon. Each access point provides a service set identifier (SSID) that includes an encoded value that represents the location of the access point. The use of an encoded location value in the SSID of the access point is particularly advantageous because it does not require any additional hardware be added to the access point or the portable computing device. Moreover, location can be determined by any portable device without establishing a connection to the access point. The portable computing devices are adapted to receive the beacon, extract the location information from the beacon and decode the beacon. The present invention also includes a variety of methods including: a method for geographic tagging of network access points, a method for encoding a location into a geographic code, a method for decoding a geographic code into a location, a method for encoding height into a geographic code, a method for decoding height from a geographic code and a method for determining the location using a plurality of geographic codes.04-02-2009
20090191894RADIO NETWORK SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING AN UNKNOWN POSITION OF A TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING UNIT OF A RADIO NETWORK - A method for determining an unknown position of a transmitting/receiving unit of a number of transmitting/receiving units of a radio network, use of a signal quality, and radio network. In the method, a signal field strength and/or a transit time of a signal received through an antenna is measured. A signal quality of the signal received through the antenna is determined. The measured signal field strength and/or the transit time is weighted on the basis of the determined signal quality, wherein the unknown position of the transmitting/receiving unit among the transmitting/receiving units is calculated from multiple weighted signal field strengths and/or transit times and known positions of the transmitting/receiving units.07-30-2009
20090191892INTEGRATING POSITION-DETERMINING AND WI-FI FUNCTIONS - Techniques are described for leveraging position-determining functions and Wi-Fi functions on a device by integrating these functions. In one or more implementations, Wi-Fi data is provided on a electronic device configured with Wi-Fi and position-determining functionality. This Wi-Fi data is then used to facilitate the device accessing a Wi-Fi network available within a geographical region associated with the device. In at least some implementations, the facilitating is associated with identifying and/or selecting one or more potential Wi-Fi networks to access by integrating the Wi-Fi data with received positioning data and map data on the device. In at least some embodiments, the facilitating is associated with communicatively linking to a selected Wi-Fi network.07-30-2009
20090054081SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCATING POSITIONS OF MEMBERS OF VIRTUAL GROUPS - A method for locating positions of members of virtual groups includes the following steps of: establishing multiple virtual groups for a user to join in; acquiring position information of each member in each of the virtual groups; storing the position information of each member in each of the virtual groups in a storage; receiving requests for viewing position information of members in a designated virtual group from terminal devices; obtaining the position information of the members in the designated virtual group from the storage according to the requests, and constructing a positional map according to the position information; and transmitting the positional map to the terminal devices of the members in the designated virtual group.02-26-2009
20120142373METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR REDUCTION OF INTERFERENCE DURING POSITIONING MEASUREMENTS - The exemplary embodiments of the present invention relate to methods and apparatuses enabling reduction of interference in a wireless system in order to assist a user equipment in performing positioning measurements. According to exemplary embodiments of the present invention, a radio network node is configured to: receive a measurement report from the UE comprising signal quality measurements related to interfering cells; to select a set of most interfering cells and to determine a level of reduction of transmission activity to be executed at specific time for a determined duration.06-07-2012
20120142366DETERMINING POSITIONS IN A WIRELESS RADIO SYSTEM - A method is described for expanding the radio-map of a WiFi system. A hotspot (HS06-07-2012
20090197615USER INTERFACE FOR MOBILE DEVICES - A device and method for controlling the user interface of a mobile device, are discussed. According to an embodiment, the method includes determining a distance relationship between a user's body and the mobile device, and changing a configuration of at least one of at least one input unit and at least one output unit depending upon the determined distance relationship.08-06-2009
20090005067Methods, systems, and computer program products for message filtering based on previous path trajectories and probable destination - Methods, systems and computer program products for filtering generally-broadcast messages received by a movable unit based on current spatial position, stored trajectory history, and probable future trajectories. A current spatial position of the movable unit is received and stored to form a stored trajectory history. A generally-broadcast message relating to a target geographical region is also received and stored. Potential trajectories of the movable unit are then computed over a pre-determined time based on at least one of the current spatial position, a current travel direction of the movable unit, and the stored trajectory history of the movable unit. The generally-broadcast message is then disseminated in response to at least one potential trajectory crossing into the target geographical region during the pre-determined time period. The generally-broadcast message may also be disseminated on the basis of specified user preferences.01-01-2009
20090209268LOCATION SENSING SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A location sensing system and method for a mobile communication system is provided for maintaining location sensing service with the support of mobile nodes when there is an insufficient number of anchor nodes for reference points. A location sensing method for a mobile communication system includes discovering, at a source mobile node, anchor nodes in a vicinity; discovering, when a number of discovered anchor nodes is less than a predetermined number of reference nodes required for location sensing, neighboring mobile nodes; selecting at least one of neighboring mobile nodes as a reference mobile node; and computing a location of the source mobile node in cooperation with the predetermined number of reference nodes including the discovered anchor nodes and the reference mobile node.08-20-2009
20080261621DYNAMIC SERVICE BINDING PROVIDING TRANSPARENT SWITCHING OF INFORMATION SERVICES HAVING DEFINED COVERAGE REGIONS - It is determined whether a location of a mobile device is within a coverage region of a first information service. Communications for the first information service are redirected to a second information service when the location of the mobile device is not within a coverage region of the first information service. The second information service generally has a coverage region encompassing the location of the mobile device. Communications between a mobile device and a first information service are redirected to another information service when properties of the new information service are determined to meet predetermined criteria set by a user of the mobile device, by an application, or both. In yet another aspect of the invention, Replacement of information services can be “aggressive” or “non-aggressive.” Communications between a mobile device and an original information service are redirected to another information service when the original information service fails10-23-2008
20080261618Mobile Communication System, Base Station, Mobile Station, Location Management Station, Incoming Call Control Method, and Program - To obtain a mobile communication system in which a mobile station can prevent a call loss due to move among base stations while performing battery saving. Base stations 10-23-2008
20080261617MOBILE WIRELESS APPARATUS AND CONNECTION METHOD THEREOF - A mobile wireless apparatus includes a network interface, a storage and a processing device. The network interface provides a wireless protocol of a personal area network. The storage stores access codes and location indicators. Instead of scanning coverable external apparatuses every time when the mobile wireless apparatus moves from one location to another, the processing device connects to the external apparatuses by reference to the access codes and the location indicators.10-23-2008
20080261616POSITION-BASED AUTOMATIC CONFIGURATION OF PORTABLE DEVICE - A method for automatically configuring a portable device comprises determining a position of the portable device and automatically configuring the portable device based on the determined position.10-23-2008
20080261613Sparsed U-TDOA Wireless Location Networks - In an overlay, U-TDOA-based, Wireless Location System, LMUs typically co-located with BTSs, are used to collect radio signaling both in the forward and reverse channels. Techniques are used to compensate for sparse LMU deployments where sections of the U-TDOA service area are uplink demodulation or downlink beacon discovery limited.10-23-2008
20080261612Sparsed U-TDOA Wireless Location Networks - In an overlay, U-TDOA-based, Wireless Location System, LMUs typically co-located with BTSs, are used to collect radio signaling both in the forward and reverse channels. Techniques are used to compensate for sparse LMU deployments where sections of the U-TDOA service area are uplink demodulation or downlink beacon discovery limited.10-23-2008
20090221300WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND ASSOCIATED METHOD INCLUDING CONTROL OF POSITIONING-SYSTEM RECEIVER AND SHARED OSCILLATOR - The wireless communication device includes a wireless communication transceiver to generate an oscillator control signal and an activation signal, a positioning-system receiver (e.g. a GPS receiver) to process received positioning signals, and a shared oscillator (e.g. a temperature compensated and voltage controlled crystal oscillator TCVCXO) responsive to the oscillator control signal and to generate a reference frequency signal for the wireless communication transceiver and the positioning-system receiver. The positioning-system receiver may control processing of the received positioning signals based upon the activation signal to reduce a noise contribution (e.g. phase noise) due to frequency control of the shared oscillator based upon the oscillator control signal. The activation signal may indicate that the oscillator control signal is being varied to provide frequency control or adjustment of the shared oscillator.09-03-2009
20090221298WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINALS AND METHODS THAT DISPLAY RELATIVE DIRECTION AND DISTANCE THEREBETWEEN RESPONSIVE TO ACCELERATION DATA - Wireless communication terminals are disclosed that display the direction and distance between them so that users can, for example, travel away from each other and then later find one another. The terminals are configured to track their movement using acceleration data. Some of the terminals may operate as slave terminals in which they transmit their movement data to a master terminal which determines therefrom the relative direction and distance between the terminals. The master terminal may then transmit the relative direction and distance data to the slave terminals where it can be displayed to their users.09-03-2009
20110143768METHODS AND APPARATUS RELATED TO REGION-SPECIFIC MOBILE DEVICE AND INFRASTRUCTURE DETECTION, ANALYSIS AND DISPLAY - A processor-readable medium stores code representing instructions to cause a processor to receive a signal including an identifier associated with a wireless base station. The code further represents instructions to cause the processor to determine a geolocation associated with the wireless base station and to receive a signal including an identifier associated with a device operatively coupled to the wireless base station. The code further represents instructions to cause the processor to send a signal including the identifier associated with the wireless base station, the identifier associated with the device and the geolocation.06-16-2011
20120077518Communication and control system using location aware devices for producing notification messages operating under rule-based control - A cellular telephone handset stores audio files previously recorded by the user as well as voice mail messages from other users and selectively transmitted selected ones of these files to the remote listener, or to the voice mail system of a remote user. Voice mail messages are composed, stored, transmitted, forwarded and reviewed using a voice mail system without ringing the remote party's telephone, much as email is composed, stored, transmitted and reviewed using an email server.03-29-2012
20120077519TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING APPARATUSES AND METHODS USING A DIFFERENTIAL CYCLIC DELAY DIVERSITY MIMO SCHEME - Disclosed are a transmitting/receiving apparatus and method using a differential cyclic delay diversity MIMO scheme.03-29-2012
20120077517MOBILE DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile device and a communication method that enable to collect location information without imposing a load on the mobile device and the network. In the mobile device, a communication module receives a notification signal including a cell ID from a base station and a determining module determines whether the cell ID included in the notification signal corresponds to a cell ID stored in a storage module. A positioning module performs measurements of the location and the communication module notifies the location information thus measured. Thereby, a management center is capable of collecting the location information of the mobile device located in a given area and it is possible to realize processing to efficiently collect the location information by reducing a load on the mobile device and the network.03-29-2012
20120077516SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SUB-COHERENT INTEGRATION FOR GEO-LOCATION USING WEAK OR INTERMITTENT SIGNALS - A signal is received from a mobile device as multiple data samples. The received signal includes a first component corresponding to a known reference signal and a second component corresponding to an unknown channel impairment or an unknown noise. A sequence of blocks is formed based on the received samples. The first component of the received signal corresponding to the reference signal is known to within a constant phase shift over each block. A plurality of function values are generated as a function of time, frequency, and phase, based on the received signal, corresponding to a plurality of times, a plurality of frequencies, and a plurality of phase sequences. A time, a frequency, and a phase sequence corresponding to an optimal value the function values are determined. The determined time is outputted as a time of arrival of the received signal.03-29-2012
20120077515PROGRAM OF MOBILE DEVICE, MOBILE DEVICE, AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING MOBILE DEVICE - A computer-readable recording device may store a computer program including instructions for causing a computer of a mobile device to operate as: (1) a selecting module that selects, based on first information, second information and third information, a particular device being substantially located in a specific direction indicated by the third information from a plurality of candidate devices on a wireless network, and (2) a controlling module that controls a communication unit that is configured to communicate using the wireless network such that the communication unit communicates with the particular device selected by the selecting module.03-29-2012
20120077514Wireless Tracking System And Method Utilizing Multiple Location Algorithms - The present invention provides a solution to mistaken location calculations based on multipath effects. The present invention determines a real-time location of an object in a facility using a combination of location algorithms, with a signal characteristic for a wireless signal from a communication device attached to the object received at a sensor of a mesh network. The location algorithms preferably include at least two of a proximity algorithm, a radial basis function algorithm, a maximum likelihood algorithm, a genetic algorithm, a minimum mean squared error algorithm, a radiofrequency fingerprinting algorithm, a multilateration algorithm, a time difference of arrival algorithm, a signal strength algorithm, a time of arrival algorithm, an angle of arrival algorithm, a spatial diversity algorithm, and a nearest neighbor algorithm03-29-2012
20120077513SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR REAL-TIME LOCATION - An embodiment concerns the field of real-time location systems (RTLS) based on RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indication) measurements. An embodiment is based on determining the distances between wireless device of a network based on a model that describes the relation of the RSSI value relative to the packet exchanged between nodes as a function of the distance, wherein said model depends on at least one characteristic parameter of the transmission channel and wherein at least said characteristic parameter of the transmission channel is determined periodically and automatically, exploiting the known distances among fixed nodes. In this way, the errors relative to possible time-variability of the transmission channel are reduced and the accuracy and stability of the location measurements are increased.03-29-2012
20090221299METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR MOBILE STATION LOCATION ESTIMATION - Methods and apparatus for estimating mobile station location include receiving reported signal strengths or other attachment indicator values from a mobile station. The reported signal strengths are compared with characteristic received signal strength values in a coverage area of a mobile network. A mobile switching center determines if a local function is requested and initiates a location estimation process by a mobile location module (MLM). The MLM receives the reported signal strength contours associated with the attachment points. Based on a comparison of the reported attachment indicator values with characteristic values, the MLM provides a mobile location estimate.09-03-2009
20110143769DUAL DISPLAY MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A dual display mobile device comprises a first device with a first display and a second device with a second display. The mobile device can operate as a mobile cell phone. In a closed configuration of the mobile device, the first display is exposed and the second display is hidden. In an open configuration, both displays are exposed. In a detached configuration, the second device is separated from the first device and the second device can operate as a mobile phone handset. The separated first and second device can communicate wirelessly. The detachable second device allows a user to utilize the full capabilities of the mobile phone without having to remove the second device away from the user's ear, thus preserving the privacy of a phone call. The first and second displays can interact with each other or operate independently in the open, closed or detached configurations.06-16-2011
20090247187INFRARED, TOUCH SCREEN, W-CDMA, GSM, GPS CAMERA PHONE - System and method for receiving and transmitting one or more signals, for processing and generating signals used in an infrared (IR) system, in a cellular system and in a separate Wi-Fi wireless network. Receiver and demodulator for demodulating and processing a modulated signal for generating from a modulated signal a demodulated processed position finder signal, including Global Positioning System (GPS) position finder processed signal. Processors and selector for selection of processed TDMA, CDMA and OFDM signals and for providing selected TDMA or CDMA or OFDM or IR signal to a transmitter. Processors for providing cross-correlated GSM, or cross-correlated spread spectrum, or cross-correlated Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplex (OFDM) baseband signals to quadrature modulators for modulation and transmission. System with multiple input multiple output (MIMO) implementations. Transmitters and receivers for Bluetooth systems and barcode reader provided signals. Processors and receivers for processing touch screen generated signals used for IR, OFDM or TDMA or CDMA systems.10-01-2009
20090247185CLUSTER-BASED FINGERPRINTING ALGORITHMS - Methods and apparatus to provide cluster-based fingerprinting algorithms are described. In one embodiment, m closest fingerprints from k fingerprints are determined. The k fingerprints may be determined as closest fingerprints to a scan s in a signal strength domain, where the scan s is of an environment surrounding a wireless device. The center of mass of the m fingerprints may be used to determine a location estimation for the wireless device. Other embodiments are also described.10-01-2009
20090247184LOCALIZED DETECTION OF MOBILE DEVICES - Various aspects are disclosed herein for detection of mobile devices. Detection of mobile devices can be localized to an environment that is radio frequency enclosed. Within this environment, any packages can be scanned for the presence of mobile devices and for the interrogation of information from such mobile devices, such as the mobile device number and mobile device equipment information. The environment can contain an antenna for communicating with any mobile devices within the environment and a receiver component configured to receive information from any contacted mobile device. Based on this information, a determination can be made whether to validate a contacted mobile device or to take any alternative action.10-01-2009
20120196618FLEET MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD EMPLOYING MOBILE DEVICE MONITORING AND RESEARCH - Systems, apparatuses and methods for monitoring wireless communication performance. A fleet of moving vehicles equipped with communication devices communicate data call records, including a geographic location of the vehicle when the communication was attempted, to a central office. Indications of successful and unsuccessful call record communications attempts are aggregated by geographic area using the geographic location data from the vehicles. Call success rate levels for the geographic areas are determined based on the aggregated indications of successful and unsuccessful call record communication attempts. These levels may be presented on geographical maps or otherwise, and/or used for network analysis purposes.08-02-2012
20120196614METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR UNIFIED MANAGEMENT OF COMMUNICATION EVENTS - A method and system for providing unified management of communication events. The method comprises receiving a communication message in a first format, converting the communication message to a generic message, determining one or more message destinations based on a set of routing rules, determining one or more message formats based on the determined destinations, converting the generic message into a converted message, and transmitting the converted message to the one or more determined destinations. The generic message is stored in a destination agnostic format. The converted message is stored in the one or more message formats associated with the one or more determined destinations.08-02-2012
20090239548APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DERIVING POSITION INFORMATION - A wireless receiver for receiving signals from a satellite positioning system, and receiving signals from a communications system uses a common path in the receiver, and derives position information (09-24-2009
20090253439METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CARRYING OUT A TWO WAY RANGING PROCEDURE - The invention relates to a method for carrying out a Two Way Ranging, preferably a Symmetrical Double-Sided Two Way Ranging, between a blind node whose position is unknown and to be determined and at least one reference or mobile node whose position is known in order to determine the location of the blind node, wherein the blind node and the reference or mobile node comprise wireless transceivers for transmitting and receiving radio signals. The invention is characterized in that the Symmetrical Double-Sided Two Way Ranging is initiated by the blind node.10-08-2009
20090253438MOBILE STATION, SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR USE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - A mobile station (10-08-2009
20090253437Positioning - A system, comprising: a first low power wireless transceiver; a second low power wireless transceiver configured to transmit a first positioning request to the first low power wireless transceiver over a low power wireless link; a cellular radio transceiver configured, in response to the first low power wireless transceiver receiving the first positioning request, to transmit a second positioning request to a base station of a cellular network, and configured to receive, as a reply to the second positioning request, first positioning data from the base station of the cellular network; wherein the first low power wireless transceiver is configured to transmit second positioning data, determined by the first positioning data, to the second low power wireless transceiver over the low power wireless link as a reply to the first positioning request.10-08-2009
20100151883Method and System for Notifying the Presence of Contacts in a Vicinity of a User - A method and system for notifying a user of an electronic device of the entrance of one or more contacts of the user within an area of interest is provided. The electronic device is present in a network of a plurality of electronic devices. The method includes, tracking the location of the one or more contacts based on the location of the one or more electronic devices connected to the network. The one or more electronic devices are associated with the one or more contacts. Further, the method includes sending a notification of the entrance of each of the one or more contacts in the area of interest to the user.06-17-2010
20100151879SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING MULTI-CARRIER TRACKING OF WIRELESS DEVICES DURING AN EMERGENCY - A system and method for tracking a wireless communications device of a user may include, in response to receiving a request to track the wireless communications device, notifying a plurality of wireless networks of different communications carriers to collect geographic coordinates at which a wireless communications device is located. Geographic coordinates of the wireless communications device may be collected from at least one of the wireless networks and communicated to a requestor for tracking the wireless communications device.06-17-2010
20100273507TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD - A method for a user equipment to transmit a set of data to at least a first telecommunication network, said user equipment comprising a rechargeable power supply, said method comprising the acts of acquiring network related information from at least a second telecommunication network by the user equipment and initiating the transmission of a set of data to the at least first telecommunication network upon detection of the charging of the power supply, the set of data comprising said network related information.10-28-2010
20120142369SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MONITORING AND DISSEMINATING MOBILE DEVICE LOCATION INFORMATION - A computer-implemented mobile device locating method is provided. The method includes monitoring a location indication of a mobile device and an indication of precision or accuracy of the location indication. A change in the precision or accuracy of the location indication is identified, and a position of the mobile device is estimated based on the location indication as monitored prior to the identified change. A mobile device configured for implementing a mobile device locating method is further provided.06-07-2012
20090275344NETWORK MEASUREMENT REPORT CACHING FOR LOCATION OF MOBILE DEVICES - A system and method for determining an approximate location of a mobile device. The occurrence of a predetermined event may be determined at a first node of a network. Measurement data associated with the mobile device may be stored at a second node of the network. An attempt may be made to determine a location of the mobile device using a first location methodology. Upon failure of the location attempt, the mobile device data may be received at a third node of the network from the second node. At the third node an approximate location of the mobile device may be determined using the mobile device data.11-05-2009
20110117930Improved Signal Level Measurement for Mobile Positioning - Methods and systems are provided to improve the input used in, e.g., an Enhanced Cell Global ID algorithm. Reducing the variation of the input can result in a more accurate position result for a mobile positioning system when determining the position of a mobile system.05-19-2011
20100151881MOBILE TERMINAL AND METHOD OF MANAGING DATA THEREOF - A mobile terminal and method for managing location information are discussed. According to an embodiment, the mobile terminal includes a storage unit, a communication unit configured to receive a message, a location information unit configured to obtain location information indicating a location where the message is received, and a controller configured to selectively store the obtained location information in association with the message in the storage unit.06-17-2010
20100151882LOCATION LOGGING AND LOCATION AND TIME BASED FILTERING - Techniques for performing location logging and location and time based filtering are described. In one design of location logging, a terminal periodically determines its location, e.g., during its paging slots. The terminal determines whether there is a change in its location and stores its location if a change in location is detected. In one design of location and time based filtering, the terminal obtains a location and time criterion with a target area and a time period. The terminal determines its location during the time period, e.g., based on the location log. The terminal evaluates the location and time criterion based on the target area and its location during the time period, e.g., based on at least one sector ID for the target area and one or more sector IDs for its location. The terminal determines whether to download and/or present broadcast information based on the result of the evaluation.06-17-2010
20100151878Radio Environment Measurements in a Mobile Communication System - A mobile User Equipment (UE) saves power by ascertaining whether it is in a static environment. The UE's changeable state parameters (e.g., time and location) are compared with its historical changeable state data to determine whether a match exists. If the UE is in the static environment and the UE's changeable state presently matches the previously observed changeable state, then the UE repeatedly measures its radio environment at a first rate. If the UE is in the static environment and the UE's changeable state does not presently match the previously observed changeable state, then the UE repeatedly measures its radio environment at a second rate for a predetermined period of time, wherein the first rate is less than the second rate. If the UE is not in the static environment, then it repeatedly measures its radio environment at the second rate for an unrestricted amount of time.06-17-2010
20120190379Intelligent Management of Location Sensor - A telecommunication device configured to manage utilization of a location sensor of the telecommunication device based at least on a location change status of the telecommunication device is described herein. The telecommunication device determines the location change status based at least on one or more of telecommunication device connections, a surrounding environment, user profiles, or information received from a telecommunication network. Also, the telecommunication device may be provided with the location change status by a cloud service or may receive remote management of utilization of the location sensor from the cloud service.07-26-2012
20100184451METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING IMAGES AND GEOGRAPHIC LOCATION DATA IN A MOBILE DEVICE - A method and system for managing images and associated geographic location data in a mobile device uses an integrated camera to generate one or more images. After generating an image, the system determines a geographic location associated with the image. The system then stores the image, the associated geographic location data, and a record of the association in the mobile device's storage component. The system may also associate supplemental information, such as telephone number, category, and street address, with the image. The system provides one or more display modes for displaying the image and the associated information. The display modes may include a list mode for displaying multiple images and portions of the associated data and a detail mode for displaying a selected image and the full set of associated data. The system may also provide a map display mode for displaying locations associated with one or more images on a map of a geographical area.07-22-2010
20100190508METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MONITORING A MOBILE STATION PRESENCE IN A SPECIAL AREA - Method for monitoring the presence of a mobile station (07-29-2010
20090270112METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR LOCATION MANAGEMENT AND LOCATION INFORMATION PROVIDING SYSTEM - In an information providing system, a user inputs desired mobile ID number to a client terminal. The client terminal transmits a request for location information on the mobile station including the mobile ID number to a location server via a location information server. The location server transmits a request for object movement information corresponding to the mobile station to an object information server. The location information server obtains the information from a traffic control device. Location information on the mobile station obtained by the location information server is transmitted to the terminal.10-29-2009
20120196615TRANSFER AND MODIFICATION OF LOCATION RELATED DATA DURING AN ONGOING LOCATION SESSION - Techniques are disclosed for enabling wireless communication with the capability of modifying assistance data and/or location information. A first transaction is used to define location related data for transferring between a location server and a mobile device. A second transaction is used to transfer the location related data between the location server and the mobile device. A third transaction is used to modify the location related data for transferring between the location server and the mobile device.08-02-2012
20120196616DETERMINING LOCATION OF A TARGET DEVICE BASED ON RELATIVE CHANGE IN LOCATION INFORMATION - Techniques are disclosed for determining an absolute location of a mobile device by a server. A relative change in location of a mobile device is computed using local sensors of the mobile device. The relative change in location is transmitted to a location server for estimating, by the location server, an absolute location of the mobile device.08-02-2012
20120196619SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR LOCATING MOBILE DEVICES USING LOCATION AND PRESENCE INFORMATION - A location based service and method configured to provide recovery assistance for a misplaced or stolen mobile device. The location based system and method is configured to locate (recover) high value mobile devices using location, presence and other IMS (IP Multimedia Subsystem) based telecommunications network assets. The method includes leveraging location dips performed for other services to drive a recovery process for a mobile device to thereby reduce resource overhead on a location platform; locating the mobile device using the location dips performed for other services; and sending a notification to a subscriber of the location of the mobile device for recovery of the mobile device.08-02-2012
20100261483METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING POSITION DETERMINATION WITH PRE-SESSION ACTION - A network sends to a user equipment (UE) an indication (e.g., a request for permission) to perform a position fix for the UE. The network also selectively sends to the UE a pre-session command for an action related to position determination. For example, the command may direct the UE to (1) clear all or a portion of location-related data at the UE prior to performing the position fix, (2) send back a position estimate for the UE, if available, or (3) apply a time offset and/or a position offset in performing the position fix. The UE sends to the network an acknowledgment (e.g., a grant of permission) to perform the position fix. The UE also performs the action indicated by the command (if any) received from the network prior to or in conjunction with performing the position fix. The network and UE perform the position fix for the UE.10-14-2010
20090047973Enhanced Mobile Location - A method for obtaining a local path loss versus range model in a radio communications network is disclosed. The method comprises obtaining at least one path loss measurement and an associated range measurement at an approximated location of a mobile radio terminal within the radio communications network and applying this to a path loss versus range model to obtain the local path loss versus range model. The local model may also be used to obtain a more accurate location of the mobile radio terminal within the radio communications network.02-19-2009
20090047972LOCATION BASED PRESENCE AND PRIVACY MANAGEMENT - A method and system for providing location based presence status and enhancing location privacy management in a mobile, instant messaging or social networking environment. A user specifies or saves their favorite locations (e.g. home, work, school, or particular business or point of interest locations), and specifies or selects names and/or categories to be shared for each user-specified location. In addition, the system provides multiple sharing levels for sharing multiple types of location contextual information. When user's current location corresponds to user-specified locations, location based presence status is provided to specified contacts according to the sharing level settings, and provides user the option to share location contextual information without sharing location coordinates of the user. When user is driving, location based presence status is updated accordingly, and when user is at other business or POI locations, corresponding location contextual information is shared based on user's settings for each sharing level.02-19-2009
20090149196METHOD FOR PULLING GEOGRAPHIC LOCATION DATA FROM A REMOTE WIRELESS TELECOMMUNICATIONS MOBILE UNIT - A method to remotely determine a location of a mobile unit without intervention by a user of the mobile unit is provided. The mobile unit may receive a location query, download location data from a GPS, and transmit the location data via a wireless telecommunications network. For example, a call center may initiate a location query using a voice channel call to the mobile unit. In addition, the mobile unit may select a mode of communication from a number of alternative modes of digital wireless communication based upon a determined characteristic of the transmission mode. By way of example, the determined characteristic could be a transmission speed, cost of transmission, or signal strength of the selected communication mode. Furthermore, the unit may be a battery pack or other accessory device attachable to a wireless telephone handset, or integrated within a mobile unit.06-11-2009
20100178933Terminal random access method for cellular radio communications system and method for generating group identifier - A terminal random access method for a cellular radio communications system and a method for generating a group identifier are provided. The terminal random access method for a cellular radio communications system includes steps of: transmitting random access preamble message by a terminal to a base station in a random access time slot in a radio frame; combining location information of the random access time slot in the radio frame and that in the frequency domain to generate a group identifier and sending a random access response message to the terminal after adding the group identifier and an individual identifier that corresponds to the random access preamble message to the random access response message by the base station; judging whether the random access response message that corresponds to the sent random access preamble message is received, by judging whether the group identifier and the individual identifier within the received random access response message are all expected values. This invention provides fast and accurate access to the cellular radio communications system for the terminal and allows simple and easy operations to set a group identifier in the same way regardless of whether or not the configuration of the random access time slot changes.07-15-2010
20130122925GEOLOCATION INFORMATION STORAGE SYSTEM FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS DATA05-16-2013
20130122926GEOLOCATION DATA PRIORITIZATION SYSTEM - Communication session data from a mobile radio communications network (05-16-2013
20130122927LOCATION MANAGEMENT OF STATIC/LOW SPEED MOBILE DEVICES - In some examples, a method of tracking device location in a communication network is described. The method may include, detecting at a Machine Type Communication (MTC) device, location indicia from one or more access points (APs) in a vicinity of the MTC device. The method may also include determining, based on the detected location indicia, that a current location of the MTC device is different than a preceding location of the MTC device. The method may also include reporting the detected location indicia to a network end in the communication network. The network end may be configured to update location information of the MTC device in response to receiving the detected location indicia.05-16-2013
20130122928SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR IDENTIFYING AND ACTING UPON STATES AND STATE CHANGES - Systems and methods for determining states and state changes on a personal wireless device, and triggering actions upon these state changes. The personal wireless device includes at least a user interface, a positioning system and a system to determine the device acceleration. Examples of these systems are an accelerometer to determine the device acceleration and GPS (Global Positioning System) to determine the device position. States incurred from user movement include, but are not limited to: walking, driving, stationary. In one embodiment, the location of a parked vehicle is automatically saved, and a user interface to display past parking locations and guide the user to one of these parking locations, is offered.05-16-2013
20130122930METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING LOCATION ESTIMATION MESSAGE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and an apparatus for transmitting a message through a terminal in a wireless communication system. The terminal receives positioning reference signals (PRS) from a reference cell and at least one of the neighbor cells, receives an auxiliary data provision message including a reference cell PRS muting sequence for indicating a muting pattern of the PRS transmitted through the reference cell and a neighbor cell PRS muting sequence for indicating the muting pattern of the PRS transmitted through at least one of the neighbor cells from an enhanced serving mobile location center (E-SMLC), and transmits a reference signal time difference (RSTD) measured on the basis of the PRS received from the reference cell and the at least one of the neighbor cells to the E-SMLC.05-16-2013
20130122931INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - An information processing apparatus includes a reception unit receiving measurement information on signal strength from a wireless terminal that measures the signal strength of wireless signals transmitted from base stations, a base station information storage unit storing, for each base station, base station position information and an index showing the reliability of the base station position information, a base station position estimating unit estimating position information of a base station based on the received measurement information, an estimation result evaluating unit calculating an index showing the reliability of the estimated position information of the base station, and an information management unit operable when the calculated index shows higher reliability than the index stored in the base station information storage unit, to update the stored base station position information using the position information estimated by the base station position estimating unit.05-16-2013
20100159950RADIO COMMUNICATION BASE STATION DEVICE, RADIO COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE, AND GAP GENERATION METHOD - It is possible to provide a radio communication base station device, a radio communication terminal device, and a radio communication method which reduce a signaling load and perform flexible gap allocation. A target gap length generation unit (06-24-2010
20100159949Method of Determining a Location of a Mobile Device and Method of Managing a List for Use in Such a Method - Methods of determining a location of a mobile device in a first communication network are presented. The mobile device is in communication with a cellular base station in a second communication network. First, access points within the first communication network are detected with the mobile device. Then, one or more of the detected access points is selected based on information provided by the cellular base station. Finally, the location of the mobile device is determined based on the selected access points.06-24-2010
20110059753MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CAPTURING INFORMATION OF OTHER MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINALS - A mobile communication system and a method for capturing information of other mobile communication terminals located within a distance from the user's mobile communication terminal may include a first mobile communication terminal for transmitting capture signal, location information and identification information; the second mobile communication terminals for transmitting location information and identification information of the second mobile communication terminals; and a base station for transmitting the GPS driving signal to the second mobile communication terminals and capturing information of the second mobile communication terminals.03-10-2011
20110059752Concurrent Wireless Transmitter Mapping And Mobile Station Positioning - The subject matter disclosed herein relates to concurrently estimating locations for one or more mobile stations and one or more wireless transmitters.03-10-2011
20110059750SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING LOCATION INFORMATION SERVICE USING MOBILE CODE - An apparatus and method for providing a location information service using a mobile code in a Mobile Station (MS). The method includes scanning, by an input device of the MS, a mobile code; analyzing identifier information of the scanned mobile code; determining whether the identifier information corresponds to other information stored in the MS; if the identifier information corresponds to other information stored in the MS, acquiring location information, to be matched on a first cyber map in the MS, corresponding to the identifier information; matching the acquired location information on the first cyber map and displaying the matched first cyber map on an output device of the MS; and calculating a moving distance and a path using at least one location corresponding to the acquired location information.03-10-2011
20110059748SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR LOCALIZED WIRELESS NOTIFICATION - Implementations relate to systems and methods for localized notification that provide localized information to one or more mobile devices in a wireless communication system that are located in one or more geographical regions. The wireless communication system includes a localized notification server that responds to geographically-targeted broadcast requests and localized service or information requests. The localized notification server localizes components of the wireless communication system into sets of localized components that provide wireless communication service to mobile devices in the specific geographical regions.03-10-2011
20110059747Sensing Wireless Transmissions From a Licensed User of a Licensed Spectral Resource - Sensing wireless transmissions from a licensed user of a licensed spectral resource includes obtaining information indicating a number of adjacent sensors that are concurrently sensing wireless transmissions from the licensed user of the licensed spectral resource. Such information can be obtained from a main node controlling the sensor and its adjacent sensors, or by the sensor itself (e.g., by means of short-range communication equipment targeting any such adjacent sensors). A sensing rate is then determined as a function, at least in part, of the information indicating the number of adjacent sensors that are concurrently sensing wireless transmissions from the licensed user of the licensed spectral resource. Receiver equipment is then periodically operated at the determined sensing rate, wherein the receiver equipment is configured to detect wireless transmissions from the licensed user of the licensed spectral resource.03-10-2011
20110130152METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS LOCATION MEASUREMENT - A method for wireless location measurement of a receiver is provided. The method includes: estimating radio channels of a plurality of frequency domains respectively corresponding to a plurality of transmitters by using received signals from the plurality of transmitters; extracting a plurality of propagation delay tab profiles based on the radio channels of the plurality of frequency domains; calculating the distance between each of the transmitters corresponding to the respective propagation delay tab profiles and the receiver by using the propagation delay tab profiles; and estimating the location of the receiver by using the distance between each transmitter and the receiver.06-02-2011
20120196622RADIO NAVIGATION - Methods and systems for estimating the position of a radio signal receiver are described. The position of a first stationary radio signal transmitter is estimated using a primary set of positioning resources available to the receiver. Once the position of the first transmitter has been determined, it is added to a secondary set of positioning resources available to the receiver. If the primary set of positioning resources is ineffectual, the secondary set of positioning resources may be used to estimate the position of the receiver.08-02-2012
20120196621Estimation of Position Using WLAN Access Point Radio Propagation Characteristics in a WLAN Positioning System - A method for estimating position using WLAN access point radio propagation characteristics in a WLAN location based service is provided. A location-based services system has a plurality of Wi-Fi access points in a target area. The Wi-Fi access points are positioned at geographic locations and have signal coverage areas. A method of characterizing at least one of the Wi-Fi access points comprises determining the geographic location of the Wi-Fi access point, dividing the signal coverage area of the Wi-Fi access point into at least one section, and determining radio propagation characteristics for each section. The radio propagation characteristics of each section characterize a radio channel of the Wi-Fi access point, and the characterization can be used in a location algorithm.08-02-2012
20120196620SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR USING SMS AND TAGGED MESSAGE TO SEND POSITION AND TRAVEL INFORMATION TO SERVER AND/OR TO PEERS - The GPS position or other short information related to a wireless telephone is encapsulated in a tagged protocol such as XML and sent using short message service (SMS) to peers or Internet servers, which can parse the tagged messages and extract, e.g., position information for display on a map.08-02-2012
20120196617Method for Acquiring Adjacent eNB Information and Mobile Management Entity - A method for acquiring the neighbour E-UTRAN Node B (eNB) information is disclosed, and the method includes: in the process of the eNB setting up an S1 interface connection with a mobile management entity (MME), the MME sends the information of the global eNB ID and the tracking area identity (TAI) of the neighbour eNB of said eNB to said eNB; said eNB receives and acquires the information of the global eNB ID and TAI of the neighbour eNB. The corresponding MME is also provided. With the scheme of the present invention, the information of this eNB and the neighbour eNB can be acquired; and the X2 interface connection can be set up in time by acquiring information of the neighbour eNB through a MME configuration update.08-02-2012
20100159948Adaptive Networking For Power Savings - An adaptive networking system for power savings which applies to distributed computing systems includes a computing device which runs Adaptive Networking Component software which analyzes, obtains and maintains reliable network connection(s) to one or more mobile device(s) containing cooperating similar software. An Adaptive Networking Component provides power optimized, reliable network connection between a Computing device and a Mobile device. Enabled Software (for example, a communications application) uses the Adaptive Networking Component to reduce system power consumption while maintaining reliable network connections and best available user experience, compared to the power consumption, reliability and user experience when no Adaptive Networking Component(s) are available. The Adaptive Networking Component chooses between different communications transport mechanisms and communicates between connected devices to provide this service.06-24-2010
20100159951Signal Comparison-Based Location Determining Method - At least one portable RF communications device in conjunction with at least two fixed-location service-area antenna stations respectively capable of RF communication with the at least one device performs the steps of: (I) using a portable device at a selected location to measure RF communications signals from the plurality of local fixed-location service-area antenna stations and electronically storing at least two of the respective reception signal strength measurements; and (II) monitoring a portable device location by causing the device to measure reception signal strength associated with local fixed-location service-area antenna stations signals, and to electronically compare these measurements with the stored at least two measurements.06-24-2010
20100159947POSITION CALCULATING METHOD AND POSITION CALCULATING DEVICE - A position calculating method performed by a position calculating device carried with or mounted on a mobile body and moving with the mobile body, includes: receiving a positioning signal from a positioning satellite; calculating a position based on the received positioning signal; intermittently operating a sensor unit which detects moving condition of the mobile body in predetermined intermittent operation cycle; controlling the intermittent operation cycle according to the positioning signal receiving condition; calculating a position by executing predetermined inertial navigation calculation by using a detection result from the sensor unit operated in the intermittent operation cycle; and determining an output position by using the position calculated based on the positioning signal and the position calculated by the inertial navigation calculation.06-24-2010
20100159946Configuration of Telephony Services for Phone Based on User Location - Telephony features for a phone are configured based on the location of a user of the phone. A system receives location data corresponding to a location of the phone. An operational mode is selected from stored operational modes based on the location data. The operational mode of the user phone is set to the selected mode. In one mode, a reply message is provided to the caller that is associated with the location of the phone.06-24-2010
20100159945FEMTO CELL VISITATION HISTORY FOR LOCATION BASED SERVICES - System(s) and method(s) are provided for collection and communication of data on handset attachment procedure, or visitation, to one or more femto cells to provide location information. A mobility component receives actual subscriber and femto access point (AP) attachment signaling and extracts visitation data that facilitates generation of real-time or historical visitation reports. Location information is conveyed through visitation reports which can include mobile device identifier(s), femto AP location, and a timestamp. Visitation reports also can include processed visitation data such as mobility matrices, historical mobility patterns or profiles, and predicted mobility events. Provision of location information occurs without the need for dedicated handset functionality, and associated hardware, or additional battery draw.06-24-2010
20100159944SELECTIVE CACHING OF REAL TIME MESSAGING THREADS - A method is provided to process data in a wireless data exchange. The method includes exchanging data between two or more wireless devices in real time and opening a thread of communications between the wireless devices, where the thread includes one or more data exchanges between the wireless devices. When the real time messaging exchange has been established, the method identifies all or portions of the thread as potential data to store. As such data is identified, the method selectively caches the identified portions of the thread for future data retrieval.06-24-2010
20100222076MULTIPLEXED CDMA AND GPS SEARCHING - Searcher hardware is multiplexed to perform simultaneous searches in either an IS-95 CDMA mode or a GPS mode. In the IS-95 mode, the search hardware is time-multiplexed into a number of searcher time slices, each of which can generate a PN sequence to despread a data sequence. In the GPS mode, the search hardware is configured as a number of distinct GPS channels, each of which can generate a Gold code sequence for tracking a GPS signal from a particular GPS satellite. This configuration allows the searcher to perform multiple GPS signal searches simultaneously. Signal searching in both IS-95 and GPS modes is performed at significantly higher speeds compared to conventional searcher hardware. Moreover, the search hardware can be dynamically configured to operate in either the IS-95 or the GPS mode, eliminating the need for dedicated circuitry for each mode of operation.09-02-2010
20100240392Angle of Arrival Downlink Signaling - A wireless communication network determines positioning data for a given mobile terminal, in response to receiving a positioning event trigger for that mobile terminal. The network sends the positioning data to the mobile terminal via control-plane signaling, for transfer by the mobile terminal to the user plane. Correspondingly, the mobile terminal receives the positioning data over the control plane, transfers it to the user plane, and transmits the positioning data or location information derived from the positioning data, via user-plane signaling. As such, network-performed positioning measurements and/or geographic coordinate data derived therefrom are transferred from the control plane, to the user plane, for flexible and transparent transmission from the mobile terminal to a given node having a user-plane connection with the mobile terminal. Such a node may be essentially any type of communication device, system, or server, internal or external to the network.09-23-2010
20100240390Dual Module Portable Devices - A dual module portable device may be provided. A motion of a first module of the dual module portable device may be detected. Based at least in part on the detected motion, a position of the first module may be determined relative to the second module of the portable device. Once the relative position of the first module has been determined, a portion of a user interface associated with the relative position may be displayed at the first module.09-23-2010
20110117932METHOD FOR CHECKING THE LOCATION OF A FEMTOCELL - A method for checking the location of a femtocell includes receiving, by the femtocell and by a reference receiver having a known location, radio signals from at least three transmitters disposed at known locations. Each of the transmitters is at least one of a broadcast transmitter and a pilot radio signal transmitter configured to broadcast a pilot radio signal for checking the location of the femtocell in a frequency range outside frequency ranges used for mobile communication. Differences in delay of the radio signals from two of the at least three transmitters are determined based on reception times of the radio signals received by the femtocell and the reference receiver. The location of the femtocell is checked based on the determined differences in delay.05-19-2011
20100240389SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCATING MOBILE DEVICE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method is provided for determining a location of a mobile device in a wireless network. The method includes receiving global navigation satellite system (GNSS) measurements from the mobile device, and receiving terrestrial measurements from corresponding transceivers in the wireless network, each terrestrial measurement indicating a distance between the corresponding transceivers and the mobile device. The method further includes selecting at least one terrestrial measurement having an uncertainty value within a predetermined accuracy threshold. The location of the mobile device is determined as a function of the GNSS measurements and the selected terrestrial measurement.09-23-2010
20100216487Mobile Object Monitoring System and Mobile Object Monitoring Method - A GPS mobile terminal (08-26-2010
20100222075Portable Terminal, Base Station, and Method of Specifying Position of Portable Terminal - A portable terminal is provided, which includes a communication unit that transmits/receives a signal modulated by a predetermined modulation method to/from three or more base stations; a storage unit which stores in advance a plurality of propagation models indicating propagation environments of the signal for respective combinations of the base stations and stores in advance position information of the base stations; and a control unit that controls the communication unit and the storage unit; wherein the control unit specifies a propagation model that corresponds to a combination of the base stations among the plurality of propagation models stored in the storage unit based on the signal and calculates communicable distances of the signal based on the corresponding propagation model, calculates circles having the corresponding communicable distances as their radii and having positions of the base stations as their centers, respectively, obtains an overlapping area where the circles overlap one another, and specifies the center position of the overlapping area as the position of the portable terminal.09-02-2010
20100227625System and Method for Accessing Computer Services Via a Wireless Network - Server access is provided to a wireless apparatus via a wireless network. A message is received containing a service request. The service and sever capable of servicing the service request is determined. The service is requested from the server and a reply is received. The reply is formatted for communication over the wireless network and sent. Location dependent information may also be requested with a wireless apparatus including a global positioning device and a two-way wireless communication device. Such an apparatus can “know” its global location and therefore can request information dependent on that location. The apparatus receives signals from a global positioning system and calculates a location. The calculated location is included in the service request sent over the wireless network.09-09-2010
20080207221Prequalification of potential wireless customers - An apparatus and method of pre-qualifying a potential customer of a wireless network is disclosed. The prequalification includes obtaining a location input by the potential customer, and accessing a wireless network performance database. An expected level of wireless connection performance of the potential customer is estimated based upon the location input by the potential customer, and wireless network performance stored within the network performance database. The expected level of performance is communicated to the potential customer.08-28-2008
20100240396POSITION LOCATION USING MULTIPLE CARRIERS - A method of determining a distance estimate between a mobile device and a wireless transceiver communicating with the mobile device on at least one multi-carrier signal includes: receiving at least one multi-carrier signal; selecting at least one carrier signal from the at least one multi-carrier signal; measuring a signal characteristic of the at least one carrier signal from the at least one multi-carrier signal; and determining the distance estimate between the mobile device and the wireless transceiver based at least partially upon the signal characteristic.09-23-2010
20100240395POSITIONING METHOD OF A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A positioning method of a wireless communication device includes the steps of: receiving first and second wireless signals from the first and second base stations of first and second networks time of transmitting the first and second wireless signals from the first and second base stations to the wireless communication device respectively; determining first and second domains capable of receiving the first and second wireless signals; obtaining a coordinate of one intersection point of the first and second domains; and integrating the coordinate of the intersection point and a geographical data base to obtain a geographical position of the wireless communication device.09-23-2010
20100240397Handling location information for femto cells - The present invention relates to methods and arrangements for configuring the HeNB (Home eNode B) to retrieve location information indicative of its location and sending this location information via a core network node to a UE (User Equipment) authorized to access the HeNB. The UE can then based on this received location information and on a determination of the location of the UE determine whether the UE is being positioned in the coverage of the HeNB. This implies that the authorized UEs of the HeNB know when they should try to find and access the HeNB and the UEs may then avoid accessing the HeNB when it is out of the HeNB coverage which will save UE battery and reduce interference.09-23-2010
20100240394COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND PROGRAM - [Problem] To improve convenience of a function of rearranging and conveying information registered in an address book.09-23-2010
20100240393SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SENDING A CURRENT POSITION OF A COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A system and method for sending a current position of a communication device comprising a global positioning system detects current position of the communication device by the global positioning system when the communication device communicates with a receiving communication device, so as to acquire current position data and communication data from the communication device to the receiving communication device. The system and method further encodes and packs the current position data and the communication data, to generate a data package, and sends the data package to the receiving communication device.09-23-2010
20100222072SYSTEMS, METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING INFORMATION TO A MOBILE DEVICE - Systems, methods, and apparatus for communicating information associated with tones to a mobile device are provided by certain embodiments of the invention. A request for information associated with a tone that was received by a mobile device may be received at an information source from the mobile device. The request may include at least one location identifier extracted from the tone by the mobile device. The at least one location identifier may be utilized to obtain the requested information, and the requested information associated with the tone may be communicated from the information source to the mobile device.09-02-2010
20100222074METHOD FOR UPDATING LOCATION OF USER EQUIPMENT - A method for updating location of a user equipment in a cellular system is disclosed. The method comprises the user equipment receiving route update radius information 09-02-2010
20100227626Location Determination Using RF Fingerprinting - A method for determining the location of a mobile unit (MU) in a wireless communication system and presenting it to a remote party. The location of a remote MU is determined by comparing a snapshot of a predefined portion of the radio-frequency (RF) spectrum taken by the MU to a reference database containing multiple snapshots taken at various locations. The result of the comparison is used to determine if the MU is at a specific location. The comparison may be made in the MU, or at some other location situated remotely from the MU. In the latter case, sufficient information regarding the captured fingerprint is transmitted from the MU to the remote location. The database may be pre-compiled or generated on-line.09-09-2010
20100210280Radio Access Point Location Verification Using GPS Location and Radio Environment Data - Techniques are provided to perform location verification of a radio access point device such as femtocell. The radio access point device is configured to receive signals from global positioning system (GPS) satellite transmitters to produce GPS location data representing a GPS location of the radio access point device. The radio access point device is also configured to receive wireless signals at one or more specified channels and to generate radio environment data representing characteristics of received wireless signals at the one or more specified channels in a vicinity of the radio access point device. A comparison is made between the GPS location data and reference GPS location data for an expected location of the radio access point device. When the GPS location data substantially matches the reference GPS location data, operations of the radio access point device are enabled and the radio environment data is stored to be used as reference radio environment data for purposes of subsequent location verification of the radio access point device. Subsequent location verifications (such as on reboot) start with comparing radio environment data with reference radio environment data and if a substantial match is found, GPS location data does not need to be obtained. In the case of substantial mismatch between radio environment data obtained at reboot and the reference radio environment data, new GPS location data is obtained and upon successful match to reference GPS location data, the reference radio environment data is updated based on the most recent radio environment data obtained by device. In addition, a service-activated radio access point device performs periodic radio network scans in order to update the reference radio environment data if the new radio environment data differs from the reference radio environment data outside of a tolerance range.08-19-2010
20130217408LOCATION DETERMINATION OF INFRASTRUCTURE DEVICE AND TERMINAL DEVICE - A method and apparatus determines a physical location of a wireless infrastructure device. At least one coarse location data from an associated terminal device is determined. Additional coarse location data are stored and accumulated. The device location is considered accurate by determining that enough received coarse location data has been received.08-22-2013
20130217412Cooperating Receiver Selection for UMTS Wireless Location - For Wireless Communications Networks (WCNs) that support soft handover, cooperator receiver selection for a TDOA, AOA, TDOA/AOA, or hybrid network-based or network-overlay Wireless Location System (WLS) must contend with one or more network base stations as a serving cell. When the active set contains more than one member, two techniques for determining a set of cooperating and demodulating receivers to use in the signal collection for location estimation is disclosed. In one embodiment, the active set members are constructively reduced to a single member that is used as a proxy serving cell. In another embodiment, the information contained in the active set membership is retained and a new set of demodulating and cooperator receivers are generated based on the entire membership of the active set.08-22-2013
20130217413METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GEO-LOCATING MOBILE STATION - A method for estimating a geographic location of a mobile station includes calculating an angular position of a mobile station to a base station based on first and second signal strength measurements and an angular position reference for the base station, the signal strength measurements from the mobile station for RF signals from first and second sector antennas of the base station. Another method includes calculating a radial distance of a mobile station from a base station serving the mobile station, determining a signal strength report from the mobile station includes a signal strength measurement for an RF signal from a first sector antenna of the base station, and identifying a geographic location of the mobile station based on intersection of a circle around the base station with a radius of the radial distance with a sub-sector geographic area in an RF coverage map for the first sector antenna.08-22-2013
20120129550SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR HYBRID LOCATION IN AN LTE NETWORK - A system and method for estimating a location of a wireless device receiving signals from plural nodes of a communications network. A wireless device may be directed to transmit a first signal having one or more predetermined parameters. At one or more location measurement units (“LMU”) an uplink time of arrival (“TOA”) measurement between the wireless device and one or more of the plural nodes or LMUs may be determined as a function of the first signal transmitted from the wireless device. Downlink signal measurements of signals received by the wireless device may be collected, and a location of the wireless device determined as a function of the uplink TOA measurements and the collected downlink signal measurements.05-24-2012
20120129549Method and Apparatus for Determining the Location of a Wireless Client Device on a Wireless Network - The rate at which a particular wireless client may be PINGed may depend on many factors, including the accuracy with which the location of the wireless client is required to be known, how accurate the system has historically been able to locate other previous clients in the same general area; the speed with which the client is moving, the amount of other data being transmitted by the client, the needs of other clients being serviced by the access point that will need to PING the client, the current battery life of the client, and the priority of obtaining an accurate location for a particular wireless user verses other uses of the network bandwidth. Based on the multiple factors considered by the system, the rate at which the client will be PINGed is adjusted to optimize the amount of bandwidth used to determine the client's location.05-24-2012
20120129546PATH PROGRESSION MATCHING FOR INDOOR POSITIONING SYSTEMS - A path progression matching system and method that uses path progression to find a current position of a mobile device in an indoor environment and a path history to find the path of the mobile device to get to the current position. Embodiments of the system and method use path history information, constraints, and optimization measures such as the use of received signal strength indicator (RSSI) weighted correlation coefficients. Embodiments of the system and method include a unified probabilistic model that uses path history and allows multiple constraints to be applied simultaneously. Embodiments of the system and method also include a path progression module having a first-stage progression module, which finds a starting location for the path progression matching, a second-stage module, which begins building a path history, and a third-stage progression module, which uses the path history to find the current position and path.05-24-2012
20100130227TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION OF POSITION- AND/OR NETWORK-RELATED INFORMATION FROM ACCESS NETWORKS - The present invention relates to a method, subscriber database, network element, an interface, and a computer program product for distributing position- or network-related information from an access network to a core network, wherein a first interface between the access network and the subscriber database is associated with a second interface between the core network and the subscriber database in a manner so that, in response to at least one predetermined notification indicating a registration or change of position and signaled to the subscriber database via the first interface, the position- or network-related information is selectively signaled via the second interface to a network element of the core network in a server assignment answer or in a push profile request. Thereby, position or location information of a subscriber or user in an access network is directly or automatically availability in the core network.05-27-2010
20100113062APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING LOCATION INFORMATION OF HAND-HELD DEVICE AND METHOD THEREOF - A method and apparatus for providing location information of a user terminal is provided, which makes it possible to mark the location of a user terminal using geographical information stored in a broadcast receiver.05-06-2010
20100210286Location services interworking with intelligent network - The invention provides location information indicating the geographical location of a mobile station via a core net-work node serving the mobile station The method includes the steps of initiating a communication between the mobile station and the network by calculating the geographical location, supplying corresponding location information indicating the geographical location to the core network node, and subsequently routing the communication between the mobile station and the network.08-19-2010
20100210285SYSTEM OF UTILIZING CELL INFORMATION TO LOCATE A WIRELESS DEVICE - A system is described that utilizes the measured characteristics of a cell site or a plurality of cell sites (08-19-2010
20100210284METHOD OF MANAGING PAGING GROUP - The present invention relates to a method of managing a paging group in a mobile terminal that is in an idle mode. A method of managing a paging group according to an exemplary embodiment of the invention includes: collecting paging group ID information including paging group levels and local IDs; determining, on the basis of the collected paging group ID information, whether or not a location update occurs; and if it is determined that the location update occurs, comparing a location update cycle according to a location update time with a threshold value, selecting a paging group level on the basis of the comparison result, and selecting a paging group corresponding to the selected paging group level.08-19-2010
20100210282SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING TRACKING FOR MOBILE RESOURCES OVER A NETWORK - The present invention provides a system and method for providing communication link negotiation in a mobile device tracking system. In architecture, the system includes a priority determination module that determines the priority of a message to be received on a mobile device, a SMS transmission module that transmits the message to the mobile device if the message is high priority, and a IP transmission module that transmits the message to the mobile device if the message is not high priority. Moreover, the system includes a first transition module that resends the message automatically using the SMS transmission module if the message sent by the IP transmission module was not received by the mobile device.08-19-2010
20100210281Method and Apparatus for Location Request Tracking - A method and apparatus for tracking location requests. The apparatus includes a storage device; a display and a processor configured to receive a location request and write location request data to a storage device.08-19-2010
20120034930Anonymous Location Service for Wireless Networks - An anonymous location wireless network service for use in a wireless network. The service provides content providers with the location of network users without revealing their identities. The service includes a wireless network having a proxy server, a network communication link to a plurality of web sites, and a wireless communication link to a plurality of handheld devices. The proxy server blocks identity by reading the location and identity information of network devices, generating dummy identifications, relating the dummy identifications to the identity information, storing the relationships in a memory storage, and forwarding the location information and dummy identifications to the global computer network. Upon receiving messages from the global computer network, the proxy server reads the dummy identifications, looks up the related identification information in the memory storage, and forwards the data to the appropriate network devices.02-09-2012
20090075673TERMINAL HAVING FUNCTION FOR MANAGING POSITION REVELANT INFORMATION AND PROGRAM RECORDED MEDIUM - A terminal including a position-location module configured to receive position information of the terminal, and a controller configured to control an operation of the position-location module, and synchronize position relevant information obtained using the position information received by the position-location module with user schedule information.03-19-2009
20090075671Method and device for changing method for determining position of mobile station within mobile communication network - After a method is carried out for determining the position of a mobile station within a mobile communication network, characteristic information on the method and context is stored in a database. Then, the stored information is evaluated and the method is modified by adapting the method or by selecting another method for determining the position using the evaluation results of the stored information. These operations can be repeated as needed.03-19-2009
20090075672SERVER FOR UPDATING LOCATION BEACON DATABASE - A location beacon database and server, method of building location beacon database, and location based service using same. Wi-Fi access points are located in a target geographical area to build a reference database of locations of Wi-Fi access points. At least one vehicle is deployed including at least one scanning device having a GPS device and a Wi-Fi radio device and including a Wi-Fi antenna system. The target area is traversed in a programmatic route to reduce arterial bias. The programmatic route includes substantially all drivable streets in the target geographical area and solves an Eulerian cycle problem of a graph represented by said drivable streets. While traversing the target area, Wi-Fi identity information and GPS location information is detected. The location information is used to reverse triangulate the position of the detected Wi-Fi access point; and the position of the detected access point is recorded in a reference database.03-19-2009
20090075670Method for localizing mobile terminals - The geographical position, or measured information from which the geographical position may be deduced, of a mobile terminal is determined via requests to the terminal and positional information or measured information transmitted to a control device. The speed of displacement of the mobile terminal is determined from the transmitted positional information or measured information and the frequency of requests controlled depending on the determined speed of displacement of the mobile terminal. The communication exchange, in particular, for mobile terminals with low speeds of displacement is therefore significantly reduced and the mobile terminals and central devices provided with dynamic load reduction.03-19-2009
20120142368OBTAINING LOCATION SERVER ADDRESS ON A MOBILE DEVICE - A mobile device may determine an address of a location server to use for location-based services to the mobile device. In one implementation, a mobile device may retrieve a service list that indicates services available to the mobile device and determine whether location-based services are enabled for the mobile device. The mobile device may additionally retrieve, from a file stored as part of a file structure associated with a smart card of the mobile device, a network address of a location server corresponding to the location-based services. The mobile device may connect to the location server to obtain location-based services from the location server.06-07-2012
20120142371Apparatus and Method for Updating a Location in a Wireless Access System - The present disclosure relates to a method of allowing a terminal to perform a location update in an idle mode in a wireless access system, and the method may include receiving, from a base station, a machine-to-machine (M2M) terminal specific idle mode timer; and performing a location update based on the received M2M terminal specific idle mode timer, wherein the M2M terminal specific idle mode timer represents length of the maximum interval between location update while the terminal is in idle mode.06-07-2012
20120142376SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCATING A MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL IN A GEOGRAPHICAL AREA - A method, and corresponding system, for locating mobile communication terminals associated with a mobile radio network covering a geographical area. Antenna probabilities for a plurality of sub-areas of the geographical area are determined and stored, and locations of mobile communication terminals are estimated based on antennas used by the mobile communication terminals and the antenna probabilities for the sub-areas. The antenna probabilities are determined based on expected field strength. In this regard, the antenna probabilities indicate for at least some of the antennas the probability that in a respective sub-area the field strength of the corresponding antenna is higher than the field strength of other antennas, and the antenna probabilities indicate the probability that the mobile communication terminal, located in the respective sub-area, uses the corresponding antenna for at least one of registering or communicating with the mobile radio network.06-07-2012
20120142372Method and Device for Updating the Date and Time of an Electronic System, in Particular a Cellular Mobile Telephone - Device for updating the date and time of an electronic system, said device comprising connection means for connecting the electronic system with an assisted global positioning system, recovery means for recovering assistance data emitted by the assisted global positioning system, determination means for determining the current date and time of the electronic system based on said recovered assistance data, and control means capable of activating the connection, recovery and determination means.06-07-2012
20110111768MOBILE PHONE AND LOCATION UPDATE METHOD THEREOF - A mobile phone and a location update method adapted for the mobile phone are provided. The mobile phone includes a location update processing unit, a location area judging unit, a scope acquiring unit, a scope judging unit, and a selecting unit. When the mobile phone frequently moves back and forth within a predetermined scope of a boundary area of two adjacent location areas, the mobile phone does not perform a location update, and thus the mobile phone does not need send updated location information to a network server and saves a lot of power.05-12-2011
20100035630System And Method For Determining The Location Of A Location Tracking Device - A system and method for determining the location of a location tracking device employs a satellite based location determining infrastructure, such as the GPS system, and a wireless data communications network such as a cellular voice and/or data network such as GSM/GPRS. A location tracking device which cannot easily obtain valid ephemeris data, or the like, from the satellite based location determining infrastructure requests the necessary data from a data set stored at a tracking device hub or the like, via the wireless communications network. The tracking device hub determines an estimated position of the location tracking device and this estimated location is transmitted to the location tracking device, along with the appropriate required valid ephemeris data, or the like, to allow the location tracking device to determine its location. If the location tracking device is still unable to make a location determination from the satellite based location determining infrastructure, then the estimated location can be provided. The topography of the base stations, which is used to estimate the location of the location tracking device, is self-determined by a process executing in the system and can include base stations from networks operated by different network operators.02-11-2010
20100081451Methods and apparatus for resolving wireless signal components - Methods and apparatus enabling a wireless network to generate data that can be used by a receiver (e.g., UE) to resolve the contributions of individual transmitters, such as to determine its location without resort to external devices such as GPS satellites. In one embodiment, the wireless network comprises a single frequency network (SFN), and a unique base station identifier is embedded within the data, and encoded in a manner which allows the UE to calculate path characteristics (such as path latency, and Direction of Arrival) to triangulate its position. In one variant, the data encoding comprises weighting frames of data from different base stations using an orthogonal matrix. Advantageously, the encoding and embedded identifier are also transparent to legacy UE, thereby allowing for implementation with no infrastructure or UE modifications other than software. Network and user apparatus implementing these methodologies, and methods of doing business, are also disclosed.04-01-2010
20100197319MODIFYING A USER'S CONTRIBUTION TO AN AGGREGATE PROFILE BASED ON TIME BETWEEN LOCATION UPDATES AND EXTERNAL EVENTS - A system and method that maintain current locations for users of a number of mobile devices and compute confidence levels for the current locations of the users are provided. In one embodiment, the confidence levels of the users are computed as a function of amounts of time since location updates were received for the users. In addition, detection of location confidence events may be used to modify the confidence levels for the current locations of the users. The location confidence events may include positive location confidence events that result in an increase in the confidence levels of the current locations of corresponding users, negative location confidence events that result in a decrease in the confidence levels of the current locations of corresponding users, or both. Once computed, the confidence levels of the current locations of the users may then be utilized in a desired manner.08-05-2010
20100197320Accessibility of Private Base Station - A user terminal receives at least one signal with information depending on a location of the user terminal. The user terminal processes the at least one signal for providing data related to the location while it is in a cell of an accessible private base station and saves the data as a reference data. After that, the user terminal receives at least one signal with information depending on the location of the user terminal and a broadcast from a private base station. The user terminal processes the at least one signal for providing data related to a location of the user terminal and compares the data and a reference data with each other. The controller enables a contact to the private base station if the data and the reference data match each other and, otherwise, disables a contact to the private base station.08-05-2010
20100197321APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING POSITION - A position determination device calculates a first estimate of positioning information of a terminal based on a non-dynamic model from a measurement value for calculating the positioning information of the terminal. The position determination device calculates a plurality of second estimates of the positioning information of the terminal from the first estimate based on each dynamic model. The position determination device combines the first estimate and the second estimates, and calculates the positioning information of the terminal from the combined value.08-05-2010
20090280829Using A Priori Geographical Location Density Information To Improve Location Accuracy - A technique for improving location accuracy based on a priori geographical location density information is disclosed. In accordance with the illustrative embodiment, geographical location density information is derived from historical wireless location data such as the locations of prior E911 emergency calls, Location Based Services (LBS) sessions, conventional voice calls, packet data sessions, vehicle routes, and so forth. The geographical location density information is represented by a probability distribution function, and is incorporated into an existing location technique. Advantageously, the technique of the present invention can be employed in conjunction with any existing location technology; moreover, the historical location data can be obtained via any technology, and from any wireless network, including those that are different than that of the future location estimates.11-12-2009
20090253436Method and arrangement for determination of the radio coverage in a multicell mobile radio system - A method for determination of a radio coverage and a method for positional determination of a mobile terminal in a multi-cellular mobile radio system in which the actual received field strength for several or all base stations is measured at a number of measuring points in differing locations. The measured values for the actual received field strengths are entered in a databank as actual local values. Interpolated values are calculated from the actual received field strengths for virtual measuring points lying between the measuring points and the base stations and entered in the databank. Substitute values for the received field strengths are calculated for geographical positions at which neither measured nor interpolated values for the received field strengths are available, the substitute values being calculated from the relevant transmitter power, the distance from the relevant base station to said geographical point and a propagation model and entered in the databank.10-08-2009
20090325597METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPTIMIZING MOBILITY OF A MOBILE DEVICE - The application discloses a method and apparatus for optimizing mobility of a mobile device in the wireless communication system. The method includes receiving (12-31-2009
20110237277CORRELATION CALCULATING METHOD, SATELLITE SIGNAL CAPTURING METHOD, AND CORRELATION CALCULATING CIRCUIT - A correlation calculating method of correlating a received code signal obtained by demodulating a received signal, which is a signal obtained by receiving a positioning satellite signal, with a replica code signal is provided which includes: correlating values of the replica code signal in a chip period with values of the received code signal at first to n-th arrival times obtained by varying an arrival time of the chip period by 1/n chip (where n is an integer equal to or greater than 2); and acquiring a correlation calculation result at a 1/n chip interval by synthesizing the correlation calculation results.09-29-2011
20120244880POSITION DETERMINATION WITH PEER-TO-PEER COMMUNICATION - For position determination with peer-to-peer communication, a target terminal broadcasts a request for assistance in determining its position. At least one ranging terminal receives the request. Each ranging terminal sends a response with a time of arrival (TOA) measurement for the request and the position of the ranging terminal. For two-way peer-to-peer, the target terminal receives at least one response from the at least one ranging terminal, obtains a TOA measurement for each response, estimates the distance to each ranging terminal based on the TOA measurement for the request and/or the TOA measurement for the response, and computes a position estimate for itself based on the estimated distance and the position for each ranging terminal. For one-way peer-to-peer, a network entity receives at least one response from the at least one ranging terminal, computes a position estimate for the target terminal, and sends the position estimate to the target terminal.09-27-2012
20090111482Method and Apparatus for Determining Whether a Mobile Terminal Has Moved Outside a Given Locale - A method and apparatus are described for determining whether a mobile terminal 04-30-2009
20080293434DETERMINING APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS OF NETWORK DEVICES THAT ARE INACCESSIBLE TO GPS SIGNALS - Methods, apparatus, and computer program products for determining approximate locations of network devices. Information is received concerning last known locations of portable network devices that attach to a network, and used to compute an approximate location of an obscured network device attached to the network. In some embodiments, the last known locations of the portable network devices may be determined using information from GPS satellites. The approximate location of the obscured network device may be used as the approximate location of other stationary network devices connected to the same network.11-27-2008
20090042585TERMINAL POSITIONING METHOD, TERMINAL POSITIONING SYSTEM, POSITIONING SERVER, AND PROGRAM - [Subject] The present invention is directed to realize failure detection without directly detecting a failed positioning system.02-12-2009
20090111484Methods, Systems, and Products for Tracking Objects - Methods, systems, and products are disclosed for tracking an object. An identification signal is received that identifies an identification tag associated with the object to be tracked. The identification signal is stored in memory of a cellular phone. When an incoming call is received at the cellular phone, then the information associated with the identification signal is uploaded to a network database. When an outgoing call is placed from the cellular phone, then the information associated with the identification signal may also be uploaded to the network database.04-30-2009
20090111483POSITIONING SYSTEM AND METHOD - There is provided a system and method for positioning a receiver, the system comprising an antenna array coupled to a common generating and switching unit. The generating and switching unit is configured to generate a periodic signal and to switch the signal between at least two antennas, constituting a positioning signal; such that an RF receiver receiving the positioning signal and having a phase difference estimator is capable to measure phase differences between portions of the positioning signal transmitted by the spaced-apart antennas, the phase differences indicating the orientation of the received relative to the positioning system.04-30-2009
20100279707TIME OF ARRIVAL (TOA) ESTIMATION FOR POSITIONING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Techniques for determining time of arrivals (TOAs) of signals in a wireless communication network are described. Each cell may transmit (i) synchronization signals on a set of contiguous subcarriers in the center portion of the system bandwidth and (ii) reference signals on different sets of non-contiguous subcarriers distributed across the system bandwidth. A UE may determine TOA for a cell based on multiple signals transmitted on different sets of subcarriers. The UE may perform correlation for a first signal (e.g., a synchronization signal) from the cell to obtain first correlation results for different time offsets. The UE may perform correlation for a second signal (e.g., a reference signal) from the cell to obtain second correlation results for different time offsets. The UE may combine the first and second correlation results and may determine the TOA for the cell based on the combined correlation results.11-04-2010
20100298007METHOD AND DEVICE FOR GENERATING USER MOBILITY MODEL OF CELLULAR NETWORK - A method for generating a user mobility model includes: firstly deriving user movement tracks of all the users in a cellular network and then generating from the user movement tracks a user mobility model involving a user traffic between home cells of any two of path points in the cellular network. Thus, a cell can be re-divided into respective location areas according to the generated user mobility model to thereby deploy reasonably various network resources in the GSM network according to the re-divided positional zones. The invention further discloses a method and device for generating a user movement track and a device for generating a user mobility model.11-25-2010
20130130709ROUTING SERVICE FOR COMPUTATION OF A CROSS-STREET ASSOCIATED WITH A GEOGRAPHIC LOCATION - Architecture that computes cross-streets of a geographic location using a dynamic routing service. This also means execution can be local on a mobile device without the need to build an additional index of locations and associated cross-streets. Accordingly, the user can now find the cross-streets of a particular location rather than simply the street address. Upon receiving geolocation data for the geographic location, for which the nearest cross-streets are being determined, routing points from which routes are generated to the main point of interest are selected to be sufficiently distant from the main point of interest, since if the routing points are too close, the route may not yield a route sufficiently detailed from which the cross-streets can be inferred. The output is then cross-streets on either side of the geographic location as a means for providing a quick reference to a user seeking the location.05-23-2013
20130130710Combination of Multiple Baselines for Location Estimation - A method for combining a plurality of individual location measurements, for use in a wireless location system, includes the following steps. A quality metric for a single location estimate is computed along with individual quality metrics and individual weightings for each individual location measurement. In addition, weighting operations incorporating a quality metric for a single location are performed, and the measurement weights are adjusted based on information about co-location groups; and a decision metric and common bias accounting for multiple reference measurements are computed.05-23-2013
20130130711PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD OF PROVIDING LOCATION-BASED INFORMATION ASSOCIATED WITH AN IMAGE - A portable electronic device comprises an image sensor configured to capture at least one image. The at least one image may be output via an optical output device. A processing device is configured to retrieve geographic information associated with the at least one image, and to identify at least one contact included in a set of contacts of the portable electronic device, the at least one contact having captured at least one other image in a geographic area in which the at least one image was captured. An identifier for the at least one contact is displayed.05-23-2013
20130130712TERMINAL APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR IDENTIFYING POSITION - A terminal apparatus includes a processor. The processor obtains first information relating to communication states between the terminal apparatus and two or more other terminal apparatuses and between the other terminal apparatuses. The processor identifies using trilateration, based on the first information, first relative positional relationships between the terminal apparatus and the other terminal apparatuses. The processor measures, based on second information detected by a sensor, a movement direction and a movement distance of the terminal apparatus when the terminal apparatus has moved. The processor identifies second relative positional relationships between the terminal apparatus and the other terminal apparatuses after the movement of the terminal apparatus. The processor calculates a relative position and a relative direction of the terminal apparatus relative to the other terminal apparatuses, based on the first relative positional relationships, the second relative positional relationships, and the movement distance and the movement direction of the terminal apparatus.05-23-2013
20130130713SELECTION PROCESS FOR AN APPLICATION IN A TERMINAL AND TERMINAL EXECUTING THIS PROCESS - The process according to various aspects can be executed by a terminal for selecting an application executable at least in part by a secure module incorporated into the terminal, and may include a step for obtaining location information of the terminal, from a memory of the secure module, and a selection step of an application from the obtained location information.05-23-2013
20130130714MATCHING DEVICES BASED ON INFORMATION COMMUNICATED OVER AN AUDIO CHANNEL - A first device periodically transmits a first audio signal that encodes a first code over an audio channel that is shared between the first device and a second device, and the second device periodically transmits a second audio signal that encodes a second code over the audio channel. When the first device receives the second audio signal over the audio channel, the first device extracts the second code from the second audio signal and sends the second code to a server. When the second device receives the first audio signal over the audio channel, the second device extracts the first code from the first audio signal and sends the first code to the server. If the server receives the first code from the second device and/or the second code from the first device, the server can conclude that the first device is in proximity to the second device.05-23-2013
20130130715Methods and Systems for Annotating Target Locations - A system for exchanging GPS or other position data between wireless devices for purposes of group activities, child location monitoring, work group coordination, dispatching of employees etc. Cell phones and other wireless devices with GPS receivers have loaded therein a Buddy Watch application and a TalkControl application. The Buddy Watch application communicates with the GPS receiver and other wireless devices operated by buddies registered in the users phone as part of buddy groups or individually. GPS position data and historical GPS position data can be exchanged between cell phones of buddies and instant buddies such as tow truck drivers via a buddy watch server. Emergency monitoring services can be set up with notifications to programmable individuals in case an individual does not respond. Positions and tracks can be displayed. Target locations can be identified and annotated with text, voice or photo notes, photos, and the locations of buddies.05-23-2013
20100304754METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MOVEMENT DETECTION BY EVALUATING ELEMENTARY MOVEMENT PATTERNS - The subject matter disclosed herein relates to a system and method for detecting a movement pattern of a mobile device based at least in part on one or more signals representative of one or more sensor measurements, and for determining whether the movement pattern corresponds to a predefined level of movement of the mobile device.12-02-2010
20100279708Predicting Presence of a Mobile User Equipment - A method, system, user equipment and computer program for predicting presence of a mobile user equipment, that includes: determining a set of time-distributed locations of a number of mutually associated mobile user equipments; calculating an aggregated location as a function of a location distribution of the set of locations; for each mobile user equipment, predicting a probability that the mobile user equipment will be present at the aggregated location at a future time; and initiating sending, to any of the mobile user equipments, a message indicating that another mobile user equipment of the mobile user equipments is predicted to be present at the aggregated location at a specific future time.11-04-2010
20100279706METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING TRANSMISSION OF LOCATION INFORMATION - Provided is a method and apparatus for reducing transmission of location information when tracking the geographic location of one or more mobile devices. A mobile device generates location information using GPS technology and provides the location information to a communication device on an ongoing basis. In a first embodiment, if the location information of the mobile device is not needed, then the communication device transmits a message indicating that the location information of the mobile device is not needed. Upon receiving the message, the mobile device stops providing location information to the communication device on the ongoing basis. This can reduce the amount of information that gets transferred over the air between users sharing their location information.11-04-2010
20100311440METHOD AND DEVICE FOR IMPROVING THE LOCALIZATION AND MOBILITY CONTROL OF PERSONS OR THINGS - A method for improving the localization and mobility control of persons or things applicable to a mobile radio terminal associated with a telephone network, having a plurality of base radio stations is disclosed. The method includes a first step in which the mobile radio terminal receives first service signals associated with each base radio station within radio visibility, a second step in which, by means of processing means, the mobile radio terminal detects the relative temporal delays, calculated with respect to a predetermined time reference, with which are received the service signals of each base radio station from which the mobile radio terminal received a corresponding first service signal, and in which second step, by means of position detection means, associated with the mobile radio terminal, the absolute geographical position occupied by the mobile radio terminal is supplied to the mobile radio terminal. In the second step, by means of the processing means, the mobile radio terminal calculates the absolute geographical position of each of the base radio stations, from which the mobile radio terminal has received a first service signal, according to the relative temporal delays, wherein the relative temporal delays are correlated with the absolute geographical position of the mobile radio terminal as supplied by the position detection means.12-09-2010
20090005064METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR LOCATIONING IN A WIRELESS NETWORK USING STATISTICAL WEIGHTING - Methods and systems are provided for determining the location of a first wireless device (e.g., a mobile unit) within a wireless network comprising a plurality of second wireless devices (e.g., access points). The method includes identifying an overlap area corresponding to the intersection of RF ranges for the one or more second wireless devices then computing a set of signal strength values, each associated with a measure of RF signal strength (e.g., RSSI) received by the plurality of second wireless devices from the first wireless device. A decision metric is evaluated for a plurality of locations within the overlap area based on the set of signal strength values. The location of the first wireless device is determined by selecting, from the plurality of locations, a location having the optimum value of the decision metric within the overlap area. The decision metric may utilize a minimum mean square error (MMSE) calculation. A weighting function may be used to remove redundant or weak signal strength values. The systems and methods are applicable, for example, to networks operating in accordance with 802.11, RFID, WiMax, WAN, Bluetooth, Zigbee, UWB, and the like.01-01-2009
20100304755LOCATION DETERMINATION WITH GEOGRAPHIC AND BIAS TUNING - A method for determining location of an observer device is disclosed. The method includes receiving basestation distance data for the observer device and applying a location algorithm to the basestation distance data to determine a computed location of the observer device. The method further includes determining whether the basestation distance data correlates to any of a plurality of observer device conditions. Upon determining the basestation data correlates with one of the observer device conditions, a location bias associated with that observer device condition is employed to correct the computed location of the observer device and produce a corrected location.12-02-2010
20100304757MOBILE DEVICE AND METHOD FOR IDENTIFYING LOCATION THEREOF - To provide a mobile device which can accurately identify a location of the mobile device in relation to a user.12-02-2010
20130137453TERMINAL CONTROL APPARATUS, MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TERMINAL, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A terminal control apparatus that controls a mobile communication terminal that receives wireless signals at periodical reception times, includes a memory and a processor that estimates a position of the mobile communication terminal at each time including the periodical reception times based on positions identified by the wireless signals, judging whether at least one of the estimated positions is included in a dead zone, based on information indicating the dead zone, calculates, when judged that at least one of the estimated positions is included in the dead zone, at least one time that comes before a time at which the mobile communication terminal enters the dead zone and that comes after one of the periodical reception times before the time at which the mobile communication terminal enters the dead zone, and controls the mobile communication terminal so that the mobile communication terminal receives a wireless signal at the calculated time.05-30-2013
20130137454Positioning Enhancement Systems and Methods - Systems and methods are disclosed to provide positioning enhancement to wireless systems to determine UE positioning using UE measurements. A method implemented by a UE for enabling positioning calculation includes receiving a Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) threshold from a network for filtering positioning measurements and performing a plurality of positioning measurements. The method also includes removing from the positioning measurements each measurement that does not meet the SINR threshold, and sending remaining positioning measurements that meet the SINR threshold to the network. Another method implemented by a network component includes receiving a plurality of positioning measurements with a plurality of corresponding SINRs from a user device and removing from the positioning measurements each measurement with a corresponding SINR that is less than or equal to a pre-determined SINR threshold. The remaining positioning measurements with corresponding SINRs greater than the SINR threshold are then used for positioning calculation.05-30-2013
20130137455WIRELESS ENERGY TRANSFER SYSTEM - A wireless energy transfer system comprising: a transmitter configured to beam scan RF radiation across a plurality of sectors at a first frequency, a receiver storing energy from the RF radiation, and sending acknowledgements at a second frequency, the first frequency being significantly different from the second frequency, and a controller configured to direct wireless energy transfer from the transmitter substantially at the receiver based on the acknowledgements.05-30-2013
20130137457INFRASTRUCTURE FOR LOCATION DISCOVERY - Techniques are generally described for determining locations of a plurality of communication devices in a network. In some examples, methods for creating a location discovery infrastructure (LDI) for estimating locations of one or more of a plurality of communication nodes may comprise one or more of determining a plurality of locations in the terrain to place a corresponding plurality of beacon nodes, determining a plurality of beacon node groups for the placed beacon nodes, and determining a schedule for the placed beacon nodes to be active. Additional variants and embodiments are also disclosed.05-30-2013
20130137459POSITION INFORMATION AGGREGATION DEVICE AND POSITION INFORMATION AGGREGATION METHOD - A position information aggregation device includes a position information receiving unit receives position information related to the positions of a plurality of mobile communication terminals together with a user ID specifying a user of the terminal corresponding to each position information and an address code of the user, an acquisition rate calculating unit that calculates a position information acquisition rate of each address code of the plurality of terminals using population statistics data and position information of each narrow area in a predetermined broad area, and an aggregating unit that aggregates a population distribution in a certain area by extracting the position information corresponding to the certain area based on the position information received by the position information receiving unit and aggregating the position information in which the position information acquisition rate corresponding to the address code included in the position information is reflected.05-30-2013
20100311439SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SUPL ROAMING USING A HELD CLIENT - A system and method for assisting the H-SLP is selecting a V-SLP using the HELD client of a SET. The SET receives identity information from an access network regarding associated LIS. The SET relays this information as well as measurements taken of the wireless network to the H-SLP. If the H-SLP does not contain enough information to determine a location estimate, the H-SLP uses the identity information from the access network to find an associated SLP that may serve as a V-SLP. A request using roaming location protocol may then be transmitted from the H-SLP to the V-SLP for location assistance.12-09-2010
20110111770Method and system for providing location-based user information via a map - A method and system for providing location-based user information using a map is disclosed. The method includes displaying a plurality of local areas on a map. If one of the plurality of local areas is selected, user information corresponding to the selected local area is loaded, where the user information contains a name of a user, a phone number of the user, a subscribed local area where a wireless communication network service to which the user subscribes is provided, and a current local area where the user is currently receiving a wireless communication network service. The selected local area is displayed by distinguishing the selected local area from non-selected other local areas, a local time of the selected local area, and the user name from among the loaded user information. When displaying the user name, the phone number, the subscribed local area and the current local area are selectively displayed in addition to the user name.05-12-2011
20110111771Method and System for Location Update in Mobile Network - A system and method for performing a location update is disclosed. A preferred embodiment comprises transmitting a first location update transmission and receiving back a location update transmission response that is not simply an indication of success or failure. In an embodiment a redirection message is included in order to redirect the mobile station to another base station instead of simply telling the mobile station that the location update transmission has failed.05-12-2011
20110111769MOBILE TERMINAL AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF - A mobile terminal and controlling method thereof are disclosed, which facilitates a terminal to be used in further consideration of user's convenience. According to at least one of embodiments of the present invention, it is able to provide a terminal user with information indicating whether a pre-registered counterpart exists in a preview image displayed in the course of image photographing. The present invention includes displaying a camera preview image and if information on a current location of the mobile terminal is obtained, displaying a counterpart indicator in the camera preview image based on the current location of the mobile terminal. In this case, the counterpart indicator indicates that at least one pre-registered counterpart exists within the camera preview image.05-12-2011
20090069030Method for Determination of Location Information in a Communication System - A method for computer-aided operation of a communication system with a communication network, which has a plurality of network nodes, which are designed to interchange data with a number of terminals in the communication system, and in which the following steps are carried out: the terminals determine a first position variable relating to or at a specific point, with the first position variable comprising a semantic description relating to that specific point; the terminals determine a second position vairable relating to or at the specific point with the second position varialbe comprising physical location information relating to that specific point; the first and the second position variables which have been determined by one of the terminals together represent location information, with the location information being transmitted to a network node in the communication network for further processing.03-12-2009
20090069028METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING STATION OPERATION MODE - A system for controlling a station operation mode is provided. The system for controlling a station operation mode, including: a distance information generation unit measuring a distance between a first communication station and a second communication station and generating distance information; a distance information comparison unit comparing the distance information and a predetermined threshold distance; and an operation mode determination unit determining any one of an active mode and an idle mode as an operation mode of the second communication station, based on a comparison result of the distance information comparison unit.03-12-2009
20090069027System and Method for Identification of Communication Devices - In one embodiment, a system for identifying a communication device includes a signal generator coupled to a transmit horn and a computing system coupled to a receive horn through a receiver. The signal generator is operable to generate an excitation waveform from the transmit horn such that the communication device passively reflects a response waveform. The computing system is operable to receive the response waveform from the communication device and compare the response waveform to a plurality of reference waveforms to determine the identity of the communication device.03-12-2009
20130143591Position Optimization - Described are computer-based methods and apparatuses, including computer program products, for position determination. In some examples, the method includes receiving, by a device, position information from at least one other device. The method further includes modifying, by the device, an initial position based on the position information from the at least one other device to form a refined position. The method further includes transmitting, by the device, the refined position to the at least one other device. The method further includes revising, by the device, the refined position based on refined position information received from the at least one other device to form a final position.06-06-2013
20130143592CLOSED LOOP HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK FOR AUTOMATIC CELL PLANNING - A system and methodology that can utilize measurement data collected by a set of femto access points (FAPs), during a network listen procedure, to detect one or more areas with weak macro network coverage and/or high interference. Moreover, an automatic cell planning (ACP) component can be employed to analyze the measurement data and update a transmission parameter(s) associated with a macro access point. After the update is implemented, the ACP component can trigger another network listen procedure at the set of FAPs and receive new measurement data. The ACP component can evaluate the new measurement data to dynamically verify that the implementation of the update resulted in an improvement of macro network coverage and/or interference within the one or more areas.06-06-2013
20130143595Determining the Position of a Mobile Device Using the Characteristics of Received Signals and a Reference Database - Some embodiments use scanning devices to characterize radio signals received at a number of locations within a geographical area of interest. The signal characteristics along with the location information associated with the characteristics are stored in a centralized reference database. A mobile device characterizes signals it receives at a certain location and compares the characteristics with the signal characteristics stored in the reference database to obtain accurate location information of the certain location.06-06-2013
20130143597POSITION ESTIMATING APPARATUS, POSITION ESTIMATING METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - An apparatus, method and computer program storage device cooperate to provide a quality position estimation of a mobile communication device by determining a reference area. The reference area includes the position of the mobile communication device as well as a plurality of transmitters. Transmitters that are detected as being outside of the reference area are excluded from contributing to the position estimate. The reference area is centered at a standard position, which may be a previous position or a GPS based position, for example. The range of the reference area includes a component that considers the range of a transmitter, as well as a GPS error or an estimated move distance of the mobile communication device.06-06-2013
20100323714MOBILE RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICES AND METHODS FOR CONTROLLING MOBILE RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICES - In an embodiment, a mobile radio communication device is provided. The mobile radio communication device may include a mobile radio communication protocol circuit configured to provide a mobile radio base station function for a mobile radio communication with another mobile radio communication device; a network control interface circuit configured to receive time dependent or location dependent operation control signals from a network device containing data that enables determination of at least one of at least one piece of location-related information and at least one piece of time-related information; a localization circuit configured to determine at least one of at least one piece of time-related information and at least one piece of location-related information of the mobile radio communication device based on the operation control signals received by the network control interface circuit; and an execution circuit configured to execute a pre-defined action to control the mobile radio communication protocol circuit based on the at least one piece of time-related information or the at least one piece of location-related information determined by the localization circuit.12-23-2010
20090036142EXTENDED TRIGGERED POSITION METHOD AND DEVICE - An extended triggered location method and device is provided. The device includes the following: a location calculating unit to calculate location of the target terminal and determine the location information, and a third party location reporting unit to send the location information of the target terminal to the third party terminal periodically or only when the area triggered condition is sufficed. With the present invention, the third party terminal can obtain the location information of the target terminal periodically or receive the notice of the target terminal's entry into/exit from a target area, in accordance with the principles of periodical location or area trigger location. Thereby, the invention supplies new location service application and satisfies the subscriber's demand for different location service applications.02-05-2009
20100331008Methods and systems for providing user location information in telecommunications networks - Example networks include a network-level user location information database that stores user location information for all network users over several points in time from one or more network-level hosts. Example networks may also include a processor and display connected to the database. Example methods include accessing and storing user location information in a database over several points in time in order to create a network-wide user location log. The user location information may be correlated with geographical images to create user location maps and related graphics. Example methods may further include performing data analysis on the user location log to gather trend and predictive data for network traffic.12-30-2010
20100331009Wireless Terminal and Method for Managing the Receipt of Position Reference Singals for Use in Determining a Location - The present invention provides for wireless terminal and a method in a wireless terminal for use in a location determination approach using time of arrival estimates between the wireless terminal and a plurality of base stations in a cellular network. The method includes receiving assistance data from a serving base station for use in receiving a position reference signal used to determine a time of arrival of one or more respective position reference signals from the plurality of base stations relative to a time reference, wherein the assistance data includes a list of base stations, each base station included in the list to be one of used or excluded from use as part of the plurality of base stations for receiving the position reference signal and determining the time of arrival estimate for the received position reference signal. The position reference signal is then received for each of the plurality of base stations, where for each of the plurality of base stations a time of arrival estimate is determined for each of the respective received position reference signals. The time of arrival estimates for each of the plurality of base stations is then forwarded to a location determination entity.12-30-2010
20100240391LOCATION DETECTION - A method for detecting the location of a user terminal in a telecommunications network comprising: receiving network information from the terminal and using the signal from the terminal and a netlist (09-23-2010
20100331011CIRCUIT SWITCHED FALLBACK FOR MOBILE TERMINATED CALLS - In order to prevent a mobile terminated (MT) call to a user equipment (UE) from being lost by addressing a Location Area/Tracking Area (LA/TA) mismatch problem that could occur during a circuit switched (CS) Fallback, the method comprises the steps of: receiving a paging message from a mobility management entity, MME, where the paging message identifies suitable location areas, the paging message is sent because a first mobile switching center, MSC12-30-2010
20110039579Position-Dependent Connectivity Management - A method for communication to/from a multimode terminal operable to communicate via multiple alternative communication technologies. Each region definition indicates a region name and one or more of the communication technologies and/or operating modes plus an activation range and a deactivation range for the communication technologies and/or operating modes. The multimode terminal determines its position and retrieves a stored region definition relating to the region closest to the multimode terminal's determined position. It then compares its determined position with the activation range and a deactivation range of the retrieved region definition. Based on said comparison, the multimode terminal activates and deactivates the multiple alternative communication technologies and/or operating modes indicated by the retrieved region definition.02-17-2011
20110039578ASSISTANCE DATA FOR POSITIONING IN MULTIPLE RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGIES - An apparatus and method for determining a position of a mobile station based on terrestrial assistance data from a first wireless network to which the mobile station is not attached. That is, the mobile station is able to receive terrestrial assistance from a first wireless network and use the terrestrial assistance data to obtain location information, such as timing measurements, from the first wireless network and determine its position while not attached to the first wireless network. The first wireless network may be a network to which the mobile station is subscribed and can attach.02-17-2011
20110039576Enhanced Positioning Assistance Data For Reduced Signaling - Apparatus and methods for determining a location estimate of a mobile device based on an extended set of assistance data are presented. The extended assistance data includes assistance data for base stations, such as cellular base stations and access points, not expected to be viewable by the mobile device in a (current) first geographical area but expected to be viewable by the mobile device in a (future) second geographical area. By seeding the mobile device with assistance data expected to be useful in the future, the network reduces messaging between the network and mobile device and battery consumption by the mobile device.02-17-2011
20110039574APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR POSITIONING A WIRELESS USER EQUIPMENT - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, a method is disclosed that comprises receiving a reference signal from each of at least two target neighbor cells via at least one receiving branch at a user equipment; estimating a timing range based at least on one of a timing advance for a serving cell and an inter-cell distance between the target neighbor cell and the serving cell; computing a reference signal time difference for the received reference signal from the target neighbor cell; and screening the computed reference signal time difference using the estimated timing range.02-17-2011
20110039573ACCESSING POSITIONAL INFORMATION FOR A MOBILE STATION USING A DATA CODE LABEL - Positional information for a mobile station is acquired using a data code label and the positional information is updated as the mobile station moves without the need for signals from a Satellite Positioning System (SPS), such as the Global Positioning System (GPS). The data code label is read and information encoded within the data code label is used to obtain positional information, which may be, e.g., a digital map, directions, or non-navigational information, which may be provided via a display or speakers. The positional information may be referenced to a local coordinate system or a global coordinate system. The position of the mobile station is updated using inertial sensors within the mobile station and/or using a measured radio signal and a wireless access point almanac that may be obtained using the information encoded within the data code label. Updated positional information for the mobile station is then provided.02-17-2011
20110009129DEVICE AND METHOD OF ESTIMATING LOCATION OF TERMINAL USING SEQUENCES TRANSMITTED FROM BASE STATIONS - A terminal receives a unique sequence from each of at least two base stations, and transmits a mixture of quantized unique sequences to a serving base station. The serving base station extracts components respectively corresponding to base stations from the mixture of the quantized unique sequences, and estimates a location of a terminal based on the extracted components. The serving base station may calculate a received signal strength or a delay for each of the unique sequences received by the terminal, based on the extracted components, and estimate the location of the terminal based on the received signal strength or the delay. In addition, the terminal may estimate its own location by performing an algorithm used by the serving base station.01-13-2011
20110009130Method of Handling Location Service and Related Communication Device - A method of handling location service for a mobile device compatible with a plurality of radio access technologies (RATs) in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises utilizing a first RAT of the plurality of RATs to communicate with a network of the wireless communication system, receiving a first message including positioning support information of the network from the network, and determining whether to initiate a location service in the first RAT or in a second RAT of the plurality of RATs according to the positioning support information.01-13-2011
20110009127GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM (GPS)-BASED COMMUNICATION FILTER - A device includes a memory to store a plurality of instructions and a processor to execute instructions in the memory to determine a location of a mobile communication device, determine a direction of movement of the mobile communication device, identify other mobile communication devices within a particular distance of the mobile communication device, identify other mobile communication devices moving in a particular direction with respect to the mobile communication device, and store, in the memory, a list of the identified other mobile communication devices.01-13-2011
20110014927METHOD AND MOBILE ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR A FUNCTION OF GIVING NOTICE ACCORDING TO POSITIONS - A method for performing a function of giving notice according to positions are provided, which enables performing a function of giving notice by not only setting a predetermined time but setting a predetermined position. The function s of giving notice is performed when the predetermined time is up or reached, or when the positioning unit of the mobile electronic device detects that a user reaches a point within a predetermined accuracy range of the predetermined position. This disclosure performs the function of giving notice by combining both ways of determining if the predetermined time is up or reached and if a io user reaches a point within the predetermined accuracy range of the predetermined position to overcome the disadvantages generated by only setting the predetermined time. Therefore, the disclosure provides more flexible ways for a user when taking positions as the first priority not a particular time point.01-20-2011
20110039572CELLULAR DEVICE CONTROL - A method of controlling a cellular device includes determining a velocity of the cellular device and temporarily disabling a short messaging service function of the cellular device in response to the velocity while a voice function of the cellular device remains enabled.02-17-2011
20100178932Device and Method for AGPS High Accuracy Positioning in Unknown Cell Areas - The present invention relates to Assisted Global Positioning System (AGPS) high accuracy positioning in unknown cell areas. By using an approach of three alternative steps a reference position, needed for AGPS positioning, is determined. The first step involves using the location of any neighboring cell. The second involves using the location of a cell within the same Location Area as the cell serving the portable communication device to position. The third step comprises determining a fixed point within the same geographical area as the Serving Mobile Location Center (SMLC) is serving, and using this fixed point as a reference location. Using the three-step approach the AGPS positioning can be optimized, providing a possibility to position, for instance a mobile phone, by AGPS even though the location of the cell serving the phone is unknown to the positioning node operating the serving cell.07-15-2010
20100178934ENVIRONMENT-SPECIFIC MEASUREMENT WEIGHTING IN WIRELESS POSITIONING - The subject matter disclosed herein relates to a system and method for estimating a location of a mobile station based, at least in part, on one or more measurements obtained from the mobile station based at least in part on one or more signals received by the mobile station from one or more signal sources. Such measurements may be combined based, at least in part, on estimates of measurement errors associated with the signal sources. In a particular implementation, such error estimates may be updated to account for changes in an operational environment.07-15-2010
20100178930POSITIONING METHOD AND NAVIGATION DEVICE - A positioning method is provided, particularly adaptable for a mobile device. Satellite signals are first received from at least one satellites. At least one first search process is performed on the satellite signals by using an adjustable integration time. A tracking process is then performed when the at least one satellite is acquired in the at least one search process.07-15-2010
20100178929Network Overlay Geo-Location System with Smart Antennas and Method of Operation - A system and method in a wireless communication system having plural base stations (07-15-2010
20100159942CALL ENHANCEMENT WITH LOCALIZED INFORMATION - A phone call is enhanced by the addition of localized information. In an example embodiment, a call is placed between a first device and a second wireless device. The call enhancement system is employed to determine a specific geographic location of the second wireless device. The system then abstracts the specific geographic location of the second wireless device into a general geographic location of the second wireless device. The degree of abstraction employed is determined by reference to a configurable privacy setting. The system retrieves content associated with the general geographic location of the second wireless device and packages it for transmission to the first device. The content is transmitted to the first device for presentation on a display of the first device.06-24-2010
20110039577METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING POSITIONING MEASUREMENTS - A method and apparatus for supporting positioning measurements. The methods include designating a reference cell, choosing a positioning signal, and, for inter-frequency measurements, determining which inter-frequency cell to measure and how to make such an inter-frequency positioning measurement.02-17-2011
20110117931METHOD AND TERMINAL FOR ASSOCIATION UPDATE - A method and terminal for association update are provided. When the terminal performs location area update to a MSC/VLR via a GERAN/UTRAN, if it has performed combined update or CSFB attachment in an EPS network via E-UTRAN, then it sets a combined update indication which indicates the EPS network requires combined update when the terminal returns to the E-UTRAN from the GERAN/UTRAN; when the terminal moves to a registered tracking area of the E-UTRAN, it determines whether the combined update indication has been set or not, if yes, it initiates combined TAU and LAU to an MME. After receiving a location update request from the MME, the MSC/VLR updates stored association information and re-establishes SGs association with the MME. Accordingly, a terminal has a control module for association update, which comprises a combined update indication setting determination unit, a combined update setting unit and a combined update initiation determination unit. The present invention enables to update the SGs association in the MSC/VLR in time, thereby the MSC/VLR can always find UE through paging.05-19-2011
20110117922Positioning in a Mobile Communications System - A method in a mobile communication system for determining a distance between a first mobile terminal (05-19-2011
20110045843System and method for mobile group positioning - The present invention provides a system and a method for mobile group positioning, which are applied to a plurality of mobile devices of a group. The system comprises a central control unit, a plurality of mobile tracking units, and a plurality of mobile message units. The mobile tracking units and the mobile message units are disposed in the mobile devices. The mobile message units correspond to the mobile tracking units, respectively. The mobile message units add a user message to the corresponding positioning messages, respectively, and transmit to the central control unit. The central control unit transmits the positioning messages including the user message to the mobile message unit of one of the mobile devices in the group. Thereby, the mobile device need not consume extra network resources or power in transmitting the user messages, and hence achieving power-saving effect and saving network resources.02-24-2011
20110045841MATCHING A LOCATION OF A CONTACT WITH A TASK LOCATION - An alert system is provided. The alert system includes a processor and a memory coupled to the processor. The memory is computer-readable storage media configured to store instructions that are operable to be executed by the processor. The memory stores instructions that may be executed to determine a physical location of a contact in a contact list or a user managing the contact list; determine a physical location associated with a task in a task list; compare the physical location of the contact with the physical location associated with the task; determine when the physical location of the contact matches the physical location associated with the task; and transmit an alert message indicating the contact and the task.02-24-2011
20110045840METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ESTIMATING RANGE OF MOBILE DEVICE TO WIRELESS INSTALLATION - A method of and system for estimating the range of a mobile device to a wireless installation is disclosed. A method of estimating the position of a mobile device includes receiving signals transmitted by fixed-position wireless communication stations in range of a mobile device. One of the wireless communication stations from which signals are received by the mobile device is designated as a serving station and location information is retrieved for said serving station and at least one other neighboring station from which signals are received. For each of the at least one other neighboring stations, a corresponding distance between the serving station and said neighboring station is determined based on the location information. A position of the mobile device is estimated based on the location information for the serving station and said neighboring stations and further based on the distances between the serving station and said neighboring stations.02-24-2011
20110117929LOCATION REGISTRATION PROCESSING METHOD AND MOBILE STATION - A location registration processing method according to the present invention includes steps of: starting, at a mobile station (UE), the location registration processing on the basis of predetermined system information, when acquiring the predetermined system information among a plurality of pieces of system information broadcasted by a radio base station (eNB), the predetermined system information including information necessary for performing the location registration processing; and acquiring the rest of the plurality of pieces of system information.05-19-2011
20110117924POSITION DETERMINATION USING A WIRELESS SIGNAL - A mobile station determines its position using measured parameters of a wireless signal to improve a satellite positioning system (SPS) enhanced dead reckoning based position estimate. The mobile station uses SPS enhanced dead reckoning to estimate a current position. The mobile station receives wireless signals and measures, e.g., received signal strength and/or round trip time, which is compared to a database to derive a wireless signal based position estimate. The SPS enhanced dead reckoning position estimate and the wireless signal based position estimate may then be fused using corresponding confidence levels. The database may be generated and stored in the mobile station. In another embodiment, the database is generated and stored on an online server that may be accessed by mobile stations.05-19-2011
20110117927METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INTERLOCKING COMMUNICATION AND TRACKING APPLICATIONS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A wireless communication device transmits location information associated with a mobile worker, and provides an option to the mobile worker to disable such location transmissions. The use of the location transmission function is enhanced by interlocking the location tracking function with one or more other functions of the wireless communication device. When the tracking function is disabled, one or more other functions that the mobile worker finds valuable are also disabled, thus reducing the likelihood that the mobile worker will disable location tracking. Rules may be implemented to disable the other functions only in the event that disabling the tracking function violates a violated. Location monitoring for such workers is thereby enhanced.05-19-2011
20110117926Network-based positioning mechanism and reference signal design in OFDMA systems - A network-based positioning mechanism is proposed. A serving BS first allocates radio resource to a target UE for network-based positioning in a wireless communication system. The target UE then transmits a positioning reference signal (PRS) to the serving BS and a plurality of cooperative BSs at the same time instant. All the cooperative BSs then conduct PRS detection and TOA measurements. Finally, the serving BS conducts positioning estimation based on the TOA measurement results. In one novel aspect, only one PRS transmission is required in one positioning opportunity for one positioning result. Candidates of PRS are selected with respect to different scenarios and allocated in a PRS resource region. Multiple positioning opportunities and multiple reference signals may be multiplexed over time, frequency or code domain in the PRS resource region. In one embodiment, the PRS is configured in such a way that both radio resource consumption and interference is minimized.05-19-2011
20110244886EXTENDED TRIGGERED POSITION METHOD AND DEVICE - An extended triggered location method and device is provided. The device includes the following: a location calculating unit to calculate location of the target terminal and determine the location information, and a third party location reporting unit to send the location information of the target terminal to the third party terminal periodically or only when the area triggered condition is sufficed. With the present invention, the third party terminal can obtain the location information of the target terminal periodically or receive the notice of the target terminal's entry into/exit from a target area, in accordance with the principles of periodical location or area trigger location. Thereby, the invention supplies new location service application and satisfies the subscriber's demand for different location service applications.10-06-2011
20110244880Method and Apparatus to Improvie Idle Mode Power Consumption in Multiple USIM Configuration - Certain aspects of the present disclosure propose techniques and apparatus for improving idle mode power consumption of a mobile station with multiple Universal Subscriber Identity Modules (USIMs).10-06-2011
20110244878Identifying and Displaying User Status Information - A method identifies multiple contacts associated with a user, where the user and the multiple contacts are associated with a common mobile service. A relationship is defined between the user and each of the multiple contacts by the common mobile service. Each of the multiple contacts is monitored automatically by the common mobile service to obtain user information. A mobile device associated with the user displays the current user information associated with at least a portion of the multiple contacts.10-06-2011
20120034929SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SHOWING DYNAMIC LOCATION FOR A PLURALITY OF USERS - A computer implemented method of displaying locations of a plurality of tracked assets. The method includes receiving at least one request to display a location representation for a plurality of tracked assets. It is determined whether each request is part of a request chain. Location information related to the requests is received. In response to receiving the first of the location information from a request in a request chain or from a request not in a request chain, a message is displayed, and a first location marker indicating the location of the tracked asset is shown in a view of the map. In response to receiving subsequent location information for a request in a request chain, a message is displayed indicating the location of the tracked asset, and a location marker indicating the location of the tracked asset is placed on the map.02-09-2012
20110130151APPARATUS FOR ASSISTING IN PROVIDING A FIRST FIXING GLOBAL POSITIONING SATELLITE SYSTEM, ASSOCIATED APPARATUS AND METHODS - There is provided a method for assisting in providing a first fix in a global positioning satellite system, the method comprising: storing of connection point association data for a network connection point, observed by a portable electronic device, for subsequent use in assisting in providing a first fix, the connection point association data providing for approximation of the position of a device at the observed network connection point by associating together connection point identifiers of the observed network connection point and one or more other network connection points to allow for positional data used for determining the position at one or more other network connection points to be used for the approximation of the position of the device at the observed network connection point.06-02-2011
20090312035METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR DETERMINING LOCATION USING A CELLULAR AND WLAN POSITIONING SYSTEM BY SELECTING THE BEST CELLULAR POSITIONING SYSTEM SOLUTION - The present disclosure relates to systems and methods for determining the location of a WLAN and cellular position system enabled device using a WLAN position estimate to select the best cellular positioning system location. The method can include estimating a position of the WLAN and cellular enabled device using a WLAN positioning system and an expected error estimate for the WLAN based position estimate, determining a set of possible cellular based position estimates for the WLAN and cellular enabled device using cellular measurements obtained from at least one cell tower, determining an uncertainty area around the WLAN location estimate based on the expected error of the WLAN location estimate, and determining the device location by selecting cellular based location estimates located within the uncertainty area.12-17-2009
20090312032Optimizing Battery Life and Network Resources During Position Location Tracking Scenario - An apparatus and method for optimizing battery life and network resources during position tracking is disclosed. The position of a target being tracked is compared with a predefined geofence boundary. If the position of the target is far from the geofence boundary, position fix of the target is calculated using low quality of service (QoS) parameters. If the position of the target is not far from the geofence boundary, position fix of the target is calculated using high quality of service (QoS) parameters.12-17-2009
20110143772PATTERN FILTERING FOR MOBILE STATION POSITION ESTIMATION - Examples disclosed herein may relate to filtering one or more signal attribute patterns from use in position estimation for a mobile station based at least in part on an error value associated with an initial estimated position of the mobile station.06-16-2011
20090209269SUPL INITIALIZATION MESSAGE IN A LOCATION INFORMATION SYSTEM AND METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROCESSING SUPL BY USING THE SAME - A terminal and method and system for processing SUPL are discussed. According to one embodiment, the invention provides a method of processing a SUPL request for a terminal that has performed roaming, the method comprising: receiving a SUPL INIT message from a home SLP entity, the SUPL INIT message including an indicator that indicates whether a home SLP entity uses a proxy mode or a non-proxy mode; checking the indicator to determine whether a first message or a second message should be transmitted to the home SLP entity; and transmitting the first message or the second message to the home SLP entity according to a result of the checking step.08-20-2009
20100222073SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRACKING, MONITORING, COLLECTING, REPORTING AND COMMUNICATING WITH THE MOVEMENT OF INDIVIDUALS - A tamper resistant and easily adjustable mobile tracking device is provided, or alternatively may be created by adding appropriate programming to a GPS enabled cellular communications device, by which location data and other information is transmitted to an administrative hub for processing and distribution according to operator defined parameters. Confirmed two-way communications are possible with mobile devices having display screens.09-02-2010
20120244876COMMUNICATION CONNECTING APPARATUS AND METHOD - A communication connecting apparatus, a mobile terminal, and a method of communicating among the apparatus and the terminal are discussed. According to an embodiment, the apparatus includes a communication unit configured to receive key information relating to at least one key disposed on the mobile terminal, when the communication connecting apparatus is coupled with the mobile terminal; a display unit; and a controller configured to generate at least one key image corresponding to the at least one key based upon the received key information, and to display, on the display unit, at least one soft key having the generated at least one key image thereon.09-27-2012
20110086646Method And Apparatus For Transmitting Indoor Context Information - The subject matter disclosed herein relates to a system and method for determining indoor context information relating to a location of a mobile device. Indoor context information may be utilized by a mobile device or a network element to obtain an estimate of a location of the mobile device within an indoor environment.04-14-2011
20110244881Location Estimation System - A location estimation system includes: a position measurement unit that receives position measurement signals from a plurality of sources of emission, and calculates position information of a first mobile object; a distance measurement unit that measures a distance from the first mobile object and to a second mobile object; a relationship determination unit that determines presence or absence of a relationship between the first mobile object and the second mobile object based upon relative position of the second mobile object based upon the distance, and selects position measurement signals from sources of emission that are different from the sources of emission of the position measurement signals received by the first mobile object; a position correction unit that corrects a position of the first mobile object based upon the position measurement signals received by the first mobile object and the position measurement signals selected by the relationship determination means.10-06-2011
20100015993SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SCHEDULING AND RESERVATIONS USING LOCATION BASED SERVICES - A system and method for providing reservation services to users of mobile devices. The system is implemented in a reservation computer device having computer executable code tangibly embodied on a computer readable medium. The reservation computer device is operable to prioritize a reservation schedule of a service establishment based on a route and projected arrival time of one or more subscribing users such that earlier arriving users and users that have already arrived at the service establishment are given priority in the reservation schedule regardless of prearranged reservations.01-21-2010
20100015992METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR AUTOMATIC PHYSICAL CONFIGURATION OF MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICES - A triggering event relating to a function of the mobile communication device is detected. Based on detection, the physical configuration of the mobile communication device is automatically adjusted. A database associating triggering events with physical configurations, in accordance with a predefined policy, may be retrieved. The detected triggering event may be correlated to a particular physical configuration within the database to implement automatic adjustment of the physical configuration of the mobile communication device.01-21-2010
20100015990Method of providing location data from mobile terminal to base station in network - A location area unit is set for one or more mobile terminals. An update periodicity is allocated to each mobile terminal related to its set location area unit and an update of a location of the mobile terminal is sent to the network, each time the mobile terminal crosses a boundary from one location area unit to another.01-21-2010
20100015995System and method for automated location information in a unified communication system - A telecommunications system includes a cellular telephone equipped with a global positioning utility for receiving global positioning samples. The cellular telephone periodically transmits received samples to a location client application running on a computer that also includes a unified communication client suite. The location client application derives a location confidence factor from the samples. The confidence factor is provided to a presence and availability service. Incoming calls and/or notifications can be routed to a user based on the confidence factor.01-21-2010
20090061894MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, METHODS AND DEVICES BASED ON PROXIMITY TO DEVICE IN A BUILDING - A mobile terminal includes a detector that is configured to detect that the mobile terminal is proximate to a device that is situated in a building, to establish communications between the mobile terminal and the device that is situated in the building and to terminate communications between the mobile terminal and a device that is situated external to the building. Related systems, devices and methods are disclosed.03-05-2009
20110244879Method and Apparatus for use of Performance History Data in Positioning Method Selection - A method of selecting the positioning method(s) used to respond to given positioning requests uses historical performance data reflecting the actual performance yielded by one or more of the positioning methods that are generally available for selection. As a non-limiting example, a positioning node maintains or otherwise has access to historical data reflecting the QoS obtained for at least some of the positioning methods supported by the node. Correspondingly, the node compares the QoS requirements associated with an incoming positioning request to the historical performance data, to identify the positioning method(s) that appear to best satisfy the requirements. The positioning node therefore selects the “best” method(s) for responding to a positioning request, not based on “generic” performance characteristics of those methods, but rather based on observed real-world performance of those methods, as applicable to the particular operating environment (radio environment) in which the positioning methods are carried out.10-06-2011
20090047976Radio positioning system - A radio positioning system includes a plurality of base stations, each receiving a radio wave from a mobile terminal, and including a first base station whose position coordinates are known and a second base station whose position coordinates are unknown. The system also includes a distance measuring unit that measures a distance between the first and the second base stations based on the exchanging the radio waves; a position-coordinate calculating unit that calculates position coordinates of the second base station based on the measured distances; a determination control unit that determines a time reference station out of the base stations, and controls the time reference station to transmit a time reference pulse; and a distance-measurement control unit that calculates, using the time difference, a time difference between reception times of the wave signal at the base stations, and calculates position coordinates of the mobile terminal based on the time difference.02-19-2009
20110177827Pilot Beacon System - A system of and method of accurate positioning of a wireless handset combines a positioning signal with the communication signal. For locations where a wireless handset cannot receive an adequate signal, the system receives a carrier signal either through a donor antenna, exterior the building, or a base station connected to the carrier. In addition to a communication signal, the system adds a location signal to assist the wireless handset in determining the wireless handset's location. The power level of the location signal, a pilot beacon signal, is adjusted so to be sufficiently strong but not at a level that will cause interference with the communication signal. The pilot beacon signal uses a different path than the communication signal to minimize delays. In addition, the system adjusts the offset, either positively or negatively, to account for timing delays caused by hardware and cables. The pilot beacon signal has multiple channels so that each repeating antenna has a distinct pilot beacon signal. Each handset always hears a pilot beacon signal, regardless of what channel the handset picks to communicate on.07-21-2011
20100004002METHOD OF PROVIDING LOCATION PRIVACY - A method of providing location privacy of a mobile station in a wireless access system is disclosed. The method of providing location privacy of a mobile station comprises the steps of transmitting a deregistration request message to a serving base station, the deregistration message requesting entry to an idle mode; and receiving a deregistration command message from the serving base station, the deregistration command message including a temporary identifier allocated to the mobile station. In this case, the temporary identifier is an identifier for uniquely identifying the mobile station from a paging group to which the serving base station belongs.01-07-2010
20110151890METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING MESSAGES - Systems, methods, and apparatus are provided to enable real-time communication with people, groups and devices in accordance with certain embodiments. Typically, a phone number, address, or login information (“traditional identification information”) is needed to initiate a communication with a specific person. However, there are many situations where this traditional identification information is not known, but individuals still wish to communicate with others whose traditional identification information they do not know. By selecting criteria such as geographical location information that is proximate to the device, a person can identify and communicate with others while not knowing their contact information. The criteria can also include attributes, visual information, or other characteristics of the target device.06-23-2011
20100056176SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING POSITION INFORMATION OF A COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method and system for transmitting position information of a communication device includes: setting a startup command to activate a global position system (GPS) of the communication device, determining if the communication device has received a push mail including the startup command from a push mail server, activating the GPS to locate a position of the communication device, and acquiring corresponding position information. The method and system further includes generating a blank push mail, inserting the position information into the generated push mail, and transmitting the generated push mail to a predetermined receiver.03-04-2010
20100015991SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CALLING A GEOSOC - A system and method are provided for facilitating communication between a first user and a second user that is in a social network of a user of interest to the first user and located at or near a location at which the user of interest is located or believed to be located. In general, the first user identifies a user of interest and a location at which the user of interest is located or is believed to be located. A number of other users that are in a social network of the user of interest and located in a geographic area of interest corresponding to the specified location or a geographic area about and including the specified location are identified. Communication is then facilitated between the first user and one or more of the identified users.01-21-2010
20090156229AUTOMATICALLY IDENTIFYING LOCATION INFORMATION IN TEXT DATA - Techniques are described for automatically identifying/recognizing location information in received data and then providing navigational-related functions associated with the location information. In one or more implementations, automatically identifying location information may be performed using a locale context. More particularly, the locale context may serve as a basis for determining how text data is parsed and which expressions are used to parse text in order to recognize the location information.06-18-2009
20120244881POSITION-DETERMINING DEVICE, POSITION-DETERMINING SYSTEM, POSITION-DETERMINING METHOD AND PROGRAM - Disclosed is a position-detection technology that can correctly detect the position of a wireless machine attached to a mobile body, even if there are few reference wireless machines installed in the environment in which the position of the mobile body is to be determined. The means for achieving the above is characterized by retrieving from a feature quantity recording unit a reception feature quantity approximating the reception feature quantity calculated from radio wave strength of the mobile station that moves within the aforementioned environment, and determining the position information associated with the retrieved reception feature quantity to be of the position of the aforementioned mobile station.09-27-2012
20100069086Mobile Terminals Providing Network-Based Location Data, and Methods and Computer Program Product for Operating the Same - A mobile terminal includes a position cache that is operable to store a plurality of location data sets corresponding to wireless networks that are associated with a wireless telecommunication node in a telecommunication network when the mobile terminal is connected to the wireless telecommunication node. The mobile terminal includes a wireless network transceiver that is operable to receive wireless network identification signals from at least one of the wireless networks when the mobile terminal is proximate the wireless network and a position module that is operable to determine a geographical location of the mobile terminal corresponding to a location data sets that corresponds to the wireless network.03-18-2010
20100056174METHOD FOR PROXIMITY DETECTION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method for proximity detection in a wireless communication network. A node attempts to determine the proximity of the closest neighboring node by transmitting a ranging request. Other nodes respond, and the first node to receive and respond to the request will have the shortest response time and thus will be the closest node. Exact ranges can be determined by applying Time-Of-Arrival (TOA) techniques to node response times. To further avoid collisions, one or more frames of the response messages can be same, making the multiple responses appear as multi-path. The group of responders can be narrowed and individual groups probed in a search pattern until the single nearest node is known or range of the nearest node is known. The ranging node may then use ordinary unicast mechanisms to probe this node, or begin scanning the groups again, or interleave the two mechanisms as desired.03-04-2010
20110098057METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING POSITIONING FOR TERMINALS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Techniques for supporting positioning for terminals in a wireless network are described. In an aspect, positioning may be supported by a location server that can reside in different entities. In one design, the location server may obtain positioning information (e.g., measurements) for a target device via a common positioning protocol. The location server may use the common positioning protocol regardless of where it resides and may communicate with other entities via this protocol. The location server may determine location information (e.g., a location estimate) for the target device based on the positioning information. In another aspect, positioning may be supported by transporting multiple positioning messages together. In yet another aspect, positioning may be supported by transporting a positioning message containing multiple parts defined by different organizations. In yet another aspect, positioning may be supported with shared measurement data units and/or shared assistance data units that may be applicable for different positioning methods.04-28-2011
20090215468MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND POSITIONING METHOD FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - When a GPS terminal (08-27-2009
20090215466MOBILE PHONE BASED SYSTEM FOR DISABLING A CELL PHONE WHILE TRAVELING - The invention describes a method implemented on a mobile phone that will disable a cellular phone to prevent an incoming and outgoing or re-route an incoming cellular phone call/text/video/messages and the like if the cellular phone is known to be moving at a predetermined speed corresponding to an unsafe operation of a vehicle. The system and method will determine if the cellular phone is travelling at the predetermined speed and if so will alert the user, then perform any one or all of, a set of predetermined actions such as shutdown the phone, re-route all call to voice messages, store all text messages, shutdown the display, prevent outbound calling/texting, and the like. The invention prevents an individual from using their cellular phone while operating a moving vehicle at or above a predetermined speed.08-27-2009
20090215465Enhanced Mobile Location Method and System - A method and system is disclosed for locating a mobile radio terminal in a radio communications network. The method makes use of additional positional constraints provided as a result of unreported cells. In one form of the invention, a likely reason for a particular cell not being reported is determined and an associated probability term is determined for use in a position location model. The invention also relates to a system for implementing the method.08-27-2009
20100062789Intelligent location tracking based on predictive modelling - Tracking a mobile station, MS, (03-11-2010
20100062790EXTENDED CLUSTERING FOR IMPROVED POSITIONING - A method for clustering position determinations is used for providing position determination assisting data in a cellular communications network. The method comprises obtaining (03-11-2010
20100062788Managing Device Functionality During Predetermined Conditions - Functionality of a mobile device depends on detected speed of the mobile device. Global positioning system (GPS) technology or tower triangulation may be used to estimate the speed of a mobile device. In addition, the geographic location of the mobile device may be estimated. A set of rules regarding when functionality of the mobile device should be limited is accessed and if the mobile device exceeds a threshold speed or is located in a restricted area, selected features of the mobile device are disabled. For example, incoming calls and outgoing calls may be restricted according to local regulations. Other features such as emergency dialing, hands-free operation of the mobile device, and playing audio files (e.g., MP3 music files) may remain functional regardless of the geographic location or estimated speed of the mobile device.03-11-2010
20100069090SMART CALL DELIVERY WITH GIS INTEGRATION - A method of delivering a call to a called party's device. The method includes receiving a call directed to a wireline device and validating that a telephone number of the wireline device is associated with a telephone number of a wireless device. The method also includes transmitting a message to the wireless device, delivering the call to the wireline device when a return message is not received from the wireless device, and determining a location of the wireless device when a return message is received from the wireless device. The method further includes comparing the location of the wireless device with a location of the wireline device, delivering the call to the wireless device when the location of the wireless device is not within a predefined vicinity of the location of the wireline device, and delivering the call to the wireline device when the location of the wireless device is within a predefined vicinity of the location of the wireline device.03-18-2010
20100069087PERSONAL TRACKING DEVICE WITH LOW POWER CONSUMPTION - An portable tracking device integrating a mobile phone module (e.g. based on GSM or 3G networks), a GPS module, a radio Beacon and ultrasonic beacon. The tracking device is normally in a hibernated state when the entire device consumes little energy and require no periodically changing or recharging batteries to power the device. It consumes power from the primary battery only when a tracking process is actually taken place. With this portable tracking device on the person who is unable to affirmatively report his or her whereabout, the remote center and/or a search team can communicate the GPS module, radio beacon and ultrasonic beacon of the tracking device via the mobile phone module based on existing wireless communication technologies, such SMS, GPRS, ect, on GSM or 3 G networks, which also serves as a means of initial rough estimation of the tracking device's location.03-18-2010
20110081917AUTONOMOUS MUTING INDICATION TO ENABLE IMPROVED TIME DIFFERENCE OF ARRIVAL MEASUREMENTS - A method, a user communication device, and a base station are disclosed. A transceiver 04-07-2011
20110250904Enhanced Indoor Localization - An indoor localization system for locating an electronic mobile device within an indoor environment is provided. The indoor localization system includes a plurality of transmitting nodes arranged in different positions within the indoor environment and configured to transmit RF signals. An electronic mobile device is configured to receive the RF signals from the transmitting nodes. The indoor localization system is configured to operate in a training mode, wherein reference quantities are computed based on powers of the RF signals received from the transmitting nodes in different reference positions within the indoor environment. The indoor localization system is further configured to operate in a locating mode, wherein current quantities are computed based on powers of the RF signals received by the electronic mobile device in its current location within the indoor environment from the transmitting nodes, and wherein the current location of the electronic mobile device is determined based on the current and the reference quantities. The indoor localization system is configured to operate based on RF signals over at least two different radio channels.10-13-2011
20110250905Methods and Arrangements for Fingerprinting Positioning - A method for providing position determination assisting data comprises repetitions of establishing (10-13-2011
20110250902DETERMINING TIME ZONE BASED ON LOCATION - Methods, program products, and systems of determining a time zone based on location is disclosed. In general, in one aspect, a mobile device can store one or more geometric shapes using latitude and longitude coordinates. The geometric shapes can be associated with time zones. The mobile device can determine a current location. The mobile device can identify a geometric shape in which the mobile device is currently is located. The mobile device can determine the time zone associated with the identified geometric shape.10-13-2011
20110098058Security Tracking Device - A tracking device has an on-board power source, a central processing unit, a cellular telephony transmitter and receiver, a speaker and a microphone, a bus system interconnecting electronic elements, and software or firmware executing at least periodically from a machine-readable physical medium providing a range of functions for the device. The device maintains a sleep mode until activated by an internal timing function, once activated turns on the receiver and listens for radio signals, finding particular signals, consults memory associations with one or more of those signals, and determines to activate transmission only under certain preprogrammed conditions depended on signals found and identified.04-28-2011
20090047974WIRELESS NETWORK NOTIFICATION, MESSAGING AND ACCESS DEVICE - A wireless device having capabilities to receive identification signals from other wireless devices identifies specific wireless devices by said transmitting devices maximum set identification field. Once the transmitting device is identified as having its maximum length identifier set the receiving device may further allow access or data transfer to an alternate network using the contents of the maximum length identifier and/or MAC address of the transmitting device. The wireless devices may conform to the widely popular IEEE 802.11x specifications.02-19-2009
20110077023Apparatus and method for providing position information in a mobile communication system - A method and an apparatus for providing position information in a mobile communication system includes setting, at a mobile communication terminal which requests to provide the position information, a position condition to provide the position information. The mobile communication terminal generates a message including the position condition, and sends the generated message to a correspondent terminal of which the position information is to be acquired. The mobile communications terminal also receives a position information request message including the position condition from a correspondent terminal, determines whether the position condition is violated or not by periodically acquiring its position information, and sends a message informing of the position information violation to the correspondent terminal when the position condition is violated.03-31-2011
20110077022Carrier based in-network location triggered managed processing of wireless communications - An in-network wireless device call/message management system and method. The system comprises a wireless network, a controlled region served by the wireless network, a location service platform to ascertain location of wireless devices in the controlled region, a database memory to store call/message permission status of certain of the wireless devices in the controlled region, and a call/message manager to monitor incoming/outgoing calls and/or messages of certain of said wireless devices where the manager effects implementation of call privileges according to the permission status and location of managed wireless device within the controlled region.03-31-2011
20110081919Mobile Device Locating In Conjunction With Localized Enviornments - The subject matter disclosed herein relates to systems, methods, apparatuses, articles, etc. for mobile device locating in conjunction with localized environments. For certain example implementations, a method may comprise obtaining at a mobile device one or more signals comprising information indicative of a location thereof. The information may be transmitted to one or more servers. A location context identifier (LCI) may be received responsive to the transmitting, with the LCI corresponding to a localized environment at which the mobile device is located. The LCI may be transmitted to the one or more servers. Location-based data may be received responsive to the transmitting of the LCI, with the location-based data being associated with the LCI and pertaining to the localized environment. The location of the mobile device may be determined with respect to the localized environment based, at least in part, on the location-based data. Other example implementations are described herein.04-07-2011
20110081918VENUE APPLICATION FOR MOBILE STATION POSITION ESTIMATION - Disclosed are a system and method for using an entity hosted on a mobile station to selectively provide portions of infrastructure information to one or more other applications hosted on the mobile station.04-07-2011
20110070896GPS POSITION TRACKING METHOD WITH VARIABLE UPDATING RATE FOR POWER CONSERVATION - A system and method in which the position update rate is adaptively modified, based on previous position measurements. By adjusting the update rate based on velocity predictions from two or more position fixes, a lower update rate may be used without exceeding the maximum error. Lowering the update rate reduces power consumption in the UE, providing longer battery operation. The updating method may comprise periodically repeating the velocity prediction and periodically adjusting the update rate responsive thereto. The update rate may be adjusted using additional information such as an acceleration prediction, a minimum update rate, or a preferred error. In some embodiments a model for user movement may be used to provide more accurate predictions, for example, stationary, walking, jogging, city driving, and freeway driving. The updating method may comprise receiving user input regarding the maximum position error.03-24-2011
20110070894Global Positioning System (GPS) Instant Friend-Making and Cash Flow Services System - A global positioning system (GPS) instant friend-making and cash flow services system includes a mobile device connected to a mobile network through a mobile base station, and then connected to a main server, a telecommunication server and a short message server, and provided for at least one user to carry out related operations of a GPS instant friend-making and cash flow services program, a certification program and a short message program, such that a global positioning satellite is used for a GPS instant friend-making service. In addition, at least one mobile device is connected to a financial server through the mobile base station for outputting at least one user's personal datum and at least one financial datum to perform a cash flow certification before initializing a cash flow service.03-24-2011
20110077021PROVIDING A LAST-SEEN MOBILE UNIT LOCATION TO A LOCATION BASED SERVICE - The present invention provides a method involving a mobile unit, a location server, a location-based application client, and a location-based application server configured to provide location-based applications. The method includes receiving, at the location server and from the location-based application server, a request from location-based application client for a current location of the mobile unit and attempting, at the location server, to determine the current location of the mobile unit. The method also includes providing, from the location server to the location-based application server, information indicating a previous location of the mobile unit when the attempt to determine the current location of the mobile unit is unsuccessful.03-31-2011
20110077024Medical System And Tracking Device - A tracking device and system for tracking medical supplies, in particular, medical trays and their components is disclosed. The tracking device utilizes GPRS/GSM technology to enable an individual to locate and monitor the movement of a medical tray at any given time and for any desired period of time. The tracking system utilizes geo-fences established within buildings to assist in determining the specific location of the medical trays within these buildings. The tracking devices can also be activated by motion sensors to alert the tracking system of a possible theft of the tray. The tracking system incorporates software which enables an individual to determine the location of medical trays, determine the contents of the trays and schedule the use of the medical trays by specific doctors and at specific locations. The tracking system also retains information regarding the doctors, the medical device manufacture representatives, the hospitals and sales of the medical devices.03-31-2011
20110070897System and Method for Deriving Cell Global Identity Information - A system and method for deriving cell global identity information are provided. A method for deriving cell global information includes receiving, at a first cell, a measurement report, determining a second identifier for the second cell based on a first identifier and information about the first cell, and adding the second cell to a cell list. The measurement report includes the first identifier of a second cell, and the second identifier is used to reference the second cell.03-24-2011
20110070895MOBILE TERMINAL AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING DATA ADDED LOCATION INFORMATION - A mobile terminal has a current-location information acquisition unit configured to acquire current-location information indicating a current location of the mobile terminal, a direction information acquisition unit configured to acquire direction information indicating a direction of orientation of the mobile terminal, a storage unit configured to store data added location information, a search unit configured to search for at least one of the data having the location information that is located in the direction from the current location of the mobile terminal and that falls within a predetermined range around the direction based on the current-location information and the direction information, and a display control unit configured to cause the retrieved data to be displayed.03-24-2011
20110070892SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR A HIGH THROUGHPUT GSM LOCATION SOLUTION - A system and method for estimating a location of wireless devices transmitting signals on channels in a communications system having a plurality of nodes and a plurality of Location Measurement Units (“LMU”). A first plurality of signals from a first channel may be received by one or more of the plural LMUs and a second plurality of signals from a second channel may be received by one or more of the plural LMUs. The received first and second plural signals may be converted into first and second digital signals and then divided into first and second sets of frequency bins, the first and second sets of bins corresponding to the respective channel. Each of the divided signals may be correlated with one or more reference signals, and the correlated signals stored in a database for estimating a location of one or more wireless devices.03-24-2011
20110151889METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR INTERNET PROTOCOL INITIAL POSITIONING THROUGH CALIBRATED RANGING - A global navigation satellite system (GNSS) enabled mobile device comprising an Internet protocol (IP) interface may be operable to determine a reference position based on a registered public IP address associated with the GNSS enabled mobile device and range uncertainty for the registered public IP address. The GNSS enabled mobile device may identify the registered public IP address associated with the GNSS enabled mobile device and a packet travel time to reach the registered public IP address utilizing a network trace test. The GNSS enabled mobile device may be operable to determine the range uncertainty for the identified registered public IP address and validate the registered public IP address for a reference position based on the determined range uncertainty. The GNSS enabled mobile device may be operable to acquire a latitude/longitude associated with the validated registered public IP address for the reference position.06-23-2011
20120149390System and Method for Total Flight Time Ratio Pattern Matching - A method and system for estimating the location of a mobile device. A range of the mobile device to a reference station may be determined as a function of the time of transmission of a first signal transmitted from a base station and as a function of the time of receipt of a second signal transmitted from the mobile device to the reference station, the second signal being a function of the first signal advanced by a timing parameter. A relationship for each of a plurality of grid points in a geographic region may be determined as a function of the determined range and a range metric. These plural grid points may contain the reference station. The determined relationship may be compared with data corresponding to each of the plural grid points, and a location of the mobile device determined as a function of the comparison.06-14-2012
20120135753Apparatus and method for managing hot cell devices - A method for managing hot cell devices includes receiving at least one of location information of at least one hot cell device, type information of at least one hot cell, location information of at least one terminal and uplink signal energy of at least one terminal measured by a hot cell device. The method also includes determining a hot cell device to be opened using the at least one of the location information of at least one hot cell device, the type information of at least one hot cell, the location information of at least one terminal and the uplink signal energy of at least one terminal. In addition, the method includes transmitting a message instructing the hot cell device to open.05-31-2012
20120034931System and Method for Detection of Mobile Operating Through A Repeater - A system and method for a network analysis system operating in a wireless communication system with repeaters is disclosed. Embodiments of the system and method enable the network analysis system to determine if signals being received by the network receivers arrive directly from a target mobile appliance or if the signals are passing through a repeater. The repeaters through an augmentation measure attribute of a received signal to a network manager and based on these attributes it is determine whether the signal is served by a repeater or other network device.02-09-2012
20080261615APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING A GEOGRAPHICAL LOCATION OF A PORTABLE COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A wireless access point receives a reverse link (RL) wireless wide area network (WWAN) signals from a wireless communication device and forwards wireless local area network (WLAN) location information related to the received RL WWAN signal to a position determining entity (PDE). The PDE uses the WLAN location information and, in some cases, other location information to determine the geographical location of the wireless communication device. The WLAN location information is any information that at least assists the PDE in determining the geographical location of the wireless communication device and may include any combination of data related to signal strength of the WWAN RL signal, a propagation time of WWAN RL signal, a distance between the access point and the wireless access point, a geographical location of the access point, and/or a geographical location of the wireless communication device.10-23-2008
20100304758HANDS-FREE DEVICE IN A VEHICLE - The usefulness of a hands-free device in a vehicle having 12-02-2010
20110250901MULTI-TIER GEOFENCE DETECTION - Methods, program products, and systems for multi-tier geofence detection are disclosed. In general, in one aspect, a mobile device can be configured to perform a task when the mobile device enters a geographic region. The mobile device can monitor a current location using a multi-tier approach. A baseband subsystem can monitor a coarse location of the mobile device using various course location parameters, such as a mobile country code (MCC), a location area code (LAC), or a cell identifier (cell ID), as the mobile device moves closer to the geographic region. Upon determining that the mobile device is in a cell that intersects the geographic region, the baseband subsystem can transfer the monitoring to the application subsystem. The task can be performed when the application subsystem determines that the mobile device is currently located in the geographic region.10-13-2011
20110250903Selective Location Determination - Methods, program products, and systems for selective location determination are described. A mobile device can determine a location of the mobile device using various techniques. When there is a conflict between the locations determined using different techniques, the mobile device can select a most trustworthy location from the locations, and designate the most trustworthy location as a current location of the mobile device. The mobile device can determine a first location of the mobile device (e.g., a coarse location) using a cell identifier (cell ID) of a cellular network. The mobile device can determine a second location of the mobile device (e.g., a fine location) using one or more media access control (MAC) addresses of a WLAN. The first location and second location can be associated with confidence values that can indicate trustworthiness of the first location and second location.10-13-2011
20090005068Location-Based Emergency Information - Methods, systems, and apparatus, including computer program products, for location-based emergency information. A current geographic location of a device is determined. One or more first contact information items based on the determined geographic location are received at the device. The first contact information items include one or more contact information items associated with emergency services.01-01-2009
20100178931LOCATION DETECTION - A method of obtaining location information from at least one mobile communication device (07-15-2010
20100069089DOWNLINK SILENT PERIOD FOR POSITIONING - A method for acquiring positioning information includes receiving, at a mobile terminal (MT), downlink data in a plurality of downlink slot frames from a serving base station transmitting the downlink data over a first time period generally corresponding to the plurality of downlink slot frames. The MT experiences a relatively silent period during which the serving base station substantially ceases transmission to the mobile terminal during a second time period that defines a transmission power modification period. The MT also receives a preamble broadcasted by various neighbor base stations, the preamble broadcasted by such base stations occurring during a third time period which at least partially overlaps the second time period. The location or position estimate of the MT can be calculated based upon at least the preamble broadcasted by the neighbor base stations.03-18-2010
20100056179Method and Locating Device for Locating at Least One Mobile Radio Subscriber - The present invention relates to a method for locating at least one mobile radio subscriber in a mobile radio network, wherein to each transmitting station a value correlated with the receive field strength of a signal from this transmitting station is allocated; including the following steps: a) from the information determined upon connection setup, a table is created per cell, in which at least one distance parameter to the transmitting station of the cell is allocated to the respective receive field strengths; b) for at least one value correlated with the receive field strength and transmitted in the measurement report, the allocated distance parameter to the transmitting station of the respective cell is read out from the table created in step a); and c) determining at least one point satisfying the distance parameter(s) read-out in step b).03-04-2010
20110212733SUPPORTING VERSION NEGOTIATION FOR POSITIONING FOR TERMINALS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Techniques for supporting positioning for terminals in a wireless network are described. In an aspect, a message is prepared and transmitted with a message segment including a version of a protocol used to encode the message and a compatibility level associated with inter-operable protocol versions, wherein different compatibility levels indicate non-compatibility between protocol versions. In another aspect, a message is received with a message segment including a version of a protocol used to encode the message and a compatibility level associated with inter-operable protocol versions, wherein different compatibility levels indicate non-compatibility between protocol versions. The compatibility level included in the received message is compared to an internal compatibility level and a response message is prepared and transmitted with a message segment including the internal compatibility level.09-01-2011
20110212732METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING A LOCATION OF A MOBILE DEVICE BASED ON A PLURALITY OF LOCATION SAMPLES - A mobile device may be operable to receive three or more location samples for the mobile device from each of three or more resources. Two or more valid location samples may be selected based on an accuracy indicator associated with each of the received location samples. A location of the mobile device may be determined utilizing the selected two or more valid location samples. A region around each of the received location samples may be determined based on the accuracy indicator and a condition of a geographic environment that is associated with each of the received location samples. Two or more valid location samples among the received location samples may be selected in instances when at least a portion of the region of each of the selected valid location samples overlaps with at least a portion of the regions of each of other selected valid location samples.09-01-2011
20090318166METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING TIMING FOR INITIAL RANGING OF USER EQUIPMENT USING RANGING OF ADJACENT PIECES OF USER EQUIPMENT IN MULTI-HOP MOBILE RELAY SYSTEM - Provided is a method and apparatus for determining timing for initial ranging of user equipment by using ranging of adjacent pieces of user equipment in a multi-hop mobile relay (MMR) system, and more particularly, a method and apparatus for determining timing for initial ranging of user equipment in which a power value and a timing value for periodic ranging of adjacent pieces of user equipment are measured so as to minimize an uplink timing error of abase station. In the MMR system, user equipment transmits an initial ranging code to the base station with irregular timing while not knowing an exact start point of an uplink of the base station. In particular, if the user equipment attempts the initial ranging at the same time as when adjacent pieces of user equipment attempt the periodic ranging and the handover ranging, an error occurs between transmission timing of the initial ranging and uplink timing, thereby acting as an inter-symbol interference (ISI) and inter-channel interference (ICI) of different ranging. As a result, the initial ranging acts as an interference signal in a ranging process of adjacent pieces of user equipment. However, the apparatus and method can minimize a timing error of the initial ranging code of user equipment by avoiding the initial ranging acting as the interference signal.12-24-2009
20090318165Apparatus for transmitting media using social intimacy and method thereof - Disclosed is an apparatus and method for transmitting media data using social intimacy. The apparatus and method can calculate a social intimacy level for a plurality of previously stored terminal information, request at least one terminal of transmitting terminal information according to a media transmission request, and when receiving the requested terminal information from at least one terminal, transmit the media data to a terminal where the terminal information equals the received terminal information among terminal information having higher social intimacy, thereby sharing the media data with people forming a higher social intimacy with a user.12-24-2009
20090318164METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR GNSS-ASSISTED CALL SIGNALING AND MULTIMEDIA SERVER ASSIGNMENT - Aspects of a method and system for GNSS-assisted Call Signaling and Multimedia server assignment may include determining a location of an IP endpoint device and a location of each of a plurality of proxy servers and/or media servers, wherein at least the location of the IP endpoint device may be determined via a Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS). A proxy server and/or media server may be assigned to be a serving server from the plurality of proxy servers and/or media server, for one or more multimedia services for an IP endpoint device, wherein the assigning may be based on at least the determined location of the IP endpoint device and the locations of the plurality of proxy servers and/or media servers. The GNSS may be the Global Positioning System (GPS), for example. The IP endpoint device may be a mobile device and/or a fixed device, for example.12-24-2009
20090318163TECHNIQUES FOR TRACKING DESTINATIONS ON A MOBILE COMPUTING DEVICE - Various embodiments of systems and techniques for tracking destinations on a mobile computing device are described. In one or more embodiments, the mobile computing device may comprise or implement hardware and/or software configured to determine arrival at a destination and what is situated at the destination. Other embodiments are described and claimed.12-24-2009
20120064915MOBILE STATION, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile station, a communication system, and a communication method that are capable of efficiently collecting location information of any user. A communicating module receives a positioning request including attribute specifying information from a management center, a determining module determines whether measurements of the location are necessary or not based on the attribute specifying information in the received positioning request and the attribute information stored in advance. Then, when the determining module determines that measurements of the location are necessary, a positioning module performs measurements of the location and sends location information thus measured to the management center. Accordingly, it is possible to collect the location information of the mobile station that agrees with an attribute that the management center desires and therefore, it is possible to provide an attentive service and the like based on the location information.03-15-2012
20120202519SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION WITH A TRACKING DEVICE - A system and method for providing communication with a tracking device are disclosed. An example tracking device includes a location detector, a communication device, memory, a processor, and a configuration routine. The location detector is operative to determine locations of the tracking device. The communication device is operative to communicate with a remote system. The memory stores data and code, the data including location data determined by the location detector and configuration data. The processor is operative to execute the code to impart functionality to the tracking device. The functionality of the tracking device depends at least in part on the configuration data. The configuration routine is operative to modify the configuration data responsive to communications from the remote system. Thus, functional access to the tracking device is provided to the remote system.08-09-2012
20120202521Signal Comparison-Based Location Determining Method - At least one portable RF communications device in conjunction with at least two fixed-location service-area antenna stations respectively capable of RF communication with the at least one device performs the steps of: (I) using a portable device at a selected location to measure RF communications signals from the plurality of local fixed-location service-area antenna stations and electronically storing at least two of the respective reception signal strength measurements; and (II) monitoring a portable device location by causing the device to measure reception signal strength associated with local fixed-location service-area antenna stations signals, and to electronically compare these measurements with the stored at least two measurements.08-09-2012
20120202520TECHNIQUES FOR TRACKING DESTINATIONS ON A MOBILE COMPUTING DEVICE - Various embodiments of systems and techniques for tracking destinations on a mobile computing device are described. In one or more embodiments, the mobile computing device may comprise or implement hardware and/or software configured to determine arrival at a destination and what is situated at the destination. Other embodiments are described and claimed.08-09-2012
20120202518APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING WHETHER TO PROVIDE LOCATION INFORMATION IN BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for an operation of a Mobile Station (MS) in a wireless access system are provided. The method includes receiving a request to report measurement data required for location determination, determining whether it is in a state in which providing of location information is rejected, and if it is determined that it is in the state in which providing of location information is rejected, transmitting a message for reporting that providing of the location information is rejected.08-09-2012
20120202516APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING LOCATION-BASED DATA - An apparatus capable of providing location-based data includes a communication unit to transmit data to a server and to receive base location-based data from the server via a communication network, a display unit to display the base location-based data, and a control unit to control the display unit to further display synthesized data including first user location-based data and the base location-based data. A method for providing location-based data includes acquiring user location-based data including location information, acquiring base location-based data including location information, and synthesizing the user location-based data into corresponding region of the base location-based data.08-09-2012
20090247183SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCATING A VOICE OVER INTERNET PROTOCOL (VoIP) DEVICE USING A GEOMAGNETIC SENSOR - Embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to a system and method for receiving first location information associated with a VoIP device having one or more geomagnetic sensor, wherein the first location information is determined using the one or more geomagnetic sensors based at least in part on the Earth's magnetic field, determining second location information associated with the VoIP device based at least in part on the first location information; storing the second location information in one or more databases; and transmitting the second location information to the VoIP device to establish a service.10-01-2009
20090239550RANDOM PHASE MULTIPLE ACCESS SYSTEM WITH LOCATION TRACKING - A method of determining the location of a communication tag in a random phase multiple access communication network is disclosed. A ranging request signal that is spread using a first pseudo-noise code and offset with a first random timing offset is transmitted at a first time. A ranging response signal that is spread using a second pseudo-noise code and offset with a second random timing offset is received at a second time. A propagation delay that is dependent on the first time and the second time is calculated.09-24-2009
20090239549ENHANCED WIRELESS ACCESS POINT COMMUNICATIONS WHILE TRAVELING - A method, system and computer program product for enhancing the acquisition of data from a wireless access point during a window of acquisition. A wireless device in a vehicle obtains a list of wireless access points positioned along a route being traveled by a user of the wireless device. The wireless device acquires its current location and identifies the closest upcoming wireless access point in connection with its current location. If the wireless device had previously had a session with the upcoming wireless access point, then the wireless device continues sending packets to the upcoming wireless access point from the point of previous termination with the upcoming wireless access point until the session is restarted. The wireless device then accesses data from the upcoming wireless access point during the remaining window of acquisition.09-24-2009
20120064911PROCEDURE TO INCREASE POSITION LOCATION AVAILABILITY - A device, method and system are provide which permits the methodology used to make the position determination to change dynamically in connection with achieving a position fix of a desired accuracy.03-15-2012
20090209267Method and Apparatus for Executing Location Dependent Application in a Mobile Handset - Methods and mobile handsets provide applications with access to locality identifier information heretofore not shared with applications. By accessing the locality identifier from memory, applications can provide location-specific services, such as alarms and location-specific themes. The locality identifier can be compared to a criteria table in memory to determine if an application should be notified or activated. The criteria table may include time and date criteria, so application notification can depend upon time, date and location information.08-20-2009
20090143077System and Method for Brokering Mobile Service Providers - The present invention comprises a method and system for dispatching a plurality of mobile service providers among a plurality of users (stationary) based on proximity of a user to a particular mobile service provider. One or more representations of proximity will be presented to a user on a map by the system and the system computes offers based on proximity.06-04-2009
20110177828METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ESTIMATING THE LOCATION OF A MOBILE TERMINAL - A method and system are provided for estimating the location of a mobile radio-communication terminal, the mobile terminal having a plurality of antennas, and being in communication range of at least one transmitter having a plurality of antennas, the method comprising; measuring the time of arrival of a signal transmitted from the M antennas of the at least one transmitter at each of the N antennas of the mobile terminal to determine M×N range measurements corresponding to the M×N transmission paths of said signal between the M antennas of the transmitter and the N antennas of the mobile terminal; and estimating the location of the mobile terminal based on the M×N range measurements. The location of the mobile terminal may be estimated by applying a least squares method.07-21-2011
20110177826LOCATION DETERMINATION USING CACHED LOCATION AREA CODES - Methods, program products, and systems for location determination using cached location area codes are described. A mobile device can store a set of location area codes (LACs) of a cellular communications network on the mobile device. Each LAC can represent a location area of the cellular communications network that encompasses at least a predetermined number of cells. Each LAC can be further associated with an estimated geographic area. The estimated geographic area can be defined as a circle centered at a location and having a radius representing an uncertainty of the location. The mobile device can determine a current LAC of the mobile device based on a wirelessly received signal. The mobile device can determine a current location of the mobile device by performing a lookup in the stored set of LACs using the current LAC.07-21-2011
20110177825LOCATION DETERMINATION USING CACHED LOCATION AREA CODES - Methods, program products, and systems for location determination using cached location area codes are described. A server computer can receive location information from location-aware mobile devices (e.g., GPS-enabled devices) located in a location area of a cellular communications network. The server computer can also receive from the mobile device the location area code associated with the location area in which the mobile devices are located. The server computer can estimate a coarse geographic location of the location area, as well as a number of cells encompassed by the location area using the received information. The server computer can store the estimated geographic locations associated with sufficiently large location areas (e.g., location areas having more than a certain number of cells). The server computer can provide the stored geographic locations to second mobile devices that are not GPS-enabled for estimating current locations of the second mobile devices.07-21-2011
20080305808SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR MONITORING THE GEOSPATIAL CONTEXT ASSOCIATED WITH A MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Systems, methods and interfaces are disclosed for managing communications associated with a mobile communication device. Mobile communication devices process environmental inputs and transmit mobile communication device context information to a communication management system. The context information may, for example, reflect the motion and/or geographic location of the mobile device, and may reflect the risk associated with using the device to handle a call or other communications session. The communication management system uses the context information, optionally in combination with communication device profiles, to determine how to manage incoming and/or ongoing calls or other communication sessions. Mobile device users may also be inhibited from initiating communication sessions.12-11-2008
20080305807MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL, SERVICE AREA CALCULATION APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CALCULATING SERVICE AREA - A mobile communications terminal includes positional information generator configured to generate positional information indicating a current position of the terminal, receiver which receives identification information sent from the base station of the second mobile communication network, notification information generator configured to generate notification information including the identification information and the positional information generated at the time of receiving the identification information, and transmitter which transmits the notification information to the service area calculation apparatus via the first mobile communication network to derive the information concerning the service area.12-11-2008
20090111485Communication Terminal and Recording Medium - A communication terminal includes a first wireless unit for carrying out cellular communication, and a second wireless unit for carrying out WLAN communication. A control unit carries out a power save operation that inactivates the WLAN communication function of these wireless communication functions. Location information for access points accessible by WLAN communication is stored in the storage unit. The control unit calculates distances between access points and the communication terminal and determines whether or not the communication terminal is within communication range of any of the access points by matching location information for the communication terminal obtained by the GPS unit and location information for the access points stored in the storage unit. When the access point is within communication range, the control unit gives notification by outputting the signal strength via a display unit and the like according to the distance to the access point.04-30-2009
20080287139SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ESTIMATING THE LOCATION OF A MOBILE STATION IN COMMUNICATIONS NETWORKS - A system and method for estimating the location of a mobile station that receives signals from a plurality of base stations. An estimated location of a mobile station may be determined through any number of or combination of location technologies. Network measurements such as observed time difference values and/or a round trip time values at the mobile station or base stations in the network may be utilized. Network timing relationships may be determined as a function of the estimated location and network measurements. An estimated location of a second mobile station may be determined as a function of the network timing relationships.11-20-2008
20090029718CONTENT PUBLISHING SYSTEMS AND METHODS - A system for publishing digital content is described which, in one embodiment, includes a beacon device associated with a first user configured to transmit identification information and information indicating its current position. A browsing device includes a display configured and adapted to display to a second user a representation of a local geographical area, and to selectively display to the second user content information associated with the first user, based at least in part on whether the location of the beacon device is within the local geographical area.01-29-2009
20080242312Updating position assist data on a mobile computing device - A mobile computing device comprises a memory, a processor and a transceiver. The memory is configured to store at least one type of position assist data. The processor is configured to provide a position fix based on the position assist data. The transceiver is configured for wireless communication. The memory is configured to store updated position assist data for the type of position assist data. The processor is operable in a first operating mode in which the type of position assist data is not updated and operable in a second operating mode in which the type of position assist data is updated in response to at least one triggering event.10-02-2008
20100137003SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TARGET LOCATION PROFILING - Methods and systems for profiling the locations of users of wireless communication terminals. A profiling engine may accept data points regarding a given target. Each data point may indicate a location of the target at a certain measurement time. The profiling engine may accumulate the data points relative to a periodic time scale having a pre-specified time period. The accumulation process produces a location profile of the target. The location profile may convey information regarding the tracked targets. For example, the profiling engine may use the location profile to improve the location accuracy of a target terminal that is idle for long period of time, to detect deviations from the characteristic location pattern of a target, to detect that a certain sensitive location is being visited regularly by a given target, and/or to identify connections among different targets by detecting similarities or correlations between their location profiles.06-03-2010
20090005071Event Triggered Content Presentation - Methods, computer program products, systems and data structures for generating property instructions are described. Associated with the property instructions may include a property table. The property table may identify the detection of a particular geographic location as a trigger event, and the display of an attribute (or attributes) of a display property as an action. When a mobile device comes within a defined range of a geographic area as defined in the property table, the attribute of the display property is displayed on the mobile device.01-01-2009
20080311928APPLICATION FOR AUTOMATIC TRACKING OF MOBILE DEVICES FOR COMPUTER NETWORK PROCESSOR SYSTEMS - A method and system is provided for tracking mobile devices combining packet processing technology with Global Positioning System (GPS) technology. A central network system comprising a packet processing subsystem receives transmitted GPS location data from a mobile device transmitting GPS location data, wherein the packet processing subsystem uses a table access scheme to process the GPS location data and produce responsive mapping data, and the central network processing system compares the mapping data to a map and identifies a corresponding map location. Embodiments may also correlate device identification data, tracking table entries, and/or billing zone charges. In some embodiments a look-up key is built responsive to the GPS location data and used to identify map locations. The table access scheme may be a key hashing scheme and, in particular, a longest prefix match type scheme.12-18-2008
20080214208Computationally-Efficient Estimation of the Location of a Wireless Terminal Based on Pattern Matching - A method of using a non-GPS-derived technique to estimate the location of an Assisted-GPS-enabled wireless terminal for the purposes of generating location-specific assistance data for the wireless terminal is disclosed. The wireless terminal then uses the assistance data to acquire and process one or more GPS signals and to derive information that is probative of the wireless terminal's location. The GPS-derived location information is then combined with non-GPS-derived location to form an estimate of the location of the wireless terminal that is better than can be derived from either alone. This combination of GPS-derived and non-GPS techniques is particularly useful when the wireless terminal can only acquire one or two GPS signals because it is not possible to determine the location of the wireless terminal with only two GPS signals alone.09-04-2008
20080214209Web to Mobile Device Location Based Event Reminder - Web page ‘event information’ template is provided comprising of data fields to enable users input event information published on corresponding web page. Web page ‘event information’ data can be published or can be imbedded in corresponding web page. Mobile device ‘event information’ database is provided comprising of data fields identical to web page ‘event information’ database. Two way data transmission means between web page and mobile device ‘event information’ databases is provided. Mobile device event reminder application is provided with means to determine if GPS coordinates corresponding to current location of mobile device corresponds to GPS coordinates in ‘event information’ database contained therein. Event information is displayed if mobile device is in proximity to event location.09-04-2008
20080214203Local Positioning System and Method of Estimating Position a Mobile Wireless Unit in a Localised Area - A local positioning system comprises a plurality of sensor elements that may communicate with mobile units in a wireless fashion. The responsiveness of the mobile units is measured by yes/no answers and averaged so as to provide a measure of the distance of a mobile unit to a specified sensor element. Based on this measure and the known positions of the sensor element, the position of the mobile unit is estimated, for instance by a model of ideal springs.09-04-2008
20080214206COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING SAME, AND INFORMATION DISPLAYING PROGRAM PRODUCT AND INFORMATION DISPLAYING METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - A communication terminal and communication system which are capable of having a grasp of a distance between communication terminals when communication is carried out, an information displaying program product and an information displaying method for the communication terminal and the communication system are provided. A communication network includes an originator terminal and receiver terminal connected to the communication network and a location information server to notify these terminals of the distance between these terminals or location information of each of these terminals. Each of the originator terminal and the receiver terminal, when location of each of these terminal is notified, calculates the distance between these terminals and displays the distance by a method of appealing to the five senses of a human to select a type of ring back tone in stages. Distance information representing the distance transmitted from the location information server is displayed.09-04-2008
20080214207LOCATION-BASED BROADCAST MESSAGING FOR RADIOTERMINAL USERS - Methods, radioterminals, and broadcast message generation consoles provide location-based broadcast messaging for users. A method of operating a radioterminal can include receiving at the radioterminal over a wireless air interface a broadcast message that includes region information that defines a geographic region of applicability. A determination is made at the radioterminal whether the radioterminal is located in the region of applicability. A functional mode of the radioterminal is activated in response to the radioterminal being in the region of applicability. The functional mode may include activating a user interface of the radioterminal.09-04-2008
20080214205SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR GENERATING A LOCATION ESTIMATE USING A METHOD OF INTERSECTIONS - The location of a wireless mobile device may be estimated using, at least in part, one or more pre-existing Network Measurement Reports (“NMRs”) which include calibration data for a number of locations within a geographic region. The calibration data for these locations is gathered and analyzed so that particular grid points within the geographic region can be determined and associated with a particular set or sets of calibration data from, for example, one or more NMRs. Regions may be defined as a function of any number of parameters and respective predetermined ranges thereof in the NMRs. An intersection of these defined regions may be determined and the location of a mobile device may be estimated as a function of the intersection.09-04-2008
20080214204SIMILARITY BASED LOCATION MAPPING OF MOBILE COMM FACILITY USERS - In embodiments of the present invention methods and systems are described for associating a mobile subscriber characteristic with a mobile communication facility for identifying a location of the mobile communication facility and creating a map that includes the location of the mobile subscriber characteristic based at least in part on the location of the mobile communication facility with which it is associated.09-04-2008
20100279705METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR DERIVING SEED POSITION OF A SUBSCRIBER STATION IN SUPPORT OF UNASSISTED GPS-TYPE POSITION DETERMINATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a method and system for deriving a seed position of a subscriber station in a wireless communications system in supporting unassisted GPS-type position determination is provided, the subscriber station receives overhead messages from the wireless communications system, and derives the seed position from the parameter values. The subscriber station may use a data structure in its memory and map possible parameter values to corresponding positions that may serve as the seed positions.11-04-2010
20120202517Methods and Apparatus for Identifying and Authorizing Location Servers and Location Services - Techniques are provided which may be implemented in various methods, apparatus, and/or articles of manufacture to allow a mobile device to obtain certain location service(s) and/or the like from one or more computing devices that have been authorized for use. For example, in certain implementations, an authorizing location server may obtain a first message from a mobile device indicating a first set of location servers, determine a second set of location servers based, at least in part, on the first set of location servers, and transmit a second message to the mobile device indicating that the second set of location servers are authorized for location service related access by the mobile device.08-09-2012
20120202515SMARTPHONE-BASED ASSET MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A method of tracking an inventory of objects via a mobile communications device includes acquiring an image of one or more of the objects via the mobile communications device, which also collects a location of the mobile communications device while acquiring the image of the one or more of the objects. The location and image are transferred from the mobile communications device to a remote server via a wireless network, such that the one or more of the objects are identified at the server based on the image, and the location and identity of the one or more objects are stored on a database associated with the server.08-09-2012
20080254808Position Information Processing Method, Position Information Processing System, Position Information Processing Apparatus, Communication Apparatus and Program - A position information processing method includes: measuring, at a communication apparatus, a signal intensity of a signal transmitted from a plurality of base stations; recording a history of signal intensity information at one or more times in a history storage medium of the communication apparatus; recording, in an information storage medium of the information recording apparatus, a specific time and information matching a position environment of the information recording apparatus at the specific time, respectively correlated to each other; calculating position information of the communication apparatus based on the history of signal intensity information recorded in the history storage medium, and known base station information constituted of the base station identification information and position information of the base stations; and correlating the calculated position information to the information matching the position environment stored in the medium and correlated to the specific time.10-16-2008
20120122484METHOD FOR CALIBRATING A PROPAGATION-TIME-BASED LOCALIZATION SYSTEM - In a method for calibrating a propagation-time-based localization system in a computer-assisted manner, the position of a mobile object in a predetermined environment can be determined by detecting propagation-time-based variables of multiple base stations, wherein the propagation-time-based variable of a base station represents the propagation time of a signal between an object radio unit and the base station. The object is moved and the variables of the base stations are detected in the process at multiple measuring times. The minimum value of the variables of a base station is associated with a predefined minimum distance between the object and base station and the maximum value with a predefined maximum distance. A predefined dependence of the distances between the object and base station is scaled to the association of the minimum and maximum value. The scaled dependence is then used when determining the position of the mobile object.05-17-2012
20120122476METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING SPATIAL-BASED CONTEXT-AWARE SERVICE - A system for providing spatial-based context-aware service includes a database configured to store a geocontext including spatial information, one or more contexts, and sensor data; a sensor/context catalog server configured to manage meta data of the contexts and the sensor data; a context processing server configured to generate a list of contexts applicable to the mobile device based on the sensor data and the meta data upon a receipt of the sensor data from the mobile device; a geocontext search server configured to search the database for candidate geocontexts appropriate for the user of the mobile device by using the location information of the mobile device and the list of contexts; and a context-aware management server configured to generate a list of recommended services by executing the searched candidate geocontexts.05-17-2012
20100317367In-vehicle device and system for communicating with base stations - An in-vehicle device for communicating with base stations includes: a radio wave detection element for detecting a radio wave from the stations; a position detection element for receiving information of position coordinates of the vehicle from an external device; a base station position obtaining element for obtaining position coordinates of each station based on data on the radio wave; a communication element for communicating with each station via the radio wave; and a controller for comparing the position coordinates of the vehicle and each station to determine whether the station is disposed in a predetermined distance range, for selecting one station in the predetermined range and providing a signal level equal to or larger than a predetermined signal level, and for controlling the communication element to communicate with the one station.12-16-2010
20120122471SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MOBILE TERMINAL LOCATION VERIFICATION - Methods and systems for using W-code to extend anti-spoof capability to civilian GPS receivers for verifying locations of mobile terminals are disclosed. A system for verifying a reported location of a mobile terminal includes a receiver of the mobile terminal and a verification processor. The receiver processes the radio ranging signals to generate measured quantities related to the W-code to the verification processor. The receiver also provides the reported location of the mobile terminal to the verification processor. The verification processor generates expected quantities related to the W-code based on the reported location of the mobile terminal. The verification processor further compares the measured quantities related to the W-code to the expected quantities related to the W-code to verify the reported location of the mobile terminal.05-17-2012
20120122485POSITIONING SYSTEMS - We describe a device that is able to compute its range and time offset relative to another similar device, and thereby also a three-dimensional position, speed and time relative to other similar devices provided that at least four are present and within range. It does so by transmitting at least two signals at different frequencies and by receiving similar signals transmitted by the other devices. The signals are constructed so that they are independent of the radio band used and so that they lead to cancellation of common-mode effects in the transmitter and receiver circuits. No fixed infrastructure of transmitters, receivers or local measurement units is required and the devices do not need to be synchronised. The system scales to very large networks of devices in which they work collectively each solving a part of the problem that describes the relative positions of all interconnected devices.05-17-2012
20120122482ACTIVATING LOCATION BASED SERVICE APPLICATIONS - The present invention relates to providing methods and apparatus for identifying a location area of a mobile device, determining whether an LBS application should be activated on the mobile device based on the location area and activating the LBS application on the mobile device. A Mobile Network Operator server may identify the location area of a mobile device and activate an application on the mobile device while a third party LBS application provider server may make the determination as to whether an LBS application should be activated on the mobile device.05-17-2012
20120122481SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING LOCATIONS TO BE STORED IN A LOCATION DATABASE - A present location of a user is periodically determined. The present location of the user is compared to a previous location of the user. A determination is made as to whether the present location is within a specified distance of the previous location. If the present location is within the specified distance of the previous location, a determination is made as to whether the user has been at the present location for a specified time period. If the user has been at the present location for the specified time period, the present location is stored in a location database.05-17-2012
20120122478Signalling Measurements for Positioning in a Wireless Network - A method in a signalling device for assisting in positioning of user equipment based on time measurements is provided. The signalling device is associated with an s-cell, which is recognized by the first network node as having limited functionality and is, therefore, not considerable for the user equipment as a candidate cell for serving the user equipment (for data transmission. The signalling device associated s-cell is part of a positioning neighbour list of neighbour cells. The neighbour cells in the list are configured to have time measurements performed thereon by the user equipment for enabling positioning. The signalling device is configured to transmit predefined reference signals in predefined subframes and according to a predefined pattern relating to preselected subcarriers and preselected time slots within a subframe. The signalling device obtains synchronisation information and transmits reference signals according to the configuration and synchronized according to the obtained synchronisation information. This enables the user equipment to receive and perform time measurements on the transmitted reference signals for positioning when the signalling device associated s-cell is in the positioning neighbour list.05-17-2012
20120122470METHOD FOR LOCATING MULTIPLE RAYS OF A SOURCE WITH OR WITHOUT AOA BY MULTI-CHANNEL ESTIMATION OF THE TDOA AND FDOA - A method and system for locating an emitter E transmitting a signal toward a receiver A comprising N radio frequency channels (N≧1), the characteristics of said signal being unknown to the receiver and said signal being reflected off P reflectors B05-17-2012
20080207219Estimating Whether Or Not A Wireless Terminal Is In A Zone Using Radio Navigation - A method for estimating whether or not a wireless terminal is in a zone is described. The method is based on the following observation: when a wireless terminal is at a particular location, the values of the traits of the ambient electromagnetic signals that vary with location represent a “fingerprint” or “signature” for that location. This enables the location of a wireless terminal to be estimated by comparing the observed values of the traits of the ambient electromagnetic signals with the fingerprint for each potential location for the wireless terminal.08-28-2008
20110263272Presence Service Time Zone Information - The invention relates to a method for providing a time zone information of a mobile user entity to a presence server of a cellular network, wherein a network control node by which the mobile user entity is served, is determined. Based on the geographical position of said network control node, a time zone information is determined and transmitted to the presence server.10-27-2011
20110165891ENHANCED FINDING OF SUBSCRIBERS IN COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - In the present solution, a gateway node (GMLC-I, PDC) of a communications system (S) receives a find-subscribers-in-area request from an application node (LAP), and a prioritization act is performed according to predetermined prioritization criteria. The prioritization act is performed on the basis of passive location data received in the gateway node (PDC), and one or more user terminals are selected as polling priority user terminals (UE, UE07-07-2011
20110053608MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND NETWORK DEVICE - A mobile communication system according the embodiment is configured such that upon receipt of a radio link establishment request from a mobile station UE #Y via the home cell #a, a cell with which the mobile station is to establish a radio link is selected from the first candidate group, and upon receipt of a radio link establishment request from the mobile station UE #X via the macro cell #A, a cell with which the mobile station is to establish a radio link is selected from the second candidate group.03-03-2011
20110053607SYSTEM FOR CONNECTION TO MOBILE PHONE NETWORKS03-03-2011
20110053606METHOD AND DEVICE FOR NOTIFYING A LOCATION SERVICES CLIENT THAT A TARGET TERMINAL IS UNREACHABLE - A method and device enables notifying a location services client that a target terminal is unreachable. The method (03-03-2011
20110053605MOBILE STATION, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD OF OPERATION - A mobile station (03-03-2011
20100285816METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PERFORMING POSITION UPDATES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention provides a method and system for performing position area updates in a wireless communication system configured to broadcast a plurality of position area codes, each associated with one of a plurality of position areas. The method comprises moving the wireless terminal from a first position area to a second position area; evaluating a predetermined condition; and performing the position area update when the predetermined condition is met.11-11-2010
20100285813SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING A REFERENCE LOCATION USING CELL TABLE DATA MINING - A system and method for providing assistance data to a wireless device. A location request may be received for the wireless device, the location request identifying location information for the wireless device. A reference location for the wireless device may then be determined as a function of a comparison of the location information and a region determined as a function of at least one of a mobile country code (“MCC”), mobile network code (“MNC”), and an Area-Identification (“Area-ID”), such as a location area code (“LAC”) or a Radio Network Controller-Identification (“RNC-ID”). Assistance data may be provided to the wireless device as a function of the determined reference location.11-11-2010
20100285815Locating Method - The invention relates to a method for locating a first mobile terminal within a radio network. Said method comprises the following steps: a first locating process is carried out to determine an initial position of the first terminal; the first locating process is deactivated; a second locating process is carried out to at least approximately determine the current position of the first terminal relative to the initial position; and the first locating process is activated and carried out again to determine a new initial position of the first terminal when the current position reaches a minimum distance from the initial position. The invention also relates to a method for determining cliques of mobile terminals in a radio network encompassing a plurality of mobile terminals. Said method comprises the following steps: one or more independent numbers of terminals is determined, each couple of terminals of each of the independent numbers being located at a distance from each other that is greater than a predetermined threshold value; and at least one clique of terminals is determined, the couples of which are located at a shorter distance from each other than a predetermined threshold value, each independent number containing a maximum of one terminal of the clique.11-11-2010
20100285814SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR GATHERING INFORMATION ABOUT DISCRETE WIRELESS TERMINALS - The present invention is broadly directed to systems and methods for gathering information about wireless transceiver devices in a defined boundary region. To this end, the disclosure is more particularly directed to gathering movement information (e.g., via detection and location) about two-way end-user wireless terminals within three-dimensional boundaries of defined local space (“DLS”) to allow for selective control of the terminals and other subsystems, as desired. Additionally, the data collected can be used to improve accuracy and precision regarding the prediction of behavior characteristics and tendencies of populations based on a sampling of observed terminals.11-11-2010
20110070893 METHOD AND A SYSTEM FOR COMMUNICATING INFORMATION TO A LAND SURVEYING ROVER LOCATED IN AN AREA WITHOUT CELLULAR COVERAGE - Embodiments of the present invention pertain to methods and systems for communicating information to a roving positioning device. In one embodiment, a wireless communication device, a non-cellular wireless communication device, and a computer networking device for forwarding data packets are coupled with a bus. A request originating from a roving positioning device for a location-specific position data is received via the non-cellular wireless communication device. A controller coupled with the bus causes the request to be forwarded via the wireless communication device.03-24-2011
20110263270METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SHARING A SIGNAL RECEIVED BY AN ANTENNA - Described are a method, system, and mobile communication device for sharing a signal received by an antenna. A signal, such as a signal sent from a global positioning system, is received by the antenna. An amplifier is then used to generate an amplified signal. The amplifier is located an attenuation distance away from a noise source. The amplified signal is divided into a first divided signal and a second divided signal, which are respectively transmitted to first and second signal utilization modules. While being transmitted from the antenna to the first and second signal utilization modules, the signal suffers propagation losses. While locating the amplifier remote from the noise source decreases noise strength, which positively contributes to signal-to-noise ratio, it also increases propagation losses, which negatively contributes to signal-to-noise ratio. The method, system and mobile communication device are designed such that this positive contribution exceeds this negative contribution, resulting in an overall benefit to signal-to-noise ratio. Also beneficially, sharing the signal allows one antenna to be used for both signal utilization modules, lowering manufacturing costs and saving space in the mobile communication device.10-27-2011
20110117928SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCATION BASED CONTENT CORRELATION - A method and a system to correlate location and content. For example, data is received from a client device that includes current geographical position data identifying a geographical position of the client device. A vendor having a geographical location within a specified distance of the geographical position of the client device is identified. An offer from the vendor within the distance of the client device is returned to the client device.05-19-2011
20110117925METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ASSISTED POSITIONING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Systems and methodologies are described herein that facilitate reduced complexity network-assisted device positioning in a wireless communication system. As described herein, a mobile device and/or other suitable device can utilize positioning assistance messages received from a location server, a serving network cell, and/or other entities, to assist in position fixing based on reference signals (e.g., positioning reference signals (PRSs)) detected from nearby network cells. Positioning assistance messages as described herein can include, for example, information relating to PRS bandwidths, transmit antenna configurations, and/or other parameters of respective cells from which reference signals are detected by a device during positioning. As further described herein, messaging load can be reduced by providing bandwidth and/or antenna configuration information relative to a given reference cell, such that parameters of non-reference cells that are equivalent to corresponding parameters of the reference cell can be omitted from transmitted positioning assistance data.05-19-2011
20110263268NAVIGATION APPARATUS, LOCATION DETERMINATION SYSTEM AND METHOD OF LOCATION DETERMINATION - A navigation apparatus includes a wireless communications unit for data communication via a wireless communications network supported by identifiable base stations. The apparatus also includes a processing resource arranged to support, when in use, an operational environment, the operational environment supporting a location determination module arranged to receive at a current location at least identities of a number of the identifiable base stations receivable from the wireless communications unit. In at least one embodiment, the location determination module is capable of accessing a data store including a plurality of data association entries. Each data association entry includes a stored number of identities of the identifiable base stations and a location identifier associated with a location where the stored number of identities is receivable. The location determination module is also arranged to determine from the plurality of data association entries the current location associated with the stored number of identities.10-27-2011
20100298008POSITIONING OF A WIRELESS DEVICE SERVED BY A FEMTO CELL - Techniques for supporting positioning are described. In an aspect, positioning of mobile stations served by femto cells may be supported by having the femto cells transmit at least one identity used to differentiate the femto cells from other cells/sectors in a wireless network. The at least one identity may also convey certain information for the femto cells, which may be pertinent for positioning of the mobile stations. In one design, a femto cell may send the at least one identity assigned to the femto cell and the location of the femto cell to mobile stations as an aid for positioning. A mobile station may receive and forward the least one identity and the location of the femto cell to a location server. The mobile station and the location server may then perform positioning based on the at least one identity and the location of the femto cell.11-25-2010
20100323721SHARED PHONE, MEDIUM HAVING RECORDED THEREIN PROGRAM FOR CONTROLLING SHARED PHONE, AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING SHARED PHONE - The present invention provides a shared phone, a medium having recorded therein a program for controlling the shared phone, and a method for controlling the shared phone, which can make the shared use by a plurality of users easy. The shared phone switches phone numbers depending on users, and includes a user information storage unit that stores user information including phone numbers for each user, a public line communication unit that performs public line communication, and registers phone numbers stored in the user information storage unit to a public line, and detects an incoming call to a registered phone number, a display unit that, in case an incoming call is detected by the public line communication unit, displays user information corresponding to the incoming call from among user information stored by the user information storage unit, and an operation unit that accepts instruction for public line communication from a user, and sends the instruction to the public line communication unit.12-23-2010
20100323718Method of Enhancing Positioning Measurement and Related Communication Device - A method of enhancing positioning measurement for a network in a wireless communications system is disclosed. The method comprises including a plurality of identifications of a plurality of cells associated with the positioning measurement of a mobile device of the wireless communications system in assistance data, whereby the plurality of cells are identified according to the plurality of identifications.12-23-2010
20100323719Method of Enhancing Positioning Measurement and Related Communication Device - A method of enhancing positioning measurement for a mobile device in a wireless communications system is disclosed. The method comprises initiating a positioning measurement automatically or when a service of the mobile device is triggered or initiated.12-23-2010
20100323717METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FACILITATING PROXIMITY DETECTION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Methods, apparatuses, and computer program products are disclosed for facilitating proximity detection in wireless networks. a location enhancement device is activated and a unique identifier associated with the location enhancement device is ascertained. A positioning signal that emulates a base station reference signal is then generated, which includes the unique identifier. The positioning signal is transmitted from the location enhancement device, wherein the positioning signal is detectable by wireless terminals proximate to the location enhancement device. Proximity detection is then facilitated by processing the positioning signal.12-23-2010
20100323715DEVICE LOCATION PREDICTION FOR MOBILE SERVICE OPTIMIZATION - Described technologies are generally related to predicting future mobile device locations and using the predictive information to optimize mobile communications service parameters. Mobile device locations may be predicted using real-time device location information, destination information, and location history. Predicted location information for a given device, and possibly other devices as well, may be used to adjust mobile communications service parameters such as handoffs, channel assignment, multipath fading response parameters, data rates, transmission modes, opportunistic scheduling parameters, location-based services, and location update rates.12-23-2010
20100331010Trajectory-Based Location Determination - The subject matter disclosed herein relates to determining a location of a mobile device using an estimated trajectory of motion of the mobile device, and in particular, using a comparison of the estimated trajectory with one or more predetermined candidate trajectories.12-30-2010
20100173645Method And Arrangements In A Mobile Telecommunication Network - The present invention relates to a method and an arrangement in a mobile telecommunication network for detection of a UE transmitted signal. The arrangement comprises means for detecting the signal during the time t07-08-2010
20110256886SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING AUTOMATIC LOCATION-BASED IMAGING USING MOBILE AND STATIONARY CAMERAS - An approach is provided for automatic location-based imaging. User positional information is determined based on a mobile device associated with a user. The user positional information is correlated with camera positional information of a camera configured to capture one or more images of the user. The one or more images are retrieved from the camera based on the correlation.10-20-2011
20110256884Controlling Radio Emission from a Mobile Terminal in a Critical Area - Methods and arrangements (10-20-2011
20110256883METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING PAGING MESSAGES - The present invention relates to a communication method for an idle mode terminal in a wireless access system to which a femtocell is applied. The method for receiving paging messages at a terminal in a femtocell environment according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises the steps of: receiving a deregistration command message containing first paging information of a first cell region from a first base station; setting a first timer for carrying out a location update with the first base station; moving from the first cell region to a second cell region; setting a second timer for delaying the location update for a predetermined time period; and receiving a paging message in the second cell region.10-20-2011
20110256882Multi-Path Mitigation in Rangefinding and Tracking Objects Using Reduced Attenuation RF Technology - A method and system for identification, tracking and locating in wireless communications and wireless networks. The method and system use reference and/or pilot signals that are present in wireless communications and wireless networks. The method and system can also use RTT, TOA and time-stamping measurements/techniques to determine one or more reference signals traveling time between the Base Station (eNB) or its functional equivalent and mobile device (UE) and or network device. The method and system includes multi-path mitigations processor and multi-path mitigations techniques and algorithms which improve the track-locate accuracy. The method and system allow achieving increased accuracy by using multi-path mitigations processor and multi-path mitigations techniques and algorithms. The techniques of Digital Signal Processing and Software-Defined Radio are used.10-20-2011
20100210283RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND POSITION INFORMATION PROVIDING APPARATUS - A radio communication system includes a delay time acquiring unit configured to acquire a delay time of a signal transmitted between the mobile terminal 08-19-2010
20100081450METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR INTEGRATING GLOBAL NAVIGATION SATELLITE SYSTEM (GNSS), WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK (WLAN), AND CELL PHONE TECHNOLOGY - Location of a mobile terminal may be determined via a satellite navigation system receiver integrated within the mobile terminal. The satellite navigation system receiver may comprise a GPS receiver, a Galileo receiver and/or a GLONASS receiver. The location of the mobile terminal may then be used to determine communication standard parameters needed for operation. Different countries may require different parameters for various applications, such as digital video broadcasting (DVB) and/or Bluetooth communication. The mobile terminal may then configure itself to use the appropriate parameters for operation using the determined standards. The configuration information may be stored in the mobile terminal. The mobile terminal may comprise at least one radio wireless communication that may need to be updated. The wireless communication may comprise cellular communication, Internet access, and reception of audio and/or video broadcasts, where the audio/video broadcasts may be analog and/or digital.04-01-2010
20120309422SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCATING PHYSICAL ASSETS - A stolen asset locating and recovery system comprises: a first locating device (LD) associated with a first asset. The first LD has a first wireless communication unit comprising a public mobile radio network (PMRN) enabled communication unit for communicating over a PMRN such as a GSM/GPRS network with any of: an operations control centre; a second LD associated with a second asset; or a mobile location tracking system. The first LD has a second wireless communication unit. The second wireless communication unit uses a different wireless technology or protocol to that of the PMRN enabled communication unit. In the case where the second communication unit is a private radio frequency network (PRFN) operated by the asset location system service provider, the first LD is configured to use said second communication unit to communicate directly over said PRFN with the second LD in order to convey information such as a preprogrammed sequence of signals which assists locating and recovering said asset. In the event that the second communication unit is enabled for communication on a public radio network (PRN), the first LD is configured to communicate with any of the operations control centre, the second LD, or the mobile location tracking system on a PRN such as an IEEE802.11 enabled wireless local area network (WLAN) or an IEEE802.16 enabled wireless metropolitan area network when it is determined at the first LD that the communication cannot be transmitted between said first LD and any of the operations control centre, the second LD, or the mobile location tracking system using the PMRN.12-06-2012
20120309421LOCATION-DETERMINING SYSTEM AND METHOD - A method of determining the location of a mobile device (12-06-2012
20120309420Continuous Data Optimization of Moved Access Points in Positioning Systems - Methods and systems of continuously optimizing data in WiFi positioning systems. A location-based services system uses WiFi-enabled devices to monitor WiFi access points in a target area to indicate whether a WiFi access point has moved relative to its previously recorded location. A WiFi-enabled device communicates with WiFi access points within range of the WiFi-enabled device so that observed WiFi access points identify themselves; A reference database is accessed to obtain information specifying a recorded location for each observed WiFi access point in the target area. The recorded location information is used for each of the observed WiFi access points in conjunction with predefined rules to infer whether an observed WiFi access point has moved relative to its recorded location. The reference database is informed of the identity of any observed WiFi access point that is inferred to have moved.12-06-2012
20120309418Communication Performance Guidance in a User Terminal - A user terminal (12-06-2012
20120309419METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPDATING LOCATION INFORMATION FOR A TERMINAL - Discloses is a method for transmitting cell change instruction information, which is to be performed by a terminal in a wireless communication system. The method for transmitting cell change instruction information includes: selecting or reselecting a second cell from a first cell; comparing a first cell ID of the first cell with a second cell ID of the second cell, or comparing a first tracking area code (TAC) of the first cell with a second TAC of the second cell; and transmitting cell change instruction information to a network when the result of the comparison shows that the first cell ID does not match the second cell ID or the first TAC does not match the second TAC.12-06-2012
20120309417METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FACILITATING LOCATION BASED INTERACTION OVER AN AD-HOC MESH NETWORK - An approach is provided for enabling location based interaction between wireless nodes over an ad-hoc mesh network. A location anchoring services module monitors an ad-hoc mesh network for activity information exchanged among one or more nodes within a predetermined proximity. Messages exchanged between wireless nodes are then processed with respect to location information for determining a location anchor. The activity information are then associated with the location anchor.12-06-2012
20120309416GEOTHENTICATION BASED ON NETWORK RANGING - A system, method, and apparatus for the authentication of the physical location of a target node are disclosed herein. In one or more embodiments, the authentication of the target node's physical location is achieved by using ping ranging measurements obtained from the amount of time that elapses during ping messages being sent between the target node and at least one trusted node with a known physical location. The physical location of the trusted node(s) is obtained by using satellite geolocation techniques. The accuracy of the ranging measurements may be improved upon by using pre-coordination and/or priority determination of the ping messages being sent between the target node and the trusted node(s). In at least one embodiment, the ping messages are sent by dedicated ping response hardware that is associated with the target node and/or the trusted node(s). In some embodiments, the ping messages include a pseudo random code bit sequence.12-06-2012
20120309413MONITORING A GEOFENCE USING WIRELESS ACCESS POINTS - Methods, program products, and systems for monitoring a geofence using wireless access points are disclosed. In general, in one aspect, a mobile device receives data defining a geofence. The mobile device can select, from multiple wireless access points, one or more wireless access points for monitoring the geofence. The selected wireless access points can be monitored by a wireless processor of the mobile device. The wireless processor can detect a potential entry of the geofence when at least one of the selected one or more wireless access points is detected. Upon a detection of the potential entry of the geofence by the wireless processor, the mobile device can use an application processor of the mobile device to determine whether the mobile device entered the geofence.12-06-2012
20120309412Determining Motion States - Methods, systems, and apparatus, including computer programs encoded on a computer storage medium, for determining a motion state of a mobile device. Accelerometer data is received from accelerometer sensors onboard the mobile device, wherein the accelerometer data represents acceleration of the mobile device in three-dimensional space. An accelerometer signal vector representing at least a force due to gravity on the mobile device is determined. Two-dimensional accelerometer data orthogonal to the accelerometer signal vector is calculated. A motion state of the mobile device is determined based on the two-dimensional accelerometer data.12-06-2012
20120309414LOCATION AWARE INTELLIGENT TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS - A location aware intelligent transportation system determines ranges between a plurality of communication devices, including at least one mobile communication device. A method includes receiving receive messages transmitted from a plurality of other communication devices. Each receive message includes a transmit count stamp corresponding to a remote counter value. The mobile communication device generates a receive count stamp for each receive message. The method includes dynamically associating and disassociating the mobile communication device with a plurality of sub-groups of the plurality of other communication devices. The associating and disassociating are based at least in part on receiving receive messages from a predetermined number of other communication devices for each sub-group. For each sub-group currently associated with the mobile communication device, the method includes generating range estimates between the mobile communication device and the other communication devices in the particular sub-group. The range estimates are based on a combination of the transmit count stamps and the receive count stamps.12-06-2012
20120309410Mobile Device Location Estimation - Methods, program products, and systems of location estimation using multiple wireless access gateways are disclosed. In general, in one aspect, a mobile device can scan and detect multiple wireless access gateways. The mobile device can determine an initial estimate of distance between the mobile device and each wireless access gateway. The mobile device can receive, from a server, location data of the detected wireless access gateways. The location data can include an estimated location of each wireless access gateway, an uncertainty of the estimated location, and a reach of each wireless access gateway. The mobile device can assign a weight to each estimated location using the uncertainty, the reach, and the initial estimate. The mobile device can estimate the location of the mobile device using the weighted locations.12-06-2012
20120309408ALTITUDE ESTIMATION USING A PROBABILITY DENSITY FUNCTION - Methods, program products, and systems of location estimation using a probability density function are disclosed. In general, in one aspect, a server can estimate an effective altitude of a wireless access gateway using harvested data. The server can harvest location data from multiple mobile devices. The harvested data can include a location of each mobile device and an identifier of a wireless access gateway that is located within a communication range of the mobile device. The server can calculate an effective altitude of the wireless access gateway using a probability density function of the harvested data. The probability density function can be a sufficient statistic of the received set of location coordinates for calculating an effective altitude of the wireless access gateway. The server can send the effective altitude of the wireless access gateway to other mobile devices for estimating altitudes of the other mobile devices.12-06-2012
20120309409MONITORING GEOFENCE EXIT - Methods, program products, and systems for monitoring geofence exits using wireless access points are disclosed. In general, in one aspect, a mobile device can detect one or more entry gateways that are wireless access points selected for monitoring a geofence. The mobile device can determine that the mobile device is located in the geofence based on the detection. The mobile device can monitor the entry gateways and one or more exit gateways, which can be wireless access points observable by the mobile device when the mobile device is in the geofence. When the mobile device determines, after a number of scans using a wireless processor, that the entry gateways and exit gateways are unobservable, the mobile device can use an application processor to determine whether the mobile device has exited from the geofence.12-06-2012
20120309407Mode of Operation based on Image Capture Profile - A device to detect a location of a device, identify an image capture profile associated with the location of the device, and modify a mode of operation on the device based on the image capture profile.12-06-2012
20090176506LOCATION BASED SERVICE (LBS) SYSTEM, METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRIGGERING OF MOBILE STATION LBS APPLICATIONS - An application executed within a mobile station to be triggered only by a network element, such as a mobile positioning center (MPC) or a Mobile Center (MC). The network element is coupled to a base station. The network element is responsible for authorizing an application that is either resident within the mobile station or that is run in a device that is resident elsewhere in the network. The mobile station communicates with the network element over a communication link through the base station and other infrastructure components. The mobile station will only respond to attempts to trigger particular operations (e.g., run particular applications) if the mobile station receives a short message services (SMS) message as defined by Interim Specification 637A (IS-637A) which is published by the Telecommunication Industry Association (TIA)/Electronics Industry Association (EIA). More specifically, that SMS message must include an SMS Teleservice Identifier that has a particular pre-assigned value.07-09-2009
20090176505Identification of proximate mobile devices - A method for a first mobile device to identify a second mobile device. The method comprises a) detecting at least one sensory identifier (ID07-09-2009
20090176504METHOD FOR MANAGING SERVICE REQUESTS VIA A MOBILE STATION OF A DIGITAL MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - The invention proposes a method and mobile station application designed for managing service requests via a digital mobile communications network, comprising the steps of: —connecting (S07-09-2009
20120064914COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, INFORMATION ANALYZING APPARATUS, AND INFORMATION ANALYZING METHOD - For easily and quickly collecting data regarding macroscopic population distribution, and easily and quickly obtaining the survey results, an RNC includes: a positioning module that measures a position of a mobile station in response to a given trigger event; an RNC communication controller that transmits location information as information regarding the position of the mobile station that the positioning module measures, identification information as an identifier that makes the mobile station uniquely identifiable; and time information as information regarding a time when the positioning module measures the position of the mobile station, to an information analyzing apparatus, and the information analyzing apparatus includes: a location calculation module that calculates location information regarding a location in which the mobile station is located at a given time based on the location information, the identification information, and the time information; and an output module that calculates distribution information by integrating the calculated location information and outputs the distribution information thus calculated.03-15-2012
20090197616CRITICAL MASS BILLBOARD - A public advertisement display (e.g., billboard) is dynamically adjusted for advertising content in response to characterizing a viewing population. At least a subset of the viewing population carries a wireless networked device that can be associated with a user's identity as well as a location of the user. A user profile is developed based on behavior, collected demographic data, web browsing through other devices, etc. Advertising campaigns have royalty values based on the number of viewers of a particular characterization. Optimization of the royalty is dynamically determined based on determining a number of viewers and a characterization of at least a portion of the viewers. A targeted advertising campaign of reach-frequency-time per viewer can be satisfied at least in part by tracking these views for identified users. A marketplace platform depersonalizes tracking and royalty reports to advertisers to protect the users and encourage their participation in the tracking.08-06-2009
20090197612Mobile telephone location application - A hand-held mobile communications device including a location determination system for determining a location of the hand-held mobile communications device; and a system for sending location information of the hand-held mobile communications device, determined by the location determination system, to a second hand-held mobile communications device. The communications devices can be mobile telephones. The location determination system can include a GPS receiver. The communications device can comprise a system for displaying the location of the second communications device and/or perform a task of a non-location specific application, such as a music player.08-06-2009
20090197613METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING THE LOCATION OF A NODE IN A WIRELESS SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for determining the location of a node within a wireless communication system is provided herein. In order to determine the location of a node, a series of GSM network measurement reports (NMRs) received at multiple base stations are analyzed by location-finding equipment. Multiple reports from the same mobile unit are analyzed for their received signal strength and multiple location estimates are then determined for the node. The location estimates are then averaged and weighted to determine an accurate location estimate for the node.08-06-2009
20090197614Content Forwarding for Bandwidth Conservation - Embodiments described herein provide for conserving bandwidth. A cluster of cellular devices is identified. Each cellular device in the cluster may be within a given proximity from at least one other cellular device in the cluster. A seed is selected from the cluster of cellular devices. A schedule associated with a content item to be distributed to the cluster of cellular devices is identified. The schedule identifies which of the cellular devices in the cluster receive the content item. A cellular tower is instructed to transmit the content item and the schedule to the seed. Upon receiving the content item, the seed may forward the content item to another cellular device in the cluster according to the schedule.08-06-2009
20100190512METHOD FOR AMBIGUITY RESOLUTION IN LOCATION DETERMINATION - A method using various heuristics techniques for resolving ambiguity in location determination in environments with or without noise. A final location determination solution may be determined from a set of ambiguous location determination solutions by using clock temporal bias value, by using consistency information of ranging signal order such as the time of arrival and/or the received power level of the ranging signals, by using the distances to the sources, and/or by using other discriminator functions to select the final location determination solution from a plurality of ambiguous location determination solutions. The main advantage of the heuristic approaches is that redundant measurements are not required for location determination solution disambiguation.07-29-2010
20100190511METHOD FOR AMBIGUITY RESOLUTION IN LOCATION DETERMINATION - A method using various heuristics techniques for resolving ambiguity in location determination in environments with or without noise. A final location determination solution may be determined from a set of ambiguous location determination solutions by using clock temporal bias value, by using consistency information of ranging signal order such as the time of arrival and/or the received power level of the ranging signals, by using the distances to the sources, and/or by using other discriminator functions to select the final location determination solution from a plurality of ambiguous location determination solutions. The main advantage of the heuristic approaches is that redundant measurements are not required for location determination solution disambiguation.07-29-2010
20100190510SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ACCESSING TRAVEL SERVICES USING A PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE - This is directed to systems and methods for integrating travel services in a single application available to a portable electronic device. Using the single application, a user can access and control travel services before arriving at the initial location of travel, on arriving at the initial location of travel, during travel, and after travel. Such services can include, for example, reserving a travel itinerary, checking-in remotely for a reservation, providing airport information, providing for social networking, obtaining dining or entertainment during travel, controlling and requesting cabin services, providing arrival notifications to third parties, providing destination location information, and the like.07-29-2010
20110159886METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POSITION DETERMINATION IN A CELLULAR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A scaling apparatus and method scales uncertainty criteria (horizontal and vertical accuracy requirements) originally received from an end user before the uncertainty criteria is sent on to a wireless terminal (06-30-2011
20110201355Method and Device for Location-Based Call Management - A location server (08-18-2011
20110201351SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING MOBILE USER CLASSFICATION INFORMATION FOR A TARGET GEOGRAPHICAL AREA - A system and method for providing mobile user classification information for a target geographical area uses location information of mobile communication devices to detect the mobile communication devices within the target geographical area at a specified time and then further uses at least one of the location information of the detected mobile communication devices and Internet session information of the detected mobile communication devices to produce the mobile user classification information of the mobile communication devices within the target geographical area that are classified in one or more classifications.08-18-2011
20110201350PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE POSITIONING BASED ON IDENTIFIABLE ZONES PRESENTING REDUCED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION CONDITIONS - Techniques are provided which may be implemented in various methods and/or apparatuses to allow a portable electronic device to at least estimate its current position while within or otherwise operatively associated with an operating environment that may have one or more identifiable zones that present a reduced wireless communication condition.08-18-2011
20110201349METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR LOCATING A FEMTOCELL USING MEASUREMENT REPORTS - A Femtocell measures power from a serving and/or neighboring base stations in a radio access network specified in, for example, 3GPP, 3GPP2 and/or WiMAX. The power measurements are transmitted over a broadband IP network to a location server coupled to an associated mobile core network. Related location information comprising reference positions and/or actual location of the Femtocell are received from the location server over the broadband IP network. The Femtocell generates measurement reports of a serving and/or neighboring base stations in the radio access network. The generated measurement reports are transmitted to the location server over the broadband IP network. The location server identifies the reference positions of the Femtocell from a reference database based on the received measurement reports for calculating the location of the Femtocell by the location server and/or by the Femtocell itself. The calculated location of the Femtocell is used to update the reference database.08-18-2011
20110201346BUSINESS HOUR NOTIFICATION DELIVERY - A delivery period for delivering messages including a notification is determined. A location of a mobile station user is identified. A time zone difference between the location of the mobile station user and a location of a server for delivering the messages is calculated. The delivery period for the notification message is adjusted based on the time zone difference so that the mobile station user receives and confirms the messages at his or her best-acceptable time.08-18-2011
20100029299SYSTEM FOR GEOGRAPHICALLY CONTEXTUALIZING DATA ITEMS - A system for geographically contextualizing data items may include an interface, a memory and a processor. The memory may store a database which includes structured data types. The processor may receive, via the interface, a data item. The processor may determine whether the data item is a structured or unstructured data item. The processor may parse the data item into components. The processor may determine a geographic component from the components. The geographic component may be determined using an algorithm if the data item is an unstructured data item. Otherwise the geographic component may be determined by comparing the components to the database which includes the structured data types. The processor may determine a geographic region representative of the determined geographic component. The processor may identify results associated with the geographic region and at least one of the components. The processor may provide the results via the interface.02-04-2010
20100029293NAVIGATION SYSTEM USING CAMERA - The present invention provides a method, a computer program, and device for navigation assistance where the method and the computer program may include receiving location information related to the geographical location of a device for navigation assistance, continuously receiving visual information registered by a camera, displaying the visual information received, calculating the geographical coordinates of the device from the received location information related to the geographical location of the device and analyzing the visual information received and relating it to the calculated geographical location of the device.02-04-2010
20100029297WIRELESS DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING WIRELESS DATA SERVICE TO SDR TERMINAL - A wireless data communication system includes a software defined radio (SDR) terminal having a wireless map, and accessing a desired wireless data service using the wireless map, wherein the wireless map includes GPS location information, information on wireless data services available at a current location of the SDR terminal based on the GPS location information and information on wireless connection software components for each wireless data service selected by the SDR terminal. The wireless data communication system further includes a base station for providing a wireless connection environment, an authentication center for authenticating the SDR terminal, a download server for providing the wireless connection software component to the SDR terminal, and a location-based service server for providing the wireless map to the SDR terminal.02-04-2010
20100029296Systems and Methods of Detection of Transmission Facilities - A method of detecting a transmitting device within an obstruction rich environment is disclosed. The method may involve detecting the transmitting device with a wireless transmission detection facility; communicating signal information relating to the detected transmitting device from the wireless transmission detection facility to a central unit; determining the location of the transmitting device; displaying information of the detection and location of the transmitting device through a user interface; and providing an action facility for causing actions related to the detected transmitting device.02-04-2010
20100029294DIARY SYNCHRONIZATION FOR SMART PHONE APPLICATIONS (5470.PALM.US) - A mobile communication device configured to communicate over a wireless network is further configured to generate detectable events in response to activities of a user of the mobile communications device. Underlying user activities are identified from the detected events. Personalized electronic diary entries are generated from the identified activities as indications of a user activity related to the detected event. The personalized electronic diary entries can be stored in a user retrievable collection.02-04-2010
20120302255METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING IMAGES AND GEOGRAPHIC LOCATION DATA IN A MOBILE DEVICE - A method and system for managing images and associated geographic location data in a mobile device generates images using an integrated camera. After generating an image, the system determines a geographic location associated with the image. The system then stores the image, the associated geographic location data, and a record of the association in the mobile device's storage component. The system associates supplemental information, such as telephone number, category, and street address, with the image. The system provides one or more display modes for displaying the image and the associated information, including a list mode for displaying multiple images and portions of the associated data and a detail mode for displaying a selected image and the full set of associated data. The system may also provide a map display mode for displaying locations associated with one or more images on a map of a geographical area.11-29-2012
20120302254APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING A LOCATION OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICES - An apparatus, system and method for determining a location of a wireless communication device employing machine-to-machine devices in a communication system. In one embodiment, the apparatus includes a processor 11-29-2012
20120302253COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS BASE STATION, AND MOBILE USER TERMINAL - The communication apparatus includes an IF that receives positioning information of a mobile user terminal from the mobile user terminal which is able to communicate by using at least one wireless communication scheme; and a controller that detects one or more communicable areas that allow communication by using the at least one wireless communication scheme, by determining which area includes a position indicated by the positioning information among a plurality of areas.11-29-2012
20110217990MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, BASE STATION, WARNING SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - An object of the present invention is to provide a mobile communication terminal, a base station, a warning system and a method for controlling the mobile communication terminal which are able to inform user of a situation corresponding to a predetermined area when user exists in the predetermined area.09-08-2011
20110217989METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A first user terminal and method of operating the first user terminal so as to provide location information associated with the first user terminal to a second user terminal are disclosed. The first user terminal and the second user terminal are comprised within a wireless communication system, which wireless communication system further comprises a plurality of radio base stations of which a first one of the plurality of radio base stations is serving the first user terminal. A signal is received from one of the radio base stations comprising the absolute geographical coordinates corresponding to the location of that radio base station. Pilot signal measurements are performed on the received signal. The absolute geographical coordinates corresponding to the location of the first user terminal are determined based on the performed pilot signal measurements and the received absolute geographical coordinates of the radio base station. The determined absolute geographical coordinates are transmitted to the second user terminal.09-08-2011
20110217988MOBILE DEVICE HAVING AUXILIARY POWER SUPPLY UNIT FOR TRANSMISSION OF LOCATION INFORMATION AND RELATED METHOD - A mobile device has a radio frequency (RF) unit that transmits location information about the mobile device to a base station. The mobile device includes a main power supply unit that supplies main electric power to respective elements of the mobile device, and an auxiliary power supply unit that supplies auxiliary electric power to selected elements of the mobile device when the main electric power is not supplied. A switch unit connects the auxiliary power supply unit with the selected elements when the main electric power is not supplied. A control unit controls operation of the switch unit by detecting when the main electric power is not supplied and controls transmission of the location information to the base station through the RF unit. Even when the main electric power is not supplied, the mobile device can repeatedly transmit its location information to the base station by using auxiliary electric power.09-08-2011
20110217987SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING WIRELESS NETWORK SERVICES USING THREE-DIMENSIONAL ACCESS ZONES - A system and method for providing wireless network services using three-dimensional access zones is provided. One or more sensors may determine signal strength information, distance, or other positional information for wireless devices. An agent may provide information relating to fixed wireless reference points, and may control underlying operating systems for the reference points based on policies defined by a manager. For example, the manager may be coupled to the sensors and to the agent, and may define a three-dimensional coordinate system for a managed environment. By collecting information from the sensors and the agent, the manager may triangulate three-dimensional locations of the wireless devices, and may enforce three-dimensional access zone policies for the wireless network via the agent.09-08-2011
20120302252System and Method for Generating a Location Estimate Using A Method of Intersections - The location of a wireless mobile device may be estimated using, at least in part, one or more pre-existing Network Measurement Reports (“NMRs”) which include calibration data for a number of locations within a geographic region. The calibration data for these locations is gathered and analyzed so that particular grid points within the geographic region can be determined and associated with a particular set or sets of calibration data from, for example, one or more NMRs. Regions may be defined as a function of any number of parameters and respective predetermined ranges thereof in the NMRs. An intersection of these defined regions may be determined and the location of a mobile device may be estimated as a function of the intersection.11-29-2012
20080261614Sparsed U-TDOA Wireless Location Networks - In an overlay, U-TDOA-based, Wireless Location System, LMUs typically co-located with BTSs, are used to collect radio signaling both in the forward and reverse channels. Techniques are used to compensate for sparse LMU deployments where sections of the U-TDOA service area are uplink demodulation or downlink beacon discovery limited.10-23-2008
20090047977Performance Monitoring Of Location-Based Service In A Mobile Telecommunications Network - A method, a device and a system are provided for monitoring Location-based Service of a mobile telecommunications network. A passive monitoring method is applied processing both positioning and Location-based Service information of different interfaces. In the system, a monitoring device is attached at the standard interfaces of the network calculating Key Performance indicators and/or measures of network usage from the combined information. In a preferred embodiment, traffic of Le and Gi interfaces (02-19-2009
20100190509COMPENSATION OF PROPAGATION DELAYS OF WIRELESS SIGNALS - System(s) and method(s) for compensation of propagation delay offsets of wireless signals. Compensation is accomplished through determination of an effective wireless signal propagation delay that accounts for signal path delay and propagation delay over the air. Such determination is based at least in part on statistical analysis of accurate location estimates of reference positions throughout a coverage sector or cell, and location estimates of the reference positions generated through time-of-flight (TOF) measurements of wireless signals. Determination of propagation or signal path delay offset also is attained iteratively based at least in part on reference location estimates and TOF location estimates. High-accuracy location estimates such as those obtained through global navigation satellite systems are employed as reference location estimates. Position of probes or wireless beacons, deployed throughout a sector or cell, also are employed as reference locations. Compensation of propagation delay offset improves accuracy of conventional TOF location estimates and radio network performance.07-29-2010
20100029295GPS SYNCHRONIZATION METHOD FOR WIRELESS CELLULAR NETWORKS - A method and system for synchronization in a femtocell wireless telecommunications network, the method including transmitting a preamble and pilot tones from a Base Transceiver Station (a “sync-BTS”) having a module for GPS synchronization and performing, in the femtocells, preamble synchronization with the sync-BTS for initial acquisition; and decoding the pilot tones to identify and correct timing and frequency offset in the femtocells for synchronization tracking.02-04-2010
20110059749METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR SESSION CONTROL IN A NETWORKED LOCATIONING SYSTEM - A session control method includes establishing a locationing session between a mobile device and a remotely located server over a network, sending information related to the geographical location of the mobile device to the remotely located server after establishing the locationing session, and providing two or more notifications via the mobile device, at predetermined intervals or in response to an event, that the locationing session is active. The user may then validate or invalidate the active session, thereby providing greater control of such information. Additional configuration options are provided to the user in order to control the nature and distribution of such locationing data.03-10-2011
20090156231SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING A LOCATION AREA OF A MOBILE USER - A computer system determines location probabilities for defined sub-areas (06-18-2009
20080299989CENTRALIZED LOCATION BROKER - A centralized location system includes a location update application programming interface (API) to receive varying types of location inputs for a user from at least one location-providing application. A memory stores a location of the user and the location inputs, wherein the location update API periodically updates in the memory the location inputs when location updates are received from the at least one location-providing application. A location export API, upon request from a location-based service application, processes the location inputs to estimate a location of the user, which location estimate replaces the stored location in memory and is sent to the location-based service application. A user interface enables the user to specify a location granularity for at least one of the at least one location-providing application and the location-based service application.12-04-2008
20110098056INTUITIVE COMPUTING METHODS AND SYSTEMS - A smart phone senses audio, imagery, and/or other stimulus from a user's environment, and acts autonomously to fulfill inferred or anticipated user desires. In one aspect, the detailed technology concerns phone-based cognition of a scene viewed by the phone's camera. The image processing tasks applied to the scene can be selected from among various alternatives by reference to resource costs, resource constraints, other stimulus information (e.g., audio), task substitutability, etc. The phone can apply more or less resources to an image processing task depending on how successfully the task is proceeding, or based on the user's apparent interest in the task. In some arrangements, data may be referred to the cloud for analysis, or for gleaning. Cognition, and identification of appropriate device response(s), can be aided by collateral information, such as context. A great number of other features and arrangements are also detailed.04-28-2011
20110306356POSITIONING SUPPORT DEVICE AND POSITIONING SUPPORT METHOD - Highly-accurate approximate positional information is transmitted to a communication terminal.12-15-2011
20120040689SYSTEM AND METHOD TO OBTAIN SIGNAL ACQUISITION ASSISTANCE DATA - Signal acquisition assistance data is obtained for receiving devices such as wireless position assisted location devices seeking signals from any source, such as satellite vehicles and base stations. The data may be obtained from previously acquired data, based upon evaluation of changes in parameters such as time and location that may jeopardize validity. In some cases the data may be adjusted for the changes in parameters. Refined data may be calculated by a receiver using partial measurements of signal sets, particularly if the acquisition assistance data provided by a remote entity includes more distinct parameters than have typically been provided. New data need not be obtained until the validity of previous data expires due to limitations upon temporal extrapolation using Doppler coefficients, unless mobile station movement that cannot be compensated is detected, and jeopardizes validity of the previous data.02-16-2012
20120040691METHOD FOR DETERMINING POSITION OF USER EQUIPMENT AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING SAME IN WIRELESS MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for determining position of a user equipment in a wireless mobile communication system. The method comprises receiving a plurality of subframes including reference signals for positioning of the user equipment from a plurality of base stations periodically with a predetermined period of time; and determining position of the user equipment using reference signal time difference (RSTD) between the reference signals for positioning of the user equipment included in the received plurality of subframes, wherein a pattern of the reference signals for positioning of the user equipment is generated by repeating a diagonal mother matrix with dimension of 6×6, the pattern of the reference signals are mapped to orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols of the subframe, and the reference signals for positioning of the user equipment in a OFDM symbol in which common reference signal (CRS) is transmitted are punctured.02-16-2012
20110306363METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR OPTIMIZING AND UPDATING TRACKING AREA - The present invention relates to the field of mobile communication technologies, and discloses a method, an apparatus, and a system for optimizing a tracking area, and a method, an apparatus, and a system for updating a tracking area. The method for optimizing a tracking area includes the following steps: an Operation, Administration and Maintenance entity obtains an optimization threshold, and performs a tracking area optimization according to the optimization threshold. With the present invention, the Operation, Administration and Maintenance entity can optimize the tracking area automatically.12-15-2011
20110306360SYSTEMS FOR AND METHODS OF DETERMINING LIKELIHOOD OF MOBILITY OF REFERENCE POINTS IN A POSITIONING SYSTEM - Systems for and methods of determining likelihood of mobility of reference points in a positioning system are disclosed. A method of determining a measure of likelihood that a designated wireless device is a mobile device includes determining a set of reference points associated with a designated wireless device. The reference points are a geographic position at which signals from the device were detected and/or another wireless device from which signals were also detected by a receiver within a selected period of time during which the signals from the designated device were detected. The method also includes retrieving statistical information about a temporal distribution of detection of signals of reference points, a spatial distribution of the reference points, and/or a cardinality of the reference points. The method includes determining a measure of likelihood that the designated wireless device is a mobile wireless device based on the statistical information.12-15-2011
20110306359SYSTEMS FOR AND METHODS OF DETERMINING LIKELIHOOD OF RELOCATION OF REFERENCE POINTS IN A POSITIONING SYSTEM - Systems for and methods of determining likelihood of relocation of reference points in a positioning system are disclosed. A method of determining a measure of likelihood that an estimated geographic location of a designated wireless device is not its accurate present location includes determining a set of reference points associated with the device, which are a geographic position at which signals from the device were detected and/or other devices having a relationship with the designated device. The existence of the relationship is based on the devices being within signal reception range of a same position within a selected period of time. The method includes retrieving attributes of the reference points and/or of the relationships and determining a measure of likelihood that an estimated geographic location associated with the designated device is not its present location based on the attributes of the reference points of the set and/or of the relationships.12-15-2011
20110306355Method and Arrangement for Improved Positioning - In a method of improved positioning of user equipments in a telecommunication system comprising at least one user equipment in communication with a core network node via a radio access network node, in response to a user equipment positioning event for said at least one user equipment performing the following steps. Providing S12-15-2011
20110306358SYSTEMS FOR AND METHODS OF DETERMINING LIKELIHOOD OF REFERENCE POINT IDENTITY DUPLICATION IN A POSITIONING SYSTEM - Systems for and methods of determining likelihood of reference point identity duplication in a positioning system are disclosed. A method of determining a measure of likelihood that a designated identifier is shared by wireless devices includes determining reference points associated with any wireless device having a designated identifier. The reference points are a geographic position at which signals from any of the wireless devices were detected and/or wireless devices from which signals were also detected within a selected period of time during which the signals from any of the wireless devices having the designated identifier were detected. The method also includes determining statistical information about a temporal distribution of detection of signals of reference points, a spatial distribution of the reference points, and/or a cardinality of the reference points and determining a measure of likelihood that the designated identifier is shared by wireless devices is based on the statistical information.12-15-2011
20110306354Method and Apparatus for Constructing a User-Generated Geological System - A method and apparatus are provided to permit location discovery, including location discovery in indoor settings. The method may identify a wireless fingerprint present at a geographical location and determine whether the wireless fingerprint corresponds to a previously observed wireless fingerprint associated with the predefined geographical location. A new wireless fingerprint and a geographical location, or bind, may be received by the system and the system may evaluate whether or not the new bind is erroneous or not, or if the new bind is an improvement over existing binds in determining whether or not to accept the new bind.12-15-2011
20110306357SYSTEMS FOR AND METHODS OF DETERMINING LIKELIHOOD OF ATYPICAL TRANSMISSION CHARACTERISTICS OF REFERENCE POINTS IN A POSITIONING SYSTEM - Systems for and methods of determining likelihood of atypical transmission characteristics of reference points in a positioning system are disclosed. A method of determining a measure of likelihood that a designated wireless device exhibits signal transmission characteristics atypical of a wireless device of a type matching the designated device includes determining reference points associated with the designated device, which are a geographic position at which signals from the designated device were detected and/or another wireless device from which signals were also detected by a receiver within a selected period of time during which the signals from the designated device were detected. The method also includes determining statistical measures of a spatial distribution of the reference points and determining a measure of likelihood that the designated device exhibits signal transmission characteristics that are atypical of a wireless device of a type matching the designated device based on the statistical measures.12-15-2011
20100197322METHOD FOR IN-BAND SIGNALING OF DATA OVER DIGITAL WIRELESS TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORKS - An inband signaling modem communicates digital data over a voice channel of a wireless telecommunications network. An input receives digital data. An encoder converts the digital data into audio tones that synthesize frequency characteristics of human speech. The digital data is also encoded to prevent voice encoding circuitry in the telecommunications network from corrupting the synthesized audio tones representing the digital data. An output then outputs the synthesized audio tones to a voice channel of a digital wireless telecommunications network.08-05-2010
20110039571MOBILE DEVICE DATA COLLECTION FOR USE IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK IMPROVEMENTS - Capabilities of mobile stations are leveraged to measure operational characteristics of a mobile communications network and capture data regarding those measurements. Information related to where the measurements occurred is also captured. The captured measurement data and the location information are forward to a server for processing. The results of the processing are used to improve the performance of the mobile communications network.02-17-2011
20090023459METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR HIGH PRECISION POSITION REFERENCE MEASUREMENTS AT INDOOR LOCATIONS - The present invention addresses generating of feasible high precision indoor positioning measurements. A positioning server sets up an interface to which ordinary users may connect with their cellular phones. Using this interface the user can select one out of a plurality of indoor locations where the cellular operator wishes to have high precision position reference measurements performed. The user moves to said indoor location and initiates at this location, by interaction with said interface, the reference measurement. By logging an identity of the user or the time of the positioning the selected indoor location can be correlated to a determined tag in the RAN. The tag together with the indoor location that has been selected by help of the interface towards the positioning server constitutes one tagged high precision position measurement.01-22-2009
20090088180COMPUTING GEOGRAPHICAL LOCATION OF A MOBILE RECEIVER USING NETWORK MEASUREMENT REPORTS - A method and an apparatus for determining a location of a mobile receiver including the steps of measuring a plurality of signal strengths received by a mobile receiver, wherein the plurality of signal strengths are associated with a plurality of cellular stations, wherein the plurality of signal strengths is associated with a specific point in time, combining the plurality of signal strengths with a plurality of signal path modeling parameters to create a propagation path loss model of the path between the plurality of cellular stations and the mobile receiver, applying a non-linear estimation algorithm to the propagation path loss model, generating a plurality of distances, wherein each distance is associated with the mobile receiver and each of the plurality of cellular stations and computing the location of the mobile receiver by iterating the non-linear estimation algorithm and resulting mobile receiver position until converged.04-02-2009
20090088179Method and Device for Providing a Mobile Station with Network Network Identity and Timezone (NITZ) Information - The present invention relates to a method and a device—unit (04-02-2009
20120040693Method of Improved Positioning - In a method of improved clustering for providing position determination assisting data in a cellular communication system, providing (S02-16-2012
20100120448TRACKING AREA SETTING APPARATUS, USER EQUIPMENT, AND TRACKING AREA SETTING METHOD - A tracking area setting apparatus is disclosed that includes a service request measurement unit measuring a frequency of occurrence of a service request transmitted by a user equipment terminal to a cell where the user equipment terminal is located based on a paging channel transmitted in all cells belonging to a tracking area where the user equipment terminal is located, the user equipment terminal being a target user equipment terminal to receive a call, the tracking area including one or more cells and a tracking area determination unit determining whether a number of the frequency of occurrence of the service request in a predetermined cell is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold value based on the frequency of occurrence of the service request and, when determining yes, separate the predetermined cell from the tracking area to which the predetermined cell belongs.05-13-2010
20120040690Method, system and device for implementing identity identifier and location separation - The present invention discloses a method, system and device for implementing identity identifier and location separation, to solve the technical problem that the change of the host IP address results in the connection interrupt of the terminal in the process of moving. By separating and mapping the identity identifier and location identifier, the present invention eliminates the network limitation because of the IP addresses with dual functions of the identity identifier and location identifier; the terminal host identity identifier and the terminal location identifier are mapped, the IP address is used for route only, and the host identity is denoted by the host identifier. Consequently, when the host address is changed because of moving or multi-homing and so on, the route is changed, the host identifier still keeps unchanged, and the network application and connection are not interrupted. Therefore, the continuity of the session can be implemented, the mobility, the multi-homing, the dynamic reallocation of IP addresses, and the inter-access among the different network area can be implemented effectively.02-16-2012
20120040687Nodes and Methods for Enhancing Positioning - The disclosure relates to a positioning node 02-16-2012
20120040686MOBILE DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed herein are a mobile device and control method thereof, the mobile device including: a communication unit which is operable to communicate with a local content providing device from among a plurality of content providing devices in a wireless network; a display unit which is operable to display information for downloading content provided by the local content providing device; a user input unit which is operable to receive a user's command to download the content provided by the local content providing device; and a controller which controls the communication unit to communicate with the local content providing device if the local content providing device is in the user's current area, controls the display unit to display information related to the content provided by the local content providing device, and controls downloading the content from the local content providing device according to the user's command.02-16-2012
20120040694METHOD, SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR POSITIONING MOBILE TERMINAL - This invention provides a method, system and device for positioning a mobile terminal. The method includes: instructing, by a serving base station or an upper level relay, measuring a transmission time of a positioning signal with the mobile terminal, and instructing two relays in a serving cell to measure the transmission time of the positioning signal with the mobile terminal; and calculating, by the serving base station or the upper level relay, a position of the mobile terminal according to the transmission time of the positioning signal, the position of the serving base station or the upper level relay and the position of the two relays. The method, system and device provided by the present invention can reduce communication overhead in mobile terminal positioning, and improve the positioning accuracy of mobile terminal positioning.02-16-2012
20120040692MOVEMENT DISTANCE FALSIFICATION PREVENTING SYSTEM AND METHOD - Improper acquisition of position information is prevented in a system in which points are added according to a movement distance of a user owning a cellular phone terminal. Position information of a cellular phone and the time information corresponding thereto are acquired on the basis of GPS or base station information. The movement distance and movement speed are calculated for each predetermined time interval, and whether or not the movement is within a range allowed for the corresponding transportation mode is determined on the basis of these position information and movement speed with reference to the mobile body database where timetables or the like have been recorded. The acquisition of the position information is determined to be improper when the movement is not in the range allowed for any of the transportation modes.02-16-2012
20090203386POSITIONING USING ENHANCED PILOT SIGNAL - Briefly, in accordance with one embodiment, a method of transmitting signals is provided. Signal waveforms are transmitted from at least two respective sectors. The at least two respective sectors are from at least two different sets of a superset of sectors. The transmitted signal waveforms include signal waveforms at least nearly mutually orthogonal at least along a particular signal dimension. An advantage of such an embodiment, for example, is reduced signal interference.08-13-2009
20100087204SYSTEM AND METHOD OF UMTS UE LOCATION USING UPLINK DEDICATED PHYSICAL CONTROL CHANNEL AND DOWNLINK SYNCHRONIZATION CHANNEL - A system and method for estimating a location of a wireless device in a wireless communication system having a plurality of nodes and a plurality of location measurement units (“LMUs”). A set of signal samples from a first wireless device and a second wireless device may be collected by one or more LMUs in a search window. A first time of arrival (“TOA”) is determined, and a second search window is estimated as a function of the first TOA. A second TOA may be determined within the second search window at a second node or one of the LMUs from the set of signal samples. A range estimate of the wireless device may then be determined, and an estimated location of the wireless device may be determined as a function of the first uplink TOA, the second uplink TOA, or the range estimate and second TOA.04-08-2010
20120309411STATE ESTIMATION USING MOTION CONTEXT AND MULTIPLE INPUT OBSERVATION TYPES - Techniques for estimating the current state (e.g., position, velocity) of a mobile device based on motion context and multiple input observation types are disclosed. In some implementations, an Extended Kalman Filter (EKF) formulation is used to combine multiple input observations received from a variety of sources (e.g., WiFi, cell, GPS) to compute a minimum error state estimate. In some implementations, the EKF is updated using position estimates from an active cell and/or a candidate active cell during a cell-hopping event.12-06-2012
20110319097Position Monitoring for a Coverage Area - It is disclosed a method, an apparatus and a computer program for monitoring, for a position of a set of one or more positions that are associated with a coverage area of a communication node, if a report comprising a position associated with said coverage area of said communication node and lying in a defined environment of said position for which said monitoring is performed is received as a validation of said position for which said monitoring is performed.12-29-2011
20110319095METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING POSITION DETERMINATION WITH A SHORT CIRCUIT CALL FLOW - For a call flow to perform position determination, a network sends to a user equipment (UE) an indication (e.g., a request for permission) to perform a position fix for the UE. The UE responds by sending to the network an acknowledgment (e.g., a grant of permission) to perform the position fix. The UE selectively sends a position estimate for itself to the network, typically along with the acknowledgment. The network may initiate location processing if (1) a location estimate is not received from the UE or (2) a location estimate is received from the UE but the network decides not to use this location estimate. In this case, the network and the UE perform location processing to obtain a position fix for the UE. However, if a location estimate is received from the UE and the network decides to use the location estimate, then the location processing is bypassed or short circuited.12-29-2011
20110319093GEO-LOCATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method for geo-location of a wireless communication unit (12-29-2011
20110319096ENABLING SOCIAL INTERACTIVE WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - A computer-implemented system and method for enabling social interactive wireless communication between at least two mobile devices is presented. In particular, the system and method comprises affiliating and/or synchronizing a first mobile device and a second mobile device with an interactive social network. Further, the present invention comprises associating at least one first social interactive pairing criterion with the first mobile device, and associating at least one second social interactive pairing criterion with a second mobile device. Upon disposition of the first and second mobile devices in a physical and/or geographic proximity to one another, the present invention further comprises determining whether the first and second social interactive pairing criterion at least partially coincide with one another, and establishing a communication channel between the first and second mobile devices for communication therebetween.12-29-2011
20120208557Location Reliability Determination - A system, method and apparatus is provided that allows the determination of the reliability of a location determined by a mobile device in response to Navigation System signals. The mobile device sends positioning information derived from the Navigation System signals to a server, the server comparing the positioning information to reference information received from base stations in order to determine its reliability.08-16-2012
20120046047POSITIONING REFERENCE SIGNALS - An improved generation and use of Positioning Reference Signals (PRS) generates a PRS to be used in a wireless Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) communication system. A time-frequency pattern of Resource Elements (REs) is determined and used for transmitting the PRS, wherein the time-frequency pattern includes at least two OFDM symbols. Each one of the at least two OFDM symbols is assigned a value to each one of a number of the REs being within that OFDM symbol. The values being assigned to the number of REs correspond to elements in a modulation sequence having a length being equal to the number of REs, and are to be used for modulating OFDM subcarriers corresponding to the REs within that OFDM symbol.02-23-2012
20120046040LOCATION-BASED PROFILE - A location determination subsystem of a mobile device can determine a location of the mobile device. A monitoring subsystem of the mobile device can be configured, using a profile, to monitor states of a wireless connection between the mobile device and a communications network. When the monitoring subsystem detects an interruption of the wireless connection, a virtual geofence can be constructed around the location of the mobile device when the interruption occurred. The geofence can indicate a boundary of an enclosed geographic area. The geofence can be associated with a diagnostics profile stored on the mobile device or dynamically retrieved from a server upon occurrence of the interruption. When the mobile device enters the area enclosed by the geofence, the monitoring subsystem can be configured using the diagnostics profile in anticipation of interruptions of connections. Information relating to the interruptions can be anonymously sent to a server for analysis.02-23-2012
20110319094INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - There is provided an information processing apparatus including: a positioning unit acquiring positioning information on a latitude and longitude showing a position of the positioning unit; a transmission unit transmitting a time-series log, which includes the positioning information acquired by the positioning unit, to a server; a reception unit receiving an activity model showing an activity state of a user, the activity model being obtained by a learning process carried out by the server based on the time-series log; a recognition unit recognizing a present activity state of the user using the positioning information acquired by the positioning unit and the activity model received by the reception unit; and a prediction unit predicting behavior of the user from the present activity state of the user recognized by the recognition unit.12-29-2011
20120046048SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING LOCATION INFORMATION FOR A MOBILE HANDSET - A system that facilitates determination of a location of a mobile handset. The system includes three or more location measurement units that each correspond to a sector of the cell site. The location measurement units transmit location related information to a computation component. The computation component receives the location related information and performs a triangulation calculation on the information o define the location of the mobile handset.02-23-2012
20120046046Navigation Device - A navigation device includes: a hands-free call unit that is connected to a mobile-phone handset and provides a hands-free call; an acquisition unit that acquires from the mobile-phone handset data related to a phone number stored in the mobile-phone handset; a display control unit that displays a screen based upon the data related to the phone number acquired by the acquisition unit; a storage unit in which the screen displayed by the display control unit when power is turned off is stored; and a redisplay control unit that calls and redisplays the screen stored in the storage unit when the power is turned on again after having been turned off.02-23-2012
20120046045METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR USE IN ESTIMATING A LOCATION OF A MOBILE DEVICE WITHIN A STRUCTURE - Methods and apparatuses are provided that may be implemented in a mobile device to determine two or more variations between a baseline probability distribution and two or more probability distributions for signals received from two or more sets of transmitters assigned to two or more regions of a structure. The methods and apparatuses may be further implemented to determine whether the mobile device is located in at least one of the two or more regions based, at least in part, on a comparison of the two or more determined variations.02-23-2012
20120046044Target Localization Utilizing Wireless and Camera Sensor Fusion - According to some implementations, an estimate of a target's location can be calculated by correlating Wi-Fi and video location measurements. This spatio-temporal correlation combines the Wi-Fi and video measurements to determine an identity and location of an object. The accuracy of the video localization and the identity from the Wi-Fi network provide an accurate location of the Wi-Fi identified object.02-23-2012
20120046043WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RECEIVER STATION, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication system includes a transmitter station and a receiver station capable of performing wireless communication via a relay station. The relay station includes a receiver that receives the signals transmitted by the transmitter station. The relay station also includes a signal processor that performs predetermined signal processing on the signals received by the receiver, and eliminates the later one of two same signals received by the receiver. The relay station further includes a transmitter that transmits the earlier one of the two same signals to the receiver station after the signal processing performed by the signal processor.02-23-2012
20120046042APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR POWER CONTROL IN GEO-TAGGING IN A MOBILE TERMINAL - A method for power control in geo-tagging in a mobile terminal includes: searching for whether serving base station information periodically transmitted from a serving base station, which is currently connected with the mobile terminal, exists in a plurality of pieces of pre-stored image metadata when a camera driving is requested; photographing a subject, and simultaneously driving a location information module when serving base station information does not exist as a result of the search; and storing location information acquired through the location information module in metadata of a photographed image, and mapping the serving base station information to the metadata.02-23-2012
20120252484LOCATION-BASED NETWORK RADIO PRODUCTION AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM - A location-based radio system including a storage database and a computing device coupled with the storage database. The computing device includes an application that determines a location of a listener computing device that is accessing a radio station and plays audio content associated with one or more locations on the listener computing device if the location of the listener computing device corresponds to the one or more locations associated with the audio content.10-04-2012
20100099433Method and Arrangement for Enhanced Cell Identification and Cell Positioning - In a method of enhanced position determination of a user terminal associated with at least one cell in a cellular communications network, providing a predetermined cell identity definition SO04-22-2010
20120252487RADIO NETWORK NODE AND METHOD FOR USING POSITIONING GAP INDICATION FOR ENHANCING POSITIONING PERFORMANCE - A wireless communications network is described herein in which positioning measurements (e.g., inter-frequency OTDOA measurements and inter-frequency E-CID measurements) may be performed on different frequencies and measurement gaps may be requested for such measurements. In one embodiment, a radio network node (e.g., eNodeB, responsible node) is described for configuring a measurement gap for positioning to be used by a user equipment (UE).10-04-2012
20080268866Configurable telematics and location-based system - A GSM-based wireless gateway device for facilitating of Telematics and Location-Based Services using GPS via a wireless communications network and a centralized management system. The GSM-based wireless device includes dynamically configurable Virtual SIM Card, a Telematics and Location-based Services virtual client, and event profiles which allow the wireless device to be dynamically reconfigured. The wireless device is a Telematics and Location-Based Services ASIC that will allow installation on the assembly lines of vehicle manufacturers.10-30-2008
20100216488TERMINAL POSITIONING TECHNIQUE - A technique of estimating the location of a mobile terminal in a mobile communications network having a plurality of base stations, including: determining at least one signal parameter measurement for the mobile terminal in relation to each of the plurality of base stations; using the determined signal parameter measurements to obtain a first distance estimation of the location of the mobile terminal from each of the plurality of base stations; and using at least one estimator to obtain a positional estimation of the mobile terminal. The estimators are statistical estimators that can be applied to a distance estimation of the mobile terminal from each of the base stations and/or applied to a triangulation estimation of the actual position of the mobile terminal, based upon estimated distances of the mobile terminal from the plurality of base stations. Preferably the signal parameter measured is the Received Signal Strength.08-26-2010
20120046041PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND POSITION TRACKING METHOD OF THE DEVICE - A location tracking method using a portable electronic device utilizes communication with a server through access points. The portable electronic device creates a database to restore information of the access points and scans the access points which can communicates and searches the information of the access points scanned from the database. The portable electronic device logs onto the access points and transmits transmitter packages including the access points scanned and scanning time of the access points to the server for tracking locations of the portable electronic device.02-23-2012
20120115510GEOLOCATION OF A MOBILE STATION OF A WIRELESS TELEPHONY NETWORK - The disclosure relates to a method for locating a mobile station inside an area covered by a wireless telephony cellular network in which the mobile station operates. The method includes using the mobile station to measure the received power on at least seven different communication channels of the network (step 05-10-2012
20120003993DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM FOR DATA ITEMS - Distribution system for data items where information on amounts of topics may be used to scope further actions on the information. Data items are created topically in various locations, provided with position-based annotation and made publicly available. Search on desired data items is scoped using views that show the amount of available data items for one or more sub-areas of a geographical area.01-05-2012
20120003992METHOD AND SYSTEM TO CONTROL MOVABLE ENTITIES - A method to wirelessly control an entity having an attached transponder is disclosed. A geographical zone is defined. The geographical zone can be defined by allowing a user to define and load to a transponder a plurality of waypoints, each waypoint defined by a geographical coordinate and a radius originating from the geographical coordinate. The geographical zone can also be defined by selecting a plurality of coordinates that are loaded to a transponder and mapped on a pixilated image. The microprocessor in the transponder is programmed to determine the occurrence of an event associated with the status of the entity in relation to the geographical zone. Finally, the microprocessor is configured to execute a configurable operation if the event occurs.01-05-2012
20120003989Location Status Update Messaging - Provision of a location status update for a mobile computing device to a recipient based on navigation information is disclosed. The location status update may be sent to one or more recipients based on a predetermined criterion or upon user command. According to embodiments, a mobile device's GPS and/or network-based location technologies may be utilized to provide information as to whether a predetermined criterion is met. The location status update may be an SMS or MMS message, an e-mail, a text message, a voice call, a voice message, or a posting to a social networking site.01-05-2012
20120003994PROVIDING LOCATION-BASED INFORMATION IN LOCAL WIRELESS ZONES - The present invention allows mobile terminals to receive location-based information upon entering a local wireless zone established by an access point. The access point includes or is associated with one or more servers, which may provide the location-based information and control access. The local wireless zone is a limited area in which communications between the access point and the mobile terminal are possible. Once the mobile terminal enters into one or more local wireless zones, the presence of the mobile terminal in the local wireless zone is detected. Once detected, the mobile terminal is afforded access to a server on which the location-based information is stored. The server is associated with the local wireless zone.01-05-2012
20120003990MOBILE TERMINAL AND INFORMATION DISPLAY METHOD USING THE SAME - A mobile terminal includes a communication unit to detect a first device and to receive device information from the first detected device; a memory unit to store a search classification; a control unit to determine class and location information of the first detected device using device information received from the first detected device, and to control a search result to be displayed on a display unit. An information display method using a mobile terminal includes detecting devices within a reference proximity, receiving device information from a first detected device; storing a search classification in the mobile terminal; determining class information and location information of the first detected device, and comparing the class information with the stored search classification; and displaying a determination result.01-05-2012
20120003991METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRACKING MOBILE ELECTRONIC DEVICES WHILE CONSERVING CELLULAR NETWORK RESOURCES - A system and associated methods are disclosed for tracking mobile electronic devices while conserving cellular network resources used for such tracking. The tracking may be performed for purposes of facilitating recovery of lost or stolen devices. To conserve network resources, different telephone numbers may be assigned depending upon the location of each device and the time of each call, and individual calls may be made only after a determination has been made that a telephone call is required. A determination that a telephone call is required may be made depending upon whether a protected electronic device had been reported lost or stolen, and/or whether an internet communication between the protected electronic device and a monitoring center has been made within a selected previous period of time. A dynamic schedule permits reserved telephone call slots to be freed up if not needed so that they can be used for devices that need the communication time.01-05-2012
20120003995MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, RADIO BASE STATION AND MOBILE STATION - A radio base station according to the present invention includes: a downlink data resumption processing unit configured to transmit an RA preamble assignment signal to a mobile station, when a positioning trigger is detected in a state in which no synchronization is established in an uplink between the radio base station and the mobile station; and a propagation delay calculation unit configured to calculate propagation delay in the uplink, in response to reception of a RA preamble assigned by the RA preamble assignment signal.01-05-2012
20120003988Method and Apparatus for Sharing Information from a Communication Device - Provided is a method and apparatus for sharing information from a communication device. The communication device is to send first information to a first apparatus and second information to a second apparatus. In accordance with an embodiment of the application, the communication device combines the first information and the second information in a single message and then sends the message to a network node. In accordance with another embodiment of the application, the network node separates the first information from the second information and sends the first information and the second information to the first apparatus and the second apparatus, respectively. Note that the communication device did not have to send separate messages to the apparatuses and therefore there is a reduction in number of messages sent by the communication device. This reduction has an effect of reducing network utilization by the communication device.01-05-2012
20120115508WIRELESS NETWORK HYBRID POSITIONING - Methods and apparatuses for position determination and other operations. In one embodiment of the present invention, a mobile station uses wireless signals from a plurality of wireless networks (e.g., with different air interfaces and/or operated by different service providers) for position determination (e.g., for data communication, for obtaining time and/or frequency information, for range measurement, for sector or altitude estimation). In one embodiment of the present invention, mobile stations are used to harvest statistical data about wireless access points (e.g., the locations of mobile stations that have received signals from the wireless access points, such as from cellular base stations, wireless local area network access points, repeaters for positioning signals or other wireless communication transmitters) and to derive location information (e.g., position and coverage area of the wireless access points) for the wireless networks from the collected statistical data.05-10-2012
20120115507Systems and Methods for the Detection of Transmission Facilities - A method of detecting a transmitting device within an obstruction rich environment is disclosed. The method may involve detecting the transmitting device with a wireless transmission detection facility; communicating signal information relating to the detected transmitting device from the wireless transmission detection facility to a central unit; determining the location of the transmitting device; displaying information of the detection and location of the transmitting device through a user interface; and providing an action facility for causing actions related to the detected transmitting device.05-10-2012
20120115505SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR POPULATION TRACKING, COUNTING, AND MOVEMENT ESTIMATION USING MOBILE OPERATIONAL DATA AND/OR GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION IN MOBILE NETWORK - Methods and apparatuses are disclosed herein for population tracking, counting and/or movement estimation. In one embodiment, the method comprises receiving mobile phone operational data indicative of user equipment location, where the event data includes location area update messages and periodic registration messages; and performing travel estimation based on the mobile phone operation data, including performing interpolation on data associated with one or more individuals in a population to estimate intermediate positions of a trajectory of each of the one or more individuals for a specified time period based on a shortest path mesh sequence estimation algorithm.05-10-2012
20120115503Addressing Wireless Nodes - A user may point a control device at a controllable device for which control is desired, and the control device may detect the targeted controllable device. Additionally, the control device may detect a plurality of wireless nodes and list the available wireless nodes. For example, the control device may identify wireless nodes associated with a particular room in the house, or the control device may detect the wireless nodes within a certain range. The list may be a selectable list and a user may select the desired device to control from the list. Upon detection or user selection, the control device may establish control of the wireless node and initiate actions associated with the selected device.05-10-2012
20120115504LOCATION INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, LOCATION INFORMATION MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, AND LOCATION INFORMATION MANAGEMENT METHOD - There is provided a location information management system at a relatively low cost, whereby information including the location information of a vehicle can be managed without affecting the driving. In the location management system including abase transceiver station for transmitting a signal including base transceiver station identifying information, a ubiquitous module 05-10-2012
20120115502Method for Positioning Femto Base Station Through SUPL Platform and System Thereof - A method for positioning a femtocell base station through a SUPL platform includes the steps of: initiating a SUPL program in the femtocell base station to establish communication between the femtocell base station and the SUPL platform so as to obtain assistant positioning information and approximate location information of the femtocell base station through the SUPL platform; the femtocell base station capturing related satellite signals according to the assistant positioning information, and if the captured related satellite signals are sufficient for positioning calculation, performing the positioning calculation to obtain precise location information of the femtocell base station and replacing the approximate location information with the precise location information. The location information obtained by positioning will be provided by the femtocell base station to a core network for registration or broadcast by the femtocell base station within its coverage.05-10-2012
20120115501SELF-AWARE PROFILE SWITCHING ON A MOBILE COMPUTING DEVICE - In one implementation, a computer-implemented method includes detecting, by a mobile computing device, a current context associated with the mobile computing device, the current context being external to the mobile computing device and indicating a current state of the mobile computing device in its surrounding environment. The method can also include identifying, based on at least a first portion of the current context, a location description for the mobile computing device, wherein the location description includes a textual description of the location; and determining, based on the identified location description and at least a second portion of the current context, whether to switch the mobile computing device from operating using a current profile to operating using a second profile, wherein the current profile and the second profile each define one or more settings of the mobile computing device.05-10-2012
20120208556METHOD FOR DETECTING CSG CELLS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for detecting closed subscriber group (CSG) cells through a terminal in a wireless communication system. The method for detecting the CSG cells in the wireless communication system comprises the steps of: determining a present position of the terminal; measuring a physical layer identifier of a corresponding cell when the present position of the terminal corresponds to a position of a prestored CSG cell; and detecting the corresponding cell as the priorly connected CSG cell when the measured physical layer identifier corresponds to the physical layer identifier of the prestored CSG cell. Desirably, the method further comprises the steps of measuring system information of the corresponding cell; and detecting the corresponding cell as the priorly connected CSG cell when the upper layer cell identifier included in the system information corresponds to the upper layer cell identifier of the prestored CSG cell.08-16-2012
20120009943Tracking System and Portable Virtual Fence - A tracking system includes a global positioning system (GPS) module and a modem for mobile communications both attached to a pet (or other trackee), and a virtual fence (which includes a base station sending a signal to a certain range and a receiver attached to the pet (or other trackee) and receiving the signal sent by a base station when the receiver is within the range of the base station). A portable virtual fence system includes a signal-sending base station, and a signal-receiver worn by a to-be-fenced pet or other trackee. Advantageously, the base station is portable. The size of the virtual fence can be expanded to fit any shaped geometry using signal repeater or transceiver devices. In addition, more than one pet can be tracked using a single virtual fence and base station.01-12-2012
20120009936MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, UPPER-LAYER NODE APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, AND BASE STATION STATUS CONTROL METHOD - A mobile communications system is disclosed. The mobile communications system includes a unit which is provided at an upper-layer node apparatus and which obtains location information of a base station apparatus and one or more mobile station apparatuses; a unit which is provided at the upper-layer node apparatus and which checks whether the mobile station apparatus is authorized to connect to the base station apparatus; a unit which is provided at the upper-layer node apparatus and which calculates a proximity of the base station apparatus and the mobile station apparatus based on the location information of the base station apparatus and the mobile station apparatus; and a unit which is provided at the upper-layer node apparatus and which moves the base station apparatus to a service status when the base station apparatus and the mobile station apparatus are in proximity and moves the base station apparatus to a radio unit stop status when all the mobile station apparatuses are not in proximity with the base station apparatus.01-12-2012
20120009938CELLULAR LOCATION SYSTEM AND CELLULAR LOCATION METHOD - A cellular location method uses a cellular location system including a database. The cellular location method obtains radio measurements from a user terminal located in the communications network, extracts information from the obtained radio measurements, determines the location of the user terminal based on the extracted information, and stores the determined location of the user terminal and the extracted information as an entry in the database. Additionally, the cellular location method estimates information for the user terminal for another location in the communications network. The estimated information for the user terminal may be based upon the extracted information for the user terminal or upon obtained information from a co-sited communications network. A location of the specified user terminal can be obtained based on a matching score between measurements from the specified user terminal and the stored user terminal measurements including the extracted information and the estimated information.01-12-2012
20120009937SELECTED RESTRICTION OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SERVICES - Wireless communications services on a wireless communications device are selectively restricted in accordance with a location of the wireless device and specific permission and/or restrictions assigned to the wireless device while within/at the location. Services can be selectively blocked (denied), selectively modified, or selectively allowed on a wireless device based on lists indicating permissibility for specific services for specific devices at/within specific locations. A location can be a zone of coverage of a cellular tower, micro/pico/Femto cell or wireless access point, a sector of a zone of coverage, a geographic region within a zone of coverage, or any appropriate combination thereof01-12-2012
20120009940PROCESS FOR UPDATING ADDITIONAL INFORMATION STORED IN A TERMINAL FOR A TERMINAL-BASED RECOGNITION OF HOME BASE STATIONS IN A CELLULAR LAND MOBILE SYSTEM - Process for geographical location of a cellular terminal (01-12-2012
20120064916BEAMFORMING DEVICES AND METHODS - Devices and methods are provided for directionally receiving and/or transmitting acoustic waves and/or radio waves for use in applications such as wireless communications systems and/or radar. High directional gain and spatial selectivity are achieved while employing an array of receiving antennas that is small as measured in units of the wavelength of radio waves being received or transmitted, especially in the case of spatially oversampled arrays. Frequency/wavenumber, multi-dimensional spectrum analysis, as well as one-dimensional frequency spectrum analysis can be performed.03-15-2012
20120064910NOTIFYING A USER OF AN EVENT - Devices, methods, and systems for notifying a user of an event are described herein. One or more embodiments include a computing device for notifying a user of an event. The computing device includes a memory and a processor coupled to the memory. The processor is configured to execute executable instructions stored in the memory to determine a location of a user based on location information received from a personal device of the user, receive information regarding a predicted path or range of an event, determine, based on the location of the user and the information regarding the predicted path or range of the event, if the user is located within the predicted path or range of the event, and send a notification of the event to the user if the user is located within the predicted path or range of the event.03-15-2012
20120015670Hybrid GNSS and TDOA Wireless Location System - A method and apparatus for position determination is provided using measurements from both Global Positioning System (GPS) receivers and terrestrial-based Uplink Time Difference of Arrival (UTDOA) receivers. The method involves the transformation of downlink satellite measurements into equivalent UTDOA measurements by computing comparable cross-correlation coefficients and time differences of arrival with respect to a UTDOA reference station. The method includes a weighting operation whereby the relative weights of the UTDOA measurements and the relative weights of the GPS measurements are adjusted based on a theoretical scaling followed by empirical adjustments. The method further involves the efficient computation and combining of metrics that are used to minimize the weighted error between candidate location solutions and the UTDOA and GPS measurements.01-19-2012
20120015671METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR LOCATING A NOTEBOOK COMPUTER - A method for locating a notebook computer by sending a Wake on Wireless WAN (WoW) signal via a wireless network to the notebook computer to switch ON the notebook computer; instructing the notebook computer to determine its own location using GPS if the notebook computer lid is open.01-19-2012
20120015668SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROXIMITY AREA NETWORKING FOR SELECTION OF MESSAGING - Embodiments of the present invention include improved communication system and methods. In one embodiment, the present invention includes a wireless communication method comprising, on a first wireless device, receiving one or more wireless device identifications associated with one or more other wireless devices, and transmitting at least one of the one or more wireless device identifications from the first wireless device to a remote computer system, and on the remote computer system, receiving the at least one wireless device identification, and accessing information associated with the at least one wireless device identification. Embodiments of the present invention may be used for electronic dating, social networking and other communication applications.01-19-2012
20120015667METHOD OF DETERMINING A POSITION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREOF - A method of determining a position in a wireless communication system and apparatus thereof are disclosed. The present invention includes receiving system information including information on a reference cell and at least one neighbor cell from a location server, receiving positioning reference signals (PRSs) from the reference cell and the at least one neighbor cell using the system information, measuring reference signal time difference (RSTD) of each of the at least one neighbor cell for the reference cell, and transmitting the at least one measured RSTD to the location server. And, the RSTD is a relative timing difference between two cells. Moreover, the system information includes at least one cell for obtaining a system frame number (SFN) by the UE, as the reference cell or the at least one neighbor cell.01-19-2012
20120015665SENSOR NODE POSITIONING FOR LOCATION DETERMINATION - Systems, methods, and devices are described for determining a physical location of a wireless device. A receiver may be configured to receive associations between anchor locations and sensor nodes, wherein each sensor node uses near field communications to identify an anchor location. The receiver may also receive signal strength measurements from the wireless device measuring the signal strength of wireless sensor nodes. Arrangements may also be configured to determine physical locations of the sensor nodes based on physical locations of anchor locations and utilize received signal strength measurements with the determined physical locations of the sensor nodes to determine the physical location of the wireless device.01-19-2012
20120015666METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ROUTING MESSAGES OF A POSITIONING PROTOCOL IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Methods and apparatuses are provided that facilitate routing of messages of a positioning protocol, such as long term evolution (LTE) positioning protocol annex (LPPa). A positioning server can determine a network area identifier of one or more messages based at least in part on an identifier of a base station associated with the one or more messages. Based at least in part on the network area identifier, the positioning server can provide the one or more messages to an intermediate network node corresponding to the one or more base stations, such as a mobility management entity (MME). MME can similarly provide the one or more messages to an optional gateway between it and the one or more base stations based at least in part on receiving the network area identifier in the one or more messages. In addition, a base station can update positioning information with the positioning server.01-19-2012
20110165890Determining a Geographical Location - In general, the subject matter described in this specification can be embodied in methods systems, and program products for determining a change in a mode of transportation. A change in a mode of transportation of the mobile computing device may be determined by determining that a speed of the mobile computing device has changed. A first geographical location is stored as a geographical location of the mobile computing device that corresponds to the change in mode of transportation. A graphical indication of the first geographical location is displayed. The graphical indication of the first geographical location is different than graphical indications for one or more other geographical locations of the mobile computing device at one or more other times. The one or more other geographical locations were not determined to correspond to a change in mode of transportation.07-07-2011
20110165889LOCATION-BASED OPERATIONS AND MESSAGING - Systems and methods for using location information to determine a medium to use for communications to a user of a mobile device are provided. The user's mobile device provides location information to in intermediate computing device. That location information is accessed and used to determine, from a plurality of media, which to use for communications with the user. In various embodiments of the present invention, the user's mobile device can receive location-based content and commands.07-07-2011
20110165888SYSTEM FOR MULTIMEDIA TAGGING BY A MOBILE USER - A system, method, and wireless communication device that provide a mobile user with selective access to information based on a predefined trigger such as a user's vicinity. In an embodiment, selected information from a first wireless communication device of a communication group may be associated with a geographic location and stored. A portion of the information may be selectively transmitted to a second wireless communication device of the communication group when the second wireless communication device is determined to be proximate to the geographic location associated with the information. In one embodiment, the second wireless communication device may receive the information automatically based on trigger settings.07-07-2011
20120208555METHOD AND MOBILE TERMINAL FOR CONTROLLING APPLICATION IN THE MOBILE TERMINAL - A method of controlling applications in a mobile terminal is provided. The method includes collecting acceleration values continuously using an acceleration sensor, when the mobile terminal is being moved; identifying a motion trace indicating that the mobile terminal has been moved from the collected acceleration values; matching the identified motion trace with a preset motion trace, and executing a control command mapped to the preset motion trace to control an application in the mobile terminal, if the matching succeeds.08-16-2012
20120178469POSITION DETERMINATION USING HORIZONTAL ANGLES - An access terminal of a wireless communication system includes a transceiver configured to receive wirelessly multiple reference keypoints and a geographical location of each respective reference keypoint, each geographical location being a location near an estimated position of the access terminal; at least one camera communicatively coupled to the transceiver and configured to capture an image; and a processor communicatively coupled to the at least one camera and configured to calculate a refined position of the access terminal, that is more accurate than the estimated position, using first and second horizontal angles between the geographical locations of respective first and second pairs of reference keypoints determined as each corresponding to a respective image keypoint identified within the image captured by the at least one camera.07-12-2012
20120129543SELECTIVELY FORMATTING MEDIA DURING A GROUP COMMUNICATION SESSION - In an embodiment, during a group communication session, media is received from a first set of access terminals that belong to a communication group, wherein the received media corresponds to content for presentation to a second set of access terminals that belong to the communication group. In an example, the media can be received either at an application server arbitrating the group communication session, or alternatively at a target access terminal for the received media that belongs to the second set of access terminals. Location information associated with an access terminal among the first or second sets of access terminals is determined, and the received media is selectively reformatted based on the determined location information.05-24-2012
20120021768LOCATION DETECTION SYSTEM AND METHOD WITH FINGERPRINTING - A location detection system and method with fingerprinting including defining nodes in an area, the area being associated with field devices and a target device (01-26-2012
20120058781LOCATION MONITORING SYSTEM - A method and device are provided for receiving a wireless location tracking activation signal. Location monitoring is initiated based on the received wireless location tracking activation. A geographic location is periodically determined and transmitted to a remote device.03-08-2012
20120058777SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CONTROLLING QUALITY OF SERVICE AT PICOCELLS USING AGNOSTIC PLATFORM - Systems and methods for maintaining the quality of service provided by a picocell and for reducing the cost to maintain and operate the picocell. The systems and methods provided herein, in an embodiment, provide for a backhaul and radio agnostic system where the picocell is highly configurable and can be used with a variety of different types of backhauls and radio devices. Remote monitoring and configuration of the device may be provided to reduce the cost of maintaining the picocell.03-08-2012
20120058778SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING A POSITION OF A MOBILE WIRELESS DEVICE - A system and method for determining a position of a mobile wireless device using wireless local area network access points (APs). In one embodiment, a mobile wireless device includes an AP positioning system configured to estimate a position of the device based on locations of APs disposed about the device. The AP positioning system is configured to: 1) access an AP database; and 2) provide, to the database, one or more medium access controller (MAC) addresses and an area of interest value. The AP positioning system is also configured to retrieve, from the database: 1) location information for each AP having a provided MAC address, or located within the area of interest; and 2) at least one of: signal parameters for the APs nearby the device, a geographic area within which each MAC address can be received, and an indication of a scan type to used for identifying APs.03-08-2012
20120058780COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATIONS METHOD - A communications system and a communications method that enable to collect location information without imposing a load on the network. In an RNC of a communications system, when a communication controlling module performs communication connection processing to a mobile station among a plurality of mobile stations, a positioning module measures the location of the mobile station and the communication controlling module transmits location information of the mobile station to an exchange when communication is connected with the mobile station. In the exchange, a communication controlling module receives the location information transmitted from the RNC and a storage module stores the received location information. Then, in response to a request from a management center, the exchange transmits the location information stored in the storage module.03-08-2012
20120058779Method and system for implementing location service - The present invention discloses a method and a system for implementing location service, in which the method comprises: sending a location request message from a source user to a MMSG by a MMSC; sending the location request message to a multimedia message generating platform by the MMSG; initiating a location request to an LSP by the multimedia message generating platform according to the location request message; performing location according to the initiated location request and returning a location result to the multimedia message generating platform by the LSP; generating multimedia message information according to the location result and sending the multimedia message information to the MMSG by the multimedia message generating platform; and sending the received multimedia message information to the source user through the MMSC by the MMSG. The present invention can not only reduce the requirement of the location service on terminal capability, but also more conveniently develop the location service, thereby realizing the aim of providing convenient and efficient location service to users by using multimedia message information.03-08-2012
20120058776Updating Timestamps of Short Messages - A time stamp of a message from a sending mobile device may be modified to correlate with the time zone occupied by a recipient mobile device. A message from a sending mobile device may be received at a message center. The message center may then route the message to a switch that manages the recipient mobile device, in which the switch is in a time zone that is different from the time zone occupied by the recipient mobile device. Accordingly, the switch may update a time stamp of the message to correlate with the time zone occupied by the recipient mobile. Following the update, the switch may transfer the message with the updated time stamp to the recipient mobile device.03-08-2012
20120058775SERVICES AND APPLICATIONS FOR A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A location system is disclosed for commercial wireless telecommunication infrastructures. The system is an end-to-end solution having one or more location centers for outputting requested locations of commercially available handsets or mobile stations (MS) based on, e.g., CDMA, AMPS, NAMPS or TDMA communication standards, for processing both local MS location requests and more global MS location requests via, e.g., Internet communication between a distributed network of location centers. The system uses a plurality of MS locating technologies including those based on: (1) two-way TOA and TDOA; (2) pattern recognition; (3) distributed antenna provisioning; (5) GPS signals, (6) angle of arrival, (7) super resolution enhancements, and (8) supplemental information from various types of very low cost non-infrastructure base stations for communicating via a typical commercial wireless base station infrastructure or a public telephone switching network. Accordingly, the traditional MS location difficulties, such as multipath, poor location accuracy and poor coverage are alleviated via such technologies in combination with strategies for: (a) automatically adapting and calibrating system performance according to environmental and geographical changes; (b) automatically capturing location signal data for continual enhancement of a self-maintaining historical data base retaining predictive location signal data; (c) evaluating MS locations according to both heuristics and constraints related to, e.g., terrain, MS velocity and MS path extrapolation from tracking and (d) adjusting likely MS locations adaptively and statistically so that the system becomes progressively more comprehensive and accurate. Further, the system can be modularly configured for use in location signaling environments ranging from urban, dense urban, suburban, rural, mountain to low traffic or isolated roadways. Accordingly, the system is useful for 911 emergency calls, tracking, routing, people and animal location including applications for confinement to and exclusion from certain areas.03-08-2012
20120058774APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING AUGMENTED REALITY INFORMATION - An apparatus and method for displaying augmented reality (AR) information on a terminal according to authorization for use of AR information provided from an AR system. The method includes recognizing a current location of the terminal; receiving authorization information of AR information receivable at the recognized current location; determining whether the AR information is available with reference to the authorization information for the AR information; and displaying the receivable AR information according to the determination result. Accordingly, the terminal recognizes its current location, determines the availability of AR information receivable at the recognized location, receives available AR information from the AR system according to the determination result, and displays the received available AR information in a window on a display of the terminal.03-08-2012
20120028651Location derived presence information - The number of messages required in networks where both location and presence services are deployed may be reduced, by retrieving presence data from messages otherwise intended to provide only location information. Thus, information determined in a location service scheme is utilized to provide a presence service as well. A location server requests mobile subscriber (MS) information from a Core Network (CN) Node (i.e. HLR, MSC, etc.) that can be used in determining the Location of the MS. A single message aggregates retrieval of information for two services, specifically, for both location and presence.02-02-2012
20120028649METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR USE IN DETERMINING THAT A MOBILE STATION IS AT ONE OR MORE PARTICULAR INDOOR REGIONS - Methods and apparatuses are provided which may be implemented in various devices for to determine or assist in determining that a mobile station is at one or more particular indoor regions and to provide positioning assistance data and/or the like to the mobile station with regard to at least the one or more particular indoor regions.02-02-2012
20120028650SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PREDICTING FUTURE LOCATIONS OF MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICES USING CONNECTION-RELATED DATA OF A MOBILE ACCESS NETWORK - A system and method for predicting future locations of mobile communication devices utilizes connection-related data from a mobile access network supporting the mobile communication devices to determine latest locations of the mobile communication devices, which are used to predict the future locations of the mobile communication devices. In addition to the determined locations of the mobile communication devices, carrier-provided location predictive indicators and/or non-carrier location predictive indicators may be used to improve the accuracy of the predicted future locations.02-02-2012
20120028652DETERMINING A POSITION OF A TERMINAL - It is disclosed an apparatus, a method and a computer program for determining a position of a terminal. It is checked if an intersection of all areas of a set of areas that are associated with one or more communication nodes and represent and/or limit possible positions of a terminal is potentially non-empty. Each of the areas is associable with a respective bounding box. The intersection is defined to be potentially non-empty if an intersection of all of the bounding boxes would be non-empty. A position of the terminal is determined in dependence on a result of the checking if the intersection of all areas of the set of areas is potentially non-empty.02-02-2012
20120028653SYSTEM AND METHOD OF UMTS UE LOCATION USING UPLINK DEDICATED PHYSICAL CONTROL CHANNEL AND DOWNLINK SYNCHRONIZATION CHANNEL - A system and method for estimating a location of a wireless device in a wireless communication system having a plurality of nodes and a plurality of location measurement units (“LMUs”). A set of signal samples from a first wireless device and a second wireless device may be collected by one or more LMUs in a search window. A first time of arrival (“TOA”) is determined, and a second search window is estimated as a function of the first TOA. A second TOA may be determined within the second search window at a second node or one of the LMUs from the set of signal samples. A range estimate of the wireless device may then be determined, and an estimated location of the wireless device may be determined as a function of the first uplink TOA, the second uplink TOA, or the range estimate and second TOA.02-02-2012
20120157114SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ADAPTING AN ATTRIBUTE MAGNIFICATION FOR A MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Techniques and technologies are presented for adapting an attribute magnification for a mobile communication device. An output device for the attribute is connected to the mobile communication device. A sensor tracks distance of a user's head in relation to the mobile communication device; while a controller initiates a setting phase for magnification change and subsequently a tracking phase, opposite from the setting phase, for dynamically adjusting the attribute from the mobile communication device.06-21-2012
20120157112Call localization systems and methods - Described are a system and method of managing a real-time communication initiated to a mobile communications device. A communication from an originating communications device is sensed as being directed to a first destination address corresponding to a mobile communications device. Location information of the mobile communications device is determined. The communication is directed to a second destination address based on the determined location of the mobile communications device.06-21-2012
20120208549AUTOMATIC CHECK-OUT UPON LOCATION DEPARTURE - Systems and methods are disclosed for detecting termination of a social check-in session where a user has checked into a location using a mobile device. Upon detecting that the user has left a location, the present system automatically checks the user out of that location, and updates the user's records and friends that the user is no longer at that location.08-16-2012
20120208553System and Method for Mobile Location By Dynamic Clustering - A system and method for determining the location of a mobile device in a communications network. A set of network measurement reports (NMR) may be provided for a region in the network. NMRs in the first set may be clustered as a function of observed measurement information in the NMRs. A candidate NMR for a mobile device may be received, and the candidate NMR may then be associated with a selected cluster of NMRs. The candidate NMR and a second set of NMRs may then be clustered, and a location of the mobile device determined as a function of the clustered candidate NMR and second set of NMRs, where the NMRs in the second set are associated with the selected cluster.08-16-2012
20120064917SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR GENERATING A RECOMMENDATION ON A MOBILE DEVICE - A system and a method generate a recommendation on a mobile device. The system and the method may use a time, a location, a venue and/or an event to generate the recommendation. Further, the system and the method may use an event database to determine current interests of the user. Still further, the system and the method for generating a recommendation on a mobile device may use a transactional history of the user and/or behavior of other users to generate the recommendation. The system and the method may recommend, for example, digital media, news and event information, editorial content and/or physical or digital merchandise. As a result, the system and the method may generate a recommendation that corresponds to the current interests of the user.03-15-2012
20120064913BROADCAST TUNING CONCEPTS - Systems, methods, apparatus, and computer program products are provided for receiving content available for consumption. For example, a user device can receive a message about content available for consumption and access the content via the appropriate provided in the user's broadcast area. Moreover, a user device can be used to access program information based on the user device's location.03-15-2012
20120172050METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTEXT BASED ON SPATIAL TRAILS - Techniques for determining context based on a spatial trail include determining data that indicates a first trail comprising a plurality of locations of finite spatial granularity at a corresponding plurality of times. The techniques also comprise determining data that indicates at least one criterion for belonging in a group. The criterion indicates a first spatial granularity for at least a first location at a corresponding first time in the first trail. The techniques further comprise determining whether a particular entity belongs in the group based, at least in part, on the criterion and a second trail for the particular entity. A trail for any entity comprises a plurality of locations of finite spatial granularity indicating actual locations of the entity at a corresponding plurality of times.07-05-2012
20120108262SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR NON-COOPERATIVE STIMULATION OF MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINALS - Methods and systems for locating Mobile Stations (MSs) that are served by a Wireless communication Network (WLN) in a given geographical area. The MSs typically communicate with other parties, or connect to the Internet, through the WLN, wherein Base Transceiver Stations (BTSs) serve as the WLN front ends from the MSs perspective. A Stimulating Apparatus (SA) monitors control messages that the BTSs in the area of the SA broadcast to MSs. The SA analyzes the control messages that it receives, selects one transmitting BTS and creates a modified version of the control messages that it has received from the selected BTS. The SA then broadcasts the modified messages on behalf of the selected BTS by using its frequency channel. The discrepant transmission parameters are designed to stimulate any MS that receives them to induce a network event from which the MS location may be estimated.05-03-2012
20120064912APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR GENERATING ACCESS POINT LIST IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - An apparatus and method for generating an Access Point (AP) list in a mobile communication terminal. The method preferably includes acquiring current position information of the mobile communication terminal, performing AP scan and determining if a beacon signal is received, when at least one beacon signal is received, acquiring corresponding AP information from the received beacon signal, and mapping the AP information with the current position information and storing the mapping result. The apparatus preferably includes a position information acquisition unit that acquires current position information of the mobile communication terminal. A communication module performs AP scan and receives a beacon signal. A controller receives at least one beacon signal, acquires corresponding AP information from the received beacon signal, and maps the AP information with the current position information.03-15-2012
20090239551BEAMFORMING DEVICES AND METHODS - Devices and methods are provided for directionally receiving and/or transmitting acoustic waves and/or radio waves for use in applications such as wireless communications systems and/or radar. High directional gain and spatial selectivity are achieved while employing an array of receiving antennas that is small as measured in units of the wavelength of radio waves being received or transmitted, especially in the case of spatially oversampled arrays. Frequency/wavenumber, multi-dimensional spectrum analysis, as well as one-dimensional frequency spectrum analysis can be performed.09-24-2009
20120208552UE-SIDE REMOVAL OF POSITIONING ASSISTANCE AMBIGUITY - A user equipment (08-16-2012
20120208551MOBILE WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE PROVIDING OBJECT REFERENCE DATA BASED UPON NEAR FIELD COMMUNICATION (NFC) AND RELATED METHODS - A wireless communications system may include a near field communication (NFC) reference device configured to store object reference data for at least one object associated with a geographic location of the NFC device. The wireless communications system may also include a mobile wireless communications device that includes an NFC transceiver configured to communicate with the NFC device based upon proximity thereto, an image sensor, a display, and a controller. The controller may cooperate with the NFC transceiver, the image sensor, and the display. The controller may be configured to determine a sensed image from the image sensor. The controller may also be configured to select object reference data for the sensed image based upon communication with the NFC reference device, and display the object reference data and the sensed image on the display.08-16-2012
20120208550SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DYNAMICALLY MONITORING STATUS IN LOCATION SERVICES - A method and system for reporting a location of an asset. The method includes: receiving a location tracking request for the asset; dynamically determining a status of the asset; and allowing acquisition of the location of the asset based on the determined status. The method further includes: obtaining the location of the asset responsive to the received request and said allowing; and reporting the obtained location of the asset. The system includes: a reporting module for receiving a location tracking request for the asset; a status module for dynamically determining a status of the asset; and a tracking module for obtaining the location of the asset responsive to the determined status. The reporting module reports the location of the asset responsive to the received location tracking request.08-16-2012
20120071173DEVICE SPECIFIC TRACKING AREA IDENTITY LISTS - A method and system for providing a User Equipment (UE) (03-22-2012
20120071171APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR QUERY PROCESSING OF MOVING OBJECT IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A mobile communication system process a query of a location-based service. More particularly, an apparatus and a method reduce communication processes for an unnecessary query by expanding a resident domain with a query type. The apparatus includes a server for expanding a resident domain comprising a query to be operated by the moving object when the location-based service is used and the moving object for reducing the number of communications with the server according to the expansion of the resident domain.03-22-2012
20120157120METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR 60 GHZ LOCATION DETERMINATION AND COORDINATION OF WLAN/WPAN/GPS MULTIMODE DEVICES - Within a local region, information may be communicated between two or more wireless multimode communication devices (WMCD) comprising 60 GHz band and lower frequency band wireless interfaces. Spatial relationships between devices may vary. The 60 GHz interface may handle location determination operations and data transfers. The lower frequency band may support WPAN, WLAN and may handle coordination of communications and data transfers. The WMCDs may be coupled with a network. Antennas may be directional. Moreover, the spatial orientation of the antennas may be dynamically modified or swept across a specified angle. Furthermore, intelligent and/or adaptive antenna systems may be utilized. The WMCDs may utilize a position and/or time reference system to aid in location determination operations.06-21-2012
20120157119Processor, Apparatus and Associated Methods for Unlicensed Use of White Space - A processor for a device, the processor configured to determine a current geographical area for the current device location within which geo-specific spectrum usage data are known; determine a geographical margin for the current geographical area, the geographical margin defining an outer area of the geographical area; and obtain geo-specific spectrum usage data corresponding to an adjacent geographical area from a location remote to the device when the device location is within the geographical margin.06-21-2012
20120157118METHOD OF CREATING AN AUDIENCE MAP - A method of creating an audience map comprising the steps of; receiving a focus point comprising location data defining a geographical location; receiving trace data defining at least one geographical location of a potential viewer; determining a field of view which represents a region within which a potential viewer could see the focus point; projecting the field of view from either; (i) the focus point and determining whether the or each geographical location of the trace data falls within the field of view of the focus point and recording occurrences thereof; or (ii) the or each of the geographical locations of the potential viewer and determining whether the geographical location of the focus point falls within the field of view of the or each of the geographical locations of the potential viewer and recording occurrences thereof; and generating an audience map based on the recorded occurrences.06-21-2012
20120157116SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING A LOCATION BEACON - A method and device for providing a location beacon is presented herein. The location beacon may assist a client device in estimating a current location by transmitting a plurality of signals at distinct power levels to the client device. The location beacon may also be configured to transition to a client device operational mode once the location beacon has an inaccurate estimation of its own location.06-21-2012
20120157115METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPDATING ACCESS POINT INFORMATION FOR LOCATION MEASUREMENT - A method and apparatus for updating information of an access point for a wireless local area network service in measuring a location of a communication terminal using the access point are provided. The method includes: storing information of access points in a storage unit; receiving information of nearby access points from a specific communication terminal to be measured for location; checking whether there exists an access point of which information is not stored in the storage unit among the nearby access points; performing a global positioning system (GPS) location measurement for the specific communication terminal when there exists the access point of which the information is not stored; and storing the GPS location measurement result and the information of the nearby access points in the storage unit.06-21-2012
20120157113LOCATION REPORTING RESPONSIVE TO TRANSITIONS IN MOTIONAL STATE OF WIRELESS EQUIPMENT - System(s), apparatus(es), and method(s) provide for reporting of location of wireless equipment based at least on transition amongst motional states of the wireless equipment. Measured data and metrics are employed for detection of at least one movement condition of wireless equipment to identify changes in a mobility profile thereof. Change in the mobility profile can convey change in motional state of the wireless equipment; analysis of the data and metrics enables determination of such change. While idle, the wireless equipment can monitor its mobility profile to identify changes in the motional state of the wireless equipment. Identification of certain changes in the motional state of the wireless equipment enable the wireless equipment to measure, report, and update location thereof at the network platform of a network operator that provides wireless service to the wireless equipment. Reported location of the wireless equipment can be exploited for several location-based services.06-21-2012
20110045844METHOD, NODE, DEVICE, COMPUTER PROGRAM, AND DATA CARRIER FOR DETERMINING A POSITION OF A NODE IN AN AD-HOC NETWORK - In a method and a device for determining a geographical position of a node in an ad-hoc network, distance circles of at least two nodes that adjoin the node are determined. In addition, points of intersection between the distance circles of the at least two nodes adjoining the node are identified. A main set of points of intersection is determined from among the set of the identified or determined points of intersection, the main set comprising points of intersection located in the vicinity of an estimated position of the node. The geographical position of the node is then determined by the main set of points of intersection.02-24-2011
20110009128SYSTEM AND TERMINAL - A terminal 01-13-2011
20110092225METHOD AND NETWORK ELEMENT FOR TRACKING BASED ON USER EQUIPMENT CAPABILITIES - A method and a Network Element (NE) for tracking based on User Equipment (UE) capabilities are disclosed. The method includes: the NE receives a capability support message from the UE, where the capability support message carries information on the UE capabilities; and the NE judges whether the UE capabilities meet a tracking condition according to the information carried in the capability support message, and initiates tracking of the UE if the UE capabilities meet the tracking condition. The NE for tracking based on UE capabilities includes: a first receiving module, configured to receive a capability support message sent by the UE, where the capability support message carries information on the UE capabilities; and a tracking module, configured to track the UE if the capabilities carried in the capability support message received by the first receiving module meet a tracking condition. Through the method and NE under the present invention, even if the UE capabilities are unknown, the UE with specific capabilities can be tracked according to the information reported by the UE.04-21-2011
20110092224METHOD AND TERMINAL DEVICES - A method and terminal device are provided which effect the steps of receiving a message indicating that a user of another terminal device has pressed a talk button, the message including a geographical location of the other terminal device, or any information derived therefrom; and indicating the geographical location of the other terminal device to a user of the terminal device. A further method and terminal device are provided which effect the steps of: in response to a user of a terminal device pressing a talk button, writing information describing the geographical location of the terminal device, or any information derived therefrom, into a message; and sending the message to another terminal device or to a communications network.04-21-2011
20110092223Reciever, frequency deviation measuring unit and positioning and ranging system - In a system for measuring a time difference of arrival of signals for positioning, an accurate time difference is measured by a receiver which is reduced in power consumption, size, and cost. The system comprises a node (under measurement) for transmitting a positioning signal, a reference station for transmitting a reference signal, and a plurality of access points for receiving the positioning signal and reference signal, and a server connected to the plurality of access points through a network. Each of the plurality of access points measures a time difference between the reception of the positioning signal and the reception of the reference signal, and a frequency deviation from the reference station, using a clock signal and a signal for shifting the clock signal, and the server calculates the position of the node based on the measured time difference and frequency deviation.04-21-2011
20110092222VECTORING SERVICE INITIATION SYSTEM AND METHOD BASED ON SENSOR ASSISTED POSITIONING - A system and a method for vectoring service initiation, such service initiation can be data transfer, game initiation, media download, media streaming initiation, house application and the like, based on sensor assisted positioning are provided, which employ location sensors built in hand-held devices with positioning technology to provide an instinctive 2-D or 3-D user-machine interface, by that the user is able to transfer a file from a source device to a target device.04-21-2011
20110092221Devices and Methods for Selectively Filtering Message Content - Methods for selectively filtering message content received at a mobile device based upon a current location of the mobile device and/or a user's presence status and devices configured to selectively filter message content based upon a location of the mobile device and/or a user's presence status.04-21-2011
20120270561LOCATION OF BASESTATION - Techniques and mechanisms relating to a basestation for a cellular communication system, and in particular to a method and a system for determining the location of the basestation, are disclosed. Methods are provided for use in a basestation of a mobile communications network, or in the network itself, for determining information about the position of the basestation itself, and/or for determining the position of mobile devices having a connection to the basestation. According to other aspects of the invention, there are provided basestations and network nodes for performing these methods.10-25-2012
20120270562Facilitating Use of a Device Based on Short-Range Wireless Technology - Various devices may include a short-range wireless transmitter and/or one or more short-range wireless readers. When a first device including the transmitter is placed near a second device including the one or more readers, a relative location of the first device may be determined. Information regarding the relative location of the first device, may be used to facilitate use of the first device with a processing device. In one embodiment, the processing device may automatically configure itself, such that the first device may be used with the processing device. In another embodiment, the processing device may provide feedback, such as, for example, step-by-step instructions to facilitate setup and use of the first device with the processing device. In some embodiments, an application program interface may provide information about the device to an application executing on the processing device.10-25-2012
20120270560METHODS TO AUTHENTICATE ACCESS AND ALARM AS TO PROXIMITY TO LOCATION - Methods for authenticating access and providing positional awareness using mobile phones. Embodiments for authenticating access include receiving identification indicia from a person seeking access, sending a message to a person having authority for access, and receiving either a second message indicating that the person has taken an affirmative action to indicate authorization, or a password that was provided in the first message. Access may be computer access or physical access, as examples. Methods of providing positional awareness include obtaining or storing location coordinates, monitoring the location of a mobile phone, and providing an alarm, for example, through a second mobile phone. In a number of embodiments, location coordinates are automatically obtained from Internet websites. In some embodiments, parents can monitor the location of their children to make sure they do not get too close to a reported residence of a registered sex offender, for instance.10-25-2012
20100178935PROVIDING A LOCATION SERVICE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK USING AN INDICATION OF WHETHER THE LOCATION SERVICE IS AN EMERGENCY-RELATED LOCATION SERVICE OR A LAW ENFORCEMENT-RELATED LOCATION SERVICE - In a wireless communications network, a method of performing a location service with respect to a mobile station includes communicating a paging message containing an indication of whether the paging message is related to at least one of an emergency-related location service and a law enforcement-related location service. In another aspect, a mobile station in a wireless communications network communicates messaging to move the mobile station to a traffic channel in response to a callback by at least one of an emergency services entity and a law enforcement entity. The mobile station also receives a location request on the traffic channel, the location request containing an indication of whether the location request is related to at least one of an emergency-related location service and a law enforcement-related location service.07-15-2010
20080261611Sparsed U-TDOA Wireless Location Networks - In an overlay, U-TDOA-based, Wireless Location System, LMUs typically co-located with BTSs, are used to collect radio signaling both in the forward and reverse channels. Techniques are used to compensate for sparse LMU deployments where sections of the U-TDOA service area are uplink demodulation or downlink beacon discovery limited.10-23-2008
20110065449ADAPTIVE USE OF POLARIZATION AS A MEANS OF INCREASED WIRELESS CHANNEL CAPACITY - A mobile transceiver uses position and/or orientation knowledge to increase the capacity of a wireless link by transmitting over multiple electromagnetic polarizations. Sensors may include accelerometers, compasses, position sensors such as GPS receivers, and other means of determining the relative orientation of a mobile tranceiver to its base station. This information is used to properly shape transmitted signals and correlate received signals to increase the link capacity of the wireless link, either through channel multiplexing or increased link quality. This is particularly useful for mobile phones used on cellular networks utilizing high data volume on the allocated spectrum.03-17-2011
20110065452SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETECTING AND CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION DEVICES - A method of detecting, controlling and managing transmission of a transmitting device within a facility is disclosed. The method involves transmitting information to the transmission device, detecting a response transmission from the transmission device by a least one transmission detection facility, extracting identification information associated with the transmission device in response to the transmitted information; and determining a location of the transmission device based on the response transmission received by the at least one received transmission detection facility, wherein the response transmissions are sorted by the identification information, determining an allowability of the located transmission device with the set area and interacting and manipulating transmission of the detected transmitting device.03-17-2011
20110065450Method and Apparatus for Location Fingerprinting - Methods and apparatus taught herein facilitate accurate estimation of a mobile terminal's location via location fingerprinting. Specifically, the methods and apparatus obtain a radio fingerprint of the mobile terminal's location based on signal measurements (e.g., signal strength, signal quality, or path loss) performed at a radio frequency distinct from that used to obtain the reference radio fingerprints. The methods and apparatus transform the radio fingerprint, or the reference radio fingerprints, or both, based on that distinction, such as by offsetting signal measurements of the radio fingerprint by an amount determined based on theoretical or experimental models of the dependency of the signal measurements on the radio frequency at which they are performed. The radio fingerprint of the mobile terminal's location may then be compared to the reference radio fingerprints, to accurately estimate the mobile terminal's location despite the radio fingerprint and the reference radio fingerprints having been obtained using different frequencies.03-17-2011
20110065453METHOD FOR PROVIDING GEOGRAPHICAL POSITION RELATED INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Method and arrangement in a first node for providing geographical position related information. The first node and a second node are comprised within a wireless communication system. The first node and the second node are adapted to exchange wireless signals. The method comprises receiving a signal from the second node. Apart of the received signal that has propagated through a first channel path from the second node is detected by using a circular correlator. A timing estimate associated with the propagation time of the part of the signal which is received over the first channel path from the second node is calculated. Thus the calculated timing estimate is provided, which timing estimate is to be used when determining the geographical position.03-17-2011
20120157117METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING A SIGNAL FOR A LOCATION BASED-SERVICE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LOCATING A TERMINAL THAT USES THE SIGNAL - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. In particular, for the transmission of a locating zone configured across one or more superframes for transmitting a locating synchronizing signal for determining the location of a terminal in a wireless communication system, the wireless communication system of the present invention transmits, to a terminal, a superframe header including information indicating whether or not to transmit the locating zone. Thus, the terminal can discern a terminal belonging to the location zone form among superframes received by the terminal.06-21-2012
20110105143PROXIMAL RELEVANCY RANKING IN A LAYERED LINKED NODE DATABASE - A system and method for determining node relevancy by proximal weighting and pruning in a layered linked node database, such as that used to represent connections between a set of objects. The weights of connections between nodes in the layered linked node database is used as a distance metric, with propagation semantics determining how the summed relevancy is determined. This is particularly useful for determining, for a given node in a given layer, which nodes in another layer, or on the same layer, are most relevant. In the context of mobile device users, this is particularly useful for dynamically determining which people, places, events etc. are of greatest relevance in a scalable manner.05-05-2011
20110105147Apparatus and method for reporting loss of portable terminal in wireless communication system - The present invention is provided to report a loss of a terminal in a wireless communication system. A method of detecting the loss of the terminal includes comparing information elements that change depending on geographical movement of a primary terminal and a secondary terminal when a time for detecting the loss arrives. The loss of the secondary terminal is detected based on the comparison result of the information elements that change depending on the geographical movement of the terminals. The loss of the secondary terminal is reported to the primary terminal.05-05-2011
20110105146BACK-CHANNELED PACKETED DATA - Certain embodiments configure wireless-technology equipment, including a processor node, to store and access back channel data for the purpose of controlling aspects of mobile terminals. Within a wireless communication network, a memory circuit stores: on behalf of an operator for the communication network, user profiles that include wireless network subscriber data useful for providing network access to user terminals associated with the subscriber data; and on behalf of a third party, communication rules relevant to a geographic region of service provided by the communication network (optionally, the third party communication rules are implemented pursuant to three-way agreements between the subscriber, the operator of the wireless network and the third party). The processor node is configured within the wireless-technology equipment for assimilating current location data regarding the user terminals with the user profiles, and using the assimilated current location data to facilitate communication for the mobile terminals, via the communication rules relevant to the geographic region, over the communication network. The communication rules can be used to dictate how certain of the mobile terminals can operate, e.g., in terms of operable features, applications and access to the network.05-05-2011
20110105144Method, apparatus and system for defining positioning configuration in a wireless network - GPS and A-GPS based positioning methods can be used to determine UE locations to enable location based services to be provided. However, if a UE does not have such receivers or the wireless network is not able to provide assistance, these methods will not be applicable. An alternative is to use OTDOA measurements using positioning reference signals transmitted by cells of the network. By optimizing the set of cells transmitting their positioning reference signals on different positioning occasions and properly configuring the muting patterns, interference can be minimized and the UE location can be readily determined.05-05-2011
20110105149SELECTING A POSITION FIX TO DETERMINE THE LOCATION OF A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Different types of position fixes may be used to determine the location of a mobile station in a wireless communication system. The position fixes include terrestrial, or network, based techniques, and non-network based techniques, such as satellite, based techniques. An apparatus and method are presented by which different position fixes may be selected, based on the performance of a particular position fix in a particular mobile remote unit.05-05-2011
20110105145BACK-CHANNELED PACKETED DATA - Consistent with one aspect, location-based mobile-terminal data is processed within or involving the wireless portion of such communication networks, and methods and apparatuses process the location-based mobile-terminal data based on information provided from outside the relationship of the network operator and the user. The location-based mobile-terminal data is extracted and processed by a node in the wireless portion of the communication network based on a specified set of rules. Other sources of location-based information originate from within the communication network itself including, but not limited to, location information regarding the nodes themselves.05-05-2011
20110105148ULTRA-WIDEBAND RADIO RECEPTION - A radio receiver arranged to sample an input signal comprising a carrier signal modulated by a predetermined spreading sequence of pseudo-noise code symbols or chips that is stored in the receiver, the carrier signal frequency hopping between predetermined values in a predetermined sequence which is repeated cyclically and is stored in the receiver; the receiver being arranged to accumulate, over all the hops of the frequency hopping cycle, digital samples of the input signal correlated with the spreading sequence, and to perform a Fourier transformation of the accumulated digital samples to generate output data representative of data conveyed by the input signal and/or the time of receipt of the input signal; the receiver comprising a processor arranged to synchronise itself with the frequency hopping cycle and with the spreading sequence at each predetermined value of frequency, by repeating the correlation at different phases of the hopping sequence and of the spreading sequence such as to maximise the output data; wherein the correlation and accumulation are performed at a higher sampling rate over a high-resolution portion of one spreading sequence cycle than over the remainder of that spreading sequence cycle.05-05-2011
20110105142WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND PROGRAM - A wireless communication device is provided which includes a transmission section for discretely increasing transmission power and transmitting wireless signals, and an estimation section for estimating that, when a response signal to a previous wireless signal is not received from a first wireless communication device but a response signal to a current wireless signal is received therefrom, the first wireless communication device exists in a hollow circular first area, which is a difference between a reachable area of the previous wireless signal and a reachable area of the current wireless signal, having the self device at a centre.05-05-2011
20110034179LOCATION OF WIRELESS MOBILE TERMINALS - Methods, systems, processor-readable media, and devices for collecting information pertaining to the configuration of one or more wireless networks and using this information in turn to estimate the location of mobile wireless devices associated with those networks are disclosed. Also disclosed are methods, systems, processor-readable media, and devices for discovering and/or maintaining wireless transmitter characteristics corresponding to one or more wireless networks. Also disclosed are methods, systems, processor-readable media, and devices for aggregating wireless network transmitter characteristics from a plurality of wireless network transmitters. The present disclosure can be used across multiple networks, without requiring information from the operators of those networks, in which the information concerning those networks is collected and maintained in a current state efficiently and with rapid response to changes in the network configuration.02-10-2011
20110034178SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR GENERATING A LOCATION OF A MOBILE DEVICE USING CELL SECTOR INFORMATION - Systems and methods for generating a location of a mobile device using cell sector data are provided. A mobile device is in service connection with a base station, which has a corresponding service area. Upon entering the service area of another base station, the mobile device enters service connection with the second base station in a handoff event. The mobile device and/or the base station determines the location of each of the base stations, and estimates the approximate location of the mobile device based on the locations of the base stations. In one or more implementations, the estimated position can comprise a midpoint of a line joining the two base stations. The systems and methods can be implemented with a random location generator to improve accuracy. The approximate location of the mobile device can be inputted into a GPS-enabled device to reduce times to first fix.02-10-2011
20120122477GEO-LOCATION AIDED SENSING - There lies a challenge to develop a technique of accurately and efficiently determining an available communication channel. In accordance with some embodiments disclosed herein, techniques for sensing a primary user of a particular communication channel are performed more efficiently. In some implementations, a geo-location of a communication device is combined with a sensing algorithm in order to more efficiently perform spectrum sensing. In some implementations, a geo-location and an accuracy determination may be used to determine all required sample regions in order to ensure that a primary user is not present in a particular location.05-17-2012
20120122474POSITION REPORTING MICROPHONE - A position reporting microphone, adapted for use in an existing communication system is disclosed. The position reporting microphone communicatively networks with the existing communication system channels to send and receive information such as for example audio, position, and/or identification information regarding the position reporting microphone.05-17-2012
20100093365LOCATION-BASED TAGGING AND SORTING OF CONTENT ON A MOBILE DEVICE - A mobile device a location module configured to determine a location of the mobile device, a controller configured to tag content with a creation location of the mobile device when the content is created using the mobile device, and memory configured to store the tagged content. The controller is configured to sort the tagged content based upon the creation location with respect to a specific location. Also, a mobile device is provided that includes a location module configured to determine a location of the mobile device, a controller configured to tag content with a receipt location of the mobile device when the content is received by the mobile device, and memory configured to store the tagged content.04-15-2010
20100093367MOBILE TERMINAL AND METHOD OF DISPLAY POSITION ON MAP THEREOF - A method of controlling a mobile terminal, and which includes displaying contents in a first region of a display on the mobile terminal, deriving position information from the contents displayed in the first region, and displaying a map including a position corresponding to the derived position information in a second region of the display on the mobile terminal.04-15-2010
20100093368Device and Method for Localizing Terminal Devices - When localizing terminal devices an updating measure of reference ambient information allocated to surroundings of the terminal device is executed when a deviation of ambient information determined by means of the terminal device from reference ambient information allocated to a position of the terminal device is detected.04-15-2010
20130012227Method and System for Tracking and Determining a Location of a Wireless Transmission - An apparatus for detecting and timing a transmitting device is disclosed. The device includes a receiving system receiving a signal containing at least a preamble code of a known length and at least one pulse within a receive window after the preamble code, a circuit receiving the at least one pulse comprising a zero-crossing circuit for indicting a zero-voltage crossing of the at least one pulse and a trigger device for latching the indication of zero-voltage crossing, and a ripple circuit counter, receiving the latched indication of said zero-voltage crossing and associating a time to the receipt of the latched indication. A system for detecting and locating a transmitting device is further disclosed. The system includes a plurality of sensor apparatus each determining a reception time of a signal and a processor for determining a location based on groups of the reception times01-10-2013
20130012226Method And System For Global Navigation Satellite System Configuration Of Wireless Communication Applications - Methods and systems for global navigation satellite system configuration of wireless communication applications may comprise determining a location of a wireless communication device (WCD) comprising a medium Earth orbit (MEO) radio frequency (RF) path and a low Earth orbit (LEO) RF path utilizing received LEO signals. A wireless function of the WCD may be configured based on the location, and may comprise a power level of WiFi circuitry in the WCD. The determined location and a transaction ID for the POS transaction may be stored utilizing a security processor. The MEO RF path may be powered down based on the determined location. The wireless function may comprise a synchronization of data on the WCD with devices in a home location. The WCD may comprise a femtocell device or a set-top box, and may be controlled by a reduced instruction set computing (RISC) central processing unit (CPU).01-10-2013
20120315922WIRELESS USER BASED NOTIFICATION SYSTEM - A group of wireless device users are notified of an event. A location data determination algorithm is provided to a wireless device, where the algorithm determines a frequency at which the device interacts with network elements to determine its location. The location data is stored in a notification server and used to identify a user at a specific location. When a governmental or commercial entity wishes to issue a notification, a message is provided to those users whose location is identified as being in an area defined by the entity.12-13-2012
20120122486ESTIMATING POSITIONS OF A DEVICE AND AT LEAST ONE TARGET IN AN ENVIRONMENT - A method/system for estimating a state of a device and at least one target in an environment. The process involves computing a state vector using an error state form of the position of the device in a local coordinate reference frame.05-17-2012
20120122479CULLED SATELLITE EPHEMERIS INFORMATION FOR QUICK, ACCURATE ASSISTED LOCATING SATELLITE LOCATION DETERMINATION FOR CELL SITE ANTENNAS - Locating satellites (e.g., GPS) are culled into a preferred group having a longest dwell time based on a time passing through an ellipsoid arc path through a cone of space, and communicated to mobile devices within a particular region (e.g., serviced by a particular base station). The culled locating satellites may select those visible, or more preferably those locating satellites currently within a cone of space above the relevant base station are selected for communication by a mobile device within the service area of the base station. The inverted cone of space may be defined for each antenna structure for any given base station, and each has 360 degrees of coverage, or less than 360 degrees of coverage, with relevant locating satellites. Thus, cell sites may be specifically used as reference points for culling the ephemeris information used to expedite Assisted GPS location determinations.05-17-2012
20120122473Method and Device for Locating Terminal by Using Base Station - The present invention provides a method for locating a terminal by using a base station, and the method includes steps as follows: constructing a locating message by expanding a location report message or via an independent message; sending the locating message to a locating judgment center; and locating the terminal by using the locating message. The present invention is helpful to reduce the power consumption of the User Equipment (UE).05-17-2012
20120122472Positioning Reference Signal Assistance Data Signaling for Enhanced Interference Coordination in a Wireless Communication Network - A method in a wireless terminal includes receiving a measurement subframe pattern indicating a first set of subframes on which a transmission from a first base station must be processed, receiving Positioning Reference Signal (PRS) subframe pattern information corresponding to a second base station, determining a subset of the first set of subframes that overlaps with subframes in the PRS subframe pattern information, and processing a transmission received in the subset of the first set of subframes from the first base station.05-17-2012
20120122480Apparatus and Method for Determining Location and Tracking Coordinates of a Tracking Device - A device and method to monitor location coordinates of an electronic tracking device are disclosed here. The device includes transceiver circuitry to receive at least one portion of a receive communication signal comprising location coordinates information; accelerometer circuitry to measure displacements of the portable electronic tracking device; a battery power monitor configured to activate and deactivate at least one portion of signaling circuitry; and processor circuitry configured to process the displacements. The method includes receiving at least one portion of a receive communication signal comprising location coordinates information; measuring displacements of a portable electronic tracking device; activating and deactivating at least one portion of signaling circuitry; and processing the at least one portion of the receive communication signal.05-17-2012
20120122475METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTIMATING POSITION OF ACCESS POINT IN WI-FI SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for estimating a position of an access point (AP) in a Wi-Fi system is provided. The method includes measuring a strength of a signal, transmitted by the AP, at three or more measurement points (MPs), selecting an imaginary attenuation factor, calculating a range between the AP and each of the MPs on the basis of the imaginary attenuation factor and a strength of a signal measured at the MP, calculating an intersecting point of ranging circles in each of which a position of the MP is a center and the range between the MP and the AP is a radius, calculating a best intersecting point from among a plurality of the intersecting points obtained by repeating the calculating the range and the calculating the intersecting point of ranging circles while changing the imaginary attenuation factor, and estimating the best intersecting point as the position of the AP.05-17-2012
20120122483LOCATION IDENTIFYING METHOD AND LOCATION IDENTIFYING DEVICE - In a location identifying method, the sight of users of mobile communication terminals is estimated by calculating directions of the users based on position information of the mobile communication terminals, and the location where the lines of sight of the users are concentrated is identified based on the estimated sight. By identifying a location where the lines of sight of the users of the mobile communication terminals are concentrated, it is possible to identify an installation location where high advertising effectiveness can be achieved. Moreover, since only acquisition of the position information of the mobile communication terminals is needed, it is possible to efficiently identify an installation location of an advertisement, etc. Therefore, it is possible to efficiently identify an installation location of an advertisement or a billboard where high advertising effectiveness can be achieved.05-17-2012
20110117923SYSTEM FOR MONITORING POSITIONS OF MOVING OBJECT - [PROBLEMS TO BE SOLVED] A problem to be solved is to provide a moving object monitoring system that can confirm a position of a moving object including a person in a complicated pit in order to early discover a trouble or a problem occurring in the pit. [MEANS FOR SOLVING PROBLEMS] In the moving object position monitoring system is comprised of a moving object central monitoring means, mobile stations and pit base means. The moving object central monitoring means is characterized in that the moving object central monitoring means is made to store a set position of each pit base means in advance and to display a position of each mobile station in the pit in accordance with position information transmitted from each pit base means.05-19-2011
20090131078METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ENHANCING POSITIONING OF USER EQUIPMENT - A method and a device for enhancing positioning of user equipment (UE) are provided. The information about the adjacent cells is sufficiently utilized to determine the coverage area where the UE is located and then a basic positioning method is used based on the determined coverage area. Thus, the positioning precision for cells disposed with repeaters is effectively improved without any additional cost of networks and terminals.05-21-2009
20090131077MULTIMODAL DATA COLLECTION DEVICE - A multimodal data collection device uses a digital pen as a primary input mechanism for data and for controlling the device. The digital pen may be connected to the multimodal data collection device through a wired connection, a wireless host connection, or a slave connection. The multimodal data collection device receives data from a number of input/output devices, captures the data, and then synchronizes selected written, voice and image data with time stamp information and geospatial location information to re-create one or more pre-existing events. In addition, the multimodal data collection device operates to arrange externally and internally received data by synchronizing the data with time and location information.05-21-2009
20090131076Method and Apparatus for Location Determination in a Wireless Assisted Hybrid Positioning System - Methods and apparatuses for location determination in wireless assisted positioning systems. In one aspect of the disclosed method and apparatus, a method to determine a position of a mobile device in a positioning system includes: computing a second estimated position of a mobile device using a first assumed geometric relationship for a location of the mobile device in relation to a navigational transmitter (e.g., a basestation, a pseudolite, or a Satellite Positioning System (SPS) satellite). The first geometric relationship is linearly independent from the altitude of the mobile device (e.g., obtained from an altitude aiding) and a second geometric relationship based on range information (e.g., a range from the mobile device to the navigational transmitter, a pseudorange, an arrival time, or a round trip time) measured with respect to the navigational transmitter. In another embodiment of the disclosed method and apparatus, the method to determine a position of a mobile device in a positioning system includes: determining an estimated clock bias from a strength indicator of a signal transmitted from a navigational transmitter to the mobile device.05-21-2009
20090131074UTILIZING LOCATION-BASED DATA TO MANIPULATE POWER STATES OF EMBEDDED DEVICES - One or more media is provided for performing a method of utilizing location-based data to manipulate power states of one or more embedded devices on a mobile device. Initially, location-based data from a positioning system (GPS satellite) is received. Generally, the location-based data relates to a global position of the mobile device. The location-based data may then be applied to a set of positional rules, which includes comparing the position-based data against the one or more predefined positional coordinates. Accordingly, the appropriate power level of one or more embedded devices may be determined. Further, if the determination indicates that a present power level of the embedded devices conflicts with the determined appropriate power state, the power state of the conflicting embedded devices is manipulated consistent with the positional rule. As such, this configuration provides for a useful power-management scheme that preserves battery life.05-21-2009
20090131073SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCATING UMTS USER EQUIPMENT USING MEASUREMENT REPORTS - A system and method for estimating a location of a wireless device receiving signals from a plurality of nodes of a communication system. A first value may be determined based on a network timing characteristic for one of the nodes, and a second value may be determined based on a network measurement report characteristic. An observed time difference of arrival (“OTDOA”) hyperbola may then be calculated based on the first and second values, and a location of the wireless device estimated as a function of the OTDOA hyperbola.05-21-2009
20090131072METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RAN ASSISTED LOCATION UPDATE - An apparatus and method for efficiently updating location information of a mobile device in a wireless communication network, such as a cellular network, is disclosed. The mobile device sends its location information through a route update message to a base station controller. This route update message is sent over the access channel if the traffic channel is not up. When the base station controller realizes the mobile device has changed its location, the base station notifies the change to a location server, which sends a location update message to an application server.05-21-2009
20090131071Data Communication Apparatus, Data Communication Method, and Data Communication Packet - A data communication apparatus capable of creating a new type of communication is provided. Motion information obtaining means 05-21-2009
20120220313System and Method for Terminal Location - A terminal positioning system and terminal positioning method are provided. The system includes: a first distance acquiring module acquiring a first distance between a first base station and a terminal located in an overlapped coverage area of the first base station and a second base station according to first time offset information of the terminal; a second distance acquiring module acquiring a second distance between the second base station and the terminal according to second time offset information; an angle acquiring module acquiring a first signal arrival angle of the terminal relative to the first base station and a second signal arrival angle of the terminal relative to the second base station; a first positioning module obtaining an initial location of the terminal according to the first and second signal arrival angles, and a second positioning module determining the accurate location of the terminal.08-30-2012
20120220309POSITIONING APPARATUS, POSITIONING METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT THEREOF - A positioning apparatus, a positioning method, and a computer program product thereof are provided. The positioning apparatus is used to calculate a self-position. The positioning apparatus can communicate with a reference apparatus and comprises a transceiving unit, a storage unit and a processing unit. The transceiving unit is configured to receive a received signal strength indicator (RSSI) from the reference apparatus. The storage unit is configured to store attenuating factor data. The processing unit is configured to retrieve an attenuating factor corresponding to the RSSI from the attenuating factor data and calculate the self-position according to the RSSI and the attenuating factor.08-30-2012
20120220308METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRE-FETCHING LOCATION-BASED DATA WHILE MAINTAINING USER PRIVACY - An approach is provided for pre-fetching location-based data while maintaining user privacy. A pre-fetching manager determines to segment a geographical area into a plurality of discrete areas. The pre-fetching manager determines to record location information associated with a device operating within the geographical area. The pre-fetching manager processes and/or facilitates a processing of the location information to calculate occurrence information of the device with respect to the discrete areas. The pre-fetching manager processes and/or facilitates a processing of the occurrence information to select location-based data to cache at the device. The pre-fetching manager further determines one or more other devices based, at least in part, on a collaborative filtering process, and retrieves other occurrence information associated with the one or more other devices, wherein the selection of the location-based data to cache is further based, at least in part, on the other occurrence information.08-30-2012
20120220307Devices, Systems, and Methods for Presence Determination - Devices, systems, and methods are disclosed which aggregate presence detections, and use the diversity of presence detections to resolve presence ambiguities and increase the correctness of information. Presence confidence levels and reliability values increase the effectiveness of services based on presence. A variety of methods enable presence detection and reporting. Each of these methods has advantages and disadvantages. The limitations of each of the individual methods are overcome with exemplary embodiments of the subject disclosure.08-30-2012
20110183683METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PEER-ASSISTED LOCALIZATION - The subject matter disclosed herein relates to a system and method for receiving, by a first mobile station, a signal transmitted from a second mobile station and addressed to a communication device (e.g., a communication device having a known location). The signal comprises a location estimate for the second mobile station. A range from the first mobile station to the second mobile station is estimated based at least in part on a measured signal strength of the received signal.07-28-2011
20110183688Enhanced Wireless Node Location Using Differential Signal Strength Metric - A wireless node location mechanism that employs a differential signal strength metric to reduce the errors caused by variations in wireless node transmit power, errors in signal strength detection, and/or direction-dependent path loss. As opposed to using the absolute signal strength or power of an RF signal transmitted by a wireless node, implementations of the location mechanism compare the differences between signal strength values detected at various pairs of radio receivers to corresponding differences characterized in a model of the RF environment. One implementation searches for the locations in the model between each pair of radio receivers where their signal strength is different by an observed amount.07-28-2011
20110183687DISABLING OPERATION OF FEATURES ON A HANDHELD MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE BASED UPON LOCATION - Methods and devices for implementing subsystem or functional aspect restrictions on a wireless handheld communication device. Data defining geographical boundaries of a restricted operating area is stored on the device. The present position of the device is ascertained and a determination is made whether the device is located within the restricted operating area. A restriction on the subsystem or functional aspect is imposed when it is determined the device is within the restricted operating area. The subsystem or functional aspect restriction can be communicated to the device via a wireless communication network. Additionally, the restrictions and boundaries can be communicated to the device as part of an IT security policy.07-28-2011
20110183686METHOD, WIRELESS TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK AND NODE FOR PRE-AD JUSTING TRANSMISSION PARAMETERS OF RADIO BASE STATION IN ADVANCE OF ARRIVAL OF GROUPS OF MOBILE STATIONS - A method of controlling operation of a wireless telecommunications network is disclosed. The method uses location information as part of a dead reckoning algorithm to determine the general direction and average speeds of either an individual mobile station or herd of mobile stations at varying levels of abstraction. This information is then used to provision the telecommunications network in advance of a herd's arrival at a particular destination.07-28-2011
20110183685MULTI-BAND RADIO FREQUENCY DETECTION AND LOCATION SYSTEM - A method is provided that comprises: providing a rules storage that provides one or more rules to determine authorized wireless device usage at a site; using a wireless communications sensor system to determine use of a wireless device at the at the site; and using the one or more rules to determine whether the determined use of wireless device use is authorized.07-28-2011
20110183684MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND METHOD - A mobile communication terminal and a method are employed to select an object in an image captured by a camera, to detect information about a current position of the mobile communication terminal, information about a bearing of the object, and information about the distance between the current position of the mobile communication terminal and the object, and to calculate the position of the object based on the information. Thus, information about an object located a distance from the current position of the mobile communication terminal can be obtained using the mobile communication terminal.07-28-2011
20110183682SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR REPORTING CHANGE OF AREA EVENT - A system and method for reporting change of area event is provided. The method comprises the steps of receiving a Location Service (LCS) request from an LCS Client to report a change of area event for a User Equipment (UE) for a predetermined location; obtaining an address of a Mobile Switching Center (MSC) associated with the predetermined location; establishing a connection with the MSC associated with the predetermined location; forwarding the LCS request to a Visited Gateway Mobile Location Center (VGMLC) associated with the MSC when the connection is established; checking whether a change of area event has occurred for the UE by monitoring location update of the UE at the MSC; forwarding a Subscriber Location Report (SLR) from the MSC to the VGMLC when the change of area event occurs for the UE; and sending a location update report from the Home Gateway Mobile Location Center (HGMLC) to the LCS Client.07-28-2011
20110183681METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR THE MOBILITY MANAGEMENT OF A MOBILE TERMINAL BASED ON CELL-CLUSTER IN MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORKS - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus which is capable of managing movement of a mobile terminal in the unit of cell cluster in a mobile communication system. The method includes the steps of: forming cell clusters each including at least one cell including a base station communicating with the mobile terminal; determining a position of the mobile terminal; and if it is determined that the mobile terminal moves from one cell cluster to another cell cluster, changing location information of the mobile terminal. According to the present invention, it is possible to overcome a drawback of a conventional mobile communication system which is difficult to manage movement of a mobile terminal due to indistinctness or overlapping of cell or wireless communication areas, and thus achieve efficient and economical mobile terminal mobility management.07-28-2011
20120165036LOCATION BASED WIRELESS TOWER CACHING - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method, system and computer program product for wireless tower caching. In an embodiment of the invention, a method for wireless tower caching in a radio access network (RAN) can include receiving a response to a request from an end user device wirelessly coupled to a base station of the RAN, determining geographic positioning data for the response and identifying a most geographically wireless tower coupled to the RAN relative to the determined geographic positioning data (such as the closest wireless tower to the determined geographic positioning data). Thereafter, the response can be cached at a cache in a base station of the identified wireless tower. In this way, the cached content can remain relevant for a significant period of time in as much as the correlation between a likely position of the end user device and the content cached at the base station of the wireless tower at the time of use of the cached content is strong.06-28-2012
20120129548LOCATION ESTIMATION - A current location of a mobile system in a wireless network can be determined by using information provided by a base station in communication with the mobile system. The information can include a system identifier (SID) table and a local time offset (LTM_OFF) value and a daylight savings time (DAYLT) value. The SID table is used to provide a mobile country code (MCC) associated with a country in which the mobile device is located. The LTM_OFF value is used to provide a range of longitude values in which the mobile device is located. The current location of the mobile device is based upon at least the range of longitude values and the current country.05-24-2012
20120129547Geographic-Based Signal Detection - The disclosure relates generally to geographic-based signal detection. One claims recites a method including: receiving information indicating a geographical area; with reference to at least a portion of the information indicating a geographical area, selecting a machine-readable indicia detector that corresponds to the information indicating a geographical area; using a programmed processor, processing machine-readable indicia with the selected machine-readable indicia detector to obtain a plural-bit message; and carrying out an action using the plural-bit message. Of course, other claims and combinations are provided as well.05-24-2012
20120129551SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR HYBRID LOCATION IN A UMTS NETWORK - A system and method for estimating a location of a wireless device receiving signals from plural nodes of a Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (“UMTS”) network. Observed time difference of arrival (“OTDOA”) measurements of signals received by the wireless device are collected and a message is transmitted to a stand alone serving mobile location center (“SAS”), the message including round trip time information, tipping information, and the collected OTDOA measurements. One or more location measurement units (“LMU”) are tasked to determine uplink and downlink signal measurements between the wireless device and ones of the plural nodes as a function of the transmitted message. At the one or more LMUs, range measurements from the wireless device to ones of the plural nodes, uplink time of arrival (“TOA”) measurements, and downlink TOA measurements are determined. A location of the wireless device may then be determined as a function of the uplink and downlink TOA measurements, OTDOA measurements, round trip time information, and range measurements.05-24-2012
20120129544SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SELECTIVELY INVOKING POSITIONING SYSTEMS FOR MOBILE DEVICE CONTROL APPLICATIONS USING ACCELEROMETER MEASUREMENTS - Systems and methods are provided for controlling a mobile device, in which a processor receives a first accelerometer signal representative of motion of the mobile device. The processor determines a variation in the first accelerometer signal, and sets an acceleration threshold based at least in part on the determined variation. When a second accelerometer signal exceeds the acceleration threshold, the processor measures a position of the mobile device using a positioning system, determines that a user of the mobile device is likely in control of a vehicle, and disables one or more mobile device features.05-24-2012
20120165043MOBILE COMMUNICATION BASED TAGGING - A plurality of tags can be generated by a user using the mobile electronic device and is associated with the current location of the mobile electronic device. A message can include metadata associated with the current location and at least a subset of tags from the plurality of tags. The message can be transmitted to a first system over a mobile communication network. The message received from the mobile electronic device can be stored in a repository of the first system. The first system can identify the current location of the mobile electronic device using the message. The system can parse the subset of tags and can maps the parsed subset of tags with the current location.06-28-2012
20120165042Method For Location Determination of Wireless Device - A method for location determination of a wireless device is disclosed, the method is performed by the wireless device mounted with a gyroscope sensor and receiving position information from artificial satellites, and a positioning period is adaptively adjusted based on degree of mobility of the wireless device using the position information received from GPS and a gyroscope sensor embedded in the wireless device.06-28-2012
20120165041LOCALIZATION DEVICE AND LOCALIZATION METHOD - Disclosed are a device and a method for localizing a user indoors using a wireless local area network, and more particularly, a localization device and a localization method that improve localization accuracy by fusing various context information when localizing a user-portable/wearable device connected with a wireless network based on an RF-based wireless network such as ZigBee.06-28-2012
20120165040METHOD FOR LOCATING WIRELESS NODES USING DIFFERENCE TRIANGULATION - Disclosed is a method for locating wireless nodes using difference triangulation, including: storing information transmitted from three or more fixed wireless nodes while moving on a movement path; calculating displacement vectors among three or more measurement points sharing the information of three or more fixed wireless nodes on the movement path; calculating positional information of the mobile wireless node at another measurement point by reflecting the calculated displacement vectors to the positional information of the mobile wireless node calculated at a measurement point of a region where a location of at least one fixed wireless node is known; and calculating positional information of a location-unknown fixed wireless node by the positional information of the mobile wireless node calculated at the three or more measurement points and information received from the location-unknown fixed wireless node.06-28-2012
20120165038Time and Power Based Wireless Location System - Disclosed is a method for processing readily available radio network, timing and power information about cellular networks and typical measurements made by the mobile device and network. A probabilistic method is disclosed that uses both time (i.e., range) and power differences with known downlink transmitter antenna characteristics to locate mobiles with accuracy better than cell-ID with ranging, with high capacity, and without the need for field calibration.06-28-2012
20120165037Robust Downlink Frame Synchronization Schemes in CDMA Wireless Networks for Geo-Location - A wireless location system is configured to operate in a CDMA-based wireless communication network. In exemplary embodiments, location measuring units (LMUs) can synchronize to sectors of base stations and store sector timing information. In response to a request to geo-locate a mobile device communicating with a sector, sector timing information for the servicing sector is sent to other LMUs and the LMUs can use the sector timing information to detect uplink signals transmitted by the mobile device. The location of the mobile device can then be estimated based on time of arrival measurements made by the LMUs.06-28-2012
20120165035FACILITATING AD HOC CONGREGATION OVER AN INSTANT MESSAGING NETWORK - Facilitating ad-hoc congregation using an application on a wireless mobile device is provided. Geographic locations defined as meet-ups are shared with members of group. When a wireless mobile device of one of the members of the group enters the geographic location of the meet-up, the wireless mobile device sends a meet-up notification message via a wireless network to other members of the group to identify it's presence at the pre-defined location. Group members can then decide to proceed to the meet-up location based upon the received notification messages.06-28-2012
20120315921INTEGRATION OF WIRED INFORMATION AND WIRELESS INFORMATION TO LOCATE A WIRELESS DEVICE - One embodiment described herein includes a method of determining the location of a wireless device. The method includes capturing wired information about layer one and layer two used by wired components in a network; capturing wireless information about a wireless device communicatively coupled to the network; integrating at least some of the wired information and the wireless information; and using the integrated wired information and wireless information to locate the wireless device.12-13-2012
20120315918PREDICTION OF INDOOR LEVEL AND LOCATION USING A THREE STAGE PROCESS - A mobile computing device may be localized in an indoor area based on the strength of wireless network signals accessible in the indoor area from different access points. For efficiency, the localization may be performed in stages. In a first stage, a general geographic area, such as an “island” as will be described below, in which the mobile device is located is identified. In a second stage, an altitude or building level of the mobile device is identified. In a third stage, a position of the mobile device on the identified building level is determined. At least some of these stages of localization may utilize information received at the mobile device from surrounding access points. For example, the island on which the user is located may be determined by identifying at least one access point on that island. Further, decision trees may be executed using input related to a received signal strength from the surrounding access points, and outputs of the decision trees may indicate the device's location.12-13-2012
20100069088TRACKING AREA CHOICE - Methods and a mobile terminal for tracking area management of a mobile terminal using a discontinuous reception (DRX) mode are provided. By having the mobile terminal indicate information to the network related to the cells and/or tracking areas on which the mobile terminal has camped, selection of the most suitable tracking areas for the mobile terminal is facilitated.03-18-2010
20120135752WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION DEVICE, MOVE CONTROL NODE, AND METHOD OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - The wireless communication system of the present invention includes a base station (05-31-2012
20120135751USE OF LOCATION TAGGING IN DATA COMMUNICATIONS - Methods, systems, and apparatus, including computer programs for receiving communication data, determining a current geographic location of a computing device in response to receipt of the communication data, defining location data corresponding to the current geographic location, receiving user input at the computing device, the user input being indicative of a reaction of a user to receipt of the communication data, defining user reaction data based at least in part on the user input, defining one or more rules for reacting to received communication data based at least in part on the user reaction data and the location data, receiving subsequent communication data, and responding to the subsequent communication data based at least in part on the one or more rules.05-31-2012
20120135750METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTIMATING DISPLACEMENT OF A USER TERMINAL - An apparatus and method for estimating displacement of a user terminal are provided. The method includes estimating, by the user terminal, a moving state of the user terminal; determining a first moving direction probability index of a user, based on the estimated moving state of the user terminal; and determining a moving state of the user terminal and estimating a moving direction of the user terminal, based on the first moving direction probability index.05-31-2012
20120135749POSITION INFORMATION ANALYSIS DEVICE AND POSITION INFORMATION ANALYSIS METHOD - To effectively analyze location information of a large number of users that is obtained easily and to quickly collect data with regard to macroscopic user tendencies. A location information analysis device includes: an input module that is adapted to input point data across a plurality of time points with regard to a plurality of users, the point data including location information indicating a position of a user, time information indicating time at which the location information is obtained, and user identifier information with regard to the user; a haunt area extraction module that extracts an area, as a haunt area where the plurality of users frequently haunt, the area in which the point data is concentrated at or more than a predetermined level, based on a distribution status of the input point data plotted on two dimensional map data; and a storage module that stores the extracted haunt area information.05-31-2012
20120135748APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING COMMUNICATION QUALITY INFORMATION - A communication quality visualization information providing system acquires a communication quality, generates communication quality visualization information by mapping the acquired communication quality information to geographic information, and provides corresponding communication quality visualization information according to a user request.05-31-2012
20120135747NAVIGATION SYSTEM DESTINATION ENTRY - A system and method for entering a destination into a navigation system, usually a vehicle navigation system, that reduces the cognitive load on the vehicle user over known systems. The method includes contacting the destination by any suitable and available manner, such as by a cell phone provided on or in the vehicle, through the internet, through an ad-hoc network, etc., where information concerning the GPS location of the destination is sent back to the navigation system and is displayed on the navigation system screen. If the destination is accurate, the vehicle driver can select that destination, such as by touching an icon on the screen, which would allow the destination entry process to be performed while the vehicle was moving.05-31-2012
20120135746METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING AND PROVIDING LOCATION-BASED RESOURCE AVAILABILITY INFORMATION BASED ON MOBILE DEVICE DATA - An approach for determining and providing location-based facility resource availability information, such as parking space availability at a parking facility, independent of any supporting infrastructure installed at the resource facilities, is provided. Flow data of users entering and exiting the at least one location-based resource is received. Availability of space at the at least one location-based resource is determined based at least in part on the flow data. Resource availability data based at least in part on the availability of space at the at least one location-based resource is provided to a user.05-31-2012
20120135745METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REPORTING ERRORS IN A GEOGRAPHIC DATABASE - A geographic database is updated using image data collected in the background of a viewing application, such as an augmented reality application, running on a mobile device. The mobile device determines a current geographic location, which is used to access an outline template generated from the geographic data. The geographic data may include sensor data or images. The outline template is compared to the image data, and an error report is provided from the differences, if any. The differences are associated with physical objects that have changed at the current geographic location from a time when the geographic database was built or last updated to the present time. A typical physical object is a building that was recently built or removed. The error report may be used to directly update the geographic database or trigger further data collection at the geographic location.05-31-2012
20120135744SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR GENERATING AND MANAGING COMMUNICATION RULES ASSOCIATED WITH GEOGRAPHIC LOCATIONS - Disclosed herein are methods and systems for generating and managing communication rules associated with geographic locations. According to embodiments of the present disclosure, a method may include storing a communication rule associated with a geographic location and a user. The method also includes receiving a communication identifying the geographic location. Further, the method includes applying the communication rule for routing the communication to the user.05-31-2012
20100173647POSITION DETERMINATION FOR A WIRELESS TERMINAL IN A HYBRID POSITION DETERMINATION SYSTEM - Techniques to determine a position estimate for a wireless terminal. An accurate position estimate for the terminal is initially obtained (e.g., based on a first (accurate) position determination sub-system). For each of one or more transmitters (e.g., base stations) in a second (less accurate) position determination sub-system, an “expected” pseudo-range is computed based on the accurate position estimate for the terminal and the base station location, a “measured” pseudo-range is also obtained, and a pseudo-range residual is then determined based on the expected pseudo-range and the measured pseudo-range. Thereafter, to determine an updated position estimate for the terminal, measured pseudo-ranges are obtained for a sufficient number of transmitters. The measured pseudo-range for each base station may be corrected based on the associated residual. The updated position estimate is then determined based on the corrected pseudo-ranges for these transmitters.07-08-2010
20100173646SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR AUTOMATICALLY RECORDING POSITION INFORMATION - A method and system for automatically recording position information of an electronic device are provided. The method includes receiving a header notification from the electronic device; receiving a WAP query message comprising query information and position information of the electronic device; forwarding the WAP query message to a content server; and transmitting the position information of the electronic device to a corresponding GPS database so as to continuously record position information of the electronic device.07-08-2010
20100173648LOCATION ESTIMATION METHOD - A location estimation method is provided. The method locates coordinates of a mobile station (MS) by referencing a plurality of base stations (BS). A geometric distribution of the BS is analyzed to provide a list of conditional equations. A virtual BS is allocated, having a virtual distance to the MS to provide a constraint equation. The MS location is derived from the conditional equations and the constraint equation.07-08-2010
20120252488TRACKING AND MONITORING DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR A SHIPPING CONTAINER - A tracking and monitoring device for a shipping container has a body section attachable to an inside surface of the container proximate the door frame such that an end protrudes through a gap in the door frame. Security sensors integrally mounted in the body section are coupled to a CPU for detecting a respective security event. A global position sensor in the body section provides a position signal, and a cellular or satellite modem and a long-range antenna in the body section allow long range communication with a remote monitoring center. Power is provided to the device and associated components via a battery. In order to minimize power consumption, the CPU is normally dormant and a power management controller monitors battery power level and awakens the CPU in response to sensor signals and external interrogation signals or interrupts.10-04-2012
20120252485System and Method for Determining Best Available Location for a Mobile Device - A system and method for determining a location of a mobile device is described that attempts to determine the location of the mobile device using a variety of location determination technologies according to a hierarchy of location determination technologies, where the most accurate technologies are attempted before less accurate technologies until a location determination is made for the mobile device. The hierarchy of location determination technologies includes each of: autonomous GPS, assisted GPS, primary carrier network location based services, tri-lateration, secondary carrier network location based services, and serving base station location.10-04-2012
20120252480MOBILE WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE HAVING A NEAR FIELD COMMUNICATION (NFC) DEVICE AND PROVIDING MEMORY DISABLING AND RELATED METHODS - A mobile wireless communications device may include wireless transceiver circuitry and a processor coupled to the wireless transceiver circuitry. The mobile wireless communication device may also include a near-field communication (NFC) device coupled to the processor. The NFC device may include an NFC controller, an NFC transceiver coupled to the NFC controller, and a first memory coupled to the NFC controller and configured to store a first plurality of applications. The mobile wireless communications device may also include a second memory configured to store a second plurality of applications. The processor may be configured to select a given application on a respective one of the first and second memories and to disable the other one of the first and second memories.10-04-2012
20120252486Interactive Communication and Tracking Dog Collar - A wirelessly interactive dog collar is disclosed, comprising a neck collar having imbedded features that allow voice commands and tracking over long distances, along with features that facilitate tracking and visualization. The device comprises an elongated collar adapted to fit around a dog's neck having an internal compartment housing a cellular connectivity electronics module, a power supply and wiring to a plurality of speakers, light sources and a global positioning tracking antenna. The device provides a cellular phone antenna and means to transmit and receive voice transmissions through a cellular network, facilitating an owner's ability to track the animal and initiate voice communication. Light sources around the collar improve visualization of the pet at night, while the GPS tracking unit provides a backup to cellular triangulation, allowing location determination over long distances.10-04-2012
20120172056METHOD OF DETERMINING OPTIMAL CELL CONFIGURATION BASED UPON DETERMINED DEVICE LOCATION - A configuration device for configuring a wireless device within a wireless cell can include a receiving unit configured to receive a request message from a wireless device within a wireless cell. In addition, the configuration device can include a first processing unit configured to determine location information of the wireless device, and a second processing unit configured to determine a communication capacity of the wireless device, and to estimate a communication requirement based on the request message. Furthermore, the configuration device can have a transmitting unit configured to transmit optimal information to the wireless device with respect to the request message.07-05-2012
20120172055Target Positioning Within a Mobile Structure - Method and apparatus for determining position of a target device relative to a mobile structure are disclosed. The method includes obtaining measurements by the target device with respect to a plurality of radio beacons, determining whether the target device is on the mobile structure using the measurements, and determining location of the target device relative to the mobile structure using the measurements. The method of determining whether the target device is on the mobile structure includes at least one of comparing motion of target device with motion of mobile structure, detecting mobile radio beacon(s) on the mobile structure from the target device over a period of time, comparing velocity and location of the target device with respect to velocity and location of the mobile structure, comparing measurements obtained by target device from the plurality of radio beacons, and comparing locations obtained by target device from the plurality of radio beacons.07-05-2012
20120172054SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COOPERATIVE POSITIONING - Apparatus and method for cooperatively positioning a mobile wireless device. In one embodiment a mobile wireless device includes a navigation satellite receiver, a WLAN transceiver, and a cooperative positioning system. The navigation satellite receiver is configured to receive positioning signals from positioning satellites. The cooperative positioning system is configured to receive positioning measurements from a cooperating mobile wireless device via the WLAN transceiver. The received positioning measurements are derived from satellite positioning signals received by the cooperating mobile wireless device. The cooperative positioning system is also configured to determine a position of the mobile wireless device based on the positioning measurements received from the cooperating mobile wireless device, positioning measurements provided by the navigation satellite receiver, and a focal measurement that is a function of at least one of the position and the clock bias of both the mobile wireless device and the cooperating mobile wireless device.07-05-2012
20120172053RECORDING MEDIUM FOR STORING POSITION ESTIMATION PROGRAM, POSITION ESTIMATION DEVICE, AND POSITION ESTIMATION METHOD - A computer executes processing of acquiring, by using a positioning unit to output error region information indicating an ellipse-shaped error region represented by a position acquired from positioning performed by receiving a signal from a plurality of transmitters and a measurement error of the position, a plurality of pieces of the error region information by performing the positioning a plurality of times, processing of extending the error region indicated by each piece of the acquired error region information in a major axis direction, and processing of estimating a position of a positioning target based on an intersect region at which the extended error regions intersect with one another.07-05-2012
20120172052METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INDOOR LOCATION MEASUREMENT - An indoor location measuring method and apparatus are provided. An apparatus for sectionalizing an indoor area for indoor location measurement includes a reference coordinate inputting unit which receives an input of a reference coordinate corresponding to the indoor area; a sector number inputting unit which receives an input of a number of sectors per column or row in the indoor area; and a sectionalization calculating unit which sectionalizes the indoor area into a predetermined number of sectors based on the reference coordinate and the number of sectors per column or row, and calculates a coordinate of a point of a sector among the sectionalized predetermined number of sectors.07-05-2012
20120172051LOCATION MEASURING METHOD AND APPARATUS USING ACCESS POINT AND LAMP - Measuring a location of a communication terminal using a wireless local area access point based on location coordinates of the access points and location information of a nearby lamp.07-05-2012
20120214506SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR GEO-STAGING OF SENSOR DATA THROUGH DISTRIBUTED GLOBAL (CLOUD) ARCHITECTURE - There is disclosed a method of staging real-time data in proximity to a mobile device. The method includes determining a geographic location associated with the mobile device and identifying a storage device located in proximity to the determined geographic location. The method also includes enabling real-time data published by the mobile device or provided to the mobile device to be stored on the identified storage device.08-23-2012
20120214505COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD, PROGRAM, AND INFORMATION STORAGE MEDIUM - A position coordinate receiving section obtains a position from a user terminal. A nearby user distributing section provides information about a source user terminal to a recipient user terminal. The nearby user distributing section controls whether or not to provide the information about the source user terminal to the recipient user terminal based on a position that is obtained from the recipient user terminal and a position obtained from the source user terminal. The position obtained from the source user terminal that is used in the control is a position outside an area set by a user of the source user terminal. Accordingly, a user is provided a way to prevent other users from knowing that the user is in a place specified by the user.08-23-2012
20120214503Device, Method, and System for Receiving Content on a Mobile Computing Device - A mobile computing device, comprising processing components, memory components, a wireless receiver/transmitter, and an agent stored in the memory components. The agent is adapted to determine a pattern in data received and requested by the mobile computing device, determine a pattern in a location of the mobile computing device, and request to receive data based on (i) the pattern in the data received and requested by the mobile computing device, and (ii) the pattern in the location of the mobile computing device.08-23-2012
20120214507APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING INDOOR LOCATION, POSITION, OR TRACKING OF A MOBILE COMPUTER USING BUILDING INFORMATION - An apparatus and method for providing indoor location, position, or tracking of a mobile computer using building information. The mobile computer determines the dimensions of a room in a building using a range finder in the mobile computer. The determined dimensions of the room are compared to the building information to locate, position, or track the mobile computer in the building.08-23-2012
20120214511APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING INDOOR LOCATION, POSITION, OR TRACKING OF A MOBILE COMPUTER USING SENSORS - An apparatus and method for providing indoor location, position, or tracking of a mobile computer. Outdoor location, indoor location, and determined motion information is used to track the mobile computer indoors.08-23-2012
20120214510FEMTO CELL VISITATION HISTORY FOR LOCATION BASED SERVICES - System(s) and method(s) are provided for collection and communication of data on handset attachment procedure, or visitation, to one or more femto cells to provide location information. A mobility component receives actual subscriber and femto access point (AP) attachment signaling and extracts visitation data that facilitates generation of real-time or historical visitation reports. Location information is conveyed through visitation reports which can include mobile device identifier(s), femto AP location, and a timestamp. Visitation reports also can include processed visitation data such as mobility matrices, historical mobility patterns or profiles, and predicted mobility events. Provision of location information occurs without the need for dedicated handset functionality, and associated hardware, or additional battery draw.08-23-2012
20120252489TIMED FINGERPRINT LOCATING IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Systems and techniques for determining the location of user equipment (UE) in a wireless network are disclosed. These techniques leverage geometric calculations for an overlaid bin grid framework mapping the wireless network area to store differential values for each frame of the bin grid framework for each pair of relevant NodeBs. A timing offset can be determined, such that when a time value from a target UE is accessed, the location can be quickly determined with minimal real time computation. In an aspect, the target UE time value can be search for in the pre-computed differential value data set indexed by a relevant NodeB site pair to return a set of frames (forming a hyperbola between the site pair) that can be intersected with a second set of frames for a second NodeB site pair for the same UE. The intersecting frames can represent the location of the UE in the wireless network. Further, the data can be leveraged to correct timing in the network.10-04-2012
20110201354LOCATION UPDATE METHOD AND MOBILE STATION USING THE SAME - A location update method and a mobile station using the same are disclosed. The location method includes receiving a message including femto Base Station (BS) list information from a macro base station, receiving a preamble including an IDentifier (ID) of a first femto BS from the first femto BS during a predetermined interval, and updating a location to the first femto BS, if the ID of the femto BS is identical to one of IDs included in the femto BS list information. The femto BS list information may include IDs of one or more femto BSs included in the macro BS.08-18-2011
20110201353SELF-OPTIMIZING DETERMINATION OF ROUTING AREAS IN LAND MOBILE NETWORKS - Process for operating a cellular land mobile network which is formed by a plurality of cells, several cells being combined at one time into a routing area, by means of which the cell terminals checked into the land mobile network can be located and addressed in this routing area, the cell terminals checked into the routing area being detected and to set up a connection to a cell terminal, paging of all cells of this routing area to the cell terminal taking place, when leaving the routing area a location up-date being executed, the routing areas being dynamically formed depending on the network parameters and/or parameters of use.08-18-2011
20110207472METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CELLULAR CLOCK-ASSISTED WIRELESS ACCESS POINT LOCATING - A wireless access point comprising a cellular receiver receives radio signals from a cellular base station. A cellular reference clock, synchronized to the cellular base station, is detected from the received radio signals. The detected cellular reference clock is utilized to stabilize a local access point clock for GNSS positioning. A clock difference between the local access point clock and the detected cellular reference clock is determined and the local access point clock may be adjusted accordingly. The adjusted local access point clock is utilized for clocking communications between the wireless access point and other communication devices. A time offset between the adjusted local access point clock and the detected cellular reference clock is provided to a remote location server. The remote location server retrieves time offset information from wireless access points served by the cellular base station so as to determine relative distances among the wireless access points.08-25-2011
20120214509METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MOBILE STATION LOCATION - A system and method for locating mobile stations in a wireless communication system such as a cellular system based on at least one received wireless signal and a database of geographical information.08-23-2012
20120214508METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PROVIDING THE LOCATION OF A MOBILE STATION - The present invention provides a solution for providing the location of a mobile device connected to a first mobile network to a second mobile network. A mobile device receives information about the geographic location of the base stations in its neighborhood. Based on the identity of the base station the device is connected to the device can determine its geographic location and provide that to the second mobile network.08-23-2012
20120214504System and Method for Acquiring Network Data - Systems and methods for acquiring wireless network performance data comprising a user equipment accessible via a wireless network, the user equipment comprising; a receiver, a transmitter, a first processor configured with software executable instructions to cause the user equipment to perform operations comprising; receiving a data acquisition signal via the receiver, sampling a wireless network signal received at the user equipment in response to receiving the data acquisition signal, generating acquired network data, and transmitting the acquired network data via the transmitter, a server accessible via the wireless network, the server comprising, a second processor configured with software executable instructions to cause the server to perform operations comprising; transmitting the data acquisition signal, receiving the acquired network data; and generating network performance data using the acquired network data.08-23-2012
20100048223ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND FUNCTION MODES SWITCHING METHOD THEREOF - An electronic device and function modes switching method include storing position information of various locations into a database, classifying the various locations into a plurality of location classifications, and setting a function mode of the electronic device corresponding to each location classification. The electronic device and function modes switching method further include acquiring position information of a current location of the electronic device, and activating a function mode of the electronic device according to a location classification of the current location of the electronic device.02-25-2010
20100048222SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING TERRITORY-BASED ACTIONABLE EVENTS - An approach is provided for territory-based actionable events. Positional information corresponding to a location of a device is received over a communication network. The location is correlated to one or more predefined territories. An alert is selectively generated based on the correlation, wherein an event is performed in response to generation of the alert.02-25-2010
20090104917Position-finding method in a radiocommunication system, position finding system and device for carrying out said method - A position-finding method in a radiocommunication system comprising at least one first and one second sub-system and means (04-23-2009
20120258734MOBILE TERMINAL AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - A mobile terminal receives information adapted to the current location of the mobile terminal via a mobile communication network from an information service providing communication apparatus that sends information adapted to current locations of mobile terminals to mobile terminals. The mobile terminal repeats identifying the location of the mobile terminal, and calculates a linear movement distance of the mobile terminal between a past location of the mobile terminal and the current location of the mobile terminal. The mobile terminal transmits a signal indicating the current location if the linear movement distance is greater than a threshold, but does not transmit the signal indicating the current location if the linear movement distance is less than the threshold.10-11-2012
20120258728Cell Phone Interactive Device - A cell phone interaction device which communicates with a cell phone. The cell phone interaction device allows a user to locate a misplaced cell phone by signaling the cell phone to produce an audible, physical, or visual signal that aids the user in locating the misplaced cell phone.10-11-2012
20120178471ADDITIONAL DATA USABLE IN APPARATUS POSITIONING - A system for providing positioning information within a wireless communication signal. An apparatus may determine whether to provide information usable for positioning in a packet. If it is determined that positioning information will be provided in the packet, header information in the packet may be configured to indicate that the packet includes positioning information. The positioning information may then be included in the packet, which may then be transmitted. When the packet is an advertising packet, the packet may be transmitted on an advertising channel. A scanning apparatus may then receive the packet and may determine, based on the header information in the packet, whether the packet includes positioning information. If it is determined that the packet includes positioning information, positioning in the scanning apparatus may be configured based on the header information, and positioning may be performed in the scanning apparatus based on the positioning information in the packet.07-12-2012
20120178472RF Fingerprinting for Location Estimation - The location of a terminal is estimated within an area of coverage of a wireless network comprising at least one fixed node by measuring a complex frequency response of a radio channel between the terminal and one of said fixed nodes and estimating the location of the terminal on the basis of at least a comparison between data representing a first metric of the measured complex frequency response and data representing a plurality of stored metrics, each of said plurality of stored metrics being related to one of a plurality of different locations within the network and each stored metric being of a complex frequency response measured between the said one of said fixed nodes and the location within the network to which the metric relates.07-12-2012
20120178470METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTIMATING SATELLITE POSITIONING RELIABILITY - A position fix of a mobile device is computed based, at least in part, on a plurality of data items. A metric that is indicative of a reliability of the position fix may be generated based, at least in part, on a number of independent ones of the data items and/or an indication of reliability of at least one of the data items. In at least one implementation, the plurality of data items may include SPS satellite signals and/or pseudoranges and an externally obtained position.07-12-2012
20100273508Method and System for Forecasting Travel Times on Roads - A method of providing forecast of road transit times on roads of a monitored roads network, can include receiving a forecasted road transit time indication calculated by a road traffic monitoring system in respect of at least one road of the monitored roads network; and correcting the received forecasted road transit time indication based on information obtained from a cellular mobile communications network. The information includes information related to mobile terminals connected to the cellular mobile communications network and engaged in calls, and located in the neighborhood of the at least one road.10-28-2010
20100273506REFERENCE SIGNALS FOR POSITIONING MEASUREMENTS - Methods and apparatus for supporting reference signals for positioning measurements are disclosed. Methods include subframe configuration, subframe structures, measurement opportunities using a set of downlink subframes which are not all consecutive, handling of subframes containing reference signals and system signals such as synchronization signals, paging occasions and Multicast Broadcast Multimedia Service (MBMS), and related control signaling between a long term evolution (LTE) network and a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU). Moreover, methods to resolve allocation conflicts arising between positioning reference signals and other reference signals are disclosed.10-28-2010
20100273505AUDITORY SPACING OF SOUND SOURCES BASED ON GEOGRAPHIC LOCATIONS OF THE SOUND SOURCES OR USER PLACEMENT - A method may include connecting to another user device, identifying a geographic location of the other user device, identifying a geographic location of the user device, mapping a sound source associated with the other user device, based on the geographic location of the other user device with respect to the geographic location of the user device, to a location of an auditory space associated with a user of the user device, placing the sound source in the location of the auditory space, and emitting, based on the placing, the sound source so that the sound source is capable of being perceived by the user in the location of the auditory space.10-28-2010
20100273504Network Autonomous Wireless Location System - A Network Autonomous Wireless Location System (NAWLS) is designed to allow for precise location of a mobile device (e.g., a cell phone) without interconnection to, and with minimal disruption of, the local wireless communications network. Using distributed radio network monitors (RNM) and a managed network emulator (NE); mobile devices are sampled, acquired or captured. Once triggered by the RNM or NE, an untethered wireless location system (U-WLS) is used to calculate a precise location. The U-WLS; comprising mobile receiver sites, each capable of self location, exchanging information with other components of the NAWLS, and receiving or exchanging signals from the mobile device; utilizes various network-based and handset-based wireless location techniques dependent on the deployed options. In addition, the NAWLS includes data links interconnecting the U-WLS, NE and RNM.10-28-2010
20100009697MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE CAPABLE OF SELF-REPORTING LOCATION AND METHOD THEREOF - A mobile communication device includes a power management module, a central processing module, a positioning module, a communication module, and a self-startup control module. The power management module stops providing power for the mobile communication device except for the communication module and the self-startup control module, when the mobile communication device is shut down. The self-startup control module stores reference information. When the communication module receives a radio signal indicating feature information matches the reference information, the self-startup control module produces a first startup signal and a second startup signal. The power management module distributes the power to the central processing module and the positioning module when receiving the first startup signal. The positioning module produces location information when receiving the second startup signal. The central processing module controls the communication module to send the location information to a mobile service center.01-14-2010
20100009696APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR ASSOCIATING A LOCATION FIX HAVING A QUALITY OF SERVICE WITH AN EVENT OCCURING ON A WIRELESS DEVICE - Apparatus and methods for estimating a geographical position corresponding to an event associated with operation of a wireless device communicating in a wireless communications network. The time and distance between the occurrence of the event and the related time and speed of the wireless device of at least one of a first and second location fix, respectively measured before and after the event, are analyzed. The first and second location fixes having Quality of Service (QoS) adjusted such that the resulting fixes are based at least partly on terrestrial wireless communication measurements. These analyses include comparing those metrics to predetermined time thresholds to validate a geographic position and, in some instances, determine a preferred geographic position to associate with the event.01-14-2010
20100291949EXTENDING OUTDOOR LOCATION BASED SERVICES AND APPLICATIONS INTO ENCLOSED AREAS - Methods and systems for indoor mobile unit positioning, for seamlessly toggling a mobile unit positioning between outdoor positioning and indoor positioning and for providing location based services or application generated by an external location server to the mobile unit while the mobile unit is indoors. The indoor mobile unit positioning includes mobile unit-based positioning which makes use of reception of access point signals by the mobile unit11-18-2010
20100291948COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR AUTOMATICALLY SENDING MESSAGES BY PORTABLE COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A communication system includes a portable communication device. The portable communication device includes a receiver module, a GPS module, a message generating module, and a message sending module. The GPS module is capable of determining location information of the portable communication device and a remote receiver whose information stored in the receiver module. The message generating module is capable of automatically generating a message according to the remote receiver information, the message comprising the location information. The message sending module capable of automatically sends the message to the remote receiver. A method is further provided to automatically sending a message to a receiver from a portable communication device.11-18-2010
20100291947FACILITY FOR SELECTING A MOBILE DEVICE LOCATION DETERMINATION TECHNIQUE - A facility for selecting a location determination technique from multiple available location determination techniques in order to determine the location of a mobile device in a cost or resource efficient manner. In order to select the location determination technique, the facility may consider various criteria such as the cost of employing the techniques, quality of service (QoS) criteria, the capabilities and/or resources of given mobile devices and/or networks, and/or the like. To select the location determination technique, the facility may rank the multiple location determination techniques according to weighted criteria and select the location determination technique according to the ranking. The criteria may be weighted according to the relative importance of each criterion to a requesting location-based service.11-18-2010
20120220310METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CREATING A FINGERPRINT FOR A WIRELESS NETWORK - The disclosure is directed to a wireless communication device and method for using the device. The wireless communications device may be used by accessing information in memory, the information relating to a first communications network. The information, along with one or more reference signals from a second communications network, is used to determine whether the wireless communications device is in the vicinity of the first communications network.08-30-2012
20120220312MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, MOBILE MANAGEMENT NODE, AND MOBILE STATION - The mobile communication method according to the present invention includes: a step of acquiring and storing, by a mobile management node MME, Cell-ID for identifying a cell in which a mobile station UE exists, in an MM process; a step of transmitting, by the mobile management node MME, a positioning process signal “Location Request” including the stored Cell-ID to a positioning calculation node E-SMLC, in an LCS process; and a step of performing, by the positioning calculation node E-SMLC, a positioning process of the mobile station UE, using the Cell-ID included in the received positioning process signal “Location Request”, in the LCS process.08-30-2012
20120220311SENSOR-BASED MOBILE SEARCH, RELATED METHODS AND SYSTEMS - A smart phone senses audio, imagery, and/or other stimulus from a user's environment, and acts autonomously to fulfill inferred or anticipated user desires. In one aspect, the detailed technology concerns phone-based cognition of a scene viewed by the phone's camera. The image processing tasks applied to the scene can be selected from among various alternatives by reference to resource costs, resource constraints, other stimulus information (e.g., audio), task substitutability, etc. The phone can apply more or less resources to an image processing task depending on how successfully the task is proceeding, or based on the user's apparent interest in the task. In some arrangements, data may be referred to the cloud for analysis, or for gleaning. Cognition, and identification of appropriate device response(s), can be aided by collateral information, such as context. A great number of other features and arrangements are also detailed.08-30-2012
20120315920SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ANALYZING SPATIOTEMPORALLY AMBIGUOUS EVENTS - Principles of the invention provide techniques for analyzing spatiotemporally ambiguous events. In one aspect, an exemplary method includes the steps of storing event data representative of an event, the event data comprising spatiotemporally ambiguous measurements; storing side information, the side information comprising at least one of spatial data and temporal data related to the event in space-time: associating the event data with the side information by soft association to form association data; applying one or more estimation techniques to the association data to form estimation data; and determining at least one of a rate, a factor, a likelihood, a value, a time, a location, and a cause for the event by applying one or more characterization techniques to the estimation data.12-13-2012
20120315919THIRD PARTY DEVICE LOCATION ESTIMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A third party device location estimation mechanism can be implemented in a wireless communication network. In one embodiment, a distance between an observing communication device and a reference communication device and a distance between the observing communication device and a target communication device are determined. An exchange of messages between the target communication device and the reference communication device is detected at the observing communication device. Timing information associated with the exchanged messages is determined at the observing communication device. A distance between the target communication device and the reference communication device is determined at the observing communication device based, at least in part, on the distance between the observing communication device and the reference communication device, the distance between the observing communication device and the target communication device, and the timing information associated with the messages exchanged between the target communication device and the reference communication device.12-13-2012
20120315917DETERMINING A COORDINATING SET OF CELLS FOR MULTIPOINT RECEPTION OF UPLINK TRANSMISSION FROM A MOBILE TERMINAL - Methods and apparatus are provided for determining a set of cooperating cells for a mobile terminal in a mobile communication network for CoMP transmission or reception. A cell map is stored in memory of serving base station. The cell map associates one or more coordinating areas within the serving cell with corresponding sets of neighboring cells. To determine the set of cooperating cells for a given mobile terminal within a serving cell, the serving base station determines the current location of the mobile terminal. The current location of the mobile terminal is compared to the cell map stored in memory to determine the coordinating set for the mobile terminal.12-13-2012
20120264449REDUCING COMPLEXITY OF PATTERN-BASED MEASUREMENTS - A measuring node (10-18-2012
20120083290SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MEASURING A SIGNAL OF A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method which involves resetting a signal-measuring cycle for an object system to a specific initial value when a terminal which communicates with one system has changed the location thereof by a value more than a specific reference value, and determines whether or not the intensity of the signal or phase information measured in a source system which is in communication with the terminal has changed by a value higher than a specific value, by means of determining whether or not the terminal has changed the location thereof, under the condition mobile communication system using different wireless connection techniques coexist.04-05-2012
20120083289METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING POSITION INFORMATION - A method, device and system for determining position information are used to avoid the defects which result from the way of determining the position information of a wireless sensor node in the prior art. The method for determining the position information provided by the present invention is applied to a wireless sensor network, and includes the following steps: the current position information of a communication network node in the network is acquired; the acquired position information is determined to be the current position information of a wireless sensor node which provides service data to the communication network node.04-05-2012
20120083288POSITIONING NODE, USER EQUIPMENT AND METHODS THEREIN - Embodiments herein relate to a method in a positioning node for enabling positioning of a user equipment, which user equipment is served in a first cell controlled by a radio network node. The positioning node and radio network node are comprised in a radio communications network. The positioning node obtains an indication indicating availability, at the user equipment, of timing information of at least one cell. The positioning node further determines whether the timing information of the at least one cell is available at the user equipment based on the obtained indication, which timing information is enabling positioning of the user equipment.04-05-2012
20120083287Short messaging system auto-reply and message hold - A system and method for auto-replying to a short message service (SMS) message addressed to a mobile device is provided. A designated short code SMS message is received to activate an auto-reply feature for a mobile device. Automatic transmission of a designated SMS message is triggered in response to a received SMS message if the auto-reply feature is activated for the mobile device.04-05-2012
20120083286MOBILE DEVICE LOCATION ESTIMATION USING ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION - Estimating a location of a mobile device is performed by comparing environmental information, such as environmental sound, associated with the mobile device with that of other devices to determine if the environmental information is similar enough to conclude that the mobile device is in a comparable location as another device. The devices may be in comparable locations in that they are in geographically similar locations (e.g., same store, same street, same city, etc.). The devices may be in comparable locations even though they are located in geographically dissimilar locations because the environmental information of the two locations demonstrates that the devices are in the same perceived location. With knowledge that the devices are in comparable locations, and with knowledge of the location of one of the devices, certain actions, such as targeted advertising, may be taken with respect to another device that is within a comparable location.04-05-2012
20120083285METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR ENHANCING LOCATION INFORMATION - A method, system and apparatus for obtaining enhanced location information for a mobile device. The mobile device is configured to allow a determination of its location, for example via GPS. Location data for the mobile device, exemplarily obtained via GPS, may be further specified using context information for the mobile device. Additional data is obtained and processed to obtain context information for the mobile device. Enhanced location information is determined for the mobile device at least in part based on processing the location data in association with the context information. Additional data may comprise, for example, ambient noise, speech, images or text.04-05-2012
20120258731Method and System for Locating a Mobile Asset - An improved system and method for creating and accessing a centralized database containing an assorted variety of information related to a debtor such as physical addresses of the debtor or his friends, associates and relatives, as well as information related to a mobile asset, such as physical description information, collectively referred to as “identifying information.” Methods are also disclosed for lenders and others to send identifying information to the centralized database, and for users such as skip tracers to be able to download and use the information located in the database for asset recovery purposes.10-11-2012
20120258730ESTIMATING ACCESS TERMINAL LOCATION BASED ON BEACON SIGNALS FROM FEMTO CELLS - A location of an access terminal is estimated based on signals received by the access terminal. The manner in which a femto cell transmits signals and/or the manner in which the access terminal monitors for signals may be controlled in some cases to facilitate the reception of signals at the access terminal during a location determination operation. In some embodiments, the number of femto cells for which the access terminal monitors for signals may be controlled by controlling the manner in which the access terminal maintains its active set. In some embodiments, in the event a given femto cell is interfering with the ability of an access terminal to receive signals from other femto cells, that femto cell may be instructed to temporarily stop transmissions (e.g., on the traffic channel and/or a beacon channel).10-11-2012
20090042584WIRELESS DEVICE - A wireless device 02-12-2009
20120264451METHOD FOR MONITORING MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION DEVICE IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a mobile communication system and, more particularly, to a method for monitoring the occurrence of an event of a machine type communication (MTC) service in a mobile communication system. In the method for performing MTC monitoring, among MTC features, in particular, when one or a plurality of particular events occur, the occurred events are detected, and when information regarding a corresponding MTC device of the detected event is transmitted to a network entity, the network entity checks stored information regarding the corresponding MTC device; compares the checked information and information regarding the corresponding MTC device of the event, and provides the comparison information or the event-related information to a server that manages and maintains the MTC device.10-18-2012
20120264450Method and Arrangement in a Telecommunication System - Method and arrangement in a network node 10-18-2012
20120264453METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR REQUESTING/PROVIDING CODE PHASE RELATED INFORMATION ASSOCIATED WITH VARIOUS SATELLITE POSITIONING SYSTEMS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - Methods and apparatuses are provided that may be used by one or more devices within in wireless communication network to request and/or provide code phase related information signals associated with various Satellite Positioning Systems (SPSs).10-18-2012
20120190383LOCATION MEASUREMENT METHOD - In a method for a terminal to measure a location by using a public safety monitoring system, when a public safety mode available for tracking a location while a terminal is turned off is set, the terminal acquires location measurement information and transmits it to the public safety monitoring system. In a method for measuring a location of a terminal to which plural stages of public safety modes are set, when a stage for performing a location measurement process is set, the terminal acquires location measurement information, transmits location measurement information to the public safety monitoring system, and enters the next stage when the public safety mode is not cancelled after a predetermined time. In a method for measuring a location of a terminal in a public safety monitoring system, a public safety mode setting request message including control information is transmitted to the terminal to which a public safety mode setting is requested, location measurement information is received from the terminal, and the location of the terminal is tracked.07-26-2012
20120190382System And Method For Tracking A Mobile Node - Techniques for tracking the position and movement of a mobile node within a field of fixed nodes are disclosed herein. In one embodiment, positional information generated from neighboring nodes in the field of nodes along with positional information obtained from the mobile node itself is compiled and used to track the location of the mobile node. The field of fixed nodes may relay positional information to interested nodes within the field in order to communicate the movement of the mobile node. Based on the positional information of the mobile node, the mobile node can be tracked, and an estimated time of arrival and a likelihood of reaching a defined point or a fixed node can be computed. Additionally, fixed nodes may use the estimated time of arrival and likelihood calculations to initiate anticipatory processing if the mobile node is likely to encounter the fixed node.07-26-2012
20120190381METHOD AND AN APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNALS FOR LOCATION BASED SERVICE, AND A METHOD AND AN APPARATUS FOR MEASURING LOCATION RELATED INFORMATION BASED ON THE SIGNALS - A wireless communication system is disclosed. The wireless communication system transmits a location measure signal for determining a location of a user equipment to the user equipment by allocating the location measure signal to at least one of symbols to which a synchronization signal is transmitted conventionally. In this case, a location related parameter of the user equipment can be measured with higher accuracy.07-26-2012
20120190380WIRELESS LOCATION USING NETWORK CENTRIC LOCATION ESTIMATORS - A wireless location system is disclosed having one or more location centers for locating mobile stations (MS) based on, e.g., WIFI, CDMA, AMPS, NAMPS, TDMA, GPRS, and GSM. MS location requests can be processed via, e.g., Internet communication between a network of location centers. A plurality of MS locating technologies may be used, including those based on: two-way TOA and TDOA; pattern recognition; distributed antennas; and reduced coverage base stations. The system includes strategies for: automatically adapting and calibrating system performance according to environmental and geographical changes; automatically capturing location signal data for enhancing a historical data base retaining predictive location signal data; evaluating MS locations according to heuristics and constraints related to, e.g., terrain, MS velocity and path; and adjusting likely MS locations adaptively and statistically. The system is useful for emergency calls, tracking, routing, people and animal location including applications for confinement to and exclusion from certain areas.07-26-2012
20090036141Mobile advertisement selection method - A method for specifying and selecting a message to be displayed on a mobile advertising unit wherein specifying the message comprises specifying a begin location for the message, specifying the message to be displayed, and specifying an end location for the message. The message is displayed only if the mobile advertising unit arrives at the begin location before it arrives at the end location.02-05-2009
20090029717NOTIFYING A USER OF A PORTABLE WIRELESS DEVICE - A method, apparatus and system for notifying a user of a portable communication device. In one embodiment, a location of a first portable communication device is determined for a first user and the location of a second portable communication device is determined for a second user. A determination is made as to whether the location of the second portable communication device is within a same region containing the first portable communication device. If the second portable communication device is within the same region as the first portable communication device, then the first user is notified of the presence of the second user.01-29-2009
20120258733METHOD FOR PROVIDING NETWORK-BASED MEASUREMENTS FOR USER EQUIPMENT-BASED POSITIONING - The subject matter disclosed herein relates in one particular implementation to a method, apparatus, and/or system for acquiring one or more network-based measurements at a location server from a radio access network serving a user equipment (UE). A first message may be transmitted to the UE from the location server, where the first message comprises at least one of the one or more network-based measurements. A location of the UE is capable of being determined by the UE-based at least in part on the one or more network-based measurements.10-11-2012
20120258732METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING DIFFERENTIAL LOCATION-BASED SERVICE USING ACCESS POINT - A location detecting method and an apparatus for providing a differential location-based service to detect a location of a communication terminal using an access point for a wireless local area network service is provided. The method includes storing location coordinates of access points, receiving service grade information and information related to nearby access points from the communication terminal, selecting a predetermined number of nearby access points based on the received service grade information and information of nearby access points, obtaining a location coordinate of each of the selected nearby access points, and calculating a centric coordinate using the obtained location coordinates of at least two of the selected access points, and determining the calculated centric coordinate as the detected location of the communication terminal.10-11-2012
20120258727 Mechanism for Content Management in Wireless Mobile Networks - Techniques for content management in wireless mobile networks are provided. In one aspect, a method of managing content stored on a plurality of mobile nodes in a mobile ad hoc network (MANET) is provided. The method includes the following step. The content is bound to one or more geographical locations such that, at any given time, the content is stored on at least one of the nodes at the geographical location.10-11-2012
20120258726Methods And Apparatus For Use In Establishing A Data Session Via An Ad Hoc Wireless Network For A Scheduled Meeting - In one illustrative example, data for an appointment is saved in memory. The data include start data corresponding to a start date and time of the appointment, an identifier or address of at least one other mobile device, and at least one of a session ID or key. When a current date and time matches the start date and time, the mobile device grants permission to share, with another mobile device, location information indicating a location of the mobile device. The mobile device also receives location information indicating a location of the other mobile device. When the location information indicates that the locations are within a predetermined range of each other, the mobile device connects in an ad hoc wireless network with the other mobile device with use of the session ID or key, for the communication of one or more files in a secure data session.10-11-2012
20120258725OTA INITIATION METHOD FOR TELEMATICS SYSTEM IN 2G GSM/3G WCDMA NETWORK - The described method and system provide for over-the-air configuration of a telematics-equipped vehicle by wireless carriers and telematics service providers (TSPs). Regardless of whether a telematics-equipped vehicle has been provisioned for cellular service or not, the TSP and wireless carrier may control undesirable location updating from the vehicle, for example, by setting certain triggers or conditions upon the telematics unit before processing location updates provided by the telematics unit. These triggers or conditions may also be programmed into the telematics unit, whether through an OTA configuration session, or pre-loaded during manufacture. The TSP or wireless carrier may conduct OTA configuration sessions with the telematics unit to provision the telematics unit for cellular service, or provide the telematics unit with software or firmware updates.10-11-2012
20090017838METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTING A COMMUNICATIONS BAND BASED ON LOCATION INFORMATION - Methods and apparatus for supporting peer to peer communications are described. A plurality of wide area network communications bands in a wireless communications system are also available for use to communicate peer to peer signals. At different locations it may be advantageous for a mobile peer to peer communications device to use a different communications band to promote efficient use of air link resources. A peer to peer communications device stores information associating location information with different communication band usage designation information. The peer to peer communications device determines its location from a received signal, e.g., a received GPS signal, and looks up in its stored information to identify a band to use for peer to peer signaling at that location. A communications band is designated to be used at a location for one of the following: WAN usage, peer to peer usage, and concurrent WAN usage/peer to peer usage.01-15-2009
20090017837System and method for determining position of mobile communication device - Provided is a method and system for determining a position of a mobile communication device in a mobile communication network, the method including the steps of: receiving a plurality of pieces of base station signal information, the base station signal information including base station identification information, the base stations transmitting the base station signal information to the mobile communication device; determining a base station corresponding to each of the plurality of pieces of base station signal information based on the base station identification information; generating vector information associated with the plurality of the base stations based on geographic information corresponding to the determined base station; and generating location information of the device according to the generated vector information, wherein the step of generating the vector information comprises the steps of: determining a predetermined vector proceeding order associated with the plurality of the base stations according to the base station signal information; and sequentially determining a vector with respect to the plurality of the base stations according to the determined vector proceeding order, with the base station in which the device is currently communicating with as a starting point.01-15-2009
20110124347Method And Apparatus for UE Positioning in LTE Networks - Methods and apparatuses are provided for user equipment positioning in networks. An example method includes computing a location of a user equipment (UE). The computing includes joint scheduling of UL subframes and receiving a Up Link Positioning Reference Signal (UL-PRS). The computing is performed by a network equipment that serves at least one cell site. The UL-PRS is received in a known subframe. The computing may also include estimating an arrival time the UL-PRS from the UE for a plurality of cell sites. In another embodiment, the computing includes determining a one-way delay between05-26-2011
20120231813RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO TERMINAL, RADIO BASE STATION, AND INFORMATION COLLECTION METHOD - Disclosed is a radio communication system provided with an information collection apparatus (09-13-2012
20120231812METHOD OF CANCELING LOCATION INFORMATION REQUEST - A method of canceling a location information request including receiving a request from a location service client for location information of a target terminal; performing location tracking of the target terminal; and sending a message to the location service client when a privacy profile state has changed. Further, the message indicates that the request from the location service client for location information of the target terminal is canceled.09-13-2012
20120231811IDENTIFYING THE LOCATION OF MOBILE STATIONS - A user of a first mobile station, which is lost either in silent mode or switch-off mode may send a ‘Find-Me’ message to the first mobile station from a second mobile station. The first mobile station, after receiving the ‘Find-Me’ message, may power-on the first mobile station enabling the first mobile station to receive voice call and messages. Also, if the first mobile station is in silent mode, the first mobile station may change the profile of the first mobile station from a silent to a regular-noisy mode. The user of first mobile station may call-up the first mobile station and identifies the location of the first mobile station by tracking the ringing sound. The first mobile station may send a location message to the second mobile station in response to receiving the ‘Find-Me’ message that may be used to identify the location of the first mobile station.09-13-2012
20120231810DECENTRALIZED DATA-TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK WITH ELEMENT IDENTIFICATION BY THEIR LOCATION, DIAL-UP CHANNEL AND DEVICE FOR SUCH NETWORK - The invention concerns information-telecommunication systems. The mobile network consists of personal broadcasting mobile devices with self-assigned identifiers defining the location of the device at a given time. Commutation in a mobile network occurs by connection of two and more mobile devices located with overlapping of broadcasting coverage areas in a direction from one subscriber to another. The mobile device for operation in such a network supports the function of location definition. When the location of the connected devices is changed and the coverages are separated, and also for equal network workload and load balancing of the sources of power supply, the dial-up channel can be dynamically readjusted09-13-2012
20120231809Methods and Apparatus for Positioning Measurement in Multi-Antenna Transmission Systems - This document discloses solutions for using a mix of reference signal types in a wireless communications network, e.g., a first type and a second type, in making positioning-related measurements. In one example, a UE uses a “mix” of CRS and PRS. As an example case, a UE receives PRS and, possibly, CRS from one or more cells, while it receives only CRS from one or more other cells. In this case, the UE determines, e.g., received signal timing values for CRS as received from some cells, on a per-cell basis, and for PRS as received from other cells, on a per-cell basis. The UE can measure and report on per-signal/per-cell basis and can perform calculations involving a mix of timing measurements made for both CRS and PRS. In a further aspect, reference signal transmissions are controlled or coordinated on a per-port basis in cells that use multiple antenna ports for transmitting within each such cell.09-13-2012
20120231807FREQUENCY AND TIMING CONTROL FOR FEMTOCELL - Techniques are provided for frequency and/or timing synchronization of a small base station with a network. In one example, small base station may be configured to detect a macro signal of a macro base station, and set a frequency reference based at least in part on the macro signal, in response to the macro signal being available in a different band than that for the small base station. The small base station may be configured to set the frequency reference based at least in part on a Global Positioning System (GPS) signal, in response to detecting that the different band macro signal is not available.09-13-2012
20080299990SYSTEMS AND APPLICATIONS OF LIGHTER-THAN-AIR (LTA) PLATFORMS - Innovative new methods in connection with lighter-than-air (LTA) free floating platforms, of facilitating legal transmitter operation, platform flight termination when appropriate, environmentally acceptable landing, and recovery of these devices are provided. The new systems and methods relate to rise rate control, geo-location from a LTA platform including landed payload and ground-based vehicle locations, and steerable recovery systems.12-04-2008
20080299988SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ESTABLISHING PEER-TO-PEER BANDWIDTH SHARING AD HOC NETWORKS - Systems and methods for establishing peer-to-peer bandwidth sharing ad hoc networks. A method includes: determining a first location and a second location of data; instructing a first device to download a first portion of the data from the first location; instructing a second device to download a second portion of the data from the second location; and receiving the first portion of the data from the first device and the second portion of the data from the second device.12-04-2008
20120329473Anonymous Directional Peer-to-Peer Wireless Communication - A method and system are provided in which a first device may directionally transmitting signals to a second device utilizing beamforming operations on multiple antennas. The first device may receive signals from the second device to establish an anonymous directional peer-to-peer wireless communication link with the second device. The transmitted signals may comprise a request-to-send (RTS) signal and the received signals may comprise a clear-to-send (CTS) signal. In some instances, the direction in which the transmitted signals are sent may be adjusted by changing the weights in the beamforming operation and/or by rotating the plurality of antennas. The transmitted signals may comprise an association identification (ID) corresponding to the first device, which may be embedded in a preamble or other portion of a frame structure. When the link is established, user information, such as profile information, for example, and/or messages may be sent from one device to the other.12-27-2012
20120329477ESTIMATING USER DEVICE LOCATION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method of estimating user location involving collecting data from the access points in the network. The data can then be used to define a relationship, for example the loss of power experienced by a transmitted signal, between the access points. The relationship can be stored within a matrix, database or any other suitable storage method that can be referenced to determine the position of a user device within the network and correlated with corresponding measurements from a user device to determine the location of the user device within the network.12-27-2012
20120264448Location reporting with secure user plane location (SUPL) - Techniques for supporting periodic and other location services with Secure User Plane Location (SUPL) and other location architectures are described. The techniques can provide position estimates for a SUPL enabled terminal (SET) to a SUPL agent periodically and/or based on trigger events. A Home SUPL Location Platform (H-SLP) receives from the SUPL agent a request for position estimates for the SET. The H-SLP starts a SUPL location session with the SET. For each of at least one reporting event during the location session, the H-SLP obtains a position estimate for the SET and sends the position estimate to the SUPL agent. The position estimate may be derived by the SET and sent to the H-SLP. Alternatively, the position estimate may be derived by the H-SLP based on measurements from the SET.10-18-2012
20110003601COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD - A system for communicating an alert message from a user to a recipient is disclosed. In one embodiment the system includes a communications network, a communication device, and a communications management system. The communications device is activatable by the user to transmit into the communications network a signal communicating identification information associated with the user. The communication management receives and processes the signal to establish a communications channel between the communications device and a communications service associated with a recipient. The communications service is selected according to the identification information. Method and devices for communicating an alert signal are also disclosed.01-06-2011
20120264447Location Tracking - One or more systems, devices, and/or methods for tracking a wireless device are disclosed. For example, a method includes receiving signal strength data for each of a plurality of access points. The signal strength data from the plurality of access points is compared to identify an anchor access point having a highest signal strength. Remaining signal strength data from the plurality of access points are compared to a threshold signal strength to identify at least one attractor access point. A memory is accessed for locations of the anchor access point and the at least one attractor access point. A pull point is calculated along a line from the anchor access point to the at least one attractor access point. A location of the wireless device is estimated as an average of the pull point and the location of the anchor access point.10-18-2012
20120264446Identifying Status Based on Heterogeneous Sensors - Techniques for determining a status of a user are described. A mobile device equipped with sensors may collect sensor data pertaining to transportation modes of the user, tracking locations of the user, identifying environmental noise levels surrounding the user, or speech being spoken in proximity to the user. Features of the collected sensor readings are then used to infer activities the user may be performing. Based at least in part on the multiple inferred activities, a status of the user is determined.10-18-2012
20110045846Information Processing Device, Program, Information Processing Method and Information Processing System - An information processing device is provided that includes: a storage portion that associates and stores section information indicating one section of a building structure, first measurement information acquired by signal intensity measurement of a wireless signal transmitted from a surrounding base station in a wireless terminal existing in the one section, and base station identification information; a receiving portion that receives, from a given wireless terminal, at least one piece of second measurement information acquired by signal intensity measurement in the given wireless terminal, and at least one piece of base station identification information that indicates a base station of a transmission source of the wireless signal; and a selection portion that selects, based on at least one piece of first measurement information associated with the at least one piece of base station identification information received by the receiving portion and the at least one piece of second measurement information received by the receiving portion, section information that is associated with one of the at least one piece of first measurement information.02-24-2011
20110045845CAST-TO-CALL - A communication device can be equipped with global positioning system (GPS) equipment and one or more accelerometers and/or gyroscopes that can be used to determine one or more of the direction or velocity at which the communication device is “cast” by coupling the location information of the communication device, such as using GPS coordinates, cell tower triangulation, or the like, with the “cast direction” of the communication device—thereby creating a cast vector. The strength of the cast may be analyzed to assist with determining how far the cast vector should be projected. The communication device can then determine which, if any, other communications device, entities, and/or objects are within the cast vector. The direction and strength of the cast can be used to assist in creating either a two or three-dimensional sensible area, that originates with the location of the calling party, and extends therefrom a certain distance.02-24-2011
20110045842Method and System For Updating A Social Networking System Based On Vehicle Events - A computer-implemented method for automatically updating a social networking system based on vehicle events may include receiving login information at a nomadic device to permit network access to a social networking system. The method may also include wirelessly determining a vehicle operational status. Geographic location information indicating an approximate location of the vehicle may also be received. Based on the vehicle operational status and the location information, one or more messages may be generated. Network access to the social networking system using the login information may be obtained and the one or more messages to the social networking system may be transmitted over the network for updating information on the social networking system.02-24-2011
20110045839GPS remote transmission method - A GPS remote transmission method in which satellite positioning data received by a GPS is converted into a speech signal and transmitted to a proximal mobile telephone wirelessly for enabling the proximal mobile telephone to transmit the speech signal to a proximal base station, which transmits the speech signal to a distal base station through an exchange system so that the distal base station transmits the speech signal to a distal mobile telephone for transmission to a distal GPS, which converts the speech signal into satellite position data for display on a display screen thereof.02-24-2011
20120322460REAL-TIME LOCATION ESTIMATION OF A MOBILE STATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method is provided for real-time location estimation of a mobile station (MS) on a map of roads using non-Global Positioning Satellite location data (12-20-2012
20120322461CONNECTION CONTROL DEVICE ESTABLISHING CONNECTION BETWEEN PORTABLE TYPE MOBILE TERMINAL AND INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE BY WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A connection control device acquires information on a position in which a user performs manipulation input to information processing device and information on a travel distance of a portable type mobile terminal. The connection control device compares the acquired pieces of information to determine whether the manipulation input performed by the user corresponds to a travel of the portable type mobile terminal. The connection control device establishes a wireless connection between the information processing device and the portable type mobile terminal according to a determination result.12-20-2012
20120322459MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE MAINTAINING LIFETRAILS IN A BATTERY EFFICIENT MANNER - A method is used to develop and maintain a user's lifetrail, which is a historical record specifying the location of the user while in possession of a mobile communication device. A mobile device determines its current location by extracting a beacon ID from a signal source and transmitting it to a remotely-located server, which accesses a look-up table to find the corresponding location of the signal source represented by the beacon ID. The location may be specified in accordance with a spatial compression technique. The server transmits the signal source location back to the mobile device so that the mobile device knows that it is located within the coverage area of the signal source. Battery power is conserved by collecting the beacon IDs when it is receiving the beacon signals for some other purpose and not necessarily solely for the purpose of determining its current location. Battery power can be further conserved by deferring the resolution of the beacon IDs so that they are not necessarily associated with their corresponding location when they are received, but only at some later convenient time. In some cases resolution of the beacon IDs may be performed using social graph data received from a social network.12-20-2012
20120270559TRACKING SYSTEM - A tracking system for tracking the location of an individual, the tracking system including a tracking device worn by the subject in use, the tracking device including a processor for determining a tracking device location and transferring location information indicative of the tracking device location to a base station via a communications network, the base station being for generating a location indication indicative of the tracking device location using the location information and providing the location indication to at least one user via a user end station and a communications network.10-25-2012
20120270558System and Method for Providing Geographically-Relevant Informantin to Mobile Users - Geographically-relevant information is provided to mobile users by having an information source provide location-referenced information to one or more backend server systems. In response, the backend server system determines a region for which the received location-referenced information is relevant, and then identifies one or more specific cellular base stations that provide wireless broadcast service over an actual broadcast region which covers at least a majority of the determined region. A condition message may then be provided to each of the identified cellular base stations, which are correspondingly instructed to wirelessly broadcast the message over the actual broadcast region.10-25-2012
20110223935Cross-Technology Coverage Mapping System and Method for Modulating Scanning Behaviour of a Wireless User Equipment (UE) Device - A network node provides coverage information to wireless UE devices from a database that correlates coverage information for a radio access network with geographic area locations. The network node accepts updates to the coverage information for the radio access network via a first interface and downloads coverage information from the database to a wireless user equipment (UE) device via a second interface.09-15-2011
20120322463VEHICLE WITH VALET MODE - A vehicle comprises: a valet mode program to provide valet mode functionality for the vehicle, a processor operable to execute the valet mode program, a predetermined distance limit, and a predetermined speed limit. The vehicle responds to externally generated commands from a predetermined source to activate or deactivate the valet mode. The processor is operable to determine if the predetermined distance limit is exceeded from the location of the vehicle when the valet mode is activated; and the processor is operable to determine if the vehicle exceeds the predetermined speed limit while the valet mode is activated.12-20-2012
20120322462METHOD FOR PROVIDING A VALET MODE IN A VEHICLE - A method for providing a valet mode for a vehicle comprises: providing a mobile router in the vehicle; operating the mobile router to substantially continuously determine the current location of the vehicle; providing a valet application program to a wireless device; utilizing the valet application program to program the wireless device to provide a valet user interface; utilizing the valet user interface to activate and deactivate a valet mode at the mobile router; operating the mobile router such that when the valet mode is activated, the mobile router activates a predetermined a boundary of predetermined radius about the current location of the vehicle; automatically operating the mobile router when the valet mode is activated to detect if the boundary is exceeded; and operating the mobile router to automatically cause a notification to be sent to the wireless device upon the router detecting that the vehicle exceeds the boundary.12-20-2012
20120322458DEPERSONALIZING LOCATION TRACES - Positional information is provided while minimizing the possibility that personally identifiable information can be derived therefrom. Positional information is received in the form of trails that can be aggregated. Individual cells of a grid reflect a quantity of aggregated trails through those cells, an average intensity and direction of movement through those cells, or a more detailed distribution thereof. Alternatively, individual trails are aggregated to an aggregated trail in the form of a line. Further obfuscation of personally identifiable information occurs by resampling aggregated positional information, by introducing false positional information, or by falsely modifying existing positional information, in a manner that does not impact the overall aggregations, and by pruning, or deleting, positional information, especially around sensitive locations, such as a user's home, place of business, or other location that users typically would seek to keep private. Provision of positional information is delayed until a sufficient amount is received.12-20-2012
20120094691Method and Device for Transmitting Positioning Information - A method and a device for transmitting positioning information are provided in the embodiments of the present invention. The method includes: determining a positioning sub-frame for transmitting a positioning reference signal (PRS); and transmitting the PRS according to the positioning sub-frame. Through the embodiments of the present invention, the transmission of a PRS according to a positioning sub-frame ensures the normal transmission of a synchronization channel (SCH) and/or a broadcast channel (BCH), and the transmission of the positioning sub-frame has no effect on the detection performance of the SCH and/or the BCH.04-19-2012
20100248743FREQUENCY CONTROL DEVICE, FREQUENCY CONTROL METHOD, AND BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION - A frequency control device receiving a signal transmitted from each of a plurality of mobile stations, the frequency control device includes a first detecting unit to detect a frequency deviation generated from the signal, a second detecting unit to acquire information about at least a current position or movement of each of the mobile stations as classification information, and a classifying unit to classify mobile stations estimated to be moving in a same moving direction with a same moving speed as a first mobile station based on the classification information. The frequency control device includes a first calculating unit to calculate a first frequency deviations of a signal received from the first mobile station, and a compensation unit to compensate the frequency deviation of the signal received from the first mobile station based on the first frequency deviation.09-30-2010
20110237275PORTABLE MOBILE TERMINAL AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - A portable mobile terminal includes: a detection control unit; and a movement trajectory calculation unit configured to calculate a movement trajectory of a terminal body based on a detection result of an absolute position of the terminal body by the absolute position detecting unit and an acquisition result of a line segment indicating a rectilinear distance of the terminal body by a link information generation unit. The detection control unit determines a timing that comes every given time as a tentative detection timing, and in a case where the link information generation unit has not acquired a new line segment till the tentative detection timing after a previous detection timing, the detection control unit determines a timing at which the link information generation unit acquires a new line segment next as a detection timing, and starts up the absolute position detecting unit.09-29-2011
20110237274MOBILE COMPUTING DEVICE HAVING RELATIVE POSITIONING CIRCUIT - A mobile computing device comprises a housing, a telephony circuit and a relative positioning circuit. The housing is configured to be held in a hand during use. The telephony circuit is coupled to the housing and is configured to communicate wireless telephony signals. The relative positioning circuit is coupled to the housing and is configured to determine at least one of a distance and a bearing to an object based on wireless signals received from the object.09-29-2011
20120129545SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SELECTIVELY INVOKING POSITIONING SYSTEMS FOR MOBILE DEVICE CONTROL APPLICATIONS USING MULTIPLE SENSING MODALITIES - Methods and systems are described for selectively invoking a positioning system for a mobile device. In some implementations, first and second signals are received from first and second non-position-based sensors, respectively, each representative of a context of the mobile device. A processor determines whether the mobile device is in motion based on at least one of the first and second signals; and in response to determining that the mobile device is in motion, a positioning system is invoked to receive a position measurement of the mobile device. The processor determines whether a user of the mobile device is likely in control of a vehicle; and in response to determining that the user is likely in control of a vehicle, the operation of the mobile device is restricted.05-24-2012
20100203899Method And Apparatus For Improving Radio Location Accuracy With Measurements - A method and apparatus to utilize a set of measurements (either partial or compete) to improve the accuracy of an initial position estimate for a wireless terminal. The initial position estimate for the terminal is first obtained (e.g., based on a cell-ID or an enhanced cell-ID solution). Measurements are obtained for the terminal. The initial position estimate is then updated with the measurements to obtain a revised position estimate for the terminal. The updating may be performed by (1) deriving a measurement vector based on the initial position estimate and the measurements, (2) forming an observation matrix for the measurements, (3) determining a matrix of weights, (4) deriving a correction vector based on the measurement vector, the observation matrix, and the weight matrix, and (5) updating the initial position estimate with the correction vector.08-12-2010
20100203898Unlicensed Mobile Access (UMA) Terminal Location in a Communications Network - A method of managing location information of an Unlicensed Mobile Access terminal in a Global System for Mobile Communications network. An IP address of the terminal is received at a Generic Access Network Controller. The Generic Access Network Controller then sends a query to a Connectivity Session Location and Repository Function associated with the IP network or IP sub network through which the UMA terminal has gained IP connectivity for the purpose of attaching to a Mobile Switching Centre or Serving General Packet Radio System Service Node. The Connectivity Session Location and Repository Function sends location information to the Generic Access Network Controller, which then transmits the location information to a Mobile Switching Centre or a Serving General Packet Radio System Service Node.08-12-2010
20120276922Method of Handling Velocity Triggered SUPL Service and Related Communication Device - A method of handling a velocity triggered service for a communication device in a service system is disclosed. The method comprises obtaining at least one first trigger parameter of the velocity triggered service from a location platform of the service system, after an agent in the communication device receives a position request; obtaining a calculated velocity and a calculated position of the communication device, if a current velocity of the communication device satisfies a criterion determined according to the at least one first trigger parameter; and reporting the calculated velocity and the calculated position of the communication device to the agent in the communication device, if the calculated velocity of the communication device satisfies a trigger condition.11-01-2012
20100234045SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR HYBRIDING WIRELESS LOCATION TECHNIQUES - A hybrid wireless location system and method is disclosed for locating mobile stations (MSs). Multiple wireless location techniques (FOMs) are provided for MS location. One or more FOMs can be activated in various combinations (serially or parallelly) for outputting one or more MS location estimates with signal protocols being, e.g., CDMA, TDMA, or GSM. Resulting location estimates may be for, e.g.: 911 emergency calls, tracking, navigation, people and animal location, and/or applications for confinement to and/or exclusion from geographical areas. System components may be distributed on a network (e.g., the Internet). FOMs may be based on one or more of: TOA, TDOA, AOA, signal pattern recognition/fingerprinting, statistical analysis, base station coverage, GPS signals received at the MS, and/or input from mobile stations. Location estimates are enhanced by adjusting MS estimates (and/or confidences therefor) according to: a past performance of the FOM providing such estimates, and/or MS geolocation or velocity constraints.09-16-2010
20120276919AUTOMATIC RESPONSE TO LOCALIZED INPUT - The disclosed subject matter provides automatic response to localized input. Where a first user equipment enters a service area, the presence of the first user equipment can be determined from an identification information. The identification information can be employed to access information relating to the identification information. Where either the identification information or the information associated with the identification information satisfy one or more predetermined rules, a response can be determined. The determined response can be made accessible. As such, a second user equipment can receive the response based, at least in part, on the first user equipment entering the service area.11-01-2012
20120276920SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING LOCATION SERVICES IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Described herein are methods, systems, apparatuses and products for managing location services in wireless networks. One aspect provides for broadcasting an identifier from a terrestrial wireless device in a determinable position; repeatedly changing the identifier broadcast from the terrestrial wireless device; and associating a current identifier broadcast from the terrestrial wireless device with a physical location. Other embodiments are disclosed.11-01-2012
20120276923SELECTIVE PROCESSING OF LOCATION-SENSITIVE DATA STREAMS - A method for processing a first data stream specifying locations of a user at different times and a second data stream specifying values of a monitored attribute at a location of interest at different times includes: receiving a location-centric trigger specifying at least one spatial predicate condition relative to the location of interest and at least one non-spatial predicate condition relevant to the location of interest, calculating a safe region that includes locations whose probability of satisfying the spatial predicate condition falls below a first threshold, calculating a safe value container that includes values whose probability of satisfying the non-spatial predicate condition falls below a second threshold, and processing the first data stream and the second data stream against the location-centric trigger, by considering only those locations that are not contained within the safe region and only those values that are not contained within the safe value container.11-01-2012
20120276918METHOD FOR DETERMINING A GEOSPATIAL LOCATION OF A CLIENT IN SIGNAL COMMUNICATION WITH A WIRELESS ARRAY - A method for determining a geospatial location of a client in signal communication with a wireless array is provided. A magnetometer is used to provide geospatial orientation information relating to an orientation of a wireless array relative to the surface of the Earth. The geospatial orientation of the wireless array is determined based on the geospatial orientation information provided by the magnetometer. A transceiver in the wireless array that the client is in signal communication with is identified. The geospatial orientation of the transceiver that the client is in signal communication with is identified based on the geospatial orientation of the wireless array and the position of the transceiver in the wireless array. A geospatial direction of the client relative to the wireless array is calculated based on the geospatial orientation of the transceiver the client is in signal communication with and is used to identify a geospatial sector in which the client is located.11-01-2012
20110244884Method and Arrangement in a Telecommunication System - The present invention provides a method and apparatus for enhancing signal measurements for positioning in a device (10-06-2011
20110244883METHOD AND MOBILE RADIO TERMINAL DEVICE TO DETERMINE POSITION WITHIN MOBILE RADIO NETWORKS BY MEANS OF DIRECTION FINDING - The invention relates to a method for determining the position of a mobile radio terminal device (10-06-2011
20110256887Mid-Call Synchronization for U-TDOA and AOA Location in UMTS - In a wireless location system, a method for determining frame and slot timing information for use in receiving an uplink signal from a user equipment (UE) device assigned to an uplink Dedicated Physical Control Channel (DPCCH) includes receiving signals in the uplink DPCCH at a location measurement unit (LMU) of the WLS. The method also includes detecting a predefined bit pattern known to be present in a plurality of predefined slots of the uplink DPCCH. Next, the frame and slot timing information are determined for the uplink DPCCH based on the detected bit pattern. Finally, the frame and slot timing information is used for collecting uplink signals from the UE for use in location processing.10-20-2011
20110256881CONTEXT-BASED REVERSE GEOCODING - In general, in one aspect, a mobile device can perform reverse geocoding based on context, in addition to latitude and longitude coordinates. The reverse geocoding can be used to determine in which geofence among multiple geofences the mobile device is located. Thus, the mobile device can be associated with a street address, a postal code, a named land feature, or a commercial, cultural, or political entity associated with the geofence. The context can include a pattern of movement, as well as an accuracy of the latitude and longitude coordinates. Information in the context can be compared to selection criteria of the geofence. A geofence having selection criteria that match the context the best can be selected.10-20-2011
20120088521MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE SWITCHING CENTER, SERVER DEVICE, AND RADIO BASE STATION - A radio base station according to the present invention comprising a mobile switching center MME, comprising, a location measurement request transmission unit configured to determine the mobile station location measurement type that must be performed corresponding to Provide Subscriber Location, the location measurement request transmission unit configured to transmit Location Request to the server device ESMLC when a determination is made to perform location measurement other than simple location measurement on the mobile station UE corresponding to Provide Subscriber Location, and a location measurement result transmission unit configured to transmit the mobile station location measurement result received from the radio base station eNB or the second server device ESMLC to the server device SMLC.04-12-2012
20120088520MOBILE COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, POSITION INFORMATION ACQUIRING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - A mobile communication apparatus may receive a first direction from a reference target to an external apparatus and a first distance from the reference target to a position of the external apparatus. A direction acquiring unit acquires a second direction from the reference target to the position, and a distance acquiring unit acquires a second distance between the reference target and the position. A computing unit computes a direction and a distance from the position to the external apparatus based on the first direction, the first distance, the second direction and the second distance, in order to output a computation result from an output unit.04-12-2012
20120088519MOBILE DEVICE FOR LOW POWER IDENTIFICATION OF ITS POSITION AND A METHOD THEREFORE - The present invention relates to a method in a mobile device and a mobile device for low power identification of its position in an indoor environment, in which beacon transmitters of a beacon system are present. The device receives a notification from at least one of the beacon transmitters of the beacon system that notifies the mobile device that it is within the range of the beacon system. Thus it is the beacon transmitters that perform the continuous scanning to identify if the mobile device is within range and not the mobile device itself. This will reduce the power consumption of the mobile device substantially. The mobile device will than request that the beacon transmitters within range to send data pertaining to their position, and then determine its position by performing calculations based on such data.04-12-2012
20120088518Support of multiple positioning protocols - A mobile terminal and network location server support multiple positioning protocols so that a first position measurement of the mobile terminal may be obtained using a positioning protocol defined for a first wireless network and a second position measurement of the mobile terminal may be obtained using a different positioning protocol defined for a different wireless network during the same location session. The first position measurement and the second position measurement can then be used together to determine a position of the mobile terminal.04-12-2012
20120329474Managing Public Resources - Systems and techniques relating to electronically managing public resources are described. A described technique includes identifying a location of a mobile device based on received information from one or more wireless access points communicably coupled to the mobile device; presenting to the mobile device, information descriptive of an availability of one or more facilities proximate to the mobile device, based on the identified location of the mobile device and receiving a first service request from the mobile device; receiving, from the mobile device, a second service request for provisioning a facility of the one or more facilities based on the presented information; indicating the facility to generate a signal for a provisioning confirmation; and provisioning the facility based on receiving the provisioning confirmation.12-27-2012
20110287778METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ESTIMATION OF MOBILE STATION VELOCITY IN A CELLULAR SYSTEM BASED ON GEOGRAPHICAL DATA - A system and method for estimating velocity of a mobile station in a wireless communication system using time-frequency signal processing and a geographical database. The geographical database is used for prediction of ray trajectory and ray power to provide an estimate of propagation delay associated with database points.11-24-2011
20110300878Method and Arrangement for Determining Terminal Position - A Method and arrangement for determining the position of mobile terminals in a cell of a mobile communication network where time alignment (TA) is employed for terminal transmissions in timeslots to a serving base station. First, the distance to the base station is determined (12-08-2011
20110306362METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR NOTIFYING THE UPDATING OF LOCATION SERVICE AUXILIARY DATA - The present invention provides a method for notifying the updating of location service auxiliary data. The network side sends downwardly a paging message to a terminal, and the paging message carries the notification information which indicates whether the location service auxiliary data is updated or not, and then the terminal determines whether it is needed to obtain the location service auxiliary data or not according to the notification information. When the LCS auxiliary data is sent downwardly in the form of a system message and the LCS system message is modified, namely updated, the method and system for notifying the updating of the location service auxiliary data of the present invention can timely notify UE to obtain the LCS auxiliary data.12-15-2011
20110306361METHODS OF AND SYSTEMS FOR MEASURING BEACON STABILITY OF WIRELESS ACCESS POINTS - Methods of and systems for measuring beacon stability of wireless access points are provided. A method of determining a measure of likelihood that a designated wireless device exhibits at least one pathological characteristic includes determining a set of reference points associated with a designated wireless device, and retrieving attributes of the reference points, attributes associated with other wireless devices related to the designated wireless device, and/or statistical information. The statistical information includes a temporal distribution of detection of signals of reference points, a spatial distribution of the reference points, and/or a cardinality of the set or a subset of the reference points. The method further includes determining a measure of likelihood that the designated wireless device exhibits at least one pathological characteristic based on attributes of the reference points, attributes associated with the reception of signals, and/or the statistical information.12-15-2011
20120329479Exchange of Messages Relating to Positioning Data - A first apparatus generates a request for positioning data, includes in the request an indication that an estimate of the amount of the requested positioning data is to be provided, and causes a transmission of the request. A second apparatus receives the request, generates a response including an estimate of the amount of the requested positioning data, and causes a transmission of the response. The first apparatus receives the response.12-27-2012
20120329480POSITIONING DEVICE AND POSITIONING METHOD - A positioning device includes a WLAN positioning calculation unit that performs first positioning based on first radio waves from access points; a satellite positioning unit that performs second positioning based on second radio waves from positioning satellites; a positioning result determination unit that determines whether a positioning result by the WLAN positioning calculation unit is to be adopted, when the second positioning by the satellite positioning unit has failed; and an output unit that outputs the positioning result by the WLAN positioning calculation unit, when the positioning result determination unit determines to adopt the positioning result by the WLAN positioning calculation unit.12-27-2012
20120329478METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING SUBSCRIBER INFORMATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM INCLUDING FEMTOCELL - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for managing subscriber information and includes transmitting a tracking area update request message generated for subscriber information handling from a terminal to a mobility management entity; transmitting an update location request message generated for the subscriber information handling from the mobility management entity to a home subscriber server; and handling, at the home subscriber server, the subscriber information according to whether the update location request message includes subscriber information handling configuration and responding according to whether the subscriber information is processed successfully. According to the present invention, the subscriber is capable of handling, i.e. creating or deleting, the Closed Subscriber Group identifier (CSG ID) at each node of the system by means of the UE.12-27-2012
20120329476METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS DEVICE POSITIONING IN MULTICARRIER CONFIGURATIONS - The described aspects include methods and apparatus for performing positioning for a user equipment (UE). The UE can communicate with a plurality of serving cells in a multicarrier configuration, and can indicate a plurality of serving cell identifiers corresponding to the plurality of serving cells in a message to a positioning server. The positioning server can obtain location information corresponding to at least a portion of a plurality of cells, or related eNBs, related to the plurality of serving cell identifiers, and can communicate the location information to the UE. The UE can perform positioning based at least in part on the location information.12-27-2012
20120329475System and Method for Providing Communication Services to Mobile Device Users Incorporating Proximity Determination - In certain embodiments, a method for proximity determination includes receiving one or more network identifiers, each associated with a corresponding network, from a first mobile device. The method further includes receiving one or more network identifiers, each associated with a corresponding network, from a second mobile device. The method further includes processing the network identifiers received from the first and second mobile devices to determine whether the first mobile device and the second mobile device are in proximity to one another.12-27-2012
20120329481LOCATION-BASED ACTION TRIGGERING SYSTEM AND METHOD - A target receiver may receive a location-related specification and a time period-related specification, the time period-related specification specifying time period in which to check for the location-related specification. A location monitor may determine current location-related information. A time period monitor may determine current time-related information. An analyzer may determine whether a pair of the location-related specification and the time-period related specification is satisfied by the current-location information and the current time-related information. The analyzer may further provide notification as to whether the pair of the location-related specification and the time-period related specification is satisfied by the current-location information and the current time-related information.12-27-2012
20120289249Estimating the Location of a Wireless Terminal Based on Signal Path Impairment - A technique for estimating the location of a wireless terminal at an unknown location in a geographic region is disclosed. The technique is based on the recognition that there are traits of electromagnetic signals that are dependent on topography, the receiver, the location of the transmitter, and other factors. For example, if a particular radio station is known to be received strongly at a first location and weakly at a second location, and a given wireless terminal at an unknown location is receiving the radio station weakly, it is more likely that the wireless terminal is at the second location than at the first location.11-15-2012
20120289248SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR NETWORK MANAGEMENT - Various systems and methods for network management are disclosed. In one embodiment, a network management system comprises a receiver for receiving data from a plurality of entities, including base stations and/or subscriber handsets, a processor for generating a network map or a recommendation based on the received data, a display device for displaying the network map or recommendation, and a transmitter for transmitting instructions based on the recommendation.11-15-2012
20120100872ESTIMATION OF SPEED AND DIRECTION OF TRAVEL IN A WLAN POSITIONING SYSTEM - A method for estimating the speed and bearing of a Wi-Fi enabled device using WLAN radio signals in a WLAN based location service is provided. A method used to estimate a speed of travel of a Wi-Fi enabled device comprises the Wi-Fi enabled device receiving signals transmitted by Wi-Fi access points in range of the Wi-Fi enabled device, and using the signals to estimate the speed of and/or direction of travel of the Wi-Fi enabled device.04-26-2012
20120100871Mobile Station Paging Method and Mobile Call Center Device - Embodiments of the present invention provide a mobile station paging method and a mobile call center device, The method includes: receiving a service call request, and selecting a corresponding posterior probability table according to an identifier of a target mobile station included in the service call request, where the posterior probability table includes a distribution probability of the target mobile station in each cell of a location area where the target mobile station is located in a service state; and selecting a cell to page the target mobile station according to the distribution probability. The paging is performed based on the distribution probability of a user in the each cell in the service state; the paging process is simple; and the application scenario is wide, thereby saving air interface resources while ensuring a paging efficiency.04-26-2012
20120100870METHOD FOR POSITIONING BY WI-FI SIGNALS - A method for positioning a terminal using signals received from a plurality of access points of at least one wireless telecommunications network is disclosed. According to some aspects, the terminal first retrieves identifiers of the access points from the received signals, then searches in a first database (BDP) for respective geographical position information for the access points. A first estimation of a position of the terminal or a positioning zone of the terminal is obtained from geographical position information of the access points, then topographical information corresponding to the first estimation of the position or the positioning zone is retrieved from a second database (SIG). A second estimation of the position of the terminal is performed using the topographical information thus obtained.04-26-2012
20120100869Location Based User Behavior Analysis and Applications - Methods, systems and apparatuses for generating a user profile of a mobile device user are disclosed. One method includes tracking user stays of the user over time, wherein the user stays include at least one location, and generating the user profile based at least in part on at least one of an arrival time, a time duration or a frequency of visits of the user at each of the user stays. Another method includes determining a current state of a mobile device user. The method includes tracking locations of user stays of the mobile device user over time, and determining a current state of a mobile device user based on user stays within a predetermined time of a present time, wherein the predetermined time is dependent upon an application of the user device or an observed behavior of a user of the user device.04-26-2012
20120100868METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SEARCHING FOR BLUETOOTH DEVICE IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - The present disclosure relates to a method and an apparatus for searching for a Bluetooth device in a portable terminal. The method includes: broadcasting an inquiry signal and then searching for Bluetooth devices located around the portable terminal, when a request for searching for a Bluetooth device is input, after acquiring location information and bearing information on the portable terminal; requesting the searched Bluetooth devices for identification information, and then acquiring the identification information; determining whether location information on each of the searched Bluetooth devices is packed in the identification information acquired from the searched Bluetooth devices; and calculating a relative location based on the acquired location information and bearing information and then displaying the calculated relative location.04-26-2012
20120100867Determining Points of Interest of a Mobile User - Methods, systems and apparatus for tracking points of interest of a user of a mobile device are disclosed. One method includes determining points of interest of a user of a mobile device. The method includes obtaining user-related information, wherein the user-related information includes spatial information about the user, and determining at least one point of interest of the user based on the user-related information. Another embodiment includes an apparatus for determining points of interest of a user. For one embodiment, the apparatus is a mobile device. The mobile device is operative to obtain user-related information, wherein the user-related information comprising spatial information about the user, and the mobile device is operative to determine at least one point of interest of the user based on the user-related information.04-26-2012
20120100866MOBILE DEVICE ALERT GENERATION SYSTEM AND METHOD - A computer-implemented method for providing an alert regarding mobile device location is provided. The method includes obtaining location data corresponding to locations of a mobile device over a period of time. A location pattern is determined based on the location data. The current location of the mobile device is detected at a time based on the determined pattern, and an alert is provided regarding the current location of the mobile device. A system for providing alerts regarding mobile device location is also provided.04-26-2012
20120100874METHOD FOR PC TO REALIZE A-GPS - A method for a PC to realize an A-GPS in a PC technology field is provided. The method includes: a. the PC controlling a wireless network module of the PC to connect with a network to initiate a GPS positioning session; b. a location server transmitting GPS auxiliary information to the PC; c. the PC acquiring information of a current satellite according to the GPS auxiliary information. The method enables the A-GPS function to be applicable for the PC to provide positioning and navigation services to the PC. A corresponding A-GPS server can be connected to acquire the information of the current satellite based on the GPS auxiliary information with the network function provided by the wireless network module of the PC to accelerate the speed for acquiring data of the current satellite, and then current position information of the PC can be accurately calculated.04-26-2012
20120100873Environment-Interactive Context-Aware Devices and Methods - Location-aware methods and systems are described. In one embodiment, a portable computing device determines its location by accessing one or more hierarchical tree structures each of which comprising multiple nodes that represent physical or logical locations, and traversing at least one node on the one or more hierarchical tree structures to ascertain the location. The device then acquires digital data associated with the determined location and that can permit the device to interact with a location environment. The device then enables interaction with the location environment based, at least in part, on the acquired digital data.04-26-2012
20120289244CONTEXTUALLY AWARE MOBILE DEVICE - A method for determining if a mobile device is in a vehicle includes monitoring an acceleration of the mobile device for a time interval during a period of time. The method also includes calculating one or more characteristics of the acceleration of the mobile device during the time interval and comparing the one or more characteristics of the acceleration to a set of threshold values. The method further includes determining the state of the mobile device based on the comparison of the one or more characteristics of the acceleration to the set of threshold values, wherein the state of the mobile device includes an in-vehicle state, a non-vehicle state.11-15-2012
20120289243COOPERATIVE POSITIONING - A system for determining a position of a pair of portable devices in close proximity to one another, the system comprising: a first portable device configured to